Skip to main content

Full text of "Title 24, Part 3, 2007 California Electrical Code"

See other formats





California Code of Regulations 
Title 24, Part 3 



California Building 
Standards Commission 




■'■K. 



Based on 2005 National Electrical Code 



k ® 




B] hub 



NFPA® 



:"V 



EFFECTIVE 

JANUARY 1,2008 

(For Errata and Supplements, see History Note Appendix) 



% 



Portions of this publication are reproduced with permission from the National Electrical Code% 2005 
edition, copyright © 2004 National Fire Protection Association, Quincy, MA 02269. All rights reserved. 
No portions of NEC® material may be reproduced except with permission of the National Fire 
Protection Association. 



ISBN: 978-1-55701-599-0 

Copyright © to 2005 NEC Held By 

National Fire Protection Association 

1 Batterymarch Park (P.O. Box 9146) 

Quincy, MA 02269-9959 

Copyright © to all unique California State Provisions 

Held by 

California Building Standards Commission 

2525 Natoma Park Drive, Suite 130 

Sacramento, CA 95833-2936 

Printed in The United States 

Published and Printed by BNi Publications, Inc 



National Electrical Code® an d NEC® are registered trademarks of the National Fire Protection 

Association, Inc., Quincy, MA. 



2007 California Electrical Code 



Preface 



This document is the 3rd of 12 Parts of the official triennial compilation and publication of the 
adoptions, amendments and repeal of administrative regulations to California Code of Regulations, Title 
24, also referred to as the California Building Standards Code. This Part is known as the California 
Electrical Code and incorporates, by adoption, the 2005 edition of the National Electrical Code of the 
National Fire Protection Association with the California amendments 

The California Building Standards Code is published in its entirety every three years by order of the 
California legislature, with supplements published in intervening years. The California legislature 
delegated authority to various State agencies, boards, commissions and departments to create building 
regulations to implement the State's statutes. These building regulations or standards, have the same 
force of law, and take effect 180 days after their publication unless otherwise stipulated. The California 
Building Standards Code applies to occupancies in the State of California as annotated. 

A city, county or city and county may establish more restrictive building standards reasonably necessary 
because of local climatic, geological or topographical conditions. Findings of the local condition(s) and 
the adopted local building standard(s) must be filed with the California Building Standards Commission 
to become effective and may not be effective sooner than the date filed with the California Building 
Standards Commission and in no case sooner than the effective date of this edition of California 
Building Standards Code. . Local building standards that were adopted and applicable to previous 
editions of the California Building Standards Code do not apply to this edition without appropriate 
adoption and the required filing. 

To familiarize yourself with the format of this code, it is suggested that users review the following 
contents: 

• How To Distinguish Model Code Language From California Amendments 

• Matrix Adoption Tables 

Should you find publication (e.g., typographical) errors or inconsistencies in this code or wish to offer 
comments toward improving its format, please address your comments to: 



California Building Standards Commission 

2525 Natomas Park Drive, Suite 130 

Sacramento, CA 95833-2936 

Phone: (916)263-0916 
FAX: (916)263-0959 

Web Page: www.bsc.ca.gov 



2007 California Electrical Code 



Acknowledgement 



The 2007 California Building Standards Code (Code) was developed through the outstanding 
collaborative efforts of the Department of Housing and Community Development, the Division of State 
Architect, the Office of the State Fire Marshal, the Office of Statewide Health Planning and 
Development, the California Energy Commission, and the Building Standards Commission 
(Commission). 



This collaborative effort included the assistance of the Commission's Code Advisory Committees and 
many other volunteers that worked tirelessly to assist the Commission in the production of this Code. 



Members of the Building Standards Commission 

Secretary Rosario Marin - Chair Christina Jamison 

Isam Hasenin - Vice-Chair Stephen Jensen 

James Barthman Robert Pernell 

Kim Blackseth Richard Sawhill 

Susan Dowty Steven Winkel 

David Walls - Executive Director 

Thomas Morrison - Deputy Executive Director 



For questions on California state agency amendments; please refer to the contact list on the following 

page. 



2007 California Electrical Code 



California Code of Regulations, Title 24 
California Agency Information Contact List 



California Energy Commission 

Energy Hotline (800) 772-3300 

Building Efficiency Standards 
Appliance Efficiency Standards 
Compliance Manual/Forms 

California State Lands Commission 

Marine Oil Terminals (562)499-6317 

California State Library 

Construction Standards (916)445-9604 

Corrections Standards Authority 

Local Adult Jail Standards... (916)324-1914 

Local Juvenile Facility Standards (916) 324-1914 

Department of Consumer Affairs - Acupuncture Board 

Office Standards (916)445-3021 

Department of Consumer Affairs - Board of Pharmacy 

Pharmacy Standards (916)574-7900 

Department of Consumer Affairs - 
Bureau of Barbering And Cosmetology 

Barber and Beauty Shop and 
College Standards (916) 952-5210 

Department of Consumer Affairs— Bureau of Home 
Furnishings and Thermal Insulation 

Insulation Testing Standards (916) 574-2041 

Department of Consumer Affairs - 
Structural Pest Control Board 

Structural Standards (800) 737-8188 

Department of Consumer Affairs - Veterinary Medical Board 

Veterinary Hospital Standards (91 6) 263-261 

Department of Food and Agriculture 

Meat & Poultry Packing Plant 

Standards (916)654-0509 

Dairy Standards (916)654-0773 



Department of Health Services 

Organized Camps Standards (916)449-5661 

Public Swimming Pools Standards (916) 449-5661 

Asbestos Standards (510) 620-2874 

Department of Housing and Community 
Development 

Residential - Hotels, Motels, Apartments, 
Single-Family Dwellings (916) 445-9471 

Permanent Structures in Mobilehome 
and Special Occupancy Parks (916)445-9471 

Factory-Built Housing, Manufactured 
Housing and Commercial Modular ... (916) 445-3338 

Mobile Homes - Permits & Inspections 

Northern Region (916)255-2501 

Southern Region (951) 782-4420 

Employee Housing Standards (916) 445-9471 

Department of Water Resources 

Gray Water Installations Standards (916) 651-9667 

Division of the State Architect - Access Compliance 

Access Compliance Standards (916) 445-8100 

Division of the State Architect - Structural Safety 

Public Schools Standards (91 6) 445-81 00 

Essential Services Building Standards.. (916) 445-8100 

Division of the State Architect - State Historical 
Building Safety Board 

Alternative Building Standards (916) 445-8100 

Office of Statewide Health Planning and 
Development 

Hospital Standards (916) 654-3139 

Skilled Nursing Facility Standards (916) 654-3139 

Clinic Standards (916)654-3139 

Permits (916)654-3362 

Office of The State Fire Marshal 

Code Development and Analysis (916) 445-8200 

Fire Safety Standards (916)445-8200 

Fireplace Standards (916) 445-8200 

Day Care Centers Standards (916) 445-8200 

Exit Standards (916)445-8200 



2007 California Electrical Code 



How to Distinguish Between Model Code Language 

and 
California Amendments 



To distinguish between model code language and the incorporated California amendments, including 
exclusive California standards, California amendments will appear in italics. 

Symbols in the margins indicate the status of code changes as follows: 



JSFMJ This symbol identifies which State agency(s), by its "acronym", has amended a section of the 
model code. For a complete listing of the State agency acronyms, see the Application Section 
within Chapter 1. 

C 

A This symbol indicates a California amendment has been made to the model code. 



This symbol indicates that a change has been made to a California amendment. 



* * * This symbol indicates that model code language has been deleted within the 
California amendment. 



This symbol indicates deletion of California language. 

NOTATIONS USED IN THE NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE 

The following notation appears in the National Electrical Code to aid the user: 

A vertical line in the margin indicates that the material differs from the previous 
edition. The user should inspect this text carefully, as some requirements may have 
been changed. 



2007 California Electrical Code 



2007 California Electrical Code 



CONTENTS 



70-ix 



Q 

California Mafrix Adoption Tables 70-xiii 

ARTICLE 

C 89 Administration 70-7 

^ 90 Introduction 70-15 

Chapter 1 General 

100 Definitions 70-19 

IGeneral 70-19 

II Over 600 Volts, Nominal 70-25 

110 Requirements for Electrical Installations 70-26 

. I General 70-26 

II 600 Volts, Nominal, or Less 70-29 

mOver 600 Volts, Nominal 70-31 

IV Tunnel Installations over 600 Volts, Nominal 70-33 

V Manholes and other Electrical Enclosures 
Intended for Personal Entry, All Voltages 70-33 

Chapter 2 Wiring and Protection 

200 Use and Identification of Grounded Conductors 70-35 

210 Branch Circuits 70-37 

I General Provisions 70-37 

II Branch-Circuit Ratings ...70-40 

III Required Outlets ; 70-43 

215 Feeders '. 70-46 

220 Branch-Circuit, Feeder, and Service Calculations 70-48 

I General.! 70-48 

II Branch Circuit Load Calculations 7049 

HI Feeders and Services 70-50 

IV Optional Calculations for Computing 
Feeder and Service Calculations ..70-53 

, V Farm Load Calculations 70-55 

225 Outside Branch Circuits and Feeders 70-56 

I General 70-56 

II More Than One Building or Other 

Structure 70-59 

in Over 600 Volts 70-61 

230 Services 70-62 

I General 70-62 

II Overhead Service-Drop Conductors 70-63 

in Underground Service-Lateral Conductors 70-64 

IV Service-Entrance Conductors 70-65 

V Service Equipment — General 70-67 

VI Service Equipment — Disconnecting Means 70-67 

VH Service Equipment — Overcurrent Protection ;. 70-69 

VIE Services Exceeding 600 Volts, Nominal 70-70 

240 Overcurrent Protection 70-71 

IGenerat 70-71 

n Location 70-75 

nonclosures 70-78 

IV Disconnecting and Guarding 70-78 

V Plug Fuses, Fuseholders, and Adapters 70-78 

VI Cartridge Fuses and Fuseholders 70-79 

VH Circuit Breakers 70-79 

VIE Supervised Industrial Installations 70-79 

DC Overcurrent Protection Over 600 Volts, Nominal 70-81 



ARTICLE 

250 Grounding and Bonding 70-82 

IGeneral 70-82 

n Circuit and System Grounding 70-85 

IQ Grounding Electrode System and 

Grounding Electrode Conductor. 70-91 

IV Enclosure, Raceway, and Service Cable Grounding 70-94 

VBonding 70-95 

VI Equipment Grounding and Equipment 

Grounding Conductors 70-97 

VC[ Methods of Equipment Grounding 70-101 

VHI Direct-Current Systems 70-104 

DC Instruments, Meters, and Relays 70-105 

X Grounding of Systems and Circuits of 

1 kV and Over (High Voltage) . 70-105 

280 Surge Arresters 70-107 

IGeneral .' 70-107 

n Installation 70-107 

ni Connecting Surge Arresters 70-107 

285 Transient Voltage Surge Suppressors: TVSSs 70-108 

IGeneral 70-108 

Hlnstallation 70-108 

IH Connecting Transient Voltage Surge Suppressors 70-109 

Chapter 3 Wiring Methods and Materials 

300 Wiring Methods 70-111 

I General Requirements ,.,.... , 70-1 1 1 

n Requirements for Over 600 Volts, Nominal 70-120 

310 Conductors for General Wiring 70-121 

312 Cabinets, Cutout Boxes, and Meter Socket Enclosures 70-149 

I Installation 70-149 

n Construction Specifications 70-150 

3 14 Outlet, Device, Pull, and Junction Boxes; 

Conduit Bodies; Fittings; and Handhole Enclosures 70-152 

I Scope and General 70-152 

ninstaUation 70-153 

in Construction Specifications '. 70-158 

IV Pull and Junction Boxes for Use on 

Systems Over 600 Volts, Nominal 70-160 

320 Armored Cable: Type AC. 70-161 

IGeneral 70-161 

ninstaUation .' ...70-161 

m Construction Specifications 70-162 

322 Flat Cable Assemblies: Type FC 70-162 

IGeneral 70-162 

ninstaUation 70-162 

m Construction 70-163 

324 Flat Conductor Cable: Type FCC 70-163 

IGeneral \ 70-163 

ninstaUation '. 70-164 

m Construction. 70-165 



2007 California Electrical Code 



70-x 



CONTENTS 



ARTICLE 

326 Integrated Gas Spacer Cable: Type IGS 70-166 

I General 70-166 

II Installation 70-166 

IH Construction Specifications 70-166 

328 Medium Voltage Cable; Type MV 70-167 

IGeneral 70-167 

II installation 70-167 

HI Construction Specifications 70-167 

330 Metal-Clad Cable: Type MC 70-167 

IGeneral 70-167 

II Installation 70-167 

IE Construction Specifications 70-169 

332 Mineral-Insulated, Metal-Sheathed Cable: Type MI 70-169 

IGeneral 70-169 

II Installation 70-169 

HI Construction Specifications 70-170 

334 Nonmetallic-Sheathed Cable: Types NM,NMC, andNMS 70-170 

IGeneral 70-170 

H Installation 70-170 

IE Construction Specifications 70-172 

336 Power and Control Tray Cable: Type TC 70-173 

IGeneral 70-173 

ninstallation 70-173 

HI Construction Specifications 70-173 

338 Service-Entrance Cable: Types SE and USE 70-174 

IGeneral 70-174 

ninstallation 70-174 

m Construction 70-174 

340 Underground Feeder and Branch-Circuit Cable: Type UF 70-175 

IGeneral 70-175 

ninstallation . 70-175 

in Construction Specifications 70-175 

342 Intermediate Metal Conduit: Type IMC 70-175 

IGeneral 70-175 

ninstallation 70-176 

in Construction Specifications 70-177 

344 Rigid Metal Conduit: Type RMC 70-177 

IGeneral 70-177 

ninstallation 70-177 

III Construction Specifications 70-179 

348 Flexible Metal Conduit: Type FMG 70-179 

IGeneral 70-179 

ninstallation 70-179 

350 Liquidtight Flexible Metal Conduit: Type LFMC 70-180 

IGeneral 70-180 

ninstallation 70-181 

HI Construction Specifications 70-181 

352 Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit: Type RNC 70-182 

IGeneral 70-182 

ninstallation 70-182 

in Construction Specifications 70-183 



ARTICLE f 

353 HD Polyethylene Conduit: Type HDPE Conduit 70-184 

IGeneral 70-185 

ninstallation 70-185 

m Construction Specifications 70-186 

354 Nonmetallic Underground Conduit with Conductors: TypeNUCC 70-185 

IGeneral 70-185 

ninstallation 70-185 

IH Construction Specifications 70-1 86 

356 Liquidtight Flexible Nonmetallic Conduit: Type LFNC 70-186 

IGeneral 70-186 

ninstallation 70-186 

m Construction Specifications 70-187 

358 Electrical Metallic Tubing: Type EMT 70-188 

IGeneral 70-188 

ninstallation 70-188 

m Construction Specifications 70-189 

360 Flexible Metallic Tubing: Type FMT 70-189 

IGeneral 70-189 

ninstallation ;. 70-189 

m Construction Specifications -. 70-190 

362 Electrical Nonmetallic Tubing: Type ENT 70-190 

IGeneral 70-190 

ninstallation 70-190 

IH Construction Specifications 70-192 

366 Auxiliary Gutters 70-192 

IGeneral 70-185 

ninstallation 70-185 

HI Construction Specifications 70-186 

368 Busways 70-194 

I General Requirements 70-194 

ninstallation 70-189 

in Construction 70-190 

IV Requirements for Over 600 Volts, Nominal 70-195 

370Cablebus 70-196 

372 Cellular Concrete Floor Raceways 70-197 

374 Cellular Metal Floor Raceways 70-198 

I Installation 70-198 

H Construction Specifications 70-199 

376 Metal Wireways 70-199 

IGeneral \ 70-199 

ninstallation 70-199 

IH Construction Specifications 70-200 

378 Nonmetallic Wireways 70-200 

IGeneral 70-200 

ninstallation 70-200 

m Construction Specifications 70-201 

380 Multioutlet Assembly 70-201 

382 Nonmetallic Extensions 70-202 

IGeneral 70-202 

ninstallation 70-202 

384 Strut-Type Channel Raceway 70-203 

IGeneral 70-203 

ninstallation 70-203 

HI Construction Specifications 70-204 



2007 California Electrical Code 



CONTENTS 



70-xi 



ARTICLE 

386 Surface Metal Raceways 70-204 

I General 7O-204 

II Installation 70-204 

HI Construction Specifications 70-205 

388 Surface Nonmetallic Raceways , 70-205 

IGeneral 70-205 

II Installation . 70-205 

HI Construction Specifications 70-206 

390 Underfloor Raceways 70-206 

392 Cable Trays 70-207 

394 Concealed Knob-and-Tube Wiring , 70-213 

IGeneral ,.,..,.. ; 70-213 

H Installation 70-214 

IH" Construction Specifications.... 70-215 

396 Messenger Supported Wiring 70-215 

IGeneral... 70-215 

H Installation , 70-215 

398 Open Wiring on Insulators.., .......70-216 

IGeneral.. , 70-216 

II Installation 70-216 

HI Construction Specifications 70-217 

Chapter 4 Equipment for General Use 

400 Flexible Cords and Cables ., 70-219 

IGeneral 70-219 

H Construction Specifications 70-227 

HI Portable Cables Over 600 Volts, Nominal .„... ....70-228 

402 Fixture Wires 70-229 

404 Switches 70-232 

Installation " '. 70-232 

II Construction Specifications 70-235 

406 Receptacles, Cord Connectors, and Attachment Plugs (Caps) 70-236 

408 Switchboards and Panelboards 70-239 

IGeneral 70-239 

II Switchboards 70-240 

m Panelboards 70-241 

IV Construction Specifications......... 70-242 

409 Industrial Control Panels 70-252 

IGeneral 70-252 

Installation 70-252. 

HI Construction Specifications ,70-252 

410 Luminaires (Lighting Fixtures), Lampholders, and Lamps 70-243 

IGeneral 70-243 

H Luminaire (Fixture) Locations.,.. 70-243 

HI Provisions at Luminaire (Fixture) 

Outlet Boxes, Canopies, and Pans , 70-244 

IV Luminaire (Fixture) Supports 70-245 

V Grounding 70-246 

VI Wiring of Luminaires (Fixtures) 70-246 

VII Construction of Luminaires (Fixtures) 70-248 

VIE Installation of Lampholders 70-249 

IX Construction of Lampholders 70-249 

X Lamps and Auxiliary Equipment 70-249 

XI Special Provisions for Flush and 

Recessed Luminaires (Fixtures) 70-249 



ARTICLE 

XH Construction of Flush and Recessed 

Luminaires (Fixtures) 70-250 

XEQ Special Provisions for 

Electric-Discharge Lighting Systems of 1000 Volts or Less 70-250 

XIV Special Provisions for Electric-Discharge Lighting 

Systems of More Than 1000 Volts 70-251 

XV Lighting Track 70-252 

XVI Decorative Lighting and Similar Accessories 70-252 

41 1 Lighting Systems Operating at 30 Volts or Less.., 70-253 

422 Appliances 70-253 

IGeneral 70-253 

II Installation 70-253 

m Disconnecting Means 70-256 

IV Construction : 70-256 

VMarking 70-257 

424 Fixed Electric Space-Heating Equipment 70-258 

IGeneral 70-258 

IEInstallation 70-258 

HI Control and Protection of Fixed 

Electric Space-Heating Equipment 70-259 

IV Marking of Heating Equipment 70-261 

V Electric Space-Heating Cables 70-261 

VI Duct Heaters 70-263 

VH Resistance-Type Boilers 70-263 

VIE Electrode-Type Boilers 70-264 

IX Electric Radiant Heating Panelsand 

Heating Panel Sets 70-265 

426 Fixed Outdoor Electric Deicing and 

Snow-Melting Equipment 70-267 

IGeneral 70-267 

U Installation 70-268 

HI Resistance Heating Elements 70-268 

IV Impedance Heating 70-269 

V Skin-Effect Heating 70-269 

VI Control and Protection 70-270 

427 Fixed Electric Heating Equipment for 

Pipelines and Vessels 70-270 

IGeneral 70-270 

Installation 70-271 

HI Resistance Heating Elements 70-271 

IV Impedance Heating 70-272 

V Induction Heating 70-272 

VI Skin-Effect Heating 70-272 

VH Control and Protection., ■„■. 70-273 

430 Motors, Motor Circuits, and Controllers -. 70-273 

IGeneral 70-273 

H Motor Circuit Conductors 70-279 

HI Motor and Branch-Circuit Overload Protection..... 70-281 

IV Motor Branch-Circuit Short-Circuit and 

Ground-Fault Protection [ 70-284 

V Motor Feeder Short-Circuit and Ground-Fault Protection 70-287 

VI Motor Control Circuits 70-288 

VH Motor Controllers 70-290 

VHI Motor Control Centers 70-291 

IX Disconnecting Means 70-293 

XAdjustible — Speed Drive Systems 70-293 

XI Over 600 Volts, Nominal 70-296 

XH Protection of Live Parts — AH Voltages 70-297 

XHI Grounding— All Voltages 70-297 

XIVTables 70-298 



2007 California Electrical Code 



70-xii 



CONTENTS 



ARTICLE 

440 Air-Conditioning and Refrigerating Equipment 70-301 

IGeneral 70-301 

H Disconnecting Means .70-303 

HE Branch-Circuit Short-Circuit and 

Ground-Fault Protection 70-304 

IV Branch-Circuit Conductors 70-305 

V Controllers for Motor-Compressors 70-305 

VI Motor-Compressor and Branch-Circuit 

Overload Protection 70-305 

VQ Provisions for Room Air Conditioners 70-307 

445 Generators 70-308 

450 Transformers and Transformer Vaults (Including Secondary Ties) 70-309 

I General Provisions , 70-309 

II Specific Provisions Applicable to 

Different Types of Transformers* 70-313 

IE Transformer Vaults 70-315 

455 Phase Converters 70-316 

IGeneral 70-316 

II Specific Provisions Applicable to 

Different Types of Phase Converters 70-317 

460 Capacitors 70-318 

1 600 Volts, Nominal, and Under 70-318 

H Over 600 Volts, Nominal 70-318 

470 Resistors and Reactors : 70-319 

1 600 Volts, Nominal, and Under 70-319 

H Over 600 Volts, Nominal 70-320 

480 Storage Batteries 70-320 

490 Equipment, Over 600 Volts, Nominal 70-321 

IGeneral 70-321 

II Equipment — Specific Provisions 70-321 

m Equipment — Metal-Enclosed Power Switchgear and 
Industrial Control Assemblies 70-324 

IV Mobile and Portable Equipment 70-326 

V Electrode-Type Boilers 70-326 

Chapter 5 Special Occupancies 

500 Hazardous (Classified) Locations, Classes 

I, n, and m, Divisions 1 and 2 70-329 

501 Class I Locations 70-337 

IGeneral 70-205 

H Wiring 70-205 

m Equipment 70-206 

502 Class H Locations : 70-346 

IGeneral 70-205 

HWiring 70-205 

IE Equipment 70-206 

503 Class m Locations 70-352 

IGeneral 70-205 

H Wiring 70-205 

mEquipment 70-206 

504 Intrinsically Safe Systems 70-354 

505 CIassI,Zone0, 1, and 2 Locations 70-367 

506 Zone20,21,22La^onsfoCcmbusttt 70-370 

510 Hazardous (Classified) Locations — Specific 70-370 

5 1 1 Commercial Garages, Repair and Storage 70-370 

513 Aircraft Hangars 70-372 



ARTICLE 

514 Motor Fuel Dispensing Facilities 70-375 

515 Bulk Storage Plants 70-379 

516 Spray Application, Dipping, and Coating Processes 70-383 

517 Health Care Facilities 70-389 

IGeneral 70-389 

II Wiring and Protection 70-392 

III Essential Electrical System 70-395 

IV Inhalation Anesthetizing Locations 70-403 

VX-Ray Installations 70-406 

VI Communications, Signaling Systems, Data Systems, 

Fire Alarm Systems, and Systems Less Than 120 Volts, 

Nominal 70-407 

Vn Isolated Power Systems 70-408 

518 Assembly Occupancies 70-410 

520 Theaters, Audience Areas of Motion Picture and Television Studios, 
Performance Areas, and Similar Locations 70-41 1 

I General 70-41 1 

n Fixed Stage Switchboards 70-412 

m Fixed Stage Equipment Other Than Switchboards 70-413 

IV Portable Switchboards on Stage 70-415 

VPortable Stage Equipment Other Than Switchboards 70-417 

VI Dressing Rooms 70-419 

Vn Grounding 70-419 

525 Carnivals, Circuses, Fairs, and Similar Events 70-419 

I General Requirements .- 70-419 

n Power Sources 70-420 

HI Wiring Methods 70-420 

IV Grounding and Bonding 70-421 

530 Motion Picture and Television Studios 

and Similar Locations , 70-423 

IGeneral 70-423 

n Stage or Set 70-424 

ffl Dressing Rooms 70-426 

IV Viewing, Cutting, and Patching Tables 70-426 

V Cellulose Nitrate Film Storage Vaults 70-426 

VI Substations 70-426 

540 Motion Picture Projection Rooms 70-427 

IGeneral 70-427 

n Equipment and Projectors of the Professional Type 70-427 

HI Nonprofessional Projectors 70-428 

IV Audio Signal Processing, Amplification, 

and Reproduction Equipment 70-428 

545 Manufectured Buildings 70-428 

547 Agricultural Buildings 70-429 

550 Mobile Homes, Manufactured Homes, and Mobile Home Parks ... 70-432 

IGeneral 70-432 

n Mobile and Manufactured Homes 70-433 

in Services and Feeders 70-440 

551 Recreational Vehicles and Recreational Vehicle Parks 70-442 

IGeneral 70-442 

n Combination Electrical Systems 70-445 

m Other Power Sources 70-445 

IV Nominal 120-Volt or 120/240-Volt Systems 70-446 

V Factory Tests 70-453 

VI Recreational Vehicle Parks 70-453 



2007 California Electrical Code 



CONTENTS 



70-xiii 



ARTICLE 

552 ParkTrailers ;;.'. 70-456 

I General „ 70-456 

II Low-Voltage Systems 70-456 

IH Combination Electrical Systems 70-457 

IV Nominal 120-Volt or 120/240-Volt Systems 70-458 

V Factory Tests 70-465 

553 Floating Buildings 70-465 

I General 70-465 

II Services and Feeders 70-465 

III Grounding 7CM65 

555 Marinas and Boatyards 70-466 

590 Temporary Installations '. 70-480 

Chapter 6 Special Equipment 

600 Electric Signs and Outline Lighting 70-471 

I General 70-471 

E Field-Installed Skeleton Tubing 70-474 

604 Manufactured Wiring Systems 70-475 

605 Office Furnishings (Consisting of Lighting 

Accessories and Wired Partitions) 70-476 

610 Cranes and Hoists 70-477 

IGeneral 70-477 

.H Wiring 70-477 

IE Contact Conductors 70-480 

IV Disconnecting Means 70-480 

VOvercurrent Protection 70-481 

VT Control .' 70-482 

Vn Grounding 70-482 

620 Elevators, Dumbwaiters, Escalators, 
Moving Walks, Wheelchair Lifts, and 
Stairway Chair Lifts 70-482 

IGeneral 70-482 

H Conductors .". 7(M84 

HI Wiring 70-485 

IV Installation of Conductors .'. 70-487 

V Traveling Cables 70-488 

VI Disconnecting Means and Control 70-489 

VH Overcurrent Protection 70-490 

VHI Machine Rooms, Control Rooms, 

Machinery Spaces, and Control Spaces 70-491 

DC Grounding 70-491 

X Emergency and Standby Power Systems 70-491 

625 Electric Vehicle Charging System 70-492 

IGeneral 70-492 

II Wiring Methods 70492 

DT Equipment Construction 70-493 

IV Control and Protection 70-493 

V Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment Locations : 70-494 



ARTICLE 

630 Electric Welders 70-496 

IGeneral 70-496 

H Arc Welders 70-496 

IH Resistance Welders 70-497 

IV Welding Cable 70-498 

640 Audio Signal Processing, Amplification, 

and Reproduction Equipment , 70-498 

IGeneral 70-498 

IlPennanent Audio System Installations 70-501 

HI Portable and Temporary Audio System Installations 70-502 

645 Information Technology Equipment 70-503 

647 Sensitive Electronic Equipment 70-505 

650 Pipe Organs 70-506 

660 X-Ray Equipment 70-507 

IGeneral..,, 70-507 

n Control 70-508 

IH Transformers and Capacitors 70-508 

IV Guarding and Grounding 70-508 

665 Induction and Dielectric Heating Equipment 70-509 

IGeneral 70-509 

II Guarding, Grounding, and Labeling 70-510 

668 Electrolytic Cells , 70-510 

669 Electroplating 70-513 

670 Industrial Machinery 70-514 

675 Electrically Driven or ControUed Irrigation Machines 70-515 

IGeneral 70-515 

H Center Pivot Irrigation Machines 70-517 

680 Swirriming Pools, Fountains, and Similar Installations 70-517 

IGeneral 70-517 

II Permanently Installed Pools 70-520 

JR Storable Pools 70-526 

IV Spas and Hot Tubs 70-527 

VFountains 70-529 

VI Pools and Tubs for Therapeutic Use 70-530 

WHydromassage Bathtubs 70-531 

682 Natural and Artifically Made Bodies of Water 70-543 

IGeneral 70-543 

Installation 70-543 

HI Grounding and Bonding 70-543 

685 Integrated Electrical Systems 70-532 

IGeneral 70-532 

II Orderly Shutdown 70-532 

690 Solar Photovoltaic Systems 70-532 

IGeneral : 70-532 

II Circuit Requirements 70-535 

HI Disconnecting Means \ 70-537 

IV Wiring Methods 70-538 

V Grounding 70-539 

VIMarking 70-539 

VII Connection to Other Sources 70-540 

VHI Storage Batteries 70-541 

IX Systems Over 600 Volts 70-542 



2007 California Electrical Code 



70-xiv 



CONTENTS 



ARTICLE 



ARTICLE 



692 Fuel Cell Systems 70-542 

I General 70-542 

II Circuit Requirements 70-543 

n Disconnecting Means 70-543 

IV Wiring Methods 70-544 

VGrounding 70-544 

VI Marking 70-544 

VH Connection to Other Circuits 70-544 

VIE Outputs Over 600 Volts 70-545 

695 Fire Pumps 70-545 

Chapter 7 Special Conditions 

700 Emergency Systems 70-551 

IGeneral 70-551 

II Circuit Wiring 70-552 

m Sources of Power 70-553 

IV Emergency System Circuits for 

Lighting and Power 70-554 

V Control — Emergency Lighting 

Circuits 70-555 

VI Overcurrent Protection 70-555 

701 Legally Required Standby Systems 70-556 

IGeneral 70-556 

II Circuit Wiring 70-557 

m Sources of Power 70-557 

IV Overcurrent Protection 70-558 

702 Optional Standby Systems 70-559 

IGeneral 70-559 

H Circuit Wiring 70-559 

mGrounding , 70-559 

IV Sources of Power 70- 571 

705 Interconnected Electric Power Production 

Sources 70-560 

720 Circuits and Equipment Operating at Less 

Than 50 Volts 70-562 

725 Class 1, Class 2, and Class 3 

Remote-Control, Signaling, and Power-Limited Circuits 70-562 

IGeneral 70-562 

n Class 1 Circuits 70-563 

IH Class 2 and Class 3 Circuits 70-565 

3V Listing Requirements 70-581 

727 Instrumentation Tray Cable: Type ITC 70-571 

760 Fire Alarm Systems 70-572 

IGeneral 70-572 

n Non-Power-Limited Fire Alarm (NPLFA) Circuits 70-573 

m Power-Limited Fire Alarm (PLFA) Circuits 70-576 

IV Listing Requirements 70-581 

770 Optical FiberCables and Raceways .'..70-580 

IGeneral 70-580 

II Protection 70-581 

m Cables Within Buildings 70-581 

IV Listing Requirements 70-581 

780 Closed-Loop and Programmed Power 

Distribution 70-585 

Chapter 8 Communications Systems 

800 Communications Circuits 70-587 

IGeneral 70-587 

II Conductors Outside and Entering Buildings 70-588 

HI Protection 70-589 

IV Grounding Methods 70-590 

V Communications Wires and Cables Within Buildings 70-591 

VI Listing Requirements 70-58 1 



810 Radio and Television Equipment 70-595 

IGeneral 70-595 

II Receiving Equipment — Antenna Systems 70-596 

HI Amateur Transmitting and Receiving 

'Stations — Antenna Systems 70-598 

IV Interior Installation — Transmitting Stations 70-599 

820 Community Antenna Television and Radio 

Distribution Systems 70-599 

IGeneral 70-599 

II Cables Outside and Entering Buildings 70-600 

HI Protection 70-601 

IV Grounding Methods 70-601 

V Cables Within Buildings 70-602 

VI Listing Requirements 70-581 

830 Network-Powered Broadband Communications Systems 70-605 

IGeneral 70-605 

II Cables Outside and Entering Buildings 70-607 

IE Protection 70-609 

IV Grounding Methods 70-610 

V Wiring Methods Within Buildings 70-612 

VI Listing Requirements 70-581 

TABLES 

Chapter 9 Tables 



1 Percent of Cross Section of Conduit and 

Tubing for Conductors 70-615 

4 Dimensions and Percent Area of Conduit 

and Tubing (Areas of Conduit or Tubing 
for the Combinations of Wires Permitted 
in Table 1, Chapter 9) 70-615 

5 Dimensions of Insulated Conductors and 

Fixture Wires 70-620 

5 A Compact Aluminum Building Wire 

Nominal Dimensions* and Areas 70-622 

8 Conductor Properties 70-623 

9 Alternating-Current Resistance and 

Reactance for 600-Volt Cables, 3-Phase, 
60 Hz, 75°C (167°F) — Three Single 
Conductors in Conduit 70-624 

1 1(A) Class 2 and Class 3 Alternating-Current 

Power Source Limitations 70-626 

11(B) Class 2 and Class 3 Direct-Current Power 

Source Limitations 70-626 

12(A) PLFA Alternating-Current Power Source Limitations 70-627 

12(B) PLFA Direct-Current Power Source Limitations 70-627 

Annex A 70-629 

AnnexB 70-633 

AnnexC 70-643 

AnnexD 70-665 

AnnexE 70-673 

AnnexF 70-675 

Index 70-679 



2007 California Electrical Code 



CALIFORNIA MATRIX ADOPTION TABLES 



70-xv 



Calif ornia Matrix Adoption Tables 

Format of the Matrix Adoption Tables 

The matrix adoption tables, which follow, show the user which state agencies have 
adopted and/or amended given sections of model code for applications within their 
respective authorities. See Article 89, Sections 089.102 through 89.114, for building 
application and enforcement responsibilities. 

The side headings identify the scope of the state agencies' adoption as follows: 

Adopt the entire NEC article without state amendments 

If there is an "X" under a particular state agency's acronym in this row, it means that 
particular state agency has adopted the entire model code chapter without any state 
amendments. 



Example: 



ARTICLE 89 - GENERAL CODE PROVISIONS 



Adopting Agency 




Adopt Entire Article 



Adopt Entire Article as amended 
(amended sections listed below) 



Adopt only those sections that are 
listed below 



Article / Section 



Codes 



89.101 



CA 



89.102 



CA 



Adopt the entire NEC article as amended (amendments listed below) 

If there is an "X" under a particular state agency's acronym in this row, it means that 
particular state agency has adopted the entire model code chapter, with state amendments. 

Each state-amended section that the agency has added to that particular chapter is 
listed. There will be an "X" in the column, by that particular section, under the agency's 
acronym, as well as an "X" by each section that the agency has adopted. 



Hie ♦ designation indicates that the State Fire Marshal's adoption of this chapter or individual sections is applicable to structures subject to HCD 1 and/or HCD 2. 

2007 California Electrical Code 



70-xvi 



CALIFORNIA MATRIX ADOPTION TABLES 



Example: 



ARTICLE 89 - GENERAL CODE PROVISIONS 



Adopting Agency 




BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 




1 


2 


AC 


ss 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 
























Adopt Entire Article as amended 
(amended sections listed below) 


X 






















Adopt only those sections that are 
listed below 






/p 


m\ , 


m 






lOl 




Article / Section 


Codes 


m^&^wi 


W$ I 


i$?w!$ 


















89.101 


CA 


X 






















89.102 


CA 


X 























Adopt only those sections which are listed below: 

If there is an "X" under a particular state agency's acronym in this row, it means that 
particular state agency is adoption only specific model code or state-amended sections 
within this chapter. There will be an "X" in the column under the agency's acronym, as 
well as an "X" by each section that the agency has adopted. 



Example: 



ARTICLE 89 - GENERAL CODE PROVISIONS 



Adopting Agency 




BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 




1 


2 


AC 


ss 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 
























Adopt Entire Article as amended 
(amended sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed 
below 


X 


rrrrn, \ \ '. < 1 '■ 


x\ 




i 


/I 




1 


k| 


n 


(c=i; 

L..czri J 




Article / Section 


Codes 


^t 


j&L 


_... 






\ 


89.101 


CA 


X 






















89.102 


CA 


X 























Legend of Abbreviations of Adopting State Agencies 



BSC 

SFM 

HCD 

DSA-AC 

DSA-SS 

OSHPD 

DHS 



California Building Standards Commission 

Office of the State Fire Marshal 

Department of Housing and Community Development 

Division of the State Architect - Access Compliance 

Division of the State Architect - Structural Safety 

Office of Statewide Health Planning and Development 

Department of Health Services 



The ♦ designation indicates that the State Fire Marshal's adoption of this chapter or individual sections is applicable to structures subject to HCD 1 and/or HCD 2. 
2007 California Electrical Code 



CALIFORNIA MATRIX ADOPTION TABLES 



70-xvii 



( 


CALIFORNIA ARTICLE 89 - 


GENERAL CODE PROVISIONS 








Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


1/AC 


2 


AC 


ss 


1 


2 


3 


4 




Adopt Entire Article 


























Adopt Entire Article as amended 
(amended sections listed below) 


























Adopt only those sections that are listed 
below 


X 


X 


X 


X 


X 


X 


X 


X 


X 


X 


X 


X 


Article / Section 


Codes 


89.101 


CA 


X 


X 


X 




X 




X 


X 


X 


X 


X 


X 


89.102 


CA 


X 
























89.107 


CA 
























X 


89.108 


CA 






X 


X 


X 
















89.109.1 


CA 












X 














89.109.2 


CA 














X 












89.110.1 


CA 
















X 










89.110.2 


CA 


















X 








89.110.3 


CA 




















X 






89.110.4 


CA 






















X 




89.111 


CA 




X 























ARTICLE 90 - INTRODUCTION 



Adopting Agency 


' 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 




1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 




X 


X 




X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed 
below 
























Article / Section 


Codes 





























ARTICLE 100 - DEFINITIONS 



Adopting Agency 




BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 




1 




AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 


X 


X 


X 




X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed 
below 
























Article / Section 


Codes 





























The ♦ designation indicates that the State Fire Marshal's adoption of this chapter or individual sections is applicable to structures subject to HCD 1 and/or HCD 2. 

2007 California Electrical Code 



70-xviii 



CALIFORNIA MATRIX ADOPTION TABLES 



ARTICLE 110 - REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS 


Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 


X 








X 






X 






Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 














X 


X 




X 




Adopt only those sections that are listed 
below 
























Article / Section 


Codes 


110.2 


CA 














X 


X 


X 


X 


■* 


110.13(C) 


CA 














X 


X 




X 




ARTICLE 200 - USE AND IDENTIFICATION OF GROUNDED CONDUCTORS 


Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 




X 


X 




X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed 
below 
























Article / Section Codes 


ARTICLE 210 - BRANCH CIRCUITS 


Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 




X 


X 




X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed 
below 






















X 


Article / Section 


Codes 


210.50(D), (E) 


CA 






















X 


ARTICLE 215 -FEEDERS 


Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 




X 


X 




X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed 
below 
























Article / Section 


Codes 



The ♦ designation indicates that the State Fire Marshal's adoption of this chapter or individual sections is applicable to structures subject to HCD 1 and/or HCD 2. 
2007 California Electrical Code 



CALIFORNIA MATRIX ADOPTION TABLES 



70-xix 



ARTICLE 220- BRANCH-CIRCUIT 


FEEDER, AND SERVICE CALCULATIONS 




Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 




X 


X 




X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed 
below 
























Article / Section 


Codes 




CA 

























ARTICLE 225 - OUTSIDE BRANCH CIRCUITS AND FEEDERS 



Adopting Agency 



BSC 



SFM 



HCD 



DSA 



AC 



SS 



OSHPD 



DHS 



Adopt Entire Article 



Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 



Adopt only those sections that are listed 
below 



Article / Section 



Codes 



225.19(E) 



NEC 



ARTICLE 230 - SERVICES 



Adopting Agency 



BSC 



SFM 



HCD 



DSA 



AC 



SS 



OSHPD 



DHS 



Adopt Entire Article 



Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 



Adopt only those sections that are listed 
below 



Article / Section 



Codes 



ARTICLE 240 - OVERCURRENT PROTECTION 



Adopting Agency 



BSC 



SFM 



HCD 



DSA 



AC 



SS 



OSHPD 



DHS 



Adopt Entire Article 



Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 



Adopt only those sections that are listed 
below 



Article / Section 



Codes 



Hie ♦ designation indicates that the State Fire Marshal's adoption of this chapter or individual sections is applicable to structures subject to HCD 1 and/or HCD 2. 

2007 California Electrical Code 



70-xx 



CALIFORNIA MATRIX ADOPTION TABLES 



ARTICLE 250 - GROUNDING AND BONDING 



Adopting Agency 




BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 




1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 




X 


X 




X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed 
below 




X 




















Article / Section 


Codes 


250.112(1) 


NEC 




X 























ARTICLE 280 ■ 


- SURGE ARRESTERS 












Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 




X 


X 




X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections fisted below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed 
below 
























Article / Section 


Codes 



ARTICLE 285 - TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSORS: TYPE TVSSs 



Adopting Agency 




BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 




1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 




X 


X 




X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed 
below 
























Article / Section 


Codes 





ARTICLE 300 


-WIRING METHODS 














Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 




X 


X 




X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed 
below 




X 




















Article / Section 


Codes 


300.21 


NEC 




X 




















300.22 


NEC 




X 





















The ♦ designation indicates that the State Fire Marshal's adoption of this chapter or individual sections is applicable to structures subject to HCD 1 and/or HCD 2. 
2007 California Electrical Code 



CALIFORNIA MATRIX ADOPTION TABLES 



70-xxi 



ARTICLE 310 - CONDUCTORS FOR GENERAL WIRING 



Adopting Agency 




BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 




1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 




X 


X 




X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed 
below 
























Article / Section 


Codes 





























ARTICLE 312 - CABINETS, CUTOUT BOXES, AND METER SOCKET ENCLOSURES 



Adopting Agency 




BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 




1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 




X 


X 




X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed 
below 
























Article / Section 


Codes 
























, 





ARTICLE 314 - OUTLET, DEVICE, PULL, AND JUNCTION BOXES; CONDUIT BODIES; 

FITTINGS; AND HANDHOLE ENCLOSURES 



Adopting Agency 




BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 




1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 




X 


X 




X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed 
below 




X 




















Article / Section 


Codes 


314.15 


NEC 




X 





















The ♦ designation indicates that the State Fire Marshal's adoption of this chapter or individual sections is applicable to structures subject to HCD 1 and/or HCD 2. 

2007 California Electrical Code 



70-xxii 



CALIFORNIA MATRIX ADOPTION TABLES 





ARTICLE 320 - ARMORED CABLE: 


TYPE AC 










Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 




X 


X 




X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed 
below 




X 




















Article / Section 


Codes 


320.2 


NEC 




X 





















ARTICLE 322 - FLAT CABLE ASSEMBLIES: TYPE FC 



Adopting Agency 




BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 




1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 




X 


X 




X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed 
below 
























Article / Section 


Codes 





























ARTICLE 324 - 


FLAT CONDUCTOR CABLE: 


TYPE FCC 








Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 




X 


X 




X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed 
below 
























Article / Section 


Codes 



ARTICLE 326 - INTEGRATED GAS SPACER CABLE: TYPE IGS 



Adopting Agency 




BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 




1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 




X 


X 




X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed 
below 
























Article / Section 


Codes 



The ♦ designation indicates that the State Fire Marshal's adoption of this chapter or individual sections is applicable to structures subject to HCD 1 and/or HCD 2. 
2007 California Electrical Code 



CALIFORNIA MATRIX ADOPTION TABLES 



70-xxiii 



ARTICLE 328 - MEDIUM VOLTAGE CABLE: TYPE MV 


Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 




X 


X 




X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed 
below 
























Article / Section 


Codes 




























ARTICLE 330 - METAL-CLAD CABLE: TYPE MC 


Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 




X 


X 


•^ 


X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed 
below 




X 




















Article / Section 


Codes 


330.2 


NEC 




X 




















330.10 


NEC 




X 




















330.12 


NEC 




X 




















ARTICLE 332 - MINERAL-INSULATED, METAL-SHEATHED CABLE: TYPE Ml 


Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 




X 


X 




X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed 

below 




X 




















Article / Section 


Codes 


332.2 


NEC 




X 




















332.10 


NEC 




X 




















332.12 


NEC 




X 





















The ♦ designation indicates that the State Fire Marshal's adoption of this chapter or individual sections is applicable to structures subject to HCD 1 and/or HCD 2. 

2007 California Electrical Code 



70-xxiv 


CALIFORNIA MATRIX ADOPTION TABLES 














ARTICLE 334 - NONMETALLIC-SHEATHED CABLE: TYPES NM, N,C, AND NMS 


Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HGD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 










X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 






X 


X 
















Adopt only those sections that are listed 
below 




X 




















Article / Section 


Codes 


334.10 (Note) 


CA 






X 


X 
















334.10(A) 


NEC 




X 




















334.10(B) 


NEC 




X 




















334.12 


NEC 




X 




















ARTICLE 336 - POWER AND CONTROL TRAY CABLE: TYPE TC 


Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 




X 


X 




X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed 
below 
























Article / Section 


Codes 





























ARTICLE 338 - SERVICE-ENTRANCE CABLE: 


TYPES SE AND USE 






Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 




X 


X 




X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed 
below 
























Article / Section 


Codes 





























The ♦ designation indicates that the State Fire Marshal's adoption of this chapter or individual sections is applicable to structures subject to HCD 1 and/or HCD 2. 
2007 California Electrical Code 





CALIFORNIA MATRIX ADOPTION TABLES 












70-xxv 


ARTICLE 340 - UNDERGROUND FEEDER AND BRANCH CIRCUIT CABLE: TYPE UF 


Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 




X 


X 




X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed 
below 
























Article / Section 


. Codes 




























ARTICLE 342 - INTERMEDIATE METAL CONDUIT: TYPE IMC 


Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 




X 


X 




X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed 
below 
























Article /Section 


Codes 




























ARTICLE 344 - RIGID METAL CONDUIT: TYPE RMC 


Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 




X 


X 




X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed 
below 
























Article / Section 


Codes 




























ARTICLE 348 - FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT: TYPE FMC 


Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 




X 


X 




X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed 
below 
























Article / Section 


Codes 





























The ♦ designation indicates that the State Fire Marshal's adoption of this chapter or individual sections is applicable to structures subject to HCD 1 and/or HCD 2. 

2007 California Electrical Code 



70-xxvi 


CALIFORNIA MATRIX ADOPTION TABLES 














ARTICLE 350 - LIQUIDTIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT: TYPE LFMC 


Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 




X 


X 




X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed 
below 
























Article / Section 


Codes 




























ARTICLE 352 - RIGID NONMETALLIC METAL CONDUIT: TYPE RNC 


Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 




X 


X 




X 












Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 














X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt only those sections that are listed 
below 
























Article / Section 


Codes 


352.12(G) 


CA 














X 


X 


X 


X 




ARTICLE 353 - HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE CONDUIT: TYPE HPDE CONDUIT 


Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 




X 


X 




X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed 
below 
























Article / Section 


Codes 




























ARTICLE 354 - NONMETALLIC UNDERGROUND CONDUIT WITH CONDUCTORS: TYPE NUCC 


Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 




X 


X 




X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed 
below 
























Article / Section 


Codes 





























The ♦ designation indicates that the State Fire Marshal's adoption of this chapter or individual sections is applicable to structures subject to HCD 1 and/or HCD 2. 
2007 California Electrical Code 





CALIFORNIA MATRIX ADOPTION TABLES 












70-xxvii 


ARTICLE 356 - LIQUIDTIGHT FLEXIBLE NONMETALLIC CONDUIT: TYPE LFNC 


Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 




X 


X 




X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed 
below 
























Article / Section 


Codes 




* 
























ARTICLE 358 - ELECTRICAL METALLIC TUBING: TYPE EMT 


Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 




X 


X 




X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed 
below 
























Article / Section 


Codes 




























ARTICLE 360 - FLEXIBLE METAL TUBING: TYPE FMT 


Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 




X 


X 




X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed 
below 
























Article / Section 


Codes 





























The ♦ designation indicates that the State Fire Marshal's adoption of this chapter or individual sections is applicable to structures subject to HCD 1 and/or HCD 2. 

2007 California Electrical Code 



70-xxviii 


CALIFORNIA MATRIX ADOPTION TABLES 














ARTICLE 362 - ELECTRICAL NONMETALLIC TUBING: 


TYPE ENT 






Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 




X 


X 




X 












Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 














X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt only those sections that are listed 
below 




X 




















Article / Section 


Codes 


362.2 


NEC 




X 




















362.10 


NEC 




X 




















362.12 


NEC 




X 




















362.12(11) 


CA 














X 


X 


X 


X 




ARTICLE 366 - AUXILIARY GUTTERS 


Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 




X 


X 




X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed 
below 
























Article / Section 


Codes 




























ARTICLE 368 - BUSWAYS 


Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 




X 


X 




X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed 
below 
























Article / Section 


Codes 





























The ♦ designation indicates that the State Fire MarshaTs adoption of this chapter or individual sections is applicable to structures subject to HCD 1 and/or HCD 2. 
2007 California Electrical Code 





CALIFORNIA MATRIX ADOPTION TABLES 












70-xxix 


ARTICLE 370 - CABLEBUS 


Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


ss 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 




X 


X 




X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed 
below 
























Article / Section 


Codes 




























ARTICLE 372 - CELLULAR CONCRETE FLOOR RACEWAYS 


Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


4 HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


ss 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 




X 


X 




X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed 
below 
























Article / Section 


Codes 




























ARTICLE 374 - CELLULAR METAL FLOOR RACEWAYS 


Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


ss 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 




X 


X 




X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed 
below 




• 




















Article / Section 


Codes 




























ARTICLE 376 - METAL WIREWAYS 


Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


ss 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 




X 


X 




X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed 
below 
























Article / Section 


Codes 





























The ♦ designation indicates that the State Fire Marshal's adoption of this chapter or individual sections is applicable to structures subject to HCD 1 and/or HCD 2. 

2007 California Electrical Code 



70-xxx 


CALIFORNIA MATRIX ADOPTION TABLES 














ARTICLE 378 - NONMETALLIC WIREWAYS 


Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 




X 


X 




X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed 
below 
























Article / Section 


Codes 


ARTICLE 380 - MULTIOUTLET ASSEMBLY 


Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 










X 












Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 














X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt only those sections that are listed 
below 
























Article / Section 


Codes 


380.2(B)(7) 


CA 














X 


X 


X 


X 




23 
ARTICLE 382 - NONMETALLIC EXTENSIONS 


Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 




X 


X 




X 












Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 














X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt only those sections that are listed 
below 
























Article / Section 


Codes 


382.12(5) 


CA 














X 


X 


X 


X 




ARTICLE 384 - STRUT-TYPE CHANNEL RACEWAY 


Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 




X 


X 




X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed 
below 
























Article / Section 


Codes 





























The ♦ designation indicates that the State Fire Marshal's adoption of this chapter or individual sections is applicable to structures subject to HCD 1 and/or HCD 2. 
2007 California Electrical Code 





CALIFORNIA MATRIX ADOPTION TABLES 












70-xxxi 


ARTICLE 386 - SURFACE METAL RACEWAYS 


Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 










X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed 
below 
























Article / Section 


Codes 




























ARTICLE 388 - SURFACE NONMETALLIC RACEWAYS 


Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 




X 


X 




X 












Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 














X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt only those sections that are listed 
below 
























Article / Section 


Codes 


388.12(8) 


CA 














X 


X 


X 


X 




ARTICLE 390 - UNDERFLOOR RACEWAYS 


Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 




X 


X 




X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed 
below 
























Article / Section 


Codes 




























ARTICLE 392 - CABLE TRAYS 


Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 




X 


X 




X 












Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 














X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt only those sections that are listed 
below 
























Article / Section 


Codes 


392.4 


CA 














X 


X 


X 


X 





The ♦ designation indicates that the State Fire Marshal's adoption of this chapter or individual sections is applicable to structures subject to HCD 1 and/or HCD 2. 

2007 California Electrical Code 



70-xxxii 


CALIFORNIA MATRIX ADOPTION TABLES 














ARTICLE 394 - CONCEALED KNOB-AND-TUBE WIRING 


Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 






X 




X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 






X 


















Adopt only those sections that are listed 
below 
























Article / Section 


Codes 


394.12 


CA 






X 


















ARTICLE 396 - MESSENGER SUPPORTED WIRING 


Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 




X 


X 




X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed 
below 
























Article / Section 


Codes 


ARTICLE 398 - OPEN WIRING ON INSULATORS 


Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 




X 


X 




X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed 
below 
























Article / Section 


Codes 


ARTICLE 400 - FLEXIBLE CORDS AND CABLES 


Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 




X 


X 




X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed 
below 




X 




















Article / Section 


Codes 


400.6-400.10 


NEC 




X 




















400.12-400.14 


NEC 




X 




















400.30-400.36 


NEC 




X 





















The ♦ designation indicates that the State Fire Marshal's adoption of this chapter or individual sections is applicable to structures subject to HCD 1 and/or HCD 2. 
2007 California Electrical Code 





CALIFORNIA MATRIX ADOPTION TABLES 










70-xxxiii 


ARTICLE 402 - FIXTURE WIRES 


Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 




X 


X 




X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed 
below 
























Article / Section Codes 


ARTICLE 404 - SWITCHES 


Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 




X 


X 




X 






X 






Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 














X 


X 




X 




Adopt only those sections that are listed 
below 










X 














Article / Section 


Codes 


404 FPN 


CA 










X 














404.8(A)(2) 


CA 














X 


X 




X 




ARTICLE 406 - RECEPTACLES, CORD CONNECTORS, AND ATTACHMENT PLUGS (CAPS) 


Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article * 


X 




X 


X 




X 






X 






Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 














X 


X 




X 




Adopt only those sections that are listed 
below 










X 














Article / Section 


Codes 


406 FPN 


CA 










X 














406.8(C)(1) 


CA 














X 


X 




X 




ARTICLE 408 - SWITCHBOARDS AND PANELBOARDS 


Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 




X 


X 




X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed 
below 
























Article / Section 


Codes 





























The ♦ designation indicates that the State Fire Marshal's adoption of this chapter or individual sections is applicable to structures subject to HCD 1 and/or HCD 2. 

2007 California Electrical Code 



70-xxxiv 


CALIFORNIA MATRIX ADOPTION TABLES 














ARTICLE 409 - INDUSTRIAL CONTROL PANELS 


Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 




X 


X 




X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed 
below 
























Article / Section 


Codes 




























ARTICLE 410 - LUMINAIRES 


(LIGHTING FIXTURES), LANDHOLDERS, AND LAMPS 


Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 




X 


X 




X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed 
below 




X 




















Article / Section 


Codes 


410.5-410.6 


NEC 




X 




















410.8(D) 


NEC 




X 




















410.12-410.13 


NEC 




X 




















410.86(C) 


NEC 




X 




















ARTICLE 411 - LIGHTING SYSTEMS OPERATING AT 30 VOLTS OR LESS 


Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 




X 


X 




X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed 
below 
























Article / Section 


Codes 





























The ♦ designation indicates that the State Fire Marshal's adoption of this chapter or individual sections is applicable to structures subject to HCD 1 and/or HCD 2, 
2007 California Electrical Code 





CALIFORNIA MATRIX ADOPTION TABLES 












70-xxxv 


ARTICLE 422 - APPLIANCES 


Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 




X 


X 




X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed 
below 




X 




















Article / Section 


Codes 


422.10-422.12 


NEC 




X 




















422.16 


NEC 




X 




















ARTICLE 424 - FIXED SPACE-HEATING EQUIPMENT 


Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 




X 


X 




X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed 
below 
























Article / Section 


Codes 




























ARTICLE 426 - FIXED OUTDOOR ELECTRIC DEICING AND SNOW-MELTING EQUIPMENT 


Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 




X 


X 




X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed 
below 
























Article / Section 


Codes 




























ARTICLE 427 - FIXED ELECTRIC HEATING EQUIPMENT FOR PIPELINES AND VESSELS 


Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 




X 


X 




X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed 
below 
























Article / Section 


Codes 





























The ♦ designation indicates that the State Fire Marshal's adoption of this chapter or individual sections is applicable to structures subject to HCD 1 and/or HCD 2. 

2007 California Electrical Code 



70-xxxvi 


CALIFORNIA MATRIX ADOPTION TABLES 














ARTICLE 430 - MOTORS, MOTOR CIRCUITS, AND CONTROLLERS 


Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 










X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 




* 




















Adopt only those sections that are listed 
below 
























Article / Section 


Codes 




























ARTICLE 440 -AIR-CONDITIONING AND REFRIGERATING EQUIPMENT 


Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 




X 


X 




X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed 
below 
























Article / Section 


Codes 




























ARTICLE 445 - GENERATORS 


Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 




X 


X 




X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed 
below 
























Article / Section 


Codes 





























The ♦ designation indicates that the State Fire Marshal's adoption of this chapter or individual sections is applicable to structures subject to HCD 1 and/or HCD 2. 
2007 California Electrical Code 





CALIFORNIA MATRIX ADOPTION TABLES 










70-xxxvii 


ARTICLE 450 - TRANSFORMERS AND TRANSFORMER VAULTS (INCUDING SECONDARY TIES) 


Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 




X 


X 




X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed 
below 




X 




















Article / Section 


Codes 


450.13 


NEC 




X 




















450.21 


NEC 




X 




















450.23-450.24 


NEC 




X 




















450.26-450.27 


NEC 




X 




















450.41 


NEC 




X 




















450.48 


NEC 




X 




















ARTICLE 455 - PHASE CONVERTERS 


Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 




X 


X 




X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 












' 












Adopt only those sections that are listed 
below 
























Article / Section 


Codes 


ARTICLE 460 - CAPACITORS 


Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 




X 


X 




X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed 
below 
























Article / Section 


Codes 


ARTICLE 470 - RESISTORS AND REACTORS 


Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 




X 


X 




X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed 
below 
























Article / Section Codes 



The ♦ designation indicates that the State Fire Marshal's adoption of this chapter or individual sections is applicable to structures subject to HCD 1 and/or HCD 2. ' 

2007 California Electrical Code 



70-xxxviii 


CALIFORNIA MATRIX ADOPTION TABLES 














ARTICLE 480 - STORAGE BATTERIES 


Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 




X 


X 




X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed 
below 
























Article / Section 


Codes 




























ARTICLE 490 - EQUIPMENT, OVER 600 VOLTS, NOMINAL 


Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 




X 


X 




X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed 
below 
























Article / Section 


Codes 




























ARTICLE 500 - HAZARDOUS (CLASSIFIED) LOCATIONS, CLASSES 1, II, AND III, DIVISIONS 1 AND 2 


Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 


X 








X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed 
below 
























Article / Section 


Codes 




























ARTICLE 501 - CLASS I LOCATIONS 


Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 


X 








X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed 
below 
























Article / Section 


Codes 





























* The ♦ designation indicates that the State Fire Marshal's adoption of this chapter or individual sections is applicable to structures subject to HCD 1 and/or HCD 2. 
2007 California Electrical Code 





CALIFORNIA MATRIX ADOPTION. "ft 


\BLES 










70-xxxix 


ARTICLE 502 - CLASS II LOCATIONS 


Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 


X 








X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed 
below 
























Article / Section 


Codes 




























ARTICLE 503 - CLASS III LOCATIONS 


Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 


X 








X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
1 sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed 
below 
























Article / Section 


Codes 




























ARTICLE 504 - INTRINSICALLY SAFE SYSTEMS 


Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 










X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed 
below 




















- 




Article / Section 


Codes 




























ARTICLE 505 - CLASS 1, ZONE 0, 1, AND 2 LOCATIONS 


Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 










X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed 
below 
























Article / Section 


Codes 





























The ♦ designation indicates that the State Fire Marshal's adoption of this chapter or individual sections is applicable to structures subject to HCD 1 and/or HCD 2. 

2007 California Electrical Code 



70-xl 



CALIFORNIA MATRIX ADOPTION TABLES 



ARTICLE 506 -ZONE 20, 21, AND 22 LOCATIONS FOR COMBUSTIBLE DUSTS, FIBERS, AND FLYINGS 



Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 










X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed 
below 
























Article / Section Codes 



ARTICLE 510 - HAZARDOUS 


(CLASSIFIED) LOCATIONS 


-SPECIFIC 






Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 










X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed 
below 
























Article / Section Codes 



ARTICLE 511 - COMMERCIAL GARAGES, REPAIR AND STORAGE 



Adopting Agency 




BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 




1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 










X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed 
below 
























Article / Section 


Codes 



ARTICLE 513 


-AIRCRAFT HANGARS 












Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 










X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed 
below 


» 






















Article / Section Codes 



The ♦ designation indicates that the State Fire Marshal's adoption of this chapter or individual sections is applicable to structures subject to HCD 1 and/or HCD 2. 
2007 California Electrical Code 





CALIFORNIA MATRIX ADOPTION TABLES 












70-xli 


ARTICLE 514 - MOTOR FUEL DISPENSING FACILITIES 


Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 










X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed 
below 
























Article / Section 


Codes 




























ARTICLE 515 - BULK STORAGE PLANTS 


Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 










X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed 
below 
























Article / Section 


Codes 




























ARTICLE 516 - SPRAY APPLICATIONS, DIPPING, AND COATING PROCESSES 


Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 










X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed 
below 
























Article / Section 


Codes 





























The ♦ designation indicates that Hie State Fire Marshal's adoption of this chapter or individual sections is applicable to structures subject to HCD 1 and/or HCD 2. 

2007 California Electrical Code 



70-xlii 




CALIFORNIA MATRIX ADOPTION TABLES 












ARTICLE 517 - HEALTH CARE FACILITIES 


Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 










X 












Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 














X 1 


X 1 


X 1 


X 1 




Adopt only those sections that are listed below 
























Article / Section 


Codes 


517.2 


CA 














X 


X 


X 


X 




517.4 


CA 














X 


X 




X 




517.10.1 


CA 














X 


X 


X 


X 




517.12(A) 


CA 














X 


X 




X 




517.18(A) w/Exc. 2 & 2.1 


CA 














X 


X 


X 


X 




517.18(B) Exc. 1 


CA 














X 


X 


X 


X 




517.18(B) Exc. 3 


CA 














X 


X 


X 






517.18(D) 


CA 














X 


X 




X 




517.19(B) Exc. 1 


CA 














X 


X 




X 




517.22 


CA 














X 


X 


X 


X 




517.24 


CA 














X 


X 


X 


X 




517.30(A) 


CA 














X 






X 




517.30(B)(7) 


CA 














X 


X 




X 




517.30(D.1) 


CA 














X 


X 


X 


X 




517.30(E) 


CA 














X 






X 




517.33(A)(8)a.1 


CA 














X 


X 


X 


X 




517.33(A)(8)j.-n. 


CA 














X 










517.33(A)(10) 


CA 














X 


X 


X 


X 




517.33(A)(11) 


CA 














X 






X 




517.34(B)(1.1) 


CA 














X 






X 




517.35(4) 


NEC 














t 


t 


t 


t 




517.40(A.1) 


CA 














X 


X 




X 




517.41(E) 


CA 
















X 




X 




517.42(C.3) 


CA 














X 


X 




X 




517.42(C.3)Exc. 


CA 
















X 








517.43(A)(6), (7) 


CA 














X 


X 




X 




517.43(A)(8) 


CA 














X 


X 


X 


X 




517.43(B)(1.1) 


CA 














X 


X 




X 




517.44(B.1)w/Exc. 1 


CA 














X 


X 




X 




517.44(B.1)Exc.2 


CA 
















X 








517.45(D.1) 


CA 














X 


X 


X 


X 




517.45(E) 


CA 


















X 


X 




517.45(F) 


CA 














X 




X 


X 




517.45(G) 


CA 














X 


X 


X 


X 




517.123 


CA 














X 


X 


X 


X 





1 . This state agency adopts the entire article as amended except for those sections indicated by the following symbol: t 



The ♦ designation indicates that the State Fire Marshal's adoption of this chapter or individual sections is applicable to structures subject to HCD 1 and/or HCD 2. 
2007 California Electrical Code 



CALIFORNIA MATRIX ADOPTION TABLES 



70-xliii 



ARTICLE 518 - ASSEMBLY OCCUPANCIES 



Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 




X 


X 




X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed below 
























Article / Section Codes 



ARTICLE 520 - THEATERS, AUDIENCE AREAS OF MOTION PICTURE AND TELEVISION 

STUDIOS, AND SIMILAR LOCATIONS 



Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 










X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed below 
























Article / Section Codes 



ARTICLE 525 - CARNIVALS, C 


RCUSES, FAIRS, 


AND SIM 


LAR EVENTS 






Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 










X 












Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed below 
























Article / Section Codes 



ARTICLE 530 - MOTION PICTURE AND TELEVISION STUDIOS AND SIMILAR LOCATIONS 



Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 










X 












Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed below 
























Article / Section Codes 



ARTICLE 540 - 1 


MOTION 


PICTURE PROJ 


ECTION ROOMS 








Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 










X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed below 
























Article / Section Codes 



The ♦ designation indicates that the State Fire Marshal's adoption of this chapter or individual sections is applicable to structures subject to HCD 1 and/or HCD 2. 

2007 California Electrical Code 



70-xliv 


CALIFORNIA MATRIX ADOPTION TABLES 














ARTICLE 545 - MANUFACTURED BUILDINGS 


Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 




X 


X 




X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed below 
























Article / Section 


Codes 




























ARTICLE 547 - AGRICULTURAL BUILDINGS 


Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 










X 












Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed below 
























Article / Section 


Codes 




























ARTICLE 550 - MOBILE HOMES, MANUFACTURED HOMES, AND MOBILE HOME PARKS 


Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 










X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed below 
























Article / Section 


Codes 




























ARTICLE 551 - RECREATIONAL VEHICLES AND RECREATIONAL VEHICLE PARKS 


Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 










X 












Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed below 
























Article / Section 


Codes 





























The ♦ designation indicates that the State Fire Marshal's adoption of this chapter or individual sections is applicable to structures subject to HCD 1 and/or HCD 2. 
2007 California Electrical Code 





CALIFORNIA MATRIX ADOPTION TABLES 












70-xlv 


ARTICLE 552 - PARK TRAILERS 


Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 










X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed below 
























Article / Section 


Codes 




























ARTICLE 553 - FLOATING BUILDINGS 


Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 










X 












Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed below 
























Article / Section 


Codes 




























ARTICLE 555 - MARINAS AND BOATYARDS 


Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 










X 












Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed below 
























Article / Section 


Codes 




























ARTICLE 590 - TEMPORARY INSTALLATIONS 


Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 




X 


X 




X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 




X 




















Adopt only those sections that are listed below 
























Article / Section 


Codes 


590.3(C1) 


CA 




X 





















The ♦ designation indicates that the State Fire Marshal's adoption of this chapter or individual sections is applicable to structures subject to HCD 1 and/or HCD 2. 

2007 California Electrical Code 



70-xlvi 


CALIFORNIA MATRIX ADOPTION TABLES 














ARTICLE 600 - ELECTRIC SIGNS AND OUTLINE LIGHTING 


Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 




X 


X 




X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed below 
























Article / Section 


Codes 




























ARTICLE 604 - MANUFACTURED WIRING SYSTEMS 


Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 










X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed below 
























Article / Section 


Codes 





























ARTICLE 605 - OFFICE FURNISHINGS (CONSISTING OF LIGHTING ACCESSORIES AND WIRED 

PARTITIONS) 



Adopting Agency 




BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 




1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 










X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed below 
























Article / Section 


Codes 




























ARTICLE 610 - CRANES AND HOISTS 


Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 










X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed below 
























Article / Section 


Codes 





























The ♦ designation indicates that the State Fire Marshal's adoption of this chapter or individual sections is applicable to structures subject to HCD 1 and/or HCD 2. 
2007 California Electrical Code 



CALIFORNIA MATRIX ADOPTION TABLES 



70-xlvii 



ARTICLE 620 - ELEVATORS, DUMBWAITERS, ESCALATORS, MOVING WALKS, WHEELCHAIR 

LIFTS, AND STAIRWAY CHAIR LIFTS 



Adopting Agency 




BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 




1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 




X 


X 




X 




X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 














X 










Adopt only those sections that are listed below 
























Article / Section 


Codes 


620.21(A)(5) 


CA 














X 











ARTICLE 625 - 


- ELECTRIC VEHICLE CHARGING SYSTEM 








Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 












X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 




X 1 


X 1 


X 1 
















Adopt only those sections that are listed 
below 
























Article / Section 


Codes 


625.29(D) 


NEC 




t 


t 


t 
















625.29(E) 


CA 




X 


♦ 


♦ 
















1. This state agency adopts th< 


3 entire article as am 


ended exc 


ept for tho 


se section 


s indicated by the following symbol: ■ 











ARTICLE 630 


- ELECTRIC WELDERS 












Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 










X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed below 
























Article / Section 


Codes 





























ARTICLE 640 - AUDIO SIGNAL PROCESSING, AMPLIFICATION, AND REPRODUCTION 

EQUIPMENT 



Adopting Agency 




BSC 


SFWI 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 




1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 










X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed below 
























Article / Section 


Codes 





























The ♦ designation indicates that the State Fire Marshal's adoption of this chapter or individual sections is applicable to structures subject to HCD 1 and/or HCD 2. 

2007 California Electrical Code 



70-xlviii 


CALIFORNIA MATRIX ADOPTION TABLES 














ARTICLE 645 - INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY EQUIPMENT 


Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 










X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed below 
























Article / Section 


Codes 




























ARTICLE 647 - SENSITIVE ELECTRONIC EQUIPMENT 


Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 










X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed below 
























Article / Section 


Codes 




























ARTICLE 650 - PIPE ORGANS 


Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 










X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed below 
























Article / Section 


Codes 




























ARTICLE 660 - X-RAY EQUIPMENT 


Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 










X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed below 
























Article / Section 


Codes 





























f" 



The ♦ designation indicates that the State Fire Marshal's adoption of this chapter or individual sections is applicable to structures subject to HCD 1 and/or HCD 2. 
2007 California Electrical Code 





CALIFORNIA MATRIX ADOPTION TABLES 












70-xlix 


ARTICLE 665 - INDUCTION AND DIELECTRIC HEATING EQUIPMENT 


Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 










X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed below 
























Article / Section 


Codes 




























ARTICLE 668 - ELECTROLYTIC CELLS 


Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 










X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed 
below 
























Article / Section 


Codes 




























ARTICLE 669 - ELECTROPLATING 


Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 










X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed beiow 
























Article / Section 


Codes 




























ARTICLE 670 - INDUSTRIAL MACHINERY 


Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 










X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed below 
























Article / Section 


Codes 





























The ♦ designation indicates that the State Fire Marshal's adoption of this chapter or individual sections is applicable to structures subject to HCD 1 and/or HCD 2. 

2007 California Electrical Code 



70-1 


CALIFORNIA MATRIX ADOPTION TABLES 














ARTICLE 675 - ELECTRICALLY DRIVEN OR CONTROLLED IRRIGATION MACHINES 


Adopting Agency 


BSG 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 










X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed below 
























Article / Section 


Codes 




























ARTICLE 680 - SWIMMING POOLS, FOUNTAINS, AND SIMILAR INSTALLATIONS 


Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 




X 


X 




X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed below 






















X 


Article / Section 


Codes 


680.13 


CA 






















X 


680.14 


CA 






















X 


ARTICLE 682 - NATURALLY AND ARTIFICIALLY MADE BODIES OF WATER 


Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 










X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed below 
























Article / Section 


Codes 




























ARTICLE 685 - INTEGRATED ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS 


Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 










X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed below 
























Article / Section 


Codes 





























The ♦ designation indicates that the State Fire Marshal's adoption of this chapter or individual sections is applicable to structures subject to HCD 1 and/or HCD 2. 
2007 California Electrical Code 





CALIFORNIA MATRIX ADOPTION TABLES 












70-li 


ARTICLE 690 - SOLAR PHOTOVOLTAIC SYSTEMS 


Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 




X 


X 




X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended - 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed below 
























Article / Section 


Codes 




























ARTICLE 692 - FUEL CELL SYSTEMS 


Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 




X 


X 




X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed below 
























Article / Section 


Codes 




























ARTICLE 695 - FIRE PUMPS 


Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 










X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed below 
























Article / Section 


Codes 




























ARTICLE 700 - EMERGENCY SYSTEMS 


Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 




X 


X 




X 












Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections' listed below) 




X 










X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt only those sections that are listed below 
























Article / Section 


Codes 


700.12(B)(2) w/Exc. 1.2.& 3 


CA 




X 










X 


X 


X 


X 





The ♦ designation indicates that the State Fire Marshal's adoption of tins chapter or individual sections is applicable to structures subject to HCD 1 and/or HCD 2. 

2007 California Electrical Code 



70-lii 


CALIFORNIA MATRIX ADOPTION TABLES 














ARTICLE 701 - LEGALLY REQUIRED STANDBY SYSTEMS 


Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 


X 


♦ 


♦ 




X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed below 
























Article / Section 


Codes 




























ARTICLE 702 - OPTIONAL STANDBY SYSTEMS 


Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 


X 


X 


X 




X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed below 
























Article / Section 


Codes 




























ARTICLE 705 - INTERCONNECTED ELECTRIC POWER PRODUCTION SOURCES 


Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 




X 


X 




X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed below 










' 














Article / Section 


Codes 




























ARTICLE 720 - CIRCUITS AND EQUIPMENT OPERATING AT LESS THAN 50 VOLTS 


Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 




X 


X 




X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed below 
























Article / Section 


Codes 





























The ♦ designation indicates that the State Fire Marshal's adoption of this chapter or individual sections is applicable to structures subject to HCD 1 and/or HCD 2. 
2007 California Electrical Code 



CALIFORNIA MATRIX ADOPTION TABLES 



70-liii 



ARTICLE 725 - CLASS 1, CLASS 2, AND CLASS 3 REMOTE-CONTROL, SIGNALING, AND 

POWER-LIMITED CIRCUITS 



Adopting Agency 




BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 




1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 


X 


X 


X 




X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed below 
























Article / Section 


Codes 




























ARTICLE 727 - INSTRUMENTATION TRAY CABLE: TYPE ITC 


Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 




X 


X 




X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended, 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed below 
























Article / Section 


Codes 




























ARTICLE 760 - FIRE ALARM SYSTEMS 


Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 




♦ 


♦ 




X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 




X 




















Adopt only those sections that are listed below 










X 














Article / Section 


Codes 


760 FPN 


CA 










X 














760.1.1 


CA 




X 








' 












ARTICLE 770 - OPTICAL FIBER CABLES AND RACEWAYS 


Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 




X 


X 




X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed below 


















■ 






Article / Section 


Codes 


^ 



























Hie ♦ designation indicates that the State Fire Marshal's adoption of this chapter or individual sections is applicable to structures subject to HCD 1 and/or HCD 2. 

2007 California Electrical Code 



70-liv 


CALIFORNIA MATRIX ADOPTION TABLES 














ARTICLE 780 - CLOSED-LOOP AND PROGRAMMED POWER DISTRIBUTION 


Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 










X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed below 
























Article / Section 


Codes 




























ARTICLE 800 - COMMUNICATIONS CIRCUITS 


Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 




X 


X 




X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed below 
























Article / Section 


Codes 




























ARTICLE 810 - RADIO AND TELEVISION EQUIPMENT 


Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 




X 


X 




X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed below 
























Article / Section 


Codes 




























ARTICLE 820 - COMMUNITY ANTENNA TELEVISION AND RADIO DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS 


Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 




X 


X 






X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed below 
























Article / Section 


Codes 





























The ♦ designation indicates that the State Fire Marshal's adoption of this chapter or individual sections is applicable to structures subject to HCD 1 and/or HCD 2. 
2007 California Electrical Code 



CALIFORNIA MATRIX ADOPTION TABLES 



70-lv 



ARTICLE 830 - NETWORK-POWERED BROADBAND AND COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS 


Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 




X 


X 




X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed below 
























Article / Section 


Codes 




























CHAPTER 9 - TABLES 


Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 


X 




X 


X 




X 


X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed below 
























Article / Section 


Codes 




























ANNEXES A, B, C, D, E, F, AND G 


Adopting Agency 


BSC 


SFM 


HCD 


DSA 


OSHPD 


DHS 


1 


2 


AC 


SS 


1 


2 


3 


4 


Adopt Entire Article 














X 


X 


X 


X 




Adopt Entire Article as amended (amended 
sections listed below) 
























Adopt only those sections that are listed below 
























Article / Section 


Codes 





























The ♦ designation indicates that the State Fire Marshal's adoption of this chapter or individual sections is applicable to structures subject to HCD 1 and/or HCD 2. 

2007 California Electrical Code 



70-lvi CALIFORNIA MATRIX ADOPTION TABLES 



The ♦ designation indicates that the State Fire Marshal's adoption of this chapter or individual sections is applicable to structures subject to HCD 1 and/or HCD 2. 
2007 California Electrical Code 



CALIFORNIA ARTICLE 89 - GENERAL CODE PROVISIONS 



c 

A 

c 

A 
C 

A 
\C 
/A 
C 
A 
C 
A 

i 

A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 

CI 

A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 

i 

c 

A 
C 
A 
C 

Q 

C 
A 
C 
A 



CALIFORNIA ARTICLE 89 
GENERAL CODE PROVISIONS 



SECTION 89.101 
GENERAL 

89.10 LI Title. These regulations shall be lenown as the 
California Electrical Code, may be cited as such and will be 
referred to herein as "this code." The California Electrical 
Code is Part 3 of eleven parts of the official compilation and 
publication of the adoptions, amendment, and repeal of 
Electrical regulations to the California Code of Regulations, 
Title 24, also referred to as the California Building Standards 
Code. This part incorporates by adoption the 2005 National 
Electrical Code of the National Fire Protection Association 
with necessary California amendments. 

89.101.2 Purpose. The purpose of this code is to establish the 
minimum requirements to safeguard the public health, safety 
and general welfare through sti*uctural strength, means of 
egi'ess facilities, stability, access to persons with disabilities, 
sanitation, adequate lighting and ventilation, and energy 
conservation; to preserve life and property from fire and other 
hazards attributed to the built environment; and to provide 
safety to fire fighters and emergency responders during 
emergency operations. 

89.1013 Scope. The provisions of this code shall apply to the 
construction, alteration, movement, enlargement, 
replacement, repair, equipment, use and occupancy, location, 
maintenance, removal and demolition of every building or 
structure or any appurtenances connected or attached to such 
building structures throughout the State of California. 

89.101.3.1 Non-State-Regulated Buildings, Structures, 
and Applications. Except as modified by local ordinance^ 
pursuant to Section 89.101.8, the building standards in the 
California Code of Regulations, Title 24, Parts 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 
9 and 10 shall apply to all occupancies and applications not 
regulated by a state agency. 

89.101.3.2 State-Regulated Buildings, Structures, and 
Applications. The model code, state amendments to the 
•model code, and/or state amendments where there are no 
relevant model code provisions, shall apply to the following 
buildings, structures, and applications regulated by state 
agencies as referenced in the Matrix Adoption Tables and 
as specified in sections 89.102 through 89.113, except 
where modified by local ordinance pursuant to Section 
89.101.8. When adopted by a state agency, the provisions 
of this code shall be enforced by the appropriate enforcing 
agency, but only to the extent of authority granted to such 
agency by the State Legislature. 



Note: See Preface to distinguish the model code 
provisions from the California provisions. 

1. State-owned buildings, including buildings 
constructed by the Trustees of the California State 
University, and to the extent permitted by California 
laws, buildings designed and constructed by the. 
Regents of the University of California, and regulated 
by the Building Standards Commission. See section 
89. 1 02 for additional scope provisions. 

2. Reserved for Corrections Standards Authority. 
See section 89.103 for additional scope provisions. 

3. Reserved for the Department of Consumer Affairs. 
See section 89.104 for additional scope provisions. 

4. Reserved for the California Energy Commission. 
See section 89.105 for additional scope provisions. 

5. Reserved for the Department of Food and 
Agriculture. See section 89.106 for additional scope 
provisions. 

. 6. Public swimming pools and commissaries serving 
mobile food preparation vehicles regulated by the 
Department of Health Services. See section 89.107 for 
additional scope provisions. 

7. Hotels, motels, lodging houses, apartment houses, 
dwellings, dormitories, condominiums, shelters for 
homeless persons, congregate residences, employee 
housing, factory-built housing, and other types of 
dwellings containing sleeping accommodations with 
common toilets or cooking facilities. See section 
89.1 08 for additional scope provisions. 

8. Accommodations for persons with disabilities in 
buildings containing newly constructed covered 
multifamily dwellings, new common use spaces sewing 
existing covered multifamily dwellings, additions to 
existing buildings where the addition alone meets the 
definition of a covered multifamily dwelling, and 
common-use spaces serving covered multifamily 
dwellings which are regulated by Department of 
Housing and Community Development. See section 
89. 1 08 for additional scope provisions. 

9. Permanent buildings and permanent accessory 
buildings or structures constructed within mobilehome 
parks and special occupancy parks regulated by the 
Department of Housing and Community Development. 
See section 89.108 for additional scope provisions. 

10. Accommodations for persons with disabilities 
regulated- by the Division of the State Architect. See 
section 89.109.1 for additional scope provisions. ' 



C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 



2007 California Electrical Code 



70-1 



CALIFORNIA ARTICLE 89 - GENERAL CODE PROVISIONS 



C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 



11. Public elementary and secondary schools, 
community college buildings, and state-owned or 
state-leased essential service buildings regulated by 
the Division of the State Architect. See section 
89.109.2 for additional scope provisions. 

12. Qualified historical buildings and structures and 
their associated sites regulated by the State Historical 
Building Safety Board with the Division of the State 
Architect. See section 89.109.3 for additional scope 
provisions. 

13. General acute care hospitals, acute psychiatric 
hospitals, skilled nursing and/or intermediate care 
facilities, clinics licensed by the Department of Health 
Services, and correctional treatment centers regulated 
by the Office of Statewide Health Planning and 
Development. See section 89.110 for additional scope 
provisions. 

14. Applications regulated by the Office of State Fire 
Marshal include but are not limited to the following in 
accordance with Section 89.111: 

1. Buildings or structures used or intended for use 
as an: 

1.1. Asylum, jail 

1.2. Mental hospital, hospital, home for the elderly, 
children's nursery, children's home or institution, 
school or any similar occupancy of any capacity 

1.3. Theater, dancehall, skating rink, auditorium, 
assembly hall, meeting hall, nightclub, fair 
building, or similar place of assemblage where 50 
or more persons may gather together in a 
building, room or structure for the purpose of 
amusement, entertainment, instruction, 
deliberation, worship, drinking or dining, 
awaiting transportation, or education 

1.4. Small family day care homes, large family 
day-care homes, residential facilities and 
residential facilities for the elderly, residential 
care facilities 

1.5. State institutions or other state-owned or 
state-occupied buildings 

1.6. High rise structures 

1.7. Motion picture production studios 

1.8. Organized camps 

1.9. Residential structures 

2. Tents, awnings or other fabric enclosures used in 
connection with any occupancy 

3. Fire alarm devices, equipment and systems in 
connection with any occupancy 

4. Hazardous materials, flammable and combustible 
liquids 



5. Public school automatic fire detection, alarm, and 
sprinkler systems 

6. Wildland urban interface fire areas 

15. Reserved for the State Librarian. See section 
89.1 12 for additional scope provisions. 

16. Reserved for the Department of Water Resources. 
See section 89.113 for additional scope provisions. 

17. Reserved for the California State Lands 
Commission. See section 89.114 for additional scope 
provisions. 

89.101.3.3 Exempted from this Code. This Code does 
not cover: 

(A) 1. Installations in ships, watercraft other than 
floating dwelling units, railway rolling stock, aircraft, 
automotive vehicles, commercial coaches, 
mobilehomes, and recreational vehicles. 

(B) 2. Installations underground in mines, mine shafts 
and tunnels. 

(C) 3. Installations of railways for generation, 
transformation, transmission, or distribution of power 
used exclusively for operation of rolling stock or 
installations used exclusively for signaling and 
communication purposes. 

(D) 4. Installation of communication equipment under 
the exclusive control of communication utilities, 
located outdoors or in building spaces used exclusively 
for such installations. 

(E) 5. Installations under the exclusive control of 
electrical utilities for the purpose of communication, 
or metering; or for the generation, control, 
transformation, transmission, and distribution of 
electrical energy located in buildings used exclusively 
by utilities for such purposes or located outdoors on 
property owned or leased by the utility or on public 
highways, streets, roads, etc., or outdoors by 
established rights on private property. 

Exception to (D)4 and (E)5: In places of employment, 
the following shall apply: installations of conductors, 
equipment and associated enclosures subject to the 
jurisdiction of the California Public Utilities 
Commission, that are owned, operated and maintained 
by an electric, communications or electric railway 
utility, but not including conduit, vaults, and other like 
enclosures containing conductors and equipment of 
such a utility when located indoors or on premises not 
used exclusively for utility purposes, but do not apply 
to the utility's conductors and equipment therein. 

(F) 6. Installations on highways or bridges. 



A 

c 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A- 

d. 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 



A. 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

Ax 

i 

c 

A 

C 

A 

C 

/. 

C 

A 

C 

A 



70-2 



2007 California Electrical Code 



CALIFORNIA ARTICLE 89 - GENERAL CODE PROVISIONS 



\c 

7A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 

A 
C 
A 
C 
A 

I 

C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 

CJ 

c 

A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 

Q 

c 

A 
C 

A 
C 
A 
C 

o 



89.101.4 Annexes, Provisions contained in the annexes of 
this code shall not apply unless specifically adopted by a 
state agency or adopted by a local enforcing agency in 
compliance with Health and Safety Code Section 18938 (b) 
for Building Standards Law, Health and Safety Code 
Section 17950 for State Housing Law and Health and 
Safety Code Section 13869.7 for Fire Protection Districts. 
See section 89. 101.8 of this code. 

89.101.5 Referenced Codes. The codes, standards and 
publications adopted and set forth in this code, including 
other codes, standards and publications referred to therein 
are, by title and date of publication, hereby adopted as 
standard reference documents of this code. When this code 
does not specifically cover any subject related to building 
design and construction, recognized architectural or 
engineering practices shall be employed. The National Fire 
Codes and the Fire Protection Handbook of the National 
Fire Prevention Association are permitted to be used as 
authoritative guides in determining recognized fire- 
prevention engineering practices. 

89 J 01. 6 Non-Building Standards, Orders and 
Regulations. Requirements contained in the National 
Electrical Code, or in any other referenced standard, code 
or document, which are not building standards as defined 
in section 18909, Health and Safety Code, shall not be 
construed as part of the provisions of this code. For non- 
building standards, orders, and regulations, see other titles 
of the California Code of Regulations. 

89.101. 7 Order of Precedence and Use. 

89.101.7.1 Differences. In the event of any differences 
between these building standards and the standard 
reference documents, the text of these building standards 
shall govern. 

89.101.7.2 Specific provision. Where a specific 
provision varies from a general provision, the specific 
provisions shall apply. 

89.101.7.3 Conflicts. When the requirements of this code 
conflict with the requirements of any other part of the 
California Building Standards Code, Title 24, the most 
restrictive requirement shall prevail 

89.101.8 City, County, or City and County Amendments, 
Additions or Deletions. The provisions of this code do not 
limit the authority of city, county, or city and county 
governments to establish more restrictive and reasonably 
necessary differences to the provisions contained in this 
code pursuant to complying with section 89. 101.8. L The 
effective date of amendments, additions, or deletions to this 
code of cities, counties, or city and counties filed pursuant 
to section 89.10L8.1 shall be the date filed. However, in 
no case shall the amendments, additions or deletions to this 
code be effective any sooner than the effective date of this 
code. 



89.101.8.1 Findings and Filings. 

1: The city, county, or city and county shall make 
express findings for each amendment, addition or 
deletion based upon climatic, topographical, or 
geological conditions. 

Exception: Hazardous building ordinances and 
programs mitigating unreinforced masonry 
buildings. 

2. The city, county, or city and county shall file the 
amendments, additions, or deletions expressly 
marked and identified as to the applicable findings. 
Cities, counties, cities and counties, and fire 
departments shall file the amendments, additions or 
deletions, and the findings with the California 
Building Standards Commission at 2525 Natomas 
ParkDrive, Suite 130, Sacramento, CA 95833. 

3. Findings prepared by fire protection districts 
shall be ratified by the local city, county, or city and 
county and filed with the California Department of 
Housing and Community Development at 1800 3 r 
Street, Room 260, Sacramento, CA 95814. 

89.101.9 Effective Date of this Code. Only those 
standards approved by the California Building Standards 
Commission that are effective at the time an application for 
building permit is submitted shall apply to the plans and 
specifications for, and to the construction performed under, 
that permit For the effective dates of the 'provisions 
contained in this code, see the History Note page of this 
code. 

89.101.10 Availability of Codes. At least one entire copy 
each of Titles 8, 19, 20, 24, and 25 with all revisions shall 
be maintained in the office of the building official 
responsible for the administration and enforcement of this 
code. See Health and Safety Code section 18942 (d) (1) <& 
(2). 

89.101.11 Format. This part fundamentally adopts the 
National Electrical Code by reference on a chapter-by- 
chapter basis. Such adoption is reflected in the Matrix 
adoption table of each chapter of this part. When the 
Matrix adoption tables make no reference to a specific 
chapter of the National Electrical Code, such chapter of 
the National Electrical Code is not adopted as a portion of 
this code. 

89.101.12 Validity. If any chapter section, subsection, 
sentence, clause or phrase of this code is for any reason 
held to be unconstitutional, contrary to statute, exceeding 
the authority of the state as stipulated by statutes, or 
otherwise inoperative, such decision shall not affect the 
validity of the remaining portion of this code. 



C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 



2007 California Electrical Code 



70-3 



CALIFORNIA ARTICLE 89 - GENERAL CODE PROVISIONS 



C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 



SECTION 89.102 

BUILDING STANDARDS COMMISSION 

89.102.1 Specific scope of application of the agency 
responsible for enforcement, the enforcement agency, and 
the specific authority to adopt and enforce such provisions 
of this code, unless otherwise stated. 

1. State Buildings for all occupancies. 

Application - State buildings (all occupancies), including 
buildings constructed by the Trustees of the California 
State University and the Regents of the University of 
California where no state agency has the authority to 
adopt building standards applicable to such buildings. 

Enforcing Agency - State or local agency specified by 
the applicable provisions of law. 

Authority Cited - Health and Safety Code section 
18934.5. 

Reference - Health and Safety Code, Division 13, Part 
2.5, commencing with section 18901. 

2. University of California, California State 
Universities, and California Community Colleges. 

Application - Standards for lighting for parking lots and 
primary campus walkways at the University of 
California, California State Universities, and California 
Community Colleges. 

Enforcing Agency - State or local agency specified by 
the applicable provisions of law. 

Authority Cited - Government Code section 1461 7. 

Reference - Government Code section 14617. 

SECTION 89.103 

RESERVED FOR CORRECTIONS STANDARDS 
AUTHORITY 

SECTION 89.104 

RESERVED FOR THE DEPARTMENT OF 
CONSUMER AFFAIRS 

SECTION 89.105 

RESERVED FOR THE CALIFORNIA ENERGY 
COMMISSION 

SECTION 89.106 

RESER VED FOR THE DEPARTMENT OF FOOD 
AND AGRIGULTURE 



SECTION 89.107 

DEPARTMENT OF HEALTH SERVICES 

89.107 Specific scope of application of the agency 
responsible for enforcement, the enforcement agency, and 
the specific authority to adopt and enforce such provisions 
of this code, unless otherwise stated. 

Application -Commissaries serving mobile food 
preparation units and public swimming pools 

Enforcing Agency - The Department of Health Services 
and the local health agency. 

Authority Cited - Health and Safety Code sections 
100275, 114304, and 116050. 

Reference - Health and Safety Code sections 100275, 
114304, 116050, and 116053. 

SECTION 89.108 

DEPARTMENT OF HOUSING AND COMMUNITY 
DEVELOPMENT 

89.108.1 Purpose. The purpose of this code is to establish 
minimum standards to protect the health, safety, and 
general welfare of the occupant and the public against 
hazards that may arise from the use of electricity by 
governing the design, construction, reconstruction, 
installation, quality of materials, location, operation, and 
maintenance or use of electrical equipment, wiring and 
systems. 

89.108.2 AUTHORITY AND ABBREVIATIONS 

89.108.2.1 General The Department of Housing and 
Community Development is authorized by law to 
promulgate and adopt building standards and 
regulations for several types of building applications. 
These applications are grouped and identified by 
abbreviation in the Matrix Adoption Tables to show 
which model code sections and amendments are 
applicable to each application. The applications under 
the authority of the Department of Housing and 
Community Development are listed in Sections 
89.108.2.1.1 through 89.108.2.1.3. 

89.108.2.1.1 Housing Construction. Application - 
Hotels, motels, lodging houses, apartment houses, 
dwellings, dormitories, condominiums, shelters for 
homeless persons, congregate residences, employee 
housing, factory-built housing and other types of 
dwellings containing sleeping accommodations with or 
without common toilet or cooking facilities including 
accessory buildings, facilities, and uses thereto. Sections 
of this code which pertain to applications listed in this 
Section are identified in the Matrix Adoption Table using 
the abbreviation "HCD 1 ". 



or 

AV 

c 

A 
C 
A 
C 

6 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 

c 

c 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 



AV 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A' 

c; 

A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
O 
A. 
c 

A 
C 
A 
C 

A 



70-4 



2007 California Electrical Code 



CALIFORNIA ARTICLE 89 - GENERAL CODE PROVISIONS 



Q 



c 

A 
C 
A 
C 

) 

A 
C 
A 
C 
A 



A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 

1 

C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 



c 



89. 1 08. 2. 1. 2 Ho using A ccessibility. Application- 
Covered multifamily dwelling units as defined in 
Chapter 11A of the California Code of Regulations, Title 
24, Part 2, also known as the California Building Code 
(CBC) including, but not limited to, lodging houses, 
dormitories, time-shares, condominiums, shelters for 
homeless persons, congregate residences, apartment 
houses, dwellings, employee housing, factory-built 
housing and other types of dwellings containing sleeping 
accommodations with or without common toilet or 
cooking facilities. 

Sections of this code identified in the Matrix Adoption 
Table by the abbreviation "HCD 1/AC" require specific 
accommodations for persons with physical disabilities, 
as defined in CBC Chapter 11A. The application of such 
provisions shall be in conjunction with other 
requirements of this code and apply only to Group R 
Occupancies which are newly-constructed covered 
multifamily dwellings as defined in CBC Chapter 11A. 
"HCD 1/AC" applications include, but are not limited 
to, the following: 

(1) All newly-constructed covered multifamily dwellings as 

defined in CBC Chapter 11 A. 

(2) New common use areas as defined in CBC Chapter 
11 A serving existing covered multifamily dwellings. 

(3) Additions to existing buildings, where the addition 
alone meets the definition of a covered multifamily 
dwelling as defined in CBC Chapter 11 A. 

(4) Common use areas serving covered multifamily 
dwellings. 

HCD 1A/C building standards generally do not apply 
to public use areas or public accommodations such as 
hotels and motels. Public use areas, public 
accommodations, and housing which is publicly 
funded as defined in Chapter 2, Chapter 11 A, and 
Chapter 11B of the CBC, are subject to the Division of 
the State Architect (DSA/AC) and are referenced in 
Section 109.1. 

89.108.2.1.3 Permanent Buildings in Mobilehome 
Parks and Special Occupancy Parks. Application - 
Permanent buildings, and permanent accessory 
buildings or structures, constructed within mobilehome 
parks and special occupancy parks that are under the 
control and ownership of the park operator. Sections of 
this code which pertain to applications listed in this 
Section are identified in the Matrix Adoption Table using 
the abbreviation (< HCD 2 ". 



89.108.3 LOCAL ENFORCING AGENCY 

89.108.3.1 Duties and Powers. The building department of 
every city, county or city and county shall enforce all the 
provisions of law, this code, and the other rules and 
regulations promulgated by the Department of Housing and 
Community Development pertaining to the installation, 
erection, construction, reconstruction, relocation, 
enlargement, conversion, alteration, repair, removal, 
demolition, or arrangement of apartment houses, hotels, 
motels, lodging houses and dwellings, including accessory 
buildings, facilities, and uses thereto. 

The provisions regulating the erection and construction 
of dwellings and appurtenant structures shall not apply 
to existing structures as to which construction is 
commenced or approved prior to the effective date of 
these regulations. Requirements relating to use, 
maintenance and occupancy shall apply to all dwellings 
and appurtenant structures approved for construction or 
constructed before or after the effective date of this code. 

For additional information regarding the use and 
occupancy of existing buildings and appurtenant 
structures, see California Code of Regulations, Title 25, 
Division 1, Chapter 1, Subsection 1, Article 1, 
commencing with Section 1. 

89.108.3.2 Laws, Rules, and Regulations. Other than the 
building standards contained in this code, and 
notwithstanding other provisions of law, the statutory 
authority and location of the laws, rules, and regulations to 
be enforced by local enforcing agencies are listed by statute 
in Sections 89.108.3.2.1 through 89.108.3.2.5 below: 

89.108.3.2.1 State Housing Law. Refer to the State 
Housing Law, California Health and Safety Code, 
Division 13, Part 1.5 commencing with Section 17910, 
and California Code of Regulations, Title 25, Division 
1, Chapter 1, Subchapter 1, Article 1, commencing 
with Section 1, for the erection, construction, 
reconstruction, relocation, enlargement, conversion, 
alteration, repair, removal, demolition, or 
arrangement of apartment houses, hotels, motels, 
lodging houses and dwellings, including accessory 
buildings, facilities, and uses thereto. 

89.108.3.2.2 Mobilehome Parks Act. Refer to the 

Mobilehome Parks Act, California Health and Safety 
Code, Division 13, Part 2.1, commencing with Section 
18200 and California Code of Regulations, Title 25, 
Division 1, Chapter 2, commencing with Section 1000 
for mobilehome park administrative and enforcement 
authority, permits, plans, fees, violations, inspections 
and penalties both within and outside mobilehome 
parks. 

Exception: Mobilehome paries where the Department 
of Housing and Community Development is the 
enforcing agency. 



C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 



2007 California Electrical Code 



70-5 



CALIFORNIA ARTICLE 89 - GENERAL CODE PROVISIONS 



c 

A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 



89.108.3.2.3 Special Occupancy Parks Act. Refer to 
the Special Occupancy Parks Act, California Health 
and Safety Code, Division 13, Part 2.3, commencing 
with Section 18860 and California Code of 
Regulations, Title 25, Division 1, Chapter 2.2, Article 
1, commencing with Section 2000 for special 
occupancy park administrative and enforcement 
authority, permits, fees, violations, inspections and 
penalties both within and outside of special occupancy 
parks. 

Exception: Special occupancy parks where the 
Department of Housing and Community Development 
is the enforcing agency. 

89.108.3.2.4 Employee Housing Act Refer to the 
Employee Housing Act, California Health and Safety 
Code, Division 13, Part 1, commencing with Section 
17000 and California Code of Regulations, Title 25, 
Division 1, Chapter 1, Subchapter 3, Article 1, 
commencing with Section 600 for employee housing 
administrative and enforcement authority, permits, 
fees, violations, inspections and penalties. 

89.108.3.2.5 Factory-Built Housing. Refer to the 
Factory-Built Housing Law, California Health and 
Safety Code, Division 13, Part 6, commencing with 
Section 19960 and California Code of Regulations, 
Title 25, Division 1, Chapter 3, Subchapter 1, Article 
1, commencing with Section 3000 for factory-built 
housing administrative and enforcement authority, 
permits, fees, violations, inspections and penalties. 

89.108.4 PERMITS, FEES, APPLICATIONS AND 
INSPECTIONS 

89.108.4.1 Permits. (a) Except as exempted in 
paragraph (b) of this subsection, a written construction 
permit shall be obtained from the enforcing agency prior 
to the erection, construction, reconstruction, installation, 
relocation, or alteration of any electrical system. 

(b) Consistent with the requirements of section 1 7960 
of the Health and Safety Code, the local enforcing 
agency shall enforce the requirements of this code, but 
shall exempt the following activities from the 
requirement for a permit or inspection. 

1. Listed cord and plug connected temporary 
decorative lighting. 

2. Reinstallation of attachment plug receptacles, but 
not the outlets therefor. 

3. Repair or replacement of branch circuit 
overcurrent devices of the required capacity in the 
same location. 

4. Installation or maintenance of communications 
wiring, devices, appliances, apparatus or 
equipment. 



Exemptions from permit and inspection requirements 
shall not be deemed to grant authorization for any 
work to be done in any manner in violation of any 
other provision of law or this code. 

89.108.4.2 Fees. Subject to other provisions of law, the 
governing body of any city, county or city and county 
may prescribe fees to defray the cost of enforcement of 
rules and regulations promulgated by the Department of 
Housing and Community Development. The amount of 
the fees shall not exceed the amount reasonably 
necessary to administer or process permits, certificates, 
forms, or other documents, or to defray the costs of 
enforcement. For additional information, see State 
Housing Law, Health and Safety Code, Division 13, Part 
1,5, Section 17951 and California Code of Regulations, 
Title 25, Division 1, Chapter 1, Subchapter 1, Article 3, 
commencing with Section 6. 

89.108.4.3 Plan Review and Time Limitations. 

Subject to other provisions of law, provisions related 
to plan checking, prohibition of excessive delays, and 
contracting with or employment of private parties to 
perform plan checking are set forth in State Housing 
Law, Health and Safety Code Section 17960.1, and for 
employee housing, in Health and Safety Code Section 
17021. 

89.108.4.3.1 Retention of Plans. The building 
department of every city, county or city and county 
shall maintain an official copy, microfilm, or 
electronic or other type of photographic copy of the 
plans of every building, during the life of the 
building, for which the department issued a building 
permit. 

Exceptions: 

1. Single or multiple dwellings not more than two 
stories and basement in height. 

2. Garages and other structures appurtenant to 
buildings listed in exception (1). 

3. Farm or ranch buildings appurtenant to 
buildings listed in exception (1). 

4. Any one-story building where the span between 
bearing walls does not exceed 25 feet, except a 
steel frame or concrete building. 

All plans for common interest developments as 
defined in Section 1351 of the California Civil 
Code shall be retained. For additional 
information regarding plan retention and 
reproduction of plans by an enforcing agency, see 
Health and Safety Code Sections 19850 and 
19853. 



A 

c 

A 

C 

A 

C 

/K 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

G 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

(7 

A. 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

K 
c 

A 
C 
A 



70-6 



2007 California Electrical Code 



CALIFORNIA ARTICLE 89 - GENERAL CODE PROVISIONS 



B 

c 

A 
C 
A 
C 

O 

C 
A 
C 
A 



v 



c 

A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
■A 
C 
A 

c 

A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
■0 
A 
C 
A 
C 
sA 

X 

c 

A 
C 
A 



C 
A 
C 
A 
C 

o 



89.108.4.4 Inspections. Construction or work for which 
a permit is required shall be subject to inspection by the 
building official and such construction or work shall 
remain accessible and exposed for inspection purposes 
until approved. Approval as a result of an inspection 
shall not be construed to be an approval of a violation of 
the provisions of this Code or other regulations of the 
■ Department of Housing and Community Development. 
Required inspections are listed in Annex Chapter 1, 
Section 109.3.1 through 1093.6, 1093.8, 109.3.9 and 
1093.10. 

89.108.5 RIGHT OF ENTRY FOR ENFORCEMENT 

89.108.5.1 General. Subject to other provisions of law, 
officers and agents of the enforcing agency may enter 
and inspect public and private properties to secure 
compliance with the rules and regulations promulgated 
by the Department of Housing and Community 
Development For limitations and additional information 
regarding enforcement, see the following: 

L For applications subject to State Housing Law as 
referenced in Section 89.1083.2.1 of this Code, refer 
to Health and Safety Code Sections 17970 through 
17972 and California Code of Regulations, Title 25, 
Division 1, Chapter 1, Subchapter 1. 

2. For applications subject to the Mobilehome Parks 
Act as referenced in Section 89,1083.2.2 of this Code, 
refer to the Health and Safety Code, commencing with 
Section 18200 and California Code of Regulations, 
Title 25, Division 1, Chapter 2. 

3. For applications subject to the Special Occupancy 
Parks Act as referenced in Section 89.108323 of this 
Code, refer to the Health and Safety Code, 
commencing with Section 18860 and California Code 
of Regulations, Title 25, Division 1, Chapter 2.2. 

4. For applications subject to the Employee Housing 
Act as referenced in Section 89 J 08 3. 2. 4 of this Code, 
refer to Health and Safety Code Section 1 7052 and 
California Code of Regulations, Title 25, Division 1, 
Chapter 1, Subchapter 3. 

5. For applications subject .to the Factory-Built 
Housing Act as referenced in Section 89.1083.2.5 of 
this Code, refer to Health and Safety Code Sections 
19991 through 19992 and California Code of 
Regulations, Title 25, Division 1, Chapter 3, 
Subchapter 1. 

89.108.6 LOCAL MODIFICATION BY ORDINANCE 
OR REGULATION 

89.108.6.1 General. Subject to other provisions of law, 
a city, county or city and, county may make changes to 
the provisions adopted by the Department of Housing 
and Community Development If any city, county or city 
and county does not amend, add, or repeal by local 
ordinances or regulations the provisions published in 



this Code or other regulations promidgated by the 
Department of Housing and Community Development, 
those provisions shall be applicable and shall become 
effective 180 days after publication by the California 
Building Standards Commission. Amendments, 

additions, and deletions to this Code adopted by a city, 
county or city and county pursuant to California Health 
and Safety Code Sections 17958.7 and 18941.5, together 
with all applicable portions of this Code, shall also 
become effective 180 days after publication of the 
California Building Standards Code by the California 
Building Standards Commission. 

89.108.6.2 Findings, Filings, and Rejections of Local 
Modifications. Prior to making any modifications or 
establishing more restrictive building standards, the 
governing body shall make express findings and filings, 
as required by California Health and Safety Code 
Section 179 58 J, showing that such modifications are 
reasonably necessary due to local climatic, geological, 
or topographical conditions. No modification shall 
become effective or operative unless the following 
requirements are met: 

1. The express findings shall be made available as a 
public record. 

2. A copy of the modification and express finding, each 
document marked to cross-reference the other, shall be 
filed with the California Building Standards 
Commission for cities, counties, or cites and counties, 
and with the Department of Housing and Community 
Development for fire protection districts. 

3. The California Building Standards Commission has 
not rejected the modification or. change. 

Nothing in this Section shall limit the authority of fire 
protection districts pursuant to California Health and 
Safety Code Section 13869.7 (a).' 

89.108. 7 ALTERNATE MATERIALS, DESIGNS, 
TESTS AND METHODS OF CONSTRUCTION 

89.108.7.1 General. The provisions of this code as 
adopted by the Department of Housing and Community 
Development are not intended to prevent the use of any 
alternate material, appliance, installation, device, 
arrangement, design or method of construction not 
specifically prescribed by this code. Consideration and 
approval of alternates shall comply with Section 
89 J 08.7. 2 for local building departments and Section 
89.108. 73 for the Department of Housing and 
Community Development. 



C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 



2007 California Electrical Code 



70-7 



CALIFORNIA ARTICLE 89 - GENERAL CODE PROVISIONS 



c 

A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
G 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 



89.108.7.2 Local Building Departments. The building 
department of any city, county or city and county may 
approve alternates for use in the erection, construction, 
reconstruction, movement enlargement, conversion, 
alteration, repair, removal demolition or arrangement of 
apartment houses, hotels, motels, lodging houses, 
dwellings, including accessory buildings, facilities, and 
uses thereto, except for the following: 

1. Structures located in mobilehome parks as defined 
in California Health and Safety Code Section 18214. 

2. Structures located in special occupancy parks as 
defined in California Health and Safety Code Section 
18862.43. 

3. Factory-built housing as defined in California 
Health and Safety Code Section 19971. 

89.108.7.2.1 Approval of Alternates. The consideration and 
approval of alternates by a local building department shall 
comply with the following procedures and limitations: 

1. The approval shall be granted on a case-by-case 
basis. 

2. Evidence shall be submitted to substantiate claims 
that the proposed alternate, in performance, safety, 
and protection of life and health, conforms to, or is at 
least equivalent, to the standards contained in this 
Code and other rules and regulations promulgated by 
the Department of Housing and Community 
Development. 

3. The local building department may require tests 
performed by an approved testing agency at the 
expense of the owner or owner's agent as proof of 
compliance. 

4. If the proposed alternate is related to accessibility 
in covered multifamily dwellings or in facilities serving 
covered multifamily dwellings as defined in CBC 
Chapter 11 A, the proposed alternate must also meet 
the threshold set for "EQUIVALENT 
FACILITATION" as defined in CBC Chapter 11A. 

For additional information regarding approval of 
alternates by a local building department pursuant to 
the State Housing Law, see California Health and 
Safety Code Section 17951(e) and California Code 
Regulations, Title 25, Division 1, Chapter 1, 
Subchapter 1. 

89.108.7.3 Department of Housing and Community 
Development. The Department of Housing and 
Community Development may approve alternates for use 
in the erection, construction, reconstruction, relocation, 
enlargement, conversion, alteration, repair, removal or 
demolition of an apartment house, hotel, motel, lodging 
house, dwelling, or an accessory thereto. The 
consideration and approval of alternates shall comply 
with the following: 



1. The department may require tests at the expense of 
the owner or owner's agent to substantiate compliance 
with the California Building Standards Code. 

2. The approved alternate shall, for its intended 
purpose, be at least equivalent in performance and 
safety to the materials, designs, tests, or methods of 
construction prescribed by this Code. 

89.108.8 APPEALS BOARD 

89.108.8.1 General Every city, county or city and 
county shall establish a local appeals board and a 
housing appeals board. The local appeals board and 
housing appeals board shall each be comprised of at 
least five voting members who shall serve at the pleasure 
of the city, county or city and county. ■ Appointees shall 
not be employees of the jurisdiction and shall be 
qualified and specifically knowledgeable in the 
California Building Standards Codes and applicable 
local ordinances. 

89.108.8.2 Definitions. The following terms shall for the 
purposes of this section have the meaning shown. 

Housing Appeals Board. The board or agency of a city, 
county or city and county which is authorized by the 
governing body of the city, county or city and county to 
hear appeals regarding the requirements of the city, 
county or city and county relating to the use, 
maintenance, and change of occupancy of buildings and 
structures, including requirements governing alteration, 
additions, repair, demolition, and moving. In any area 
in which there is no such board or agency, "housing 
appeals board" means the local appeals board having 
jurisdiction over the area. 

Local Appeals Board. The board or agency of a city, 
county or city and county which is authorized by the 
governing body of the city, county or city and county to 
hear appeals regarding the building requirements of the 
city, county or city and county. In any area in which 
there is no such board or agency, "local appeals board" 
means the governing body of the city, county or city and 
county having jurisdiction over the area. 

89.108.8.3 Appeals. Except as otherwise provided by 
law, any person, firm, or corporation adversely affected 
by a decision, order, or determination by a city, county 
or city and county relating to the application of building 
standards published in the California Building Standards 
Code, or any other applicable rule or regulation adopted 
by the Department of Housing and Community 
Development, or any lawfully enacted ordinance by a 
city, county or city and county, may appeal the issue for 
resolution to the local appeals board or housing appeals 
board as appropriate. 

The local appeals board shall hear appeals relating to 
new building construction and the housing appeals 
board shall hear appeals relating to existing buildings. 



A 

c 

A 
C 
A 
C 

iy 


A 

c 

A 
C 
A 
V 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 

a; 

c 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A. 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C- 

/; 
c 

A 
C 
A 
C 
A 

A 



70-8 



2007 California Electrical Code 



CALIFORNIA ARTICLE 89 - GENERAL CODE PROVISIONS 



A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 

I 

C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 

,b 
c 

A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
f 



89.108.9 UNSAFE BUILDINGS OR STRUCTURES 

89.108.9.1 Authority to Enforce. Subject to other 
provisions of law, the administration, enforcement, 

actions, proceedings, abatement, violations and penalties 
for unsafe buildings and structures are contained in the 
following statutes and regulations: 

1. For applications subject to State Housing Law as 
referenced in Section 89.1083.2.1 of this Code, refer 
to Health and Safety Code Sections 17910 through 
17995.5 and California Code of Regulations, Title 25, 
Division 1, Chapter 1, Subchapter 1. 

2. For applications subject to the Mobilehome Parks 
Act as referenced in Section 89.108.3.2.2 of this Code, 
refer to the Health and Safety Code, commencing with 
Section 18200, and California Code of Regulations, 
Title 25, Division 1, Chapter 2. 

3. For applications subject to the Special Occupancy 
Parks Act as referenced in Section 89.108.3.2.3 of this 
Code, refer to the Health and Safety Code, 
commencing with Section 18860, and California Code 
of Regulations, Title 25, Division 1, Chapter 2.2. 

4. For applications subject to the Employee Housing 
Act as referenced in Section 89,108.3.2.4 of this Code, 
refer to Health and Safety Code Sections 17000 
through 17062.5 and California Code of Regulations, 
Title 25, Division 1, Chapter 1, Subchapter 3. 

5. For applications subject to the Factory-Built 
Housing Act as referenced in Section 89.108.3.2.5 of 
this Code, refer to Health and Safety Code Sections 
19960 through 19997 and California Code of 
Regulations, Title 25, Division 1, Chapter 3, 
Subchapter 1. 

89.108.9.2 Actions and Proceedings. Subject to other 
provisions of law, punishments, penalties and fines for 
violations of building standards are contained in the 
following statutes and regulations: 

1. For applications subject to State Housing Law as 
referenced in Section 89.108.3.2.1 of this Code, refer 
to and Health and Safety Code Sections 17980 through 
17995.5 and California Code of Regulations, Title 25, 
Division 1, Chapter 1, Subchapter 1. 

2. For applications subject to the Mobilehome Parks 
Act as referenced in Section 89.108.3.2.2 of this Code, 
refer to the Health and Safety Code Sections 18200 
through 18700 and California Code of Regulations, 
Title 25 Division 1, Chapter 2. 

3. For applications subject to the Special Occupancy 
Parks Act as referenced in Section 89.108.3.2.3 of this 
Code, refer to the Health and Safety Code Sections 
18866 through 18869 and California Code of 
Regulations, Title 25, Division 1, Chapter 2.2. 



4. For applications subject to the Employee Housing 
Act as referenced in Section 89.108.3.2.4 of this Code, 
refer to Health and Safety Code Sections 17060 
through 17062.5 and California Code of Regulations, 
Title 25, Division 1, Chapter 1, Subchapter 3. 

5. For applications subject to the Factory-Built Housing 
Act as referenced in Section 89.108.3.2.5 of this Code, 
refer to Health and Safety Code Sections 19995 through 
19997 and California Code of Regulations, Title 25, 
Division 1, Chapter 3, Subchapter 1 

89.108.10 OTHER BUILDING REGULATIONS 

89.108.10.1 Existing Structures. Subject to the 
requirements of California Health and Safety Code 
Sections 17912, 17920.3, 17922(c), 17922.3, 17958.8 
and 17958.9, the provisions contained in Chapter 34 of 
the CBC relating to existing structures shall only apply 
as identified in the Matrix Adoption Table under the 
authority of the Department of Housing and Community 
Development as listed in Sections 89.108.2.1.1 through 
89.108.2.1.3 of this Code. 

89.108.10.2 Moved Structures. Subject to the 
requirements of California Health and Safety Code 
Sections 17922.3 and 17958.9, the provisions relating to 
a moved residential structure shall, after July 1, 1978, 
permit the retention of existing materials and methods of 
construction so long as the structure does not become or 
continue to be a substandard building. 



SECTION 89.109 
DIVISION OF THE STATE ARCHITECT 

89.109.1 DSA/AC -Division of the State Architect/Access 
Compliance. 

FPN: For applications listed in Section 109.1 of the 
California Building Code, regulated by the Division of the 
State Architect/Access Compliance see California Code of 
Regulations, Title 24, Part 2 (California Building Code), 
California Chapter 1 (General Code Provisions) under 
authority cited by Gov. Code §4450 and in reference cited 
by Gov. Code §4450 through 4461, 12955.1 and H&SC 
§18949. 1, 19952 through 19959. 

89.109.2 DSA/SS - Division of the State 
Architect/Structural Safety. 

1. Application - Public elementary and secondary 
schools and community college buildings. 

Authority Cited - Education Code section 17310. 

Reference - Education Code sections 17280 through 
1 7316 and 81130 through 81149. 

Enforcing Agency - Division of the State 
Architect/Structural Safety. 

2. Application - State-owned or -leased essential service 
buildings. 



C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 



2007 California Electrical Code 



70- 



CALIFORNIA ARTICLE 89 - GENERAL CODE PROVISIONS 



c 

A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 



Authority Cited - Health and Safety Code section 16022. 

Reference - Health and Safety Code sections 16000 
through 16023. 

Enforcing Agency - Division of the State 
Architect/Structural Safety. 

89 J 09.3 SHE - State Historical Building Safety Board. 

See California Code of Code of Regulations, Title 24, Part 
8 (California Historical Building Code). 

SECTION 89.110 

OFFICE OF STATEWIDE HEALTH PLANNING AND 
DEVELOPMENT 

89.110.1. OSHPD 1. Specific scope of application of the 
agency responsible for enforcement, enforcement agency, 
specific authority to adopt and enforce such provisions of 
this code, unless otherwise stated. 

OSHPD 1 

Application - General acute-care hospitals and acute 
psychiatric hospitals, excluding distinct part units or 
distinct part freestanding buildings providing skilled 
nursing or intermediate-care services. For Structural 
Regulations: Skilled nursing facilities and/or intermediate- 
care facilities except those skilled nursing facilities and 
intermediate care facilities of single story, Type V, wood or 
light steel-frame construction. 

Enforcing Agency -Office of Statewide Health Planning 
and Development (OSHPD). The office shall enforce the 
Division of the State Architect access compliance 
regulations and the regulations of the Office of the State 
Fire Marshal for the above stated facility types. 

89.110.1.1 Applicable administrative standards. 

L Title 24, Part 1, California Code of Regulations: 
Chapters 6 &7. 

2. Title 24, Part 2, California Code of Regulations: 
Sections 101 and 110 of California Chapter 1 and 
Appendix Chapter 1. 

89.110.1.2 Applicable building standards. California 
Building Standards Code, Title 24, Parts 2, 3, 4, 5, 9, 10 
and 12. 

89.110.2. OSHPD 2. Specific scope of application of the 
agency responsible for enforcement, enforcement agency, 
specific authority to adopt and enforce such provisions of 
this code, unless otherwise stated. 



OSHPD 2 

Application —Skilled nursing facilities and intermediate- 
care facilities, including distinct part skilled nursing and 
intermediate-care services on a general acute-care or 
acute psychiatric hospital license, provided either in a 
separate unit or a freestanding building. For Structural 
Regulations: Single-story, Type V skilled nursing facility 
and/or intermediate-care facilities utilizing wood or light 
steel-frame construction. 

Enforcing Agency — Office of Statewide Health Planning 
and Development (OSHPD). The office shall also enforce 
the Division of the State Architect access compliance 
regulations and the regulations of the Office of the State 
Fire Marshal for the above stated facility type. 

89.110.2.1 Applicable administrative standards: 

1. Title 24, Part 1, California Code of Regulations: 
Chapter 7. 

2. Title 24, Part 2, California Code of Regulations: 
Sections 101 and 110 of California Chapter 1 and 
Appendix Chapter 1. 

89.110.2.2 Applicable building standards. California 
Building Standards Code, Title 24, Parts 2, 3, 4, 5, 9, 10 
and 12. 

89.110. 3. OSHPD 3. Specific scope of application of the 
agency responsible for enforcement, enforcement agency, 
specific authority to adopt and enforce such provisions of 
this code, unless otherwise stated. 

OSHPD 3 

Application —Licensed clinics and any freestanding 
building under a hospital license where outpatient clinical 
services are provided. 

Enforcing Agency—Local building department. 

89.110.3.1 Applicable administrative standards. 

1. Title 24, Part 1, California Code of Regulations: 
Chapter 7. 

2. Title 24, Part 2, California Code of Regulations: 
Sections 101 and 110 of California Chapter 1 and 
Appendix Chapter 1. 

89.110.3.2 Applicable building standards. California 
Building Standards Code, Title 24, Parts 2, 3, 4, 5, 9, 10 
and 12. 

89.110.4. OSHPD 4. Specific scope of application of the 
agency responsible for enforcement, enforcement agency, 
specific authority to adopt and enforce such provisions of 
this code, unless otherwise stated. 



<r 

A 
c 

A 
C 
A 
C 

r 

G 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 

(7 

A. 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 

A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
Q 
/, 

c 

A 



70-10 



2007 California Electrical Code 



CALIFORNIA ARTICLE 89 - GENERAL CODE PROVISIONS 



C 
A 
C 
A 

c 

"A 
C 
A 
C 



C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
.A 



C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 

1 

-A 
C 
A 
C 



-C 

A 
C 
A 
C 



OSHPD 4 

Application —Correctional Treatment Centers. 

Enforcing Agency — Office of Statewide Health Planning 
and Development (OSHPD). The Office shall also enforce 
the Division of the State Architect access compliance 
regulations and the regulations of the Office of the State 
Fire Marshal for the above stated facility types. 

89.110.4.1 Applicable administrative standards. 

1. Title 24, Part 1, California Code of Regulations: 
Chapter 7. 

2. Title 24, Part 2, California Code of Regulations: 
Sections 101 and 110 of California Chapter 1 and 
Appendix Chapter 1. 

89.110.4.2 Applicable building standards. California 
Building Standards Code, Title 24, Parts 2, 3, 4, 5, 9, 10 
and 12. 

SECTION 89.111 
OFFICE OF THE STATE FIRE MARSHAL 

89.11L1 SFM-Offwe of the State Fire Marshal. 

Any building or structure used or intended for use as an 
asylum, jail, mental hospital, hospital, sanitarium, home 
for the aged, children 's nursery, children 's home, school or 
any similar occupancy of any capacity. 

Any theater, dancehall, skating rink, auditorium, assembly 
hall, meeting hall, nightclub, fair building, or similar place 
of assemblage where 50 or more persons may gather 
together in a building, room or structure for the purpose of 
amusement, entertainment, instruction, deliberation, 
worship, drinking or dining, awaiting transportation, or 
education. 

Authority Cited. Health and Safety Code Section 13143. 

Reference. Health and Safety Code Section 13143. 

Small Family Day-care Homes 

Authority Cited. Health and Safety Code Sections 1597.45, 
1597.54, 13143 and 17921. 

Reference. Health and Safety Code Section 13143. 

Large Family Day-care Homes 

Authority Cited. Health and Safety Code Sections 1597.46, 
1597.54 and 17921. 

Reference. Health and Safety Code Section 13143. 

Residential Facilities and Residential Facilities for the 
Elderly 

Authority Cited. Health and Safety Code Section 13133. 

Reference. Health and Safety Code Section 13143. 



Any state institution or other state-owned or state- 
occupied building. 

Authority Cited. Health and Safety Code Section 13108. 

Reference. Health and Safety Code Section 13143. 

High-rise Structures 

Authority Cited. Health and Safety Code Section 13211. 

Reference. Health and Safety Code Section 13143. 

Motion Picture Production Studios 

Authority Cited. Health and Safety Code Section 13143.1. 

Reference. Health and Safety Code Section 13143. 

Organized Camps 

Authority Cited. Health and Safety Code Section 18897.3. 

Reference. Health and Safety Code Section 13143. 

Residential 

All hotels, motels, lodging houses, apartment houses and 
dwellings, including congregate residences and buildings 
and structures accessory thereto. 

Multiple-story structures existing on January 1, 1975, let 
for human habitation, including and limited , to, hotels, 
motels, apartment houses, less than 75 feet (22 860 mm) 
above the lowest floor level having building access, 
wherein rooms used for sleeping are let above the ground 
floor. 

Authority Cited. Health and Safety Code Sections 13143.2 
and 17921. 

Reference. Health and Safety Code Section 13143. 

Residential Care Facilities 

Certified family-care homes, out-ofhome placement 
facilities, halfway houses, drug and/or alcohol 
rehabilitation facilities and any building or structure used 
or intended for use as a home or institution for the housing 
of any person of any age when such person is referred to or 
placed within such home or institution for protective social 
care and supervision services by any governmental agency. 

Authority Cited. Health and Safety Code Section 13143.6. 

Tents, awnings or other fabric enclosures used in 
connection with any occupancy. 

Authority Cited. Health and Safety Code Section 13116. 

Reference. Health and Safety Code Section 13143. 

Enforcing Agency. Pursuant to Section 13146, Health and 
Safety Code: 

Fire alarm devices, equipment and systems in connection 
with any occupancy. 

Authority Cited. Health and Safety Code Section 13114. 



C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 



2007 California Electrical Code 



70-11 



CALIFORNIA ARTICLE 89 - GENERAL CODE PROVISIONS 



c 

A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 



Hazardous materials. 

Authority Cited. Health and Safety Code Section 13143.9. 
Flammable and combustible liquids. 

Authority Cited. Health and Safety Code Section 13143.6. 

Public School Automatic Fire Detection, Alarm, and 
Sprinkler Systems 

Authority Cited. Health c& Safety Code Section 13143 and 
California Education Code Article 7.5, Sections 17074.50, 
17074.52, & 17074.54. 

Reference. Government Code Section 11152.5 and Health 
& Safety Code Section 13143 and California Education 
Code Chapter 12.5, Leroy F. Greene School Facilities Act 
of 1998, Article 1. 

Wildland Urban Interface Fire Area 

Authority Cited. Health & Safety Code Sections 13143, 
13108.5(a) and 18949.2(b) and (c) and Government Code 
Section 51189. 

Reference. Health & Safety Code Sections 13143and 
Government Code Sections 51176, 51177, 51178 and 
51179 and Public Resources Code Sections 4201 through 
4204 

89.11L2 Duties and Powers of the Enforcing Agency 

89.1 11.2 .1 Enforcement 

89.llh2.Ll The responsibility for enforcement of 
building standards adopted by the State Fire Marshal 
and published in the California Building Standards Code 
relating to fire and panic safety and other regulations of 
the Office of the State Fire Marshal shall be as follows: 

1. The city, county, or city and county with jurisdiction 
in the area affected by the standard or regulation shall 
delegate the enforcement of the building standards 
relating to fire and panic safety and other regulations 
of the State Fire Marshal as they relate to Group R, 
Division 3 dwellings, as described in Section 310.1 of 
Part 2 of the California Building Standards Code, to 
either of the following: 

1.1. The chief of the fire authority of the city, county, 
or city and county, or an authorized representative. 

1.2. The chief building official of the city, county, or 
city and county, or an authorized representative. 

2. The chief of any city or county fire department or of 
any fire protection district, and authorized 

■ representatives, shall enforce within the jurisdiction the 
building standards and other reflations of the State 
Fire Marshal, except those described in Item 1 or 4. 

3. The State Fire Marshal shall have authority to 
enforce the building standards and other regulations 
of the State Fire Marshal in areas outside of 
corporate cities and districts providing fire 
protection services. 



4. The State Fire Marshal shall have authority to 
enforce the building standards and other regulations of 
the State Fire Marshal in corporate cities and districts 
providing fire-protection services on request of the 
chief fire official or the governing body. 

5. Any fee charged pursuant to the enforcement 
authority of this section shall not exceed the 
estimated reasonable cost of providing the service 
for which the fee is charged pursuant to Section 
66014 of the Government Code. 

89.111.2.1.2 Pursuant to Health and Safety Code 
Section 13108, upon the written request of the chief 
fire official of any city, county or fire-protection 
district, the State Fire Marshal may authorize such 
chief fire official and his or her authorized 
representatives, in their geographical area of 
responsibility, to make fire-prevention inspections of 
state-owned or state-occupied buildings, other than 
state institutions, for the purpose of enforcing the 
regulations relating to fire and panic safety adopted by 
the State Fire Marshal pursuant to this section and 
building standards relating to fire and panic safety 
published in the California Building Standards Code. 
Authorization from the State Fire Marshal shall be 
limited to those fire departments or fire districts which 
maintain a fire-prevention bureau staffed by paid 
personnel. 

Pursuant to Health and Safety Code Section 13108, 
any requirement or order made by any chief fire 
official who is authorized by the State Fire Marshal to 
make fire-prevention inspections of state-owned or 
state-occupied buildings, other than state institutions, 
may be appealed to the State Fire Marshal. The State 
Fire Marshal shall, upon receiving an appeal and 
subject to the provisions of Chapter 5 (commencing 
with Section 18945) of Part 2, 5 of Division 13 of the 
Health and Safety Code, determine if the requirement 
or order made is reasonably consistent with the fire 
and panic safety regulations adopted by the Office of 
the State Fire Marshal and building standards relating 
to fire and panic safety published in the California 
Building Code. 

Any person may request a code interpretation from the 
State Fire Marshal relative to the intent of any 
regulation or provision adopted by the State Fire 
Marshal When the request relates to a specific 
project, occupancy or building, the State Fire Marshal 
shall review the issue with the appropriate local 
enforcing agency prior to rendering such code 
interpretation. 

89.111.2.1.3 Pursuant to Health and Safety Code 
Section 13112, any person who violates any order, 
rule or regulation of the state fire marshal is guilty of 
a misdemeanor punishable by a fine of not less than 



A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A* 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

f 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 
c 

c 

A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 

A 

( 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

/> 

I 

A 



70-12 



2007 California Electrical Code 



CALIFORNIA ARTICLE 89 - GENERAL CODE PROVISIONS 



c 

A 
C 
A 
C 

I 

A 
C 
A 
C 
A 

C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 



A 
c 

A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 

X 

c 

A 
C 
A 
C 

I 

A 
C 
A 
C 

A 



$100.00 or more than $500.00, or by imprisonment for 
not less than six months, or by both. A person is guilty 
of a separate offense each day during which he or she 
commits, continues or permits a violation of any 
provision of or any order, rule or regulation of, the 
state fire marshal as contained in this code. 

Any inspection authority who, in the exercise of his or 
her authority as a deputy state fire marshal, causes 
any legal complaints to be filed or any arrest to be 
made shall notify the state fire marshal immediately 
following such action. 

89.111.2.2 Right of entry. 

The fire chief of any city, county or fire-protection 
district, or such person's authorized representative, may 
enter any state institution or any other state-owned or 
state-occupied building for the purpose of preparing a 
fire-suppression preplanning program or for the purpose 
of investigating any fire in a state-occupied building. 

The State Fire Marshal, his or her deputies or salaried 
assistants, the chief of any city or county fire department 
or fire protection district and his or her authorized 
representatives may enter any building or premises not 
used for dwelling purposes at any reasonable hour for 
the purpose of enforcing this chapter. The owner, lessee, 
manager or operator of any such building or premises 
shall permit the State Fire Marshal, his or her deputies 
or salaried assistants and the chief of any city or county 
fire department or fire-protection district and his or her 
authorized representatives to enter and inspect them at 
the time and for the purpose stated in this section. 

89.111.2.3 More Restrictive Fire and Panic Safety 
Building Standards. 

89.111.2.3.1 Any fire-protection district organized 
pursuant to Health and Safety Code Part 2 J 
(commencing with Section 13800) of Division 12 may 
adopt building standards relating to fire and panic 
safety that are more stringent than those building 
standards adopted by the State Fire Marshal and 
contained in the California Building Standards Code. 
For these purposes, the district board shall be deemed 
a legislative body and the district shall be deemed a 
local agency. Any changes or modifications that are 
more stringent than the requirements published in the 
California Building Standards Code relating to fire 
and panic safety shall be subject to 101.8. 1. 

89.111.2.3.2 Any fire protection district that proposes 
to adopt an ordinance pursuant to this section shall, 
not less than 30 days prior to noticing a proposed 
ordinance for public hearing, provide a copy of that 
ordinance, together with the adopted findings made 
pursuant to Section 89.111.2.3.1, to the city, county, or 
city and county where the ordinance will apply. The 
city, county, or city and county, may provide the 



district with written comments, which shall become 
part of the fire protection district's public hearing 
record. 

89.111.2.3.3 The fire-protection district shall transmit 
the adopted ordinance to the city, county, or city and 
county where the ordinance will apply. The legislative 
body of the city, county, or city and county, may ratify, 
modify or deny an adopted ordinance and transmit its 
determination to the district within 15 days of the 
determination. Any modification or denial of an 
adopted ordinance shall include a written statement 
describing the reasons for any modifications or denial. 
No ordinance adopted by the district shall be effective 
until ratification by the city, county, or city and county 
where the ordinance will apply. Upon ratification of 
an adopted ordinance, the city, county, or city and 
county, shall file a copy of the findings of the district, 
and any findings of the city, county, or city and county, 
together with the adopted ordinance expressly marked 
and identified to which each finding refers, in 
accordance with Section 101.8.1:3. 

89.111.2.4 Request for alternate means of protection. 

Requests for approval to use an alternative material, 
assembly or materials, equipment, method of 
construction, method of installation of equipment, or 
means of protection shall be made in writing to the 
enforcing agency by the owner or the owner's 
authorized representative and shall be accompanied 
by a full statement of the conditions: Sufficient 
evidence or proof shall be submitted to substantiate 
any claim that may be made regarding its 
conformance. The enforcing agency may require tests 
and the submission of a test report from an approved 
testing organization as set forth in Title 19, California 
code of Regulation, to substantiate the equivalency of 
the proposed alternative means of protection. 

The authority having jurisdiction may consider 
implementation of the findings and recommendations 
identified in a Risk Management Plan (RMP) as 
developed in accordance with Title 19, Division 2, 
Chapter 3, when evaluating requests for alternative 
means of protection. 

Approval of a request for use of an alternative 
material, assembly of materials, equipment, method of 
construction, method of installation of equipment, or 
means of protection made pursuant to these provisions 
shall be limited to the particular case covered by 
request and shall not be construed as establishing any 
precedent for any future request. 

89.111.2.5 Appeals. When a request for an alternate 
means of protection has been denied by the enforcing 
agency, the applicant may file a written appeal to the 
state fire 'marshal for consideration of the applicant's 
proposal. In considering such appeal, the state fire 



C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 



2007 California Electrical Code 



70-13 



CALIFORNIA ARTICLE 89 - GENERAL CODE PROVISIONS 



C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 



marshal may seek the advice of the State Board of Fire 
Services. The State Fire Marshal shall, after 
considering all of the facts presented, including any 
recommendations of the State board of Fire Services, 
determine if the proposal is for the purposes intended, 
at least equivalent to that specified in these regulations 
in quality, strength, effectiveness, fire resistance, 
durability and safety, and shall transmit such findings 
and any recommendations to the applicant and to the 
enforcing agency. 

89.111.3 Construction Documents. In addition to the 
provisions of this Section, see Title 24, Part 2, California 
Building Code, Appendix Chapter 1, Section 106 for 
additional requirements. 

89.111.3.1 Public schools. Plans and specifications for 
the construction, alteration or addition to any building 
owned, leased or rented by any public school district 
shall be submitted to the Division of the State Architect, 
Office of Regulation Services for review and approval. 

Exception: Upon the annual submission of a written 
request by the chief of any city, county, or city and 
county fire department or fire-protection district to the 
Division of the State Architect, Office of Regulation 
Services, approvals required by this subsection shall be 
obtained from the appropriate chief or his or her 
authorized representative. In such instances plans and 
specifications may be submitted to the State Fire 
Marshal for relay to the appropriate local authority or 
may be submitted directly to such local authority. 

89.111.3.2 Movable walls and partitions. Plans or 
diagrams shall be submitted to the enforcing agency for 
approval before the installation of, or rearrangement of, 
any movable wall or partition in any occupancy. 
Approval shall be granted only if there is no increase in 
the fire hazard. 

89.111.3.3 New construction high-rise buildings. 

1. Complete plans or specifications, or both, shall be 
prepared covering all work required to comply with 
new construction high-rise buildings. Such plans and 
specifications shall be submitted to the enforcing 
agency having jurisdiction. 

2. All plans and specifications shall be prepared under 
the responsible charge of an architect or a civil or 
structural engineer authorized by. law to develop 
construction plans and specifications, or by both such 
architect and engineer. Plans and specifications shall 
be prepared by an engineer duly qualified in that 
branch of engineering necessary to perform such 
services. Administration of the work of construction 
shall be under the charge of the responsible architect 
or engineer except that where plans and specifications 
involve alterations or repairs, such work of 
construction may be administered by an engineer duly 



qualified to perform such services and holding a valid 
certificate under Chapter 7 (commencing with Section 
65700) of Division 3 of the Business and Professions 
Code for performance of services in that branch of 
engineering in which said plans, specifications and 
estimates and work of construction are applicable. 

This section shall not be construed as preventing the 
design of fire-extinguishing systems by persons 
holding a C-16 license issued pursuant to Division 3, 
Chapter 9, Business and Professions Code. In such 
instances, however, the responsibility charge of this 
section shall prevail. 

89.111.3.4 Existing high-rise buildings. 1. Complete 
plans or specifications, or both, shall be prepared 
covering all work required by Section 3412, for existing 
high-rise buildings. Such plans or specifications shall be 
submitted to the enforcing agency having jurisdiction. 

2. When new construction is required to conform with 
the provisions of these regulations, complete plans or 
specifications, or both, shall be prepared in 
accordance with the provisions of this subsection. As 
used in this section "new construction " is not intended 
to include repairs, replacements or minor alterations 
which do not disrupt or appreciably add to or affect 
the structural aspects of the building. 

89.111.3.5 Retention of Plans. Refer to Building 
Standards Law, Health and Safety Code Sections 19850 
and 19851, for permanent retention of plans. 

89.111.4 Fees 

89.111.4.1 Other fees. Pursuant to Health and Safety 
Code Section 13146.2, a city, county or district which 
inspects a hotel, motel, lodging house, or apartment 
house may charge and collect a fee for the inspection 
from the owner of the structure in an amount, as 
determined by the city, county or district, sufficient to 
pay its costs of that inspection. 

89.111.4.2 Large Family Day Care. Pursuant to Health 
and Safety Code Section 1597.46, Large Family Day- 
care Homes, the local government shall process any 
required permit as economically as possible, and fees 
charged for review shall not exceed the costs of the 
review and permit process. 

89.111.4.3 High-Rise. Pursuant to Health and Safety 
Code Section 13217, High-rise Structure Inspection: 
Fees and Costs, a local agency which inspects a high- 
rise structure pursuant to Health and Safety Code 
Section 13217 may charge and collect a fee for the 
inspection from the owner of the high-rise structure in an 
amount, as determined by the local agency, sufficient to 
pay its costs of that inspection. 



<r 

K 

c 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A' 

Ci 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

(? 

K 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A. 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

/ 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 



70-14 



2007 California Electrical Code 



CALIFORNIA ARTICLE 89 - GENERAL CODE PROVISIONS 



c 
k 
c 

A 
C 
A 
C 

I 

A 
C 
A 
C 
A 

I 

C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
p 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C' 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

A 

C 

JB 

A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 

C 
A 
C 
A 
C 



89.111.4.4 Fire Clearance Preinspection. Pursuant to 
Health and Safety Code Section 13235, Fire Clearance 
Preinspection, fee; upon receipt of a request from a 
prospective licensee of a community care facility, as 
defined in Section 1502, of a residential-care facility for 
the elderly, as defined in Section 1569.2, or of a child 
day-care facility, as defined in Section 15 96 J 50, the 
local fire enforcing agency, as defined in Section 13244, 
or state fire marshal, whichever has primary jurisdiction, 
shall conduct a preinspection of the facility prior to the 
final fire clearance approval At the time of the 
preinspection, the primary fire enforcing agency shall 
price consultation and interpretation of the fire safety 
regulations, and shall notify the prospective licensee of 
the facility in writing of the specific fire safety 
regulations which shall be enforced in order to obtain 
fire clearance approval A fee of not more than $50.00 
may be charged for the preinspection of a facility with a 
capacity to serve 25 or fewer persons. A fee of not more 
than $100.00 may be charged for a preinspection of a 
facility with a capacity to serve 26 or more persons. 

89.111.4.5 Care Facilities. The primary fire enforcing 
agency shall complete the final fire clearance inspection 
for a community care facility, residential-care facility for 
the elderly, or child day-care facility within 30 days of 
receipt of the request for the final inspection, or as of the 
date the prospective facility requests the final 
prelicensure inspection by the State Department of 
Social Services, whichever is later. 

Pursuant to Health and Safety Code Section 13235, a 
preinspection fee of not more than $50 may be charged 
for a facility with a capacity to serve 25 or less clients. 
A fee of not more than $100 may be charged for a 
preinspection of a facility with a capacity to serve 26 or 
more clients. 

Pursuant to Health and Safety Code Section 13131.5, a 
reasonable final inspection fee, not to exceed the actual 
cost of inspection services necessary to complete a final 
inspection may be charged for Occupancies classified as 
residential care facilities for the elderly (RCFE). 

Pursuant to Health and Safety Code Section 1569.84, 
neither the state fire marshal nor any local public entity 
shall charge any fee for enforcing fire inspection 
regulations pursuant to state law or regulation or local 
ordinance, with respect to residential-care facilities for 
the elderly (RCFE) which service six or fewer persons. 

89.111.4.6 Requests of the Office of the State Fire 
Marshal Requests. Whenever a local authority having 
jurisdiction requests that the State Fire Marshal perform 
plan review and/or inspection services related to a 
building permit, the applicable fees for such shall be. 
payable to the Office of the State Fire Marshal. 



89. 111. 5 Inspections. 

89.111.5.1 Existing Group 1-1 or R occupancies. 

Licensed 24-hour care in a Group 1-1 or R occupancy 
in existence arid originally classified under previously 
adopted state codes be reinspected under the 
appropriate previous code provided there is no change 
in the use or character which would- place the facility 
in a different occupancy group. 

89.111.6 Certificate of Occupancy. A Certificate of 
Occupancy shall be issued as specified in Title 24, 
Part 2, California Building Code, Appendix Chapter 1, 
Section 110. 

Exception: Group R-3 and Group U Occupancies. 

89.111.7 Temporary Structures and Uses. See Title 
24, Part 2, California Building Code, Appendix 
Chapter 1, Section 107. 

89.111.8 Service Utilities. See Title 24, Part 2, 
California Building Code, Appendix Chapter 1, 
Section 111. 

89.111.9 Stop Work Order. See Title 24, Part 2, 
California Building Code, Appendix Chapter 1, 
Section 114. 

89.111.10 Unsafe Buildings, Structures and 
Equipment. See Title 24, Part 2, California Building 
Code, Appendix Chapter 1, Section 115. 

SECTION 89.112 

RESERVED FOR THE STATE LIBRARIAN 

SECTION 89.113 

RESERVED FOR THE DEPARTMENT OF WATER 
RESOURCES 

SECTION 89.114 

RESERVED FOR THE CALIFORNIA STATE LANDS 
COMMISSION 



C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
G 
A 
C 
A 
C 



2007 California Electrical Code 



70-15 



CALIFORNIA ARTICLE 89 - GENERAL CODE PROVISIONS 



PAGES 70-17 THROUGH 70-22 INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 



70- 1 6 20 °7 California Electrical Code 



ARTICLE 90 - INTRODUCTION 



90.2 



NFPA 70 

National Electrical Code® 

2005 Edition 

IMPORTANT NOTE: This NFPA document is made 
available for use subject to important notices and legal 
disclaimers. These notices and disclaimers appear in all 
publications containing this document and may be found 
under the heading "Important Notices and Disclaimers 
Concerning NFPA Documents. " They can also be 
obtained on request from NFPA or viewed at 
www, nfpa. org/disclaimers. 



ARTICLE 90 
Introduction 



90.1 Purpose. 

(A) Practical Safeguarding. The purpose of this Code is 
the practical safeguarding of persons and property from 
hazards arising from the use of electricity. 

(B) Adequacy. This Code contains provisions that are 
considered necessary for safety. Compliance therewith and 
proper maintenance results in an installation that is 
essentially free from hazard but not necessarily efficient, 
convenient, or adequate for good service or future 
expansion of electrical use. 

FPN: Hazards often occur because of overloading of wiring 
systems by methods or usage not in conformity with this 
Code. This occurs because initial wiring did not provide for 
increases in the use of electricity. An initial adequate 
installation and reasonable provisions for system changes 
provide for future increases in the use of electricity. 

(C) Intention. This Code is not intended as a design 
specification or an instruction manual for untrained 
persons. 

(D) Relation to Other International Standards. The 

requirements in this Code address the fundamental 
principles of protection for safety contained in Section 131 
of International Electrotechnical Commission Standard 
60364-1, Electrical Installations of Buildings. 

FPN: IEC 60364-1, Section 131, contains fundamental 
principles of protection for safety that encompass protection 
against electric shock, protection against thermal effects, 
protection against overcurrent, protection against fault 
currents, and protection against overvoltage. All of these 
potential hazards are addressed by the requirements in this 
Code. 



90.2 Scope. 

(A) Covered. This Code covers the installation of electrical 
conductors, equipment, and raceways; signaling and 
communications conductors, equipment, and raceways; and 
optical fiber cables and raceways for the following: 

(1) Public and private premises, including buildings, structures, 
mobile homes, recreational vehicles, and floating buildings 

(2) Yards, lots, parking lots, carnivals, and industrial substations 
FPN to (2): For additional information concerning such 
installations in an industrial or multibuilding complex, see ANSI 
C2-2002, National Electrical Safety Code. 

(3) Installations of conductors and equipment that connect to 
the supply of electricity 

(4) Installations used by the electric utility, such as office 
buildings, warehouses, garages, machine shops, and 
recreational buildings, that are not an integral part of a 
generating plant, substation, or control center. 

(B) Not Covered. This Code does not cover the following: 

(1) Installations in ships, watercraft other than floating 
buildings, railway rolling stock, aircraft, or automotive 
vehicles other than mobile homes and recreational vehicles 

FPN: Although the scope of this Code indicates that the Code 
does not cover installations in ships, portions of this Code are 
incorporated by reference into Title 46, Code of Federal 
Regulations, Parts 1 1 0-1 13. 

(2) Installations underground in mines and self-propelled 
mobile surface ruining machinery and its attendant 
electrical trailing cable 

(3) Installations of railways for generation, transformation, 
transmission, or disuibution of power used exclusively for 
operation of rolling stock or installations used exclusively 
for signaling and communications purposes 

(4) Installations of communications equipment under the 
exclusive control of communications utilities located 
outdoors or in building spaces used exclusively for such 
installations 

(5) Installations under the exclusive control of an electric utility 
where such installations 

a. Consist of service drops or service laterals, and 
associated metering, or 

b. Are located in legally established easements, rights-of- 

way, or by other agreements either designated by or 
recognized by public service commissions, utility 
commissions, or other regulatory agencies having 
jurisdiction for such installations, or 

c. Are on property owned or leased by the electric utility 

for the purpose of communications, metering, 
generation, control, transformation, transmission, or 
distribution of electric energy. 



2007 California Electrical Code 



70-23 



90.3 



ARTICLE 90 - INTRODUCTION 



FPN to (4) and (5): Examples of utilities may include those entities 
that are typically designated or recognized by governmental law or 
regulation by public serviceAitility commissions and mat install, 
operate, and maintain electric supply (such as generation, 
transmission, or distribution systems) or communication systems 
(such as telephone, CATV, Internet, satellite, or data services). 
Utilities may be subject to compliance with codes and standards 
covering their regulated activities as adopted under governmental 
law or regulation. Additional information can be found through 
consultation with the appropriate governmental bodies, such as 
state regulatory commissions, Federal Energy Regulatory 
Commission, and Federal Communications Commission. 

(Q Special Permission. The authority having jurisdiction for 
enforcing this Code may grant exception for the installation of 
conductors and equipment that are not under the exclusive control 
of the electric utilities and are used to connect the electric utility 
supply system to the service-entrance conductors of the premises 
served, provided such installations are outside a building or 
terminate immediately inside a building wall. 

90.3 Code Arrangement. This Code is divided into the 
introduction and nine chapters, as shown in Figure 90.3. Chapters 
1, 2, 3, and 4 apply generally; Chapters 5, 6, and 7 apply to special 
occupancies, special equipment, or other special conditions. 
These latter chapters supplement or modify the general rules. 
Chapters 1 through 4 apply except as amended by Chapters 5, 6, 
and 7 for the particular conditions. 

Chapter 8 covers communications systems and is not subject 
to the requirements of Chapters 1 through 7 except where the 
requirements are specifically referenced in Chapter 8. 

Chapter 9 consists of tables. 

Annexes are not part of the requirements of this Code but are 
included for informational purposes only. 

90.4 Enforcement This Code is intended to be suitable for 
mandatory application by governmental bodies that exercise legal 
jurisdiction over electrical installations, including signaling and 
communications systems, and for use by insurance inspectors. 
The authority having jurisdiction for enforcement of the Code has 
the responsibility for making interpretations of the rules, for 
deciding on the approval of equipment and materials, and for 
granting the special permission contemplated in a number of the 
rules. 

By special permission, the authority having jurisdiction may 
waive specific requirements in this Code or permit alternative 
methods where it is assured that equivalent objectives can be 
achieved by establishing and inamlaining effective safety. 

This Code may require new products, constructions, or 
materials that may not yet be available at the time the Code is 
adopted. In such event, the authority having jurisdiction may 
permit the use of the products, constructions, or materials that 
comply with the most recent previous edition of this Code 
adopted by the jurisdiction. 



Chapter 1 — General 



Chapter 2 —Wiring and Protection 



Chapter 3 —Wiring Methods and Materials I 



Chapter 4 — Equipment for Genera! Use 



to all etectricai 



Supplements or modifies 
Chapters 1 through 4 



^"chapters 



Chapter a — Special Equipment 



Chapter 7 ■*- Special Conditions 



Chapter 8 is not subject 
io the requirements oi 

Chapter 8 — Communfcaibns Systems [ j v^S^^^^l^m 

specifically referenced in 
Chapter 8. 



Chapter 9— Tables 



Annex A through Annex G 



J y Applicable as referenced 

1"! informational only; 
-U r " 



not mandatory 



Figure 90.3 Code Arrangement. 



90.5 Mandatory Rules, Permissive Rules, and 
Explanatory Material. 

(A) Mandatory Rules. Mandatory rules of this Code are 
those that identify actions that are specifically required or 
prohibited and are characterized by the use of the terms 
shall or shall not. 

(B) Permissive Rules. Permissive rules of this Code are 
those that identify actions that are allowed but not required, 
are normally used to describe options or alternative 
methods, and are characterized by the use of the terms shall 
be permitted or shall not be required. 

(C) Explanatory Material. Explanatory material, such as 
references to other standards, references to related sections 
of this Code, or information related to a Code rule, is 
included in this Code in the form of fine print notes 
(FPNs). Fine print notes are informational only and are not 
enforceable as requirements of this Code. 

Brackets containing section references to another 
NFPA document are for informational purposes only and 
are provided as a guide to indicate the source of the 
extracted text. These bracketed references immediately 
follow the extracted text. 

FPN: The format and language used in this Code follows 
guidelines established by NFPA and published in the NEC 
Style Manual. Copies of this manual can be obtained from 
NFPA. 



70-24 



2007 California Electrical Code 



ARTICLE 90 - INTRODUCTION 



90.9 



90.6 Formal Interpretations. To promote uniformity of 
interpretation and application of the provisions of this 
Code, formal interpretation procedures have been 
established and are found in the NFPA Regulations 
Governing Committee Projects. 

90.7 Examination of Equipment for Safety. For specific 
items of equipment and materials referred to in this Code, 
examinations for safety made under standard conditions 
provide a basis for approval where the record is made 
generally available through promulgation by organizations 
properly equipped and qualified for experimental testing, 
inspections of the run of goods at factories, and service- 
value determination through field inspections. This avoids 
the necessity for repetition of examinations by different 
examiners, frequently with inadequate facilities for such 
work, and the confusion that would result from conflicting 
reports on the suitability of devices and materials examined 
for a given purpose. 

It is the intent of this Code that factory-installed 
internal wiring or the construction of equipment need not 
be inspected at the time of installation of the equipment, 
except to detect alterations or damage, if the equipment has 
been listed by a qualified electrical testing laboratory that is 
recognized as having the facilities described in the 
preceding paragraph and that requires suitability for 
installation in accordance with this Code. 

FPN No, 1: See requirements in 110.3. 

FPN No. 2: Listed is defined in Article 100. 

FPN No. 3: Annex A contains an informative list of product 
safety standards for electrical equipment. 

90.8 Wiring Planning. / 

(A) Future Expansion and Convenience. Plans and 

specifications that provide ample space in raceways, spare 
raceways, and additional spaces allow for future increases 
in electric power and communication circuits. Distribution 
centers located in readily accessible locations provide 
convenience and safety of operation. 

(B) Number of Circuits in Enclosures. It is elsewhere 
provided in this Code that the number of wires and circuits 
confined in a single enclosure be varyingly restricted. 
Limiting the number of circuits in a single enclosure 
minimizes the effects from a short circuit or ground fault in 
one circuit. 



90.9 Units of Measurement. 

(A) Measurement System of Preference. For the purpose 
of this Code, metric units of measurement are in 
accordance with the modernized metric system known as 
the International System of Units (SI). 

(B) Dual System of Units. SI units shall appear first, and 
inch-pound units shall immediately follow in parentheses. 
Conversion from inch-pound units to SI units shall be 
based on hard conversion except as provided in 90.9(C). 

(C) Permitted Uses of Soft Conversion. The cases given 
in 90.9(C)(1) through (C)(4) shall not be required to use 
hard conversion and shall be permitted to use soft 
conversion. 

(1) Trade Sizes. Where the actual measured size of a 
product is not the same as the nominal size, trade size 
designators shall be used rather than dimensions. Trade 
practices shall be followed in all cases. 

(2) Extracted Material. Where material is extracted from 
another standard, the context of the original material shall 
not be compromised or violated. Any editing of the 
extracted text shall be confined to making the style 
consistent with that of the NEC. 

(3) Industry Practice. Where industry practice is to 
express units in inch-pound units, the inclusion of SI units 
shall not be required. 

(4) Safety. Where a negative impact on safety would result, 
soft conversion shall be used. 

(D) Compliance. Conversion from inch-pound units to SI 
units shall be permitted to be an approximate conversion. 
Compliance with the numbers shown in either the SI 
system or the inch-pound system shall constitute 
compliance with this Code. 

FPN No. 1: Hard conversion is considered a change in 
dimensions or properties of an item into new sizes that 
might or might not be interchangeable with the sizes used in 
the original measurement. Soft conversion is considered a 
direct mathematical conversion and involves a change in the 
description of an existing measurement but not in the actual 
dimension. 

FPN No. 2; SI conversions are based on IEEE/ASTM SI 10- 
1997 \Standard for the Use of the International System of 
Units (SI): The Modern Metric System. 



2007 California Electrical Code 



70-25 



100 



ARTICLE 100 -DEFINITIONS 



Chapter 1 General 



ARTICLE 100 
Definitions 



Scope. This article contains only those definitions essential 
to the proper application of this Code. It is not intended to 
include commonly defined general terms or commonly 
defined technical terms from related codes and standards. 
In general, only those terms that are used in two or more 
articles are defined in Article 100. Other definitions are 
included in the article in which they are used but may be 
referenced in Article 100. 

Part I of this article contains definitions intended to apply 
wherever the terms are used throughout this Code. Part II 
contains definitions applicable only to the parts of articles 
specifically covering installations and equipment operating 
at over 600 volts, nominal. 



I. General 

Accessible (as applied to equipment). Admitting close 
approach; not guarded by locked doors, elevation, or other 
effective means. 

Accessible (as applied to wiring methods). Capable of 
being removed or exposed without damaging the building 
structure or finish or not permanently closed in by the 
structure or finish of the building. 

Accessible, Readily (Readily Accessible). Capable of 
being reached quickly for operation, renewal, or 
inspections without requiring those to whom ready access 
is requisite to climb over or remove obstacles or to resort to 
portable ladders, and so forth. 

Ampacity. The current, in amperes, that a conductor can 
carry continuously under the conditions of use without 
exceeding its temperature rating. 

Appliance. Utilization equipment, generally other than 
industrial, that is normally built in standardized sizes or 
types and is installed or connected as a unit to perform one 
or more functions such as clothes washing, air 
conditioning, food mixing, deep fiying, and so forth. 

Approved. Acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction. 

Askarel. A generic term for a group of nonflammable 
synthetic chlorinated hydrocarbons used as electrical 
insulating media. Askarels of various compositional types 
are used. Under arcing conditions, the gases produced, 
while consisting predominantly of noncombustible 
hydrogen chloride, can include varying amounts of 
combustible gases, depending on the askarel type. 



Attachment Plug (Plug Cap) (Plug). A device that, by 
insertion in a receptacle, establishes a connection between 
the conductors of the attached flexible cord and the 
conductors connected permanently to the receptacle. 

Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ). The organization, 
office, or individual responsible for approving equipment, 
materials, an installation, or a procedure. 

FPN: The phrase "authority having jurisdiction" is used in 
NFPA documents in a broad manner, since jurisdictions and 
approval agencies vary, as do their responsibilities. Where 
public safety is primary, the AHJ may be a federal, state, 
local, or other regional department or individual such as a 
fire chief; fire marshal; chief of a fire prevention bureau, 
labor department, or health department; building official; 
electrical inspector; or others having statutory authority. For 
insurance purposes, an insurance inspection department, 
rating bureau, or other insurance company representative 
may be the AHJ. In many circumstances, the property 
owner or his or her designated agent assumes the role of the 
AHJ; at government installations, the commanding officer 
or departmental official may be the AHJ. 

Automatic. Self-acting, operating by its own mechanism 
when actuated by some impersonal influence, as, for 
example, a change in current, pressure, temperature, or 
mechanical configuration. 

Bathroom. An area including a basin with one or more of 
the following: a toilet, a tub, or a shower. 

Bonding (Bonded). The permanent joining of metallic 
parts to form an electrically conductive path that ensures 
electrical continuity and the capacity to conduct safely any 
current likely to be imposed. 

Bonding Jumper. A reliable conductor to ensure the 
required electrical conductivity between metal parts 
required to be electrically connected. 

Bonding Jumper, Equipment. The connection between 
two or more portions of the equipment grounding 
conductor. 

Bonding Jumper, Main. The connection between the 
grounded circuit conductor and the equipment grounding 
conductor at the service. 

Bonding Jumper, System. The connection between the 
grounded circuit conductor and the equipment grounding 
conductor at a separately derived system. 

Branch Circuit. The circuit conductors between the final 
overcurrent device protecting the circuit and the outlet(s). 



70-26 



2007 California Electrical Code 



ARTICLE 100 - DEFINITIONS 



100 



Branch Circuit, Appliance. A branch circuit that supplies 
energy to one or more outlets to which appliances are to be 
connected and that has no permanently connected 
luminaires (lighting fixtures) that are not a part of an 
appliance. 

Branch Circuit, General-Purpose. A branch circuit that 
supplies two or more receptacles or outlets for lighting and 
appliances. 

Branch Circuit, Individual. A branch circuit that supplies 
only one utilization equipment. 

Branch Circuit, Multiwire. A branch circuit that consists 
of two or more ungrounded conductors that have a voltage 
between them, and a grounded conductor that has equal 
voltage between it and each ungrounded conductor of the 
circuit and that is connected to the neutral or grounded 
conductor of the system. 

Building. A structure that stands alone or that is cut off 
from adjoining structures by fire walls with all openings 
therein protected by approved fire doors. 

Cabinet. An enclosure that is designed for either surface 
mounting or flush mounting and is provided with a frame, 
mat, or trim in which a swinging door or doors are or can 
be hung. 

Circuit Breaker. A device designed to open and close a 

circuit by nonautomatic means and to open the circuit 
automatically on a predetermined overcurrent without 
damage to itself when properly applied within its rating. 

FPN: The automatic opening means can be integral, direct 
acting with the circuit breaker, or remote from the circuit 
breaker. 

Adjustable (as applied to circuit breakers), A qualifying 
term indicating that the circuit breaker can be set to trip at 
various values of current, time, or both, within a 
predetermined range. 

Instantaneous Trip (as applied to circuit breakers). A 
qualifying term indicating that no delay is purposely 
introduced in the tripping action of the circuit breaker. 

Inverse Time (as applied to circuit breakers).' A qualifying 
term indicating that there is purposely introduced a delay in 
the tripping action of the circuit breaker, which delay 
decreases as the magnitude of the current increases. 

Nonadjustable (as applied to circuit breakers). A 
qualifying term indicating that the circuit breaker does not 
have any adjustment to alter the value of current at which it 
will trip or the time required for its operation. 

Setting (of circuit breakers). The value of current, time, or 
both, at which an adjustable circuit breaker is set to trip. 

Concealed. Rendered inaccessible by the structure or finish 
of the building. Wires in concealed raceways are 
considered concealed, even though they may become 
accessible by withdrawing them. 



Conductor, Bare. A conductor having no covering or 
electrical insulation whatsoever. 

Conductor, Covered. A conductor encased within material 
of composition or thickness that is not recognized by this 
Code as electrical insulation. 

Conductor, Insulated. A conductor encased within 
material of composition and thickness that is recognized by 
this Code as electrical insulation. 

Conduit Body. A separate portion of a conduit or tubing 
system that provides access through a removable cover(s) 
to the interior of the system at a junction of two or more 
sections of the system or at a terminal point of the system. 

Boxes such as FS and FD or larger cast or sheet metal 
boxes are not classified as conduit bodies. 

Connector, Pressure (Solderless). A device that 
establishes a connection between two or more conductors 
or between one or more conductors and a terminal by 
means of mechanical pressure and without the use of 
solder. 

Continuous Load. A load where the maximum current is 
expected to continue for 3 hours or more. 

Controller. A device or group of devices that serves to 
govern, in some predetermined manner, the electric power 
delivered to the apparatus to which it is connected. 

Cooking Unit, Counter-Mounted. A cooking appliance. 
designed for mounting in or on a counter and consisting of 
one or more heating elements, internal wiring, and built-in 
or mountable controls. 

Coordination (Selective). Localization of an overcurrent 
condition to restrict outages to the circuit or equipment 
affected, accomplished by the choice of overcurrent 
protective devices and their ratings or settings. 

Copper-Clad Aluminum Conductors. Conductors drawn 
from a copper-clad aluminum rod with the copper 
metallurgically bonded to an aluminum core. The copper 
forms a minimum of 10 percent of the cross-sectional area 
of a solid conductor or each strand of a stranded conductor. 

Cutout Box. An enclosure designed for surface mounting 
that has swinging doors or covers secured directly to and 
telescoping with the walls of the box proper. 

Dead Front. Without live parts exposed to a person on the 
operating side of the equipment. 

Demand Factor. The ratio of the maximum demand of a 
system, or part of a system, to the total connected load of a 
system or the part of the system under consideration. 



2007 California Electrical Code 



70-27 



100 



ARTICLE 100 - DEFINITIONS 



Device. A unit of an electrical system that is intended to 
carry or control but not utilize electric energy. 

Disconnecting Means. A device, or group of devices, or 
other means by which the conductors of a circuit can be 
disconnected from their source of supply. 

Dusttight. Constructed so that dust will not enter the 
enclosing case under specified test conditions. 

Duty, Continuous. Operation at a substantially constant 
load for an indefinitely long time. 

Duty, Intermittent. Operation for alternate intervals of (1) 
load and no load; or (2) load and rest; or (3) load, no load, 
and rest. 

Duty, Periodic. Intermittent operation in which the load 
conditions are regularly recurrent. 

Duty, Short-Time. Operation at a substantially constant 
load for a short and definite, specified time. 

Duty, Varying. Operation at loads, and for intervals of 
time, both of which may be subject to wide variation. 

Dwelling Unit. A single unit, providing complete and 
independent living facilities for one or more persons, 
including permanent provisions for living, sleeping, 
cooking, and sanitation. 

Dwelling, One-Family. A building that consists solely of 
one dwelling unit. 

Dwelling, Two-Family. A building that consists solely of 
two dwelling units. 

Dwelling, Multifamily. A building that contains three or 
more dwelling units. 

Electric Closet. A room containing substantial electrical 
distribution equipment such as vertical risers, bus ducts, 
transformers orpanelboards. 

Electric Sign. A fixed, stationary, or portable self- 
contained, electrically illuminated utilization equipment 
with words or symbols designed to convey information or 
attract attention. 

Enclosed. Surrounded by a case, housing, fence, or wall(s) 
that prevents persons from accidentally contacting 
energized parts. 

Enclosure. The case or housing of apparatus, or the fence 
or walls surrounding an installation to prevent personnel 
from accidentally contacting energized parts or to protect 
the equipment from physical damage. 

FPN: See Table 430.91 for examples of enclosure types. 

Energized. Electrically connected to, or is, a source of 
voltage. 

Equipment. A general term including material, fittings, 
devices, appliances, luminaires (fixtures), apparatus, and 
the like used as a part of, or in connection with, an 
electrical installation. 



Explosionproof Apparatus. Apparatus enclosed in a case 
that is capable of withstanding an explosion of a specified 
gas or vapor that may occur within it and of preventing the 
ignition of a specified gas or vapor surrounding the 
enclosure by sparks, flashes, or explosion of the gas or 
vapor within, and that operates at such an external 
temperature that a surrounding flammable atmosphere will 
not be ignited thereby. 

FPN: For further information, see ANSI/UL 1203-1999, 
Explosion-Proof and Dust-Ignition-Proof Electrical 
Equipment for Use in Hazardous (Classified) Locations, 

Exposed (as applied to live parts). Capable of being 
inadvertently touched or approached nearer than a safe 
distance by a person. It is applied to parts that are not 
suitably guarded, isolated, or insulated. 

Exposed (as applied to wiring methods). On or attached 
to the surface or behind panels designed to allow access. 

Externally Operable. Capable of being operated without 
exposing the operator to contact with live parts. 

Feeder. All circuit conductors between the service 
equipment, the source of a separately derived system, or 
other power supply source and the final branch-circuit 
overcurrent device. 

Festoon Lighting. A string of outdoor lights that is 
suspended between two points. 

Fitting. An accessory such as a locknut, bushing, or other 
part of a wiring system that is intended primarily to 
perform a mechanical rather than an electrical function. 

Garage. A building or portion of a building in which one 
or more self-propelled vehicles can be kept for use, sale, 
storage, rental, repair, exhibition, or demonstration 
purposes. 

FPN: For commercial garages, repair and storage, see 
Article 511. 

Ground. A conducting connection, whether intentional or 
accidental, between an electrical circuit or equipment and 
the earth or to some conducting body that serves in place of 
the earth. 

Grounded. Connected to earth or to some conducting body 
that serves in place of the earth. 

Grounded, Effectively. Intentionally connected to earth 
through a ground connection or connections of sufficiently 
low impedance and having sufficient current-carrying 
capacity to prevent the buildup of voltages that may result 
in undue hazards to connected equipment or to persons. 

Grounded, Solidly. Connected to ground without inserting 
any resistor or impedance device. 

Grounded Conductor. A system or circuit conductor that 
is intentionally grounded. 



70-28 



2007 California Electrical Code 



ARTICLE 100 - DEFINITIONS 



100 



Ground-Fault Circuit Interrupter (GFCI). A device 
intended for the protection of personnel that functions to 
de-energize a circuit or portion thereof within an 
established period of time when a current to ground 
exceeds the values established for a Class A device. 

FPN: Class A ground-fault circuit interrupters trip when the 
current to ground has a value in the range of 4 mA to 6 mA. 
For further information, see UL 943, Standard for Ground- 
Fault Circuit Interrupters. 

Ground-Fault Protection of Equipment. A system 
intended to provide protection of equipment from 
damaging line-to-ground fault currents by operating to 
cause a disconnecting means to open all ungrounded 
conductors of the faulted circuit. This protection is 
provided at current levels less than those required to protect 
conductors from damage through the operation of a supply 
circuit overcurrent device. 

Grounding Conductor. A conductor used to connect 
equipment or the grounded circuit of a wiring system to a 
grounding electrode or electrodes. 

Grounding Conductor, Equipment. The conductor used 
to connect the non-current-carrying metal parts of 
equipment, raceways, and other enclosures to the system 
grounded conductor, the grounding electrode conductor, or 
both, at the service equipment or at the source of a 
separately derived system. 

Grounding Electrode. A device that establishes an 
electrical connection to the earth. 

Grounding Electrode Conductor. The conductor used to 
connect the grounding electrode(s) to the equipment 
grounding conductor, to the grounded conductor, or to 
both, at the service, at each building or structure where 
supplied by a feeder(s) or branch eircuit(s), or at the source 
of a separately derived system. 

Guarded. Covered, shielded, fenced, enclosed, or 
otherwise protected by means of suitable covers, casings, 
barriers, rails, screens, mats, or platforms to remove the 
likelihood of approach or contact by persons or objects to a 
point of danger. 

Guest Room. An accommodation combining living, 

sleeping, sanitary, and storage facilities within a 

compartment. 

Guest Suite. An accommodation with two or more 

contiguous rooms comprising a compartment, with or 

without doors between such rooms, that provides living, 

sleeping, sanitary, and storage facilities. 

Handhole Enclosure. An enclosure identified for use in 

underground systems, provided with an open or closed 

bottom, and sized to allow personnel to reach into, but not 

enter, for the purpose of installing, operating, or 

maintaining equipment or wiring or both. 

Hoistway. Any shaftway, hatchway, well hole, or other 

vertical opening. or space in which an elevator or 

dumbwaiter is designed to operate. 



Identified (as applied to equipment). Recognizable as 
suitable for the specific purpose, function, use, 
environment, application, and so forth, where described in 
a particular Code requirement. 

FPN: Some examples of ways to determine suitability of 
equipment for a specific purpose, environment, or 
application include investigations by a qualified testing 
laboratory (listing and labeling), an inspection agency, or 
other organizations concerned with product evaluation. 

In Sight From (Within Sight From, Within Sight). 

Where this Code specifies that one equipment shall be "in 
sight from," "within sight from," or "within sight," and so 
forth, of another equipment, the specified equipment is to 
be visible and not more than 15 m (50 ft) distant from the 
other. 

Interrupting Rating. The highest current at rated voltage 
that a device is intended to interrupt under standard test 
conditions. 

FPN: Equipment intended to interrupt current at other than 
fault levels may have its interrupting rating implied in other 
ratings, such as horsepower or locked rotor current. 

Isolated (as applied to location). Not readily accessible to 
persons unless special means for access are used. 

Labeled. Equipment or materials to which has been 
attached a label, symbol, or other identifying mark of an 
organization that is acceptable to the authority having 
jurisdiction and concerned with product evaluation, that 
maintains periodic inspection of production of labeled 
equipment or materials, and by whose labeling the 
manufacturer indicates compliance with appropriate 
standards or performance in a specified manner. 

Lighting Outlet. An outlet intended for the direct 
connection of a lampholder, a luminaire (lighting fixture)* 
or a pendant cord terminating in a lampholder. 

Listed. Equipment, materials, or services included in a list 
published by an organization that is acceptable to the 
authority having jurisdiction and concerned with evaluation 
of products or services, that maintains periodic inspection 
of production of listed equipment or materials or periodic 
evaluation of services, and whose listing states that the 
equipment, material, or services either meets appropriate 
designated standards or has been tested and found suitable 
for a specified purpose. 

FPN: The means for identifying listed equipment may vary 
for each organization concerned with product evaluation, 
some of which do not recognize equipment as listed unless 
it is also labeled. Use of the system employed by the listing 
organization allows the authority having jurisdiction to 
identify a listed product. 

Live Parts. Energized conductive components. 



2007 California Electrical Code 



70-29 



100 



ARTICLE 100 - DEFINITIONS 



Location, Damp. Locations protected from weather and 
not subject to saturation with water or other liquids but 
subject to moderate degrees of moisture. Examples of such 
locations include partially protected locations under 
canopies, marquees, roofed open porches, and like 
locations, and interior locations subject to moderate 
degrees of moisture, such as some basements, some barns, 
and some cold-storage warehouses. 

Location, Dry. A location not normally subject to 
dampness or wetness. A location classified as dry may be 
temporarily subject to dampness or wetness, as in the case 
of a building under construction. 

Location, Wet, Installations under ground or in concrete 
slabs or masonry in direct contact with the earth; in 
locations subject to saturation with water or other liquids, 
such as vehicle washing areas; and in unprotected locations 
exposed to weather. 

Luminaire. A complete lighting unit consisting of a lamp 
or lamps together with the parts designed to distribute the 
light, to position and protect the lamps and ballast (where 
applicable), and to connect the lamps to the power supply. 

Metal-Enclosed Power Switchgear. A switchgear 
assembly completely enclosed on all sides and top with 
sheet metal (except for ventilating openings and inspection 
windows) containing primary power circuit switching, 
interrupting devices, or both, with buses and connections. 
The assembly may include control and auxiliary devices. 
Access to the interior of the enclosure is provided by doors, 
removable covers, or both. 

Motor Control Center. An assembly of one or more 
enclosed sections having a common power bus and 
principally containing motor control units. 
Multioutlet Assembly. A type of surface, flush, or 
freestanding raceway designed to hold conductors and 
receptacles, assembled in the field or at the factory. 

Nonautomatic. Action requiring personal intervention for 
its control. As applied to an electric controller, 
nonautomatic control does not necessarily imply a manual 
controller, but only that personal intervention is necessary. 

Nonlinear Load. A load where the wave shape of the 
steady-state current does not follow the wave shape of the 
applied voltage. 

FPN: Electronic equipment, electronic/electric-discharge 
lighting, adjustable-speed drive systems, and similar 
equipment may be nonlinear loads. 

Outlet. A point on the wiring system at which current is 
taken to supply utilization equipment. 

Outline Lighting. An arrangement of incandescent lamps, 
electric discharge lighting, or other electrically powered 
light sources to outline or call attention to certain features 
such as the shape of a building or the decoration of a 
window. 



Overcurrent. Any current in excess of the rated current of 
equipment or the ampacity of a conductor. It may result 
from overload, short circuit, or ground fault. 

FPN: A current in excess of rating may be accommodated 
by certain equipment and conductors for a given set of 
conditions. Therefore, the rules for overcurrent protection 
are specific for particular situations. 

Overload. Operation of equipment in excess of normal, 
full-load rating, or of a conductor in excess of rated 
ampacity that, when it persists for a sufficient length of 
time, would cause damage or dangerous overheating. A 
fault, such as a short circuit or ground fault, is not an 
overload. 

Panelboard. A single panel or group of panel units 
designed for assembly in the form of a single panel, 
including buses and automatic overcurrent devices, and 
equipped with or without switches for the control of light, 
heat, or power circuits; designed to be placed in a cabinet 
or cutout box placed in or against a wall, partition, or other 
support; and accessible only from the front. 

Plenum. A compartment or chamber to which one or more 
air ducts are connected and that forms part of the air 
distribution system. 

Power Outlet. An enclosed assembly that may include 
receptacles, circuit breakers, fuseholders, fused switches, 
buses, and watt-hour meter mounting means; intended to 
supply and control power to mobile homes, recreational 
vehicles, park trailers, or boats or to serve as a means for 
distributing power required to operate mobile or 
temporarily installed equipment. 

Premises Wiring (System). That interior and exterior 
wiring, including power, lighting, control, and signal 
circuit wiring together with all their associated hardware, 
fittings, and wiring devices, both permanently and 
temporarily installed, that extends from the service point or 
source of power, such as a battery-, a solar photovoltaic 
system, or a generator, transformer, or converter windings, 
to the outlet(s). Such wiring does not include wiring 
internal to appliances, luminaires (fixtures), motors, 
controllers, motor control centers, and similar equipment. 

Qualified Person. One who has skills and knowledge 
related to the construction and operation of the electrical 
equipment and installations and has received safety training 
on the hazards involved. 

FPN: Refer to NFPA 70E-2004, Standard for Electrical 
Safety in the Worlcplace, for electrical safety training 
requirements. 

Raceway. An enclosed channel of metal or nonmetallic 
materials designed expressly for holding wires, cables, or 
busbars, with additional functions as permitted in this 
Code. Raceways include, but are not limited to, rigid metal 
conduit, rigid nonmetallic conduit, intermediate metal 
conduit, liquidtight flexible conduit, flexible metallic 



70-30 



2007 California Electrical Code 



ARTICLE 100 - DEFINITIONS 



100 



tubing, flexible metal conduit, electrical nonmetallic 
tubing, electrical metallic tubing, underfloor raceways, 
cellular concrete floor raceways, cellular metal floor 
raceways, surface raceways, wireways, andbusways. 

Rainproof. Constructed, protected, or treated so as to 
prevent rain from interfering with the successful operation 
of the apparatus under specified test conditions. 

Raintight. Constructed or protected so that exposure to a 
beating rain will not result in the entrance of water under 
specified test conditions. 

Receptacle. A receptacle is a contact device installed at the 
outlet for the connection of an attachment plug. A single 
receptacle is a single contact device with no other contact 
device on the same yoke. A multiple receptacle is two or 
more contact devices on the same yoke. 

Receptacle Outlet. An outlet where one or more 
receptacles are installed. 

Remote-Control Circuit. Any electric circuit that controls 
any other circuit through a relay or an equivalent device. 

Sealable Equipment. Equipment enclosed in a case or 
cabinet that is provided with a means of sealing or locking 
so that live parts cannot be made accessible without 
opening the enclosure. The equipment may or may not be 
operable without opening the enclosure. 

Separately Derived System. A premises wiring system 
whose power is derived from a source of electric energy or 
equipment other than a service. Such systems have no 
direct electrical connection, including a solidly connected 
grounded circuit conductor, to supply conductors 
originating in another system. 

Service. The conductors and equipment for delivering 
electric energy from the serving utility to the wiring system 
of the premises served. 

Service Cable. Service conductors made up in the form of 
a cable. 

Service Conductors. The conductors from the service 

point to the service disconnecting means. 

Service Drop. The overhead service conductors from the 
last pole or other aerial support to and including the splices, 
if any, connecting to the service-entrance conductors at the 
building or other structure. 

Service-Entrance Conductors, Overhead System. The 

service conductors between the terminals of the service 
equipment and a point usually outside the building, clear of 
building walls, where joined by tap or splice to the service 
drop. 



Service-Entrance Conductors, Underground System. 

The service conductors between the terminals of the service 
equipment and the point of connection to the service 
lateral. 

FPN: Where service equipment is located outside the 
building walls, there may be no service-entrance conductors 
or they may be entirely outside the building. 

Service Equipment. The necessary equipment, usually 
consisting of a circuit breaker(s) or switch(es) and fuse(s) 
and their accessories, connected to the load end of service 
conductors to a building or other structure, or an otherwise 
designated area, and intended to constitute the main control 
and cutoff of the supply. 

Service Lateral. The underground service conductors 
between the street main, including any risers at a pole or 
other structure or from transformers,. and the first point of 
connection to the service-entrance conductors in a terminal 
box or meter or other enclosure, inside or outside the 
building wall. Where there is no terminal box, meter, or 
other enclosure, the point of connection is considered to be 
the point of entrance of the service conductors into the 
building. 

Service Point. The point of connection between the 
facilities of the serving utility and the premises wiring. 

Show Window. Any window used or designed to be used 
for the display of goods or advertising material, whether it 
is fully or partly enclosed or entirely open at the rear and 
whether or not it has a platform raised higher than the street 
floor level. 

Signaling Circuit. Any electric circuit that energizes 
signaling equipment. 

Solar Photovoltaic System. The total components and 
subsystems that, in combination, convert solar energy into 
electrical energy suitable for connection to a utilization 
load. 

Special Permission. The written consent of the authority 
having jurisdiction. 

Structure. That which is built or constructed. 

Supplementary Overcurrent Protective Device. A device 
intended to provide limited overcurrent protection for 
specific applications and utilization equipment such as 
luminaires (lighting fixtures) and appliances. This limited 
protection is in addition to the protection provided in the 
required branch circuit by the branch circuit overcurrent 
protective device. 

Switch, Bypass Isolation. A manually operated device 
used in conjunction with a transfer switch to provide a 
means of directly connecting load conductors to a power 
source and of disconnecting the transfer switch. 



2007 California Electrical Code 



70-31 



100 



ARTICLE 100 - DEFINITIONS 



Switch, General-Use. A switch intended for use in 
general distribution and branch circuits. It is rated in 
amperes, and it is capable of interrupting its rated current at 
its rated voltage. 

Switch, General-Use Snap. A form of general-use switch 
constructed so that it can be installed in device boxes or on 
box covers, or otherwise used in conjunction with wiring 
systems recognized by this Code. 

Switch, Isolating. A switch intended for isolating an 
electric circuit from the source of power. It has no 
interrupting rating, and it is intended to be operated only 
after the circuit has been opened by some other means. 

Switch, Motor-Circuit. A switch rated in horsepower that 
is capable of interrupting the maximum operating overload 
current of a motor of the same horsepower rating as the 
switch at the rated voltage. 

Switch, Transfer. An automatic or nonautomatic device 
for transferring one or more load conductor connections 
from one power source to another. 

Switchboard. A large single panel, frame, or assembly of 
panels on which are mounted on the face, back, or both, 
switches, overcurrent and other protective devices, buses, 
and usually instruments. Switchboards are generally 
accessible from the rear as well as from the front and are 
not intended to be installed in cabinets. 

Thermally Protected (as applied to motors). The words 
Thermally Protected appearing on the nameplate of a motor 
or motor-compressor indicate that the motor is provided 
with a thermal protector. 

Thermal Protector (as applied to motors). A protective 
device for assembly as an integral part of a motor or motor- 
compressor that, when properly applied, protects the motor 
against dangerous overheating due to overload and failure 
to start. 

FPN: The thermal protector may consist of one or more 
sensing elements integral with the motor or motor- 
compressor and an external control device. 

Utilization Equipment. Equipment that utilizes electric 
energy for electronic, electromechanical, chemical, heating, 
lighting, or similar purposes. 

Ventilated. Provided with a means to permit circulation of 
air sufficient to remove an excess of heat, fumes, or vapors. 

Volatile Flammable Liquid. A flammable liquid having a 
flash point below 38°C (100°F), or a flammable liquid 
whose temperature is above its flash point, or a Class II 
combustible liquid that has a vapor pressure not exceeding 
276 kPa (40 psia) at 38°C (100°F) and whose temperature 
is above its flash point. 



Voltage (of a circuit). The greatest root-mean-square 
(rms) (effective) difference of potential between any two 
conductors of the circuit concerned. 

FPN: Some systems, such as 3-phase 4-wire, single-phase 
3-wire, and 3-wire direct current, may have various circuits 
of various voltages. 

Voltage, Nominal. A nominal value assigned to a circuit 
or system for the purpose of conveniently designating its 
voltage class (e.g., 120/240 volts, 480Y/277 volts, 600 
volts). The actual voltage at which a circuit operates can 
vary from the nominal within a range that permits 
satisfactory operation of equipment. 

FPN: See ANSI C84.1-1995, Voltage Ratings for Electric 
Power Systems and Equipment (60 Hz). 

Voltage to Ground. For grounded circuits, the voltage 
between the given conductor and that point or conductor of 
the circuit that is grounded; for ungrounded circuits, the 
greatest voltage between the given conductor and any other 
conductor of the circuit. 

Watertight. Constructed so that moisture will not enter 
the enclosure under specified test conditions. 

Weatherproof. Constructed or protected so that exposure 
to the weather will not interfere with successful operation. 

FPN: Rainproof, raintight, or watertight equipment can 
fulfill the requirements for weatherproof where varying 
weather conditions other than wetness, such as snow, ice, 
dust, or temperature extremes, are not a factor. 

II. Over 600 Volts, Nominal 

Whereas the preceding definitions are intended to apply 
wherever the terms are used throughout this Code, the 
following definitions are applicable only to parts of the 
article specifically covering installations and equipment 
operating at over 600 volts, nominal. 

Electronically Actuated Fuse. An overcurrent protective 
device that generally consists of a control module that 
provides current sensing, electronically derived time- 
current characteristics, energy to initiate tripping, and an 
interrupting module that interrupts current when an 
overcurrent occurs. Electronically actuated fuses may or 
may not operate in a current-limiting fashion, depending on 
the type of control selected. 

Fuse. An overcurrent protective device with a circuit- 
opening fusible part that is heated and severed by the 
passage of overcurrent through it. 

FPN: A fuse comprises all the parts that form a unit capable 
of performing the prescribed functions. It may or may not 
be the complete device necessary to connect it into an 
electrical circuit. 



70-32 



2007 California Electrical Code 



ARTICLE 1 1 - REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS 



110.3 



Controlled Vented Power Fuse. A fuse with provision for 
controlling discharge circuit interruption such that no solid 
material may be exhausted into the surrounding 
atmosphere. 

FPN: The fuse is designed so that discharged gases will not 
ignite or damage insulation in the path of the discharge or 
propagate a flashover to or between grounded members or 
conduction members in the path of the discharge where the 
distance between the vent and such insulation or conduction 
members conforms to manufacturer's recommendations. 

Expulsion Fuse Unit (Expulsion Fuse). A vented fuse unit 
in which the expulsion effect of gases produced by the arc 
and lining of the fuseholder, either alone or aided by a 
spring, extinguishes the arc. 

Nonvented Power Fuse. A fuse without intentional 
provision for the escape of arc gases, liquids, or solid 
particles to the atmosphere during circuit interruption. 

Power Fuse Unit. A vented, nonvented, or controlled 
vented fuse unit in which the arc is extinguished by being 
drawn through solid material, granular material, or liquid, 
either alone or aided by a spring. 

Vented Power Fuse. A fuse with provision for the escape of 
arc gases, liquids, or solid particles to the surrounding 
atmosphere during circuit interruption. 

Multiple- Fuse. An assembly of two or more single-pole 

fuses. 

Switching Device. A device designed to close, open, or 
both, one or more electric circuits. 

Circuit Breaker. A switching device capable of making, 
carrying, and interrupting currents under normal circuit 
conditions, and also of making, carrying for a specified 
time, and interrupting currents under specified abnormal 
circuit conditions, such as those of short circuit. 

Cutout. An assembly of a fuse support with either a 
fuseholder, fuse carrier, or disconnecting blade. The 
fuseholder or fuse carrier may include a conducting 
element (fuse link) or may act as the disconnecting blade 
by the inclusion of a nonfusible member. 

Disconnecting (or Isolating) Switch (Disconnector, 
Isolator). A mechanical switching device used for isolating 
a circuit or equipment from a source of power. 

Disconnecting Means. A device, group of devices, or other 
means whereby the conductors of a circuit can be 
disconnected from their source of supply. 

Interrupter Switch. A switch capable of making, carrying, 
and interrupting specified currents. 

Oil Cutout (Oil-Filled Cutout). A cutout in which all or 
part of the fuse support and its fuse link or disconnecting 
blade is mounted in oil with complete immersion of the 
contacts and the fusible portion of the conducting element 



(fuse link) so that arc interruption by severing of the fase 
link or by opening of the contacts will occur under oil. 
Oil Switch. A switch having contacts that operate under oil 
(or askarel or other suitable liquid). 

Regulator Bypass Switch. A specific device or combination 
of devices designed to bypass a regulator. 



ARTICLE 110 
Requirements for Electrical Installations 



I. General 

110.1 Scope. This article covers general requirements for 
the examination and approval, installation and use, access 
to and spaces about electrical conductors and equipment; 
enclosures intended for personnel entry; and tunnel 
installations. 

110.2 Approval. The conductors and equipment required 
or permitted by this Code shall be acceptable only if 
approved. [OSHPD 1, 2, 3 & 4] Equipment shall be . 
approvable if it is listed, labeled or certified for its use by a q 
Nationally Recognized Testing Laboratory (NRTL) as ^ 
recognized by the U.S. Department of Labor, Occupational q 
Safety and Health Administration. A 

FPN: See 90.7, Examination of Equipment for Safety, and 
110.3, Examination, Identification, Installation, and Use of 
Equipment. See definitions of Approved, Identified, 
Labeled, and Listed. 

110.3 Examination, Identification, Installation, and Use 
of Equipment 

(A) Examination. In judging equipment, considerations 
such as the following shall be evaluated: 

(1) Suitability for installation and use in conformity with 
the provisions of this Code 

FPN: Suitability of equipment use may be identified by a 
description marked on or provided with a product to 
identify the suitability of the product for a specific purpose, 
environment, or application. Suitability of equipment may 
be evidenced by listing or labeling. 

(2) Mechanical strength and durability, including, for parts 
designed to enclose and protect other equipment, the 
adequacy of the protection thus provided 

(3) Wire-bending and connection space 

(4) Electrical insulation 

(5) Heating effects under normal conditions of use and 
also under abnormal conditions likely to arise in service 

(6) Arcing effects 

(7) Classification by type, size, voltage, current capacity, 
and specific use 

(8) Other factors that contribute to the practical 
safeguarding of persons using or likely to come in 
contact with the equipment 



2007 California Electrical Code 



70-33 



110.4 



ARTICLE 1 10 - REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS 



(B) Installation and Use. Listed or labeled equipment 
shall be installed and used in accordance with any 
instructions included in the listing or labeling. 

110.4 Voltages. 

Throughout this Code, the voltage considered shall be that 
at which the circuit operates. The voltage rating of 
electrical equipment shall not be less than the nominal 
voltage of a circuit to which it is connected. 

110.5 Conductors. Conductors normally used to carry 
current shall be of copper unless otherwise provided in this 
Code. Where the conductor material is not specified, the 
material and the sizes given in this Code shall apply to 
copper conductors. Where other materials are used, the size 
shall be changed accordingly. 

FPN: For aluminum and copper-clad aluminum conductors, 
see 310.15. 

110.6 Conductor Sizes. Conductor sizes are expressed in 
American Wire Gage (AWG) or in circular mils. 

110.7 Insulation Integrity. Completed wiring 
installations shall be free from short circuits and from 
grounds other than as required or permitted in Article 250. 

110.8 Wiring Methods. Only wiring methods recognized 
as suitable are included in this Code. The recognized 
methods of wiring shall be permitted to be installed in any 
type of building or occupancy, except as otherwise 
provided in this Code. 

110.9 Interrupting Rating. Equipment intended to 
interrupt current at fault levels shall have an interrupting 
rating sufficient for the nominal circuit voltage and the 
current that is available at the line terminals of the equipment. 

Equipment intended to interrupt current at other than 
fault levels shall have an interrupting rating at nominal 
circuit voltage sufficient for the current that must be 
interrupted. 

110.10 Circuit Impedance and Other Characteristics. 

The overcurrent protective devices, the total impedance, 
the component short-circuit current ratings, and other 
characteristics of the circuit to be protected shall be. 
selected and coordinated to permit the circuit-protective 
devices used to clear a fault to do so without extensive 
damage to the electrical components of the circuit. This 
fault shall be assumed to be either between two or more of 
the circuit conductors or between any circuit conductor and 
the grounding conductor or enclosing metal raceway. 
Listed products applied in accordance with their listing 
shall be considered to meet the requirements of this section. 

110.11 Deteriorating Agents. Unless identified for use in 
the operating environment, no conductors or equipment 
shall be located in damp or wet locations; where exposed to 
gases, fumes, vapors, liquids, or other agents that have a 
deteriorating effect on the conductors or equipment; or 
where exposed to excessive temperatures. 



FPN No. 1: See 300.6 for protection against corrosion. 
FPN No. 2: Some cleaning and lubricating compounds can 
cause severe deterioration of many plastic materials used 
for insulating and structural applications in equipment. 

Equipment identified only as "dry locations," 'Type 1," 
or "indoor use only" shall be protected against permanent 
damage from the weather during building construction. 

110.12 Mechanical Execution of Work. Electrical equipment 
shall be installed in a neat and workmanlike manner. 

FPN: Accepted industry practices are described in 
ANSI/NECA 1-2000, Standard Practices for Good 
Workmanship in Electrical Contracting, and other ANSI- 
approved installation standards. 

(A) Unused Openings. Unused cable or raceway openings 
in boxes, raceways, auxiliary gutters, cabinets, cutout 
boxes, meter socket enclosures, equipment cases, or 
housings shall be effectively closed to afford protection 
substantially equivalent to the wall of the equipment. 
Where metallic plugs or plates are used with nonmetallic 
enclosures, they shall be recessed at least 6 mm QA in.) 
from the outer surface of the enclosure. 

(B) Subsurface Enclosures. Conductors shall be racked to 
provide ready and safe access in underground and 
subsurface enclosures into which persons enter for 
installation and maintenance. 

(C) Integrity of Electrical Equipment and Connections. 

Internal parts of electrical equipment, including busbars, 
wiring terminals, insulators, and other surfaces, shall not be 
damaged or contaminated by foreign materials such as 
paint, plaster, cleaners, abrasives, or corrosive residues. 
There shall be no damaged parts that may adversely affect 
safe operation or mechanical strength of the equipment 
such as parts that are broken; bent; cut; or deteriorated by 
corrosion, chemical action, or overheating. 

110.13 Mounting and Cooling of Equipment. 

(A) Mounting. Electrical equipment shall be firmly 
secured to the surface on which it is mounted. Wooden 
plugs driven into holes in masonry, concrete, plaster, or 
similar materials shall not be used. 

(B) Cooling. Electrical equipment that depends on the 
natural circulation of air and convection principles for 
cooling of exposed surfaces shall be installed so that room 
airflow over such surfaces is not prevented by walls or by 
adjacent installed equipment. For equipment designed for 
floor mounting, clearance between top surfaces and 
adjacent surfaces shall be provided to dissipate rising warm air. 

Electrical equipment provided with ventilating 
openings shall be installed so that walls or other 
obstructions do not prevent the free circulation of air 
through the equipment. 



70-34 



2007 California Electrical Code 



ARTICLE 1 1 - REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS 



110.16 



C (Q [OSHPD 1, 2, 3 & 4] Hospitals. Electrical equipment 
A and its supporting structure installed in hospital buildings 
C shall be anchored and braced to withstand the lateral forces, 
A and shall accommodate calculated displacements as required 
C by Part 2, Title 24, C C.R. 

110.14 Electrical Connections. Because of different 
characteristics of dissimilar metals, devices such as pressure 
terminal or pressure splicing connectors and soldering lugs 
shall be identified for the material of the conductor and shall 
be properly installed and used. Conductors of dissimilar 
metals shall not be intermixed in a terminal or splicing 
connector where physical contact occurs between dissimilar 
conductors (such as copper and aluminum, copper and copper- 
clad aluminum, or aluminum and copper-clad aluminum), 
unless the device is identified for the purpose and conditions 
of use. Materials such as solder, fluxes, inhibitors, and 
compounds, where employed, shall be suitable for the use and 
shall be of a type that will not adversely affect the conductors, 
installation, or equipment. 

FPN: Many terminations and equipment are marked with a 
tightening torque. 

(A) Terminals. Connection of conductors to terminal parts 
shall ensure a thoroughly good connection without damaging 
the conductors and shall be made by means of pressure 
connectors (including set-screw type), solder lugs, or splices to 
flexible leads. Connection by means of wire-binding screws or 
studs and nuts that have upturned lugs or the equivalent shall 
be permitted for 10 AWG or smaller conductors. 

Terminals for more than one conductor and terminals 
used to connect aluminum shall be so identified. 

(B) Splices. Conductors shall be spliced or joined with 
splicing devices identified for the use or by brazing, welding, 
or soldering with a fusible metal or alloy. Soldered splices 
shall first be spliced or joined so as to be mechanically and 
electrically secure without solder and then be soldered. All 
splices and joints and the free ends of conductors shall be 
covered with an insulation equivalent to that of the conductors 
or with an insulating device identified for the purpose. 

Wire connectors or splicing means installed on 
conductors for direct burial shall be listed for such use. 

(C) Temperature Limitations. The temperature / rating 
associated with the ampacity of a conductor shall be selected 
and coordinated so as not to exceed the lowest temperature 
rating of any connected termination, conductor, or device. 
Conductors with temperature ratings higher than specified for 
terminations shall be permitted to be used for ampacity 
adjustment, correction, or both. 

(1) Equipment Provisions. The determination of termination 
provisions of equipment shall be based on 110.14(C)(1)(a) or 
(C)(1)(b). Unless the equipment is listed and marked 
otherwise, conductor ampacities used in determining 
equipment termination provisions shall be based on Table 
3 1 0. 1 6 as appropriately modified by 3 1 0. 1 5(B)(6). 



(a) Termination provisions of equipment for circuits 
rated 100 amperes or less, or marked for 14 AWG through 
1 AWG conductors, shall be used only for one of the 
following: . 

(1) Conductors rated 60°C (140°F). 

(2) Conductors with higher temperature ratings, provided 
the ampacity of such conductors is determined based 
on the 60°C (140°F) ampacity of the conductor size 
used. 

(3) Conductors with higher temperature ratings if the 
equipment is listed and identified for use with such 
conductors. 

(4) For motors marked with design letters B, C, or D, 
conductors having an insulation rating of 75°C (167°F) 
or higher shall be permitted to be used, provided the 
ampacity of such conductors does not exceed the 75°C 
(167°F) ampacity. 

(b) Termination provisions of equipment for circuits 
rated over 100 amperes, or marked for conductors larger 
than 1 AWG, shall be used only for one of the following: 

(1) Conductors rated 75°C(167°F) 

(2) Conductors with higher temperature ratings, provided 
the ampacity of such conductors does not exceed the 
75°C (167°F) ampacity of the conductor size used, or 
up to their ampacity if the equipment is listed and 
identified for use with such conductors 

(2) Separate Connector Provisions. Separately installed 
pressure connectors shall be used with conductors at the 
ampacities not exceeding the ampacity at the listed and 
identified temperature rating of the connector. 

FPN: With respect to 110.14(C)(1) and (C)(2), equipment 
markings or listing information may additionally restrict the 
sizing and temperature ratings of connected conductors. 

110.15 High-Leg Marking. On a 4-wire, delta-connected 
system where the midpoint of one phase winding is 
grounded, only the conductor or busbar having the higher 
phase voltage to ground shall be durably and permanently 
marked by an outer finish that is orange in color or by other 
effective means. Such identification shall be placed at each 
point on the system where a connection is made if the 
grounded conductor is also present. 

110.16 Flash Protection. Switchboards, panelboards, 
industrial control panels, meter socket enclosures, and 
motor control centers that are in other than dwelling 
occupancies and are likely to require examination, 
adjustment, servicing, or maintenance while energized shall 
be field marked to warn qualified persons of potential 
electric arc flash hazards. The marking shall be located so 
as to be clearly visible to qualified persons before 
examination, adjustment, servicing, or maintenance of the 
equipment. 



2007 California Electrical Code 



70-35 



110.18 



ARTICLE 1 10 - REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS 



FPN No. 1 : NFPA 70E-2004, Standard for Electrical Safety 
in the Workplace, provides assistance in determining 
severity of potential exposure, planning safe work practices, 
and selecting personal protective equipment. 
FPN No. 2: ANSI Z535.4-1998, Product Safety Signs and 
Labels, provides guidelines for the design of safety signs 
and labels for application to products. 

110.18 Arcing Parts. Parts of electric equipment that in 
ordinary operation produce arcs, sparks, flames, or molten 
metal shall be enclosed or separated and isolated from all 
combustible material. 

FPN: For hazardous (classified) locations, see Articles 500 
through 517. For motors, see 430.14. 

110.19 Light and Power from Railway Conductors. 

Circuits for lighting and power shall not be connected to 
any system that contains trolley wires with a ground return. 
Exception: Such circuit connections shall be permitted in 
car houses, power houses, or passenger and freight. 
stations operated in connection with electric railways. 

110.21 Marking. The manufacturer's name, trademark, or 
other descriptive marking by which the organization 
responsible for the product can be identified shall be placed on 
all electric equipment. Other markings that indicate voltage, 
current, wattage, or other ratings shall be provided as specified 
elsewhere in this Code. The marking shall be of sufficient 
durability to withstand the environment involved. 

110.22 Identification of Disconnecting Means. Each 
disconnecting means shall be legibly marked to indicate its 
purpose unless located and arranged so the purpose is 
evident; The marking shall be of sufficient durability to 
withstand the environment involved. 

Where circuit breakers or fuses are applied in 
compliance with the series combination ratings marked on 
the equipment by the manufacturer, the equipment 
enclosure(s) shall be legibly marked in the field to indicate the 
equipment has been applied with a series combination rating. 
The marking shall be readily visible and state the following: 
CAUTION — SERIES COMBINATION SYSTEM 

RATED AMPERES. IDENTIFIED 

REPLACEMENT COMPONENTS REQUIRED. 
FPN: See 240.86(B) for interrupting rating marking for end- 
use equipment. 

110.23 Current Transformers. Unused current 
transformers associated with potentially energized circuits 
shall be short-circuited. 

II. 600 Volts, Nominal, or Less 

110.26 Spaces About Electrical Equipment. Sufficient 

access and working space shall be provided and maintained 
about all electric equipment to permit ready and safe 
operation and maintenance of such equipment. Enclosures 
housing electrical apparatus that are controlled by a lock(s) 
shall be considered accessible to qualified persons. 



(A) Working Space. Working space for equipment ( 
operating at 600 volts, nominal, or less to ground and likely 
to require examination, adjustment, servicing, or 
maintenance while energized shall comply with the 
dimensions of 110.26(A)(1), (A)(2), and (A)(3) or as 
required or permitted elsewhere in this Code. 

(1) Depth of Working Space. The depth of the working 
space in the direction of live parts shall not be less than that 
specified in Table 110.26(A)(1) unless the requirements of 
110.26(A)(1)(a), (A)(1)(b), or (A)(1)(c) are met Distances 
shall be measured from the exposed live parts or from the 
enclosure or opening if the live parts are enclosed. 

Table 110.26(A)(1) Working Spaces 



Nominal 


Minimum Clear Distance 


Voltage to 
Ground 


Condition 1 Condition 2 Condition 3 


0-150 
151-600 


900 mm (3 ft) 900 mm (3 ft) 900 mm (3 ft) 
900 mm (3 ft) 1.1 m (3/ 2 ft) 1.2 m (4 ft) 



Note: Where the conditions are as follows: 
Condition 1 — Exposed live parts on one side of the working 
space and no live or grounded parts on the other side of the 
working space, or exposed live parts on both sides of the working 
space that are effectively guarded by insulating materials. . 
Condition 2 — Exposed live parts on one side of the working 
space and grounded parts on the other side of the working space. 
Concrete, brick, or tile walls shall be considered as grounded. 
Condition 3 — Exposed live parts on both sides of the working 
space. 

(a) Dead-Front Assemblies. Working space shall not 
be required in the back or sides of assemblies, such as 
dead-front switchboards or motor control centers, where all 
connections and all renewable or adjustable parts, such as 
fuses or switches, are accessible from locations other than 
the back or sides. Where rear access is required to work on 
nonelectrical parts on the back of enclosed equipment, a 
minimum horizontal working space of 762 mm (30 in.) 
shall be provided. 

(b) Low Voltage. By special permission, smaller 
working spaces shall be permitted where all exposed live 
parts operate at not greater than 30 volts rms, 42 volts peak, 
or 60 volts dc. 

(c) Existing Buildings. In existing buildings where 
electrical equipment is being replaced, Condition 2 
working clearance shall be permitted between dead-front 
switchboards, panelboards, or motor control centers located 
across the aisle from each other where conditions of 
maintenance and supervision ensure that written procedures 
have been adopted to prohibit equipment on both sides of 
the aisle from being open at the same time and qualified 
persons who are authorized will service the installation. 



70-36 



2007 California Electrical Code 



ARTICLE 1 10 - REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS 



110.26 



(2) Width of Working Space. The width of the working 
space in front of the electric equipment shall be the width 
of the equipment or 750 mm (30 in.), whichever is greater. 
In all cases, the work space shall permit at least a 90 degree 
opening of equipment doors or hinged panels. 

(3) Height of Working Space. The work space shall be 
clear and extend from the grade, floor, or platform to the 
height required by 110.26(E). Within the height 
requirements of this section, other equipment that is 
associated with the electrical installation and is located 
above or below the electrical equipment shall be permitted 
to extend not more than 150 mm (6 in.) beyond the front of 
the electrical equipment. 

(B) Clear Spaces. Working space required by this section 
shall not be used for storage. When normally enclosed live 
parts are exposed for inspection or servicing, the working 
space, if in a passageway or general open space, shall be 
suitably guarded. 

(C) Entrance to Working Space. 

(1) Minimum Required. At least one entrance of 

sufficient area shall be provided to give access to working 
space about electrical equipment. 

(2) Large Equipment. For equipment rated 1200 amperes 
or more that contains overcurrent devices, switching 
devices, or control devices, there shall be one entrance to 
the required working space not less than 610 mm (24 in.) 
wide and 2.0 m (614 fit) high at each end of the working 
space. Where the entrance has a personnel door(s), the 
door(s) shall open in the direction of egress and be 
equipped with panic bars, pressure plates, or other devices 
that are normally latched but open under simple pressure. 

A single entrance to the required working space shall 
be permitted where either of the conditions in 
1 10.26(C)(2)(a) or (C)(2)(b) is met. 

(a) Unobstructed Exit. Where the location permits a. 
continuous and unobstructed way of exit travel, a single 
entrance to the working space shall be permitted. 

(b) Extra Working Space. Where the depth of the 
working space is twice that required by 110.26(A)(1), a 
single entrance shall be permitted. It shall be located so that 
the distance from the equipment to the nearest edge of the 
entrance is not less than the minimum clear distance 
specified in Table 110.26(A)(1) for equipment operating at 
that voltage and in that condition. 



(D) Illumination. Illumination shall be provided for all 
working spaces about service equipment, switchboards, 
panelboards, or motor control centers installed indoors. 
Additional lighting outlets shall not be required where the 
work space is illuminated by an adjacent light source or as 
permitted by 210.70(A)(1), Exception No. 1, for switched 
receptacles. In electrical equipment rooms, the illumination 
shall not be controlled by automatic means only. 

(E) Headroom. The minimum headroom of working 
spaces about service equipment, switchboards, 
panelboards, or motor control centers shall be 2.0 m (614 
ft). Where the electrical equipment exceeds 2.0 m (6/2 ft) 
in height, the minimum headroom shall not be less than the 
height of the equipment. 

Exception: In existing dwelling units, service equipment or 
panelboards that do not exceed 200 amperes shall be 
permitted in spaces where the headroom is less than 2.0 m 
(6% ft). 

(F) Dedicated Equipment Space. All switchboards, 
panelboards, distribution boards, and motor control centers 
shall be located in dedicated spaces and protected from 
damage. 

Exception: Control equipment that by its very nature or 
becaus.e of other rales of the Code must be adjacent to or 
within sight of its operating machinery shall be permitted 
in those locations. 

(1) Indoor. Indoor installations shall comply with 
110.26(F)(1)(a) through (F)(1)(d). 

(a) Dedicated Electrical Space. The space equal to the 
width and depth of the equipment and extending from the 
floor to a height of 1.8 m (6 ft) above the equipment or to 
the structural ceiling, whichever is lower, shall be 
dedicated to the electrical installation. No piping, ducts, 
leak protection apparatus, or other equipment foreign to the 
electrical installation shall be located in this zone. 

Exception: Suspended ceilings with removable panels 
shall be permitted within the 1.8-m (6-ft) zone. 

(b) Foreign Systems. The area above the dedicated 
space required by 110.26(F)(1)(a) shall be permitted to 
contain foreign systems, provided protection is installed to 
avoid damage to the electrical equipment from 
condensation, leaks, or -breaks in such foreign systems. 

(c) Sprinkler Protection. Sprinkler protection shall be 
permitted for the dedicated space where the piping 
complies with this section. 

(d) Suspended Ceilings. A dropped, suspended, or 
similar ceiling that does not add strength to the building 
structure shall not be considered a structural ceiling. 



2007 California Electrical Code 



70-37 



110.27 



ARTICLE 1 1 - REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS 



(2) Outdoor. Outdoor electrical equipment shall be 
installed in suitable enclosures and shall be protected from 
accidental contact by unauthorized personnel, or by 
vehicular traffic, or by accidental spillage or leakage from 
piping systems. The working clearance space shall include 
the zone described in 110.26(A). No architectural 
appurtenance or other equipment shall be located in this 
zone. 

110.27 Guarding of Live Parts. 

(A) Live Parts Guarded Against Accidental Contact. 

Except as elsewhere required or permitted by this Code, 
live parts of electrical equipment operating at 50 volts or 
more shall be guarded against accidental contact by 
approved enclosures or by any of the following means: 

(1) By location in a room, vault, or similar enclosure that 
is accessible only to qualified persons. 

(2) By suitable permanent, substantial partitions or screens 
arranged so that only qualified persons have access to 
the space within reach of the live parts. Any openings 
in such partitions or screens shall be sized and located 
so that persons are not likely to come into accidental 
contact with the live parts or to bring conducting 
objects into contact with them. 

(3) By location on a suitable balcony, gallery, or platform 
elevated and arranged so as to exclude unqualified 
persons. 

(4) By elevation of 2.5 m (8 ft) or more above the floor or 
other working surface. 

(B) Prevent Physical Damage. In locations where electric 
equipment is likely to be exposed to physical damage, 
enclosures or guards shall be so arranged and of such 
strength as to prevent such damage. 

(C) Warning Signs. Entrances to rooms and other guarded 
locations that contain exposed live parts shall be marked 
with conspicuous warning signs forbidding unqualified 
persons to enter. 

FPN: For motors, see 430.232 and 430.233. For over 600 
volts, see 110.34. 

III. Over 600 Volts, Nominal 

110.30 General. Conductors and equipment used on 
circuits over 600 volts, nominal, shall comply with Part I of 
this article and with the following sections, which 
supplement or modify Part I. In no case shall the provisions 
of this part apply to equipment on the supply side of the 
service point. 

110.31 Enclosure for Electrical Installations. Electrical 
installations in a vault, room, or closet or in an area 
surrounded by a wall, screen, or fence, access to which is 
controlled by a lock(s) or other approved means, shall be 
considered to be accessible to qualified persons only. The 
type of enclosure used in a given case shall be designed 



and constructed according to the nature and degree of the 
hazard(s) associated with the installation. 

For installations other than equipment as described in 
1 10.31(D), a wall, screen, or fence shall be used to enclose 
an outdoor electrical installation to deter access by persons 
who are not qualified. A fence shall not be less than 2.1 m 
(7 ft) in height or a combination of 1.8 m (6 ft) or more of 
fence fabric and a 300-mm (1-ft) or more extension 
utilizing three or more strands of barbed wire or equivalent. 
The distance from the fence to live parts shall be not less 
than given in Table 1 10.31. 



Table 110.31 Minimum Distance from Fence to Live Parts 



Nominal Voltage 



Minimum Distance to Live Parts 
m ft 



601 - 13,799 
13,800-230,000 
Over 230,000 



3.05 
4.57 
5.49 



10 
15 
18 



Note: For clearances of conductors for specific system voltages 
and typical BIL ratings, see ANSI C2-2002, National Electrical 
Safety Code. 

FPN: See Article 450 for construction requirements for 
transformer vaults. 

(A) Fire Resistivity of Electrical Vaults. The walls, roof, 
floors, and doorways of vaults containing conductors and 
equipment over 600 volts, nominal, shall be constructed of 
materials that have adequate structural strength for the 
conditions, with a minimum fire rating of 3 hours. The 
floors of vaults in contact with the earth shall be of 
concrete that is not less than 4 in. (102 mm) thick, but 
where the vault is constructed with a vacant space or other 
stories below it, the floor shall have adequate structural 
strength for the load imposed on it and a minimum fire 
resistance of 3 hours. For the purpose of this section, studs 
and wallboards shall not be considered acceptable. 

(B) Indoor Installations. 

(1) In Places Accessible to Unqualified Persons. Indoor 
electrical installations that are accessible to unqualified 
persons shall be made with metal-enclosed equipment. 
Metal-enclosed switchgear, unit substations, transformers, 
pull boxes, connection boxes, and other similar associated 
equipment shall be marked with appropriate caution signs. 
Openings in ventilated dry-type transformers or similar 
openings in other equipment shall be designed so that 
foreign objects inserted through these openings are 
deflected from energized parts. 



70-38 



2007 California Electrical Code 



ARTICLE 110 - REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS 



110.34 



(2) In Places Accessible to Qualified Persons Only. 

Indoor electrical installations considered accessible only to 
qualified persons in accordance with this section shall 
comply with 110.34, 110.36, and 490.24. 

(C) Outdoor Installations. 

(1) In Places Accessible to Unqualified Persons. Outdoor 
electrical installations that are open to unqualified persons 
shall comply with Parts I, II, and III of Article 225. 

FPN: For clearances of conductors for system voltages over 
600 volts, nominal, see ANSI C2-2002, National Electrical 
Safety Code. 

(2) In Places Accessible to Qualified Persons Only. 

Outdoor electrical installations that have exposed live parts 
shall be accessible to qualified persons only in accordance 
with the first paragraph of this section and shall comply 
with 110.34, 110.36, and 490.24. 

(D) Enclosed Equipment Accessible to Unqualified 
Persons. Ventilating or similar openings in equipment 
shall be designed such that foreign objects inserted through 
these openings are deflected from energized parts. Where 
exposed to physical damage from vehicular traffic, suitable 
guards shall be provided. Nonmetallic or metal-enclosed 
equipment located outdoors and accessible to the general 
public shall be designed such that exposed nuts or bolts 
cannot be readily removed, permitting access to live parts. 
Where nonmetallic or metal-enclosed equipment is 
accessible to the general public and the bottom of the 
enclosure is less than 2.5 m (8 ft) above the floor or grade 
level, the enclosure door or hinged cover shall be kept 
locked. Doors and covers of enclosures used solely as pull 
boxes, splice boxes, or junction boxes shall be locked, 
bolted, or screwed on. Underground box covers that weigh 
over 45 .'4 kg (100 lb) shall be considered as meeting this 
requirement. 

110.32 Work Space About Equipment. Sufficient space 
shall be provided and maintained about electric equipment 
to permit ready and safe operation and maintenance of such 
equipment. Where energized parts are exposed, the 
minimum clear work space shall not be less than 2.0 m (6V2 
ft) high (measured vertically from the floor or platform) or 
less than 900 mm (3 ft) wide (measured parallel to the 
equipment). The depth shall be as required in 1 10.34(A). In 
all cases, the work space shall permit at least a 90 degree 
opening of doors or hinged panels. 

110.33 Entrance and Access to Work Space. 

(A) Entrance. At least one entrance not less than 610 mm 
(24 in.) wide and 2.0 m {6V2 ft) high shall be provided to 
give access to the working space about electric equipment. 
Where the entrance has a personnel door(s), the door(s) 
shall open in the direction of egress and be equipped with 
panic bars, pressure plates, or other devices that are 
normally latched but open under simple pressure. 



(1) Large Equipment. On switchboard and control panels 
exceeding 1.8 m (6 ft) in width, there shall be one entrance 
at each end of the equipment. A single entrance to the 
required working space shall be permitted where either of 
the conditions in 1 10.33(A)(1)(a) or (A)(1)(b) is met. 

(a) Unobstructed Exit. Where the location permits a 
continuous and unobstructed way of exit travel, a single 
entrance to the working space shall be permitted. 

(b) Extra Working Space. Where the depth of the 
working space is twice that required by 110.34(A), a single 
entrance shall be permitted. It shall be located so that the 
distance from the equipment to the nearest edge of the 
entrance is not less than the minimum clear distance 
specified in Table 110.34(A) for equipment operating at 
that voltage and in that condition. 

(2) Guarding. Where bare energized parts at any voltage 
or insulated energized parts above 600 volts, nominal, to 
ground are located adjacent to such entrance, they shall be 
suitably guarded. 

(B) x Access. Permanent ladders or stairways, shall be 
provided to give safe access to the working space around 
electric equipment installed on platforms, balconies, or 
mezzanine floors or in attic or roof rooms or spaces. 

110.34 Work Space and Guarding. 

(A) Working Space. Except as elsewhere required or 
permitted in this Code, the minimum clear working space 
in the direction of access to live parts of electrical 
equipment shall not be less than specified in Table 
1 10.34(A). Distances shall be measured from the live parts, 
if such are exposed, or from the enclosure front or opening 
if such are enclosed. 

Exception: Working space shall not be required in back of 
equipment such as dead-front switchboards or control 
assemblies where there are no renewable or adjustable 
parts (such as fuses or switches) on the back and where all 
connections are accessible from locations other than the 
back. Where rear access is required to work on de- 
energized parts on the back of enclosed equipment, a 
minimum working space of 750 mm (30 in.) horizontally 
shall be provided. 

(B) Separation from Low-Voltage Equipment. Where 
switches, cutouts, or other equipment operating at 600 
volts, nominal, or less are installed in a vault, room, or 
enclosure where there are exposed live parts or exposed 
wiring operating at over 600 volts, nominal, the high- 
voltage equipment shall be effectively separated from the 
space occupied by the low- voltage equipment by a suitable 
partition, fence, or screen. 



2007 California Electrical Code 



70-39 



110.36 



ARTICLE 1 10 - REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS 



Table 110.34(A) Minimum Depth of Clear Working 
Space at Electrical Equipment 



Table 110.34(E) Elevation of Unguarded Live Parts 
Above Working Space 



Nominal 


Minimum Clear Distance 


Nominal Voltage 
Between Phases 




Elevation 


Voltage to 


Condition 1 

900 mm (3 ft) 
1.2 m (4 ft) 

1.5 m (5 ft) 
1.8 m (6 ft) 
2.5 m (8 ft) 


Condition 2 

1.2 m (4 ft) 
1.5 m (5 ft) 
1.8 m (6 ft) 
2.5 m (8 ft) 
3.0 m (10 ft) 


Condition 3 

1.5 m (5 ft) 
1.8 m (6 ft) 
2.8 m (9 ft) 

3.0 m (10 ft) 
3.7 m (12 ft) 


m 


ft 


Ground 

601-2500 V 

2501-9000 V 

9001-25,000 V 


601-7500 V 

7501-35,000 V 
Over 35 kV 


2.8 9 

2.9 Wi 

2.9 m + 9.5 mm/kV 9Vi ft + 0.37 in./kV 
above 35 above 35 


25,001V-75 kV 
Above 75 kV 









Note: Where the conditions are as follows: 
Condition 1 — - Exposed live parts on one side of the working 
space and no live or grounded parts on the other side of the 
working space, or exposed live parts on both sides of the working 
space that are effectively guarded by insulating materials. 
Condition 2 — Exposed live parts on one side of the working 
space and grounded parts on the other side of the working space. 
Concrete, brick,, or tile walls shall be considered as grounded. 
Condition 3 — Exposed live parts on both sides of the working 
space. 



Exception: Switches or other equipment operating at '600 
volts, nominal, or less and serving only equipment within 
the high-voltage vault, room, or enclosure shall be 
permitted to be installed in the high^voltage vault, room or 
enclosure without a partition, fence, or screen if accessible 
to qualified persons only. 

(C) Locked Rooms or Enclosures. The entrance to all 
buildings, vaults, rooms, or enclosures containing exposed 
live parts or exposed conductors operating at over 600 
volts, nominal, shall be kept locked unless such entrances 
are under the observation of a qualified person at all times. 

Where the voltage exceeds 600 volts, nominal, 
permanent and conspicuous warning signs shall be 
provided, reading as follows: 

DANGER — HIGH VOLTAGE — KEEP OUT 

(D) Illumination. Illumination shall be provided for all 
working spaces about electrical equipment. The lighting 
outlets shall be arranged so that persons changing lamps or 
making repairs on the lighting system are not endangered 
by live parts or other equipment. 

The points of control shall be located so that persons 
are not likely to come in contact with any live part or 
moving part of the equipment while turning on the lights. 

(E) Elevation of Unguarded Live Parts. Unguarded live 
parts above working space shall be maintained at elevations 
not less than required by Table 1 10.34(E). 



(F) Protection of Service Equipment, Metal-Enclosed 
Power Switchgear, and Industrial Control Assemblies. 

Pipes or ducts foreign to the electrical installation and 
requiring periodic maintenance or whose malfunction 
wouid endanger the operation of the electrical system shall 
not be located in the vicinity of the service equipment, 
metal-enclosed power switchgear, or industrial control 
assemblies. Protection shall be provided where necessary to 
avoid damage from condensation leaks and breaks in such 
foreign systems. Piping and other facilities shall not be 
considered foreign if provided for fire protection of the 
electrical installation. 

110.36 Circuit Conductors. Circuit conductors shall be 
permitted to be installed in raceways; in cable trays; as 
metal-clad cable, as bare wire, cable, and busbars; or as 
Type MV cables or conductors as provided in 300.37, 
300.39, 300.40, and 300.50. Bare live conductors shall 
conform with 490.24. 

Insulators, together with their mounting and conductor 
attachments, where used as supports for wires, single- 
conductor cables, or busbars, shall be capable of safely 
withstanding the maximum magnetic forces that would 
prevail when two or more conductors of a circuit were 
subjected to short-circuit current. 

Exposed runs of insulated wires and cables that have a 
bare lead sheath or a braided outer covering shall be 
supported in a manner designed to prevent physical damage 
to the braid or sheath. Supports for lead-covered cables 
shall be designed to prevent electrolysis of the sheath. 

110.40 Temperature Limitations at Terminations. 

Conductors shall be permitted to be terminated based on 
the 90°C (194°F) temperature rating and ampacity as given 
in Table 310.67 through Table 310.86, unless otherwise 
identified. 



IV. Tunnel Installations over 600 Volts, Nominal 

110.51 General. 

(A) Covered. The provisions of this part shall apply to the 
installation and use of high-voltage power distribution and 
utilization equipment that is portable, mobile, or both, such 
as substations, trailers, cars, mobile shovels, draglines, 
hoists, drills, dredges, compressors, pumps, conveyors, 
underground excavators, and the like. 



70-40 



2007 California Electrical Code 



ARTICLE 1 10 - REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS 



110.72 



(B) Other Articles. The requirements of this part shall be 
additional to, or amendatory of, those prescribed in Articles 
100 through 490 of this Code, Special attention shall be 
paid to Article 250. 

(C) Protection Against Physical Damage. Conductors 
and cables in tunnels shall be located above the tunnel floor 
and so placed or guarded to protect them from physical 
damage. 

110.52 Overcurrent Protection. Motor-operated 
equipment shall be protected from overcurrent in 
accordance with Parts III, IV, and V of Article 430. 
Transformers shall be protected from overcurrent in 
accordance with 450.3. 

110.53 Conductors. High-voltage conductors in tunnels 
shall be installed in metal conduit or other metal raceway, 
Type MC cable, or other approved multiconductor cable. 
Multiconductor portable cable shall be permitted to supply 
mobile equipment. 

110.54 Bonding and Equipment Grounding 
Conductors. 

(A) Grounded and Bonded. All non-current-carrying 
metal parts of electric equipment and all metal raceways 
and cable sheaths shall be effectively grounded and bonded 
to all metal pipes and rails at the portal and at intervals not 
exceeding 300 m (1000 ft) throughout the tunnel. 

(B) Equipment Grounding Conductors. An equipment 
grounding conductor shall be run with circuit conductors 
inside the metal raceway or inside the multiconductor cable 
jacket. The equipment grounding conductor shall be 
permitted to be insulated or bare. 

110.55 Transformers, Switches, and Electrical 
Equipment. All transformers, switches, motor controllers, 
motors, rectifiers, and other equipment installed below 
ground shall be protected from physical damage by 
location or guarding. 

110.56 Energized Parts. Bare terminals of transformers, 
switches, motor controllers, and other equipment shall be 
enclosed to prevent accidental contact with energized parts. 

\ 110.57 Ventilation System Controls. Electrical controls 
for the ventilation system shall be arranged so that the 
airflow can be reversed. 

110.58 Disconnecting Means. A switch or circuit breaker 
that simultaneously opens all ungrounded conductors of the 
circuit shall be installed within sight of each transformer or 
motor location for disconnecting the transformer or motor. 
The switch or circuit breaker for a transformer shall have 
an ampere rating not less than the ampacity of the 
transformer supply conductors. The switch or circuit . 
breaker for a motor shall comply with the applicable 
requirements of Article 430. 



110.59 Enclosures. Enclosures for use in tunnels shall be 
dripproof, weatherproof, or submersible as required by the 
environmental conditions. Switch or contactor enclosures 
shall not be used as junction boxes or as raceways for 
conductors feeding through or tapping off to other 
switches, unless the enclosures comply with 312.8. 

V. Manholes and Other Electric Enclosures Intended 
for Personnel Entry, All Voltages 

110.70 General. Electric enclosures intended for 
personnel entry and specifically fabricated for this purpose 
shall be of sufficient size to provide safe work space about 
electric equipment with live parts that is likely to require 
examination, adjustment, servicing, or maintenance while 
energized. Such enclosures shall have sufficient size to 
permit ready installation or withdrawal of the conductors 
employed without damage to the conductors or to their 
insulation. They shall comply with the provisions of this 
part. 

Exception: Where electric enclosures covered by Part V of 
this article are part of an industrial wiring system 
operating under conditions of maintenance and supervision 
that ensure that only qualified persons monitor and 
supervise the system, they shall be permitted to be designed 
and installed in accordance with appropriate engineering 
practice. If required by the authority having jurisdiction, 
design documentation shall be provided. 

110.71 Strength. Manholes, vaults, and their means of 
access shall be designed under qualified engineering 
supervision and shall withstand all loads likely to be 
imposed on the structures. 

FPN: See ANSI C2-2002, National Electrical Safety 
Code, for additional information on the loading that 
can be expected to bear on underground enclosures. 

110.72 Cabling Work Space. A clear work space not less 
than 900 mm (3 ft) wide shall be provided where cables are 
located on both sides, and not less than 750 mm (2 l A ft) 
where cables are only on one side. The vertical headroom 
shall not be less than 1.8 m (6 ft) unless the opening is 
within 300 mm (1 ft), measured horizontally, of the 
adjacent interior side wall of the enclosure. 

Exception: A manhole containing only one or more of the 
following shall be permitted to have one of the horizontal 
work space dimensions reduced to 600 mm (2 ft) where the 
other horizontal clear ,work space is increased so the sum 
of the two dimensions is not less than 1.8 m (6 ft): 

(1) Optical fiber cables as covered in Article 770 

(2) Power-limited fire alarm circuits supplied in accordance 
with 760.41(A) 

(3) Class 2 or Class 3 remote-control and signaling circuits, or 
both, supplied in accordance with 725.41 



2007 California Electrical Code 



70-41 



110.73 



ARTICLE 1 10 - REQUIREMENTS FOR ELECTRICAL INSTALLATIONS 



110.73 Equipment Work Space. Where electric 
equipment with live parts that is likely to require 
examination;, adjustment, servicing, or maintenance while 
energized is installed in a manhole, vault, or other 
enclosure designed for personnel access, the work space 
and associated requirements in 110,26 shall be met for 
installations operating at 600 volts or less. Where the 
installation is over 600 volts, the work space and associated 
requirements in 110.34 shall be met. A manhole access 
cover that weighs over 45 kg (100 lb) shall be considered 
as meeting the requirements of 1 1034(C). 

110.74 Bending Space for Conductors. Bending space 
for conductors operating at 600 volts or below shall be 
provided in accordance with the requirements of 314.28. 
Conductors operating over 600 volts shall be provided with 
bending space in accordance with 314.71(A) and 
314.71(B), as applicable. All conductors shall be cabled, 
racked up, or arranged in an approved manner that provides 
ready and safe access for persons to enter for installation 
and maintenance. 

Exception: Where 314.71(B) applies, each row or column 
of ducts on one wall of the enclosure shall be calculated 
individually, and the single row or column that provides 
the maximum distance shall be used. 

110.75 Access to Manholes. 

(A) Dimensions. Rectangular access openings shall not be 
less than 650 mm x 550 mm (26 in. x 22 in.). Round access 
openings in a manhole shall not be less than 650 mm (26 
in.) in diameter. 

Exception: A manhole that has a fixed ladder that does not 
obstruct the opening or that contains only one or more of 
the following shall be permitted to reduce the minimum 
cover diameter to 600 mm (2 ft): 

(1) Optical fiber cables as covered in Article 770 

(2) Power-limited fire alarm circuits supplied in 
accordance with 760.41 

(3) Class 2 or Class 3 remote-control and signaling 
circuits, or both, supplied in accordance with 725.41 

(B) Obstructions. Manhole openings shall be free of 
protrusions that could injure personnel or prevent ready 
egress. 



(C) Location. Manhole openings for personnel shall be 
located where they are not directly above electric 
equipment or conductors in the enclosure. Where this is not 
practicable, either a protective barrier or a fixed ladder 
shall be provided. 

(D) Covers. Covers shall be over 45 kg (100 lb) or 
otherwise designed to require the use of tools to open. They 
shall be designed or restrained so they cannot fall into the 
manhole or protrude sufficiently to contact electrical 
conductors or equipment within the manhole. 

(E) Marking. Manhole covers shall have an identifying 
mark or logo that prominently indicates their function, such 
as "electric." 

110.76 Access to Vaults and Tunnels. 

(A) Location. Access openings for personnel shall be 
located where they are not directly above electric 
equipment or conductors in the enclosure. Other openings 
shall be permitted over equipment to facilitate installation, 
maintenance, or replacement of equipment. 

(B) Locks. In addition to compliance with the requirements 
of 1 10.34, if applicable, access openings for personnel shall 
be arranged such that a person on the inside can exit when 
the access door is locked from the outside, or in the case of 
normally locking by padlock, the locking arrangement shall 
be such that the padlock can be closed on the locking 
system to prevent locking from the outside. 

110.77 Ventilation. Where manholes, tunnels, and vaults 
have communicating openings into enclosed areas used by 
the public, ventilation to open air shall be provided 
wherever practicable. 

110.78 Guarding. Where conductors or equipment, or 
both, could be contacted by objects falling or being pushed 
through a ventilating grating, both conductors and live 
parts shall be protected in accordance with the 
requirements of 110.27(A)(2) or 110.31(B)(1), depending 
on the voltage. 

110.79 Fixed Ladders. Fixed ladders shall be corrosion 
resistant. 



70-42 



2007 California Electrical Code 



ARTICLE 200 - USE AND IDENTIFICATION OF GROUNDED CONDUCTORS 



200.6 



Chapter 2 Wiring and Protection 



ARTICLE 200 

Use and Identification of Grounded 
Conductors 



200.1 Scope. 

following: 



This article provides requirements for the 



(1) Identification of terminals 

(2) Grounded conductors in premises wiring systems 

(3) Identification of grounded conductors 

FPN: See Article 100 for definitions of Grounded 
Conductor and Grounding Conductor. 

200.2 General. All premises wiring systems, other than 
circuits and systems exempted or prohibited by 210.10, 
215.7, 250.21, 250.22, 250.162, 503.155, 517.63, 668.11, 
668.21, and 690.41 Exception, shall have a grounded 
conductor that is identified in accordance with 200.6. 

The grounded conductor, where insulated, shall have 
insulation that is (1) suitable, other than color, for any 
ungrounded conductor of the same circuit on circuits of 
less than 1000 volts or impedance grounded neutral 
systems of 1 kV and over, or (2) rated not less than 600 
volts for solidly grounded neutral systems of 1 kV and over 
as described in 250.184(A). 

200.3 Connection to Grounded System. Premises wiring 
shall not be electrically connected to a supply system 
unless the latter contains, for any grounded conductor of 
the interior system, a corresponding conductor that is 
grounded. For the purpose of this section, electrically 
connected shall mean connected so as to be capable of 
carrying current, as distinguished from connection through 
electromagnetic induction. 

200.6 Means of Identifying Grounded Conductors. 
(A) Sizes 6 AWG or Smaller. An insulated grounded 
conductor of 6 AWG or smaller shall be identified by a 
continuous white or gray outer finish or by three 
continuous white stripes on other than green insulation 
along its entire length. Wires that have their outer covering 
finished to show a white or gray color but have colored 
tracer threads in the braid identifying the source of 
manufacture shall be considered as meeting the provisions 
of this section. Insulated grounded conductors shall also be 
permitted to be identified as follows: 

(1) The grounded conductor of a mineral-insulated, metal- 
sheathed cable shall be identified at the time of 
installation by distinctive marking at its terminations. 

(2) A single-conductor, sunlight-resistant, outdoor-rated 
cable used as a grounded conductor in photovoltaic 
power systems as permitted by 690.31 shall be 
identified at the time of installation by distinctive 
white marking at all terminations. 



(3) Fixture wire shall comply with the requirements for 
grounded conductor identification as specified in 
402.8. 

(4) For aerial cable, the identification shall be as above, or 
by means of a ridge located on the exterior of the cable 
so as to identify it. 

(B) Sizes Larger Than 6 AWG. An insulated grounded 
conductor larger than 6 AWG shall be identified by one of 
the following means: 

(1) By a continuous white or gray outer finish. 

(2) By three continuous white stripes along its entire 
length on other than green insulation. 

(3) At the time of installation, by a distinctive white or 
gray marking at its terminations. This marking shall 
encircle the conductor or insulation. 

(C) Flexible Cords. An insulated conductor that is 
intended for use as a grounded conductor, where contained 
within a flexible cord, shall be identified by a white or gray 
outer finish or by methods permitted by 400.22. 

(D) Grounded Conductors of Different Systems. Where 
grounded conductors of different systems are installed in 
the same raceway, cable, box, auxiliary gutter, or other 
type of enclosure, each grounded conductor shall be 
identified by system. Identification that distinguishes each 
system grounded conductor shall be permitted by one of 
the following means: 

(1) One system grounded conductor shall have an outer 
covering conforming to 200.6(A) or 200.6(B). 

(2) The grounded conductor(s) of other systems shall have 
a different outer covering conforming to 200.6(A) or 
200.6(B) or by an outer covering of white or gray with 
a readily distinguishable colored stripe other than 
green running along the insulation. 

(3) Other and different means of identification as allowed 
by 200.6(A) or 200.6(B) that will distinguish each 
system grounded conductor. 

This means of identification shall be permanently posted at 
each branch-circuit panelboard. 

(E) Grounded Conductors of Multiconductor Cables. 

The insulated grounded conductors in a multiconductor 
cable shall be identified by a continuous white or gray 
outer finish or by three continuous white stripes on other 
than green insulation along its entire length. 
Multiconductor flat cable 4 AWG or larger shall be 
permitted to employ an external ridge on the grounded 
conductor. 



2007 California Electrical Code 



70-43 



200.7 



ARTICLE 200 - USE AND IDENTIFICATION OF GROUNDED CONDUCTORS 



Exception No. 1: Where the conditions of maintenance and 
supervision ensure that only qualified persons service the 
installation, grounded conductors in multiconductor cables 
shall be permitted to be permanently identified at their 
terminations at the time of installation by a distinctive 
white marking or other equally effective means. 

Exception No. 2: The grounded conductor of a 
multiconductor varnished-cloth-insulated cable shall be 
permitted to be identified at its terminations at the time of 
installation by a distinctive white marking or other equally 
effective means. 

FPN: The color gray may have been used in the past as an 
ungrounded conductor. Care should be taken when working 
on existing systems. 

200.7 Use of Insulation of a White or Gray Color or 
with Three Continuous White Stripes. 

(A) General. The following shall be used only for the 
grounded circuit conductor, unless otherwise permitted in 
200.7(B) and 200.7(C): 

(1) A conductor with continuous white or gray covering 

(2) A conductor with three continuous white stripes on 
other than green insulation 

(3) A marking of white or gray color at the termination 

(B) Circuits of Less Than 50 Volts. A conductor with 
white or gray color insulation or three continuous white 
stripes or having a marking of white or gray at the 
termination for circuits of less than 50 volts shall be 
required to be grounded only as required by 250.20(A). 

(C) Circuits of 50 Volts or More. The use of insulation 
that is white or gray or that has three continuous white 
stripes for other than a grounded conductor for circuits of 
50 volts or more shall be permitted only as in (1) through (3). 

(1) If part of a cable assembly and where the insulation is 
permanently reidentified to indicate its use as an 
ungrounded conductor, by painting or other effective 
means at its termination, and at each location where 
the conductor is visible and accessible. Identification 
shall encircle the insulation and shall be a color other 
than white, gray, or green. 

(2) Where a cable assembly contains an insulated 
conductor for single-pole, 3-way or 4-way switch 
loops and the conductor with white or gray insulation 
or a marking of three continuous white stripes is used 
for the supply to the switch but not as a return 
conductor from the switch to the switched outlet. In 
these applications, the conductor with white or gray 
insulation or with three continuous white stripes shall 
be permanently reidentified to indicate its use by 
painting or other effective means at its terminations 
and at each location where the conductor is visible and 
accessible. 



(3) Where a flexible cord, having one conductor identified 
by a white or gray outer finish or three continuous 
white stripes or by any other means permitted by 
400.22, is used for connecting an appliance or 
equipment permitted by 400.7. This shall apply to 
flexible cords connected to outlets whether or not the 
outlet is supplied by a circuit that has a grounded 
conductor. 

FPN: The color gray may have been used in the past as an 
ungrounded conductor. Care should be taken when working 
on existing systems. 

200.9 Means of Identification of Terminals. The 

identification of terminals to which a grounded conductor 
is to be connected shall be substantially white in color. The 
identification of other terminals shall be of a readily 
distinguishable different color. 

Exception: Where the conditions of maintenance and 
supervision ensure that only qualified persons service the 
installations, terminals for grounded conductors shall be 
permitted to be permanently identified at the time of 
installation by a distinctive white marldng or other equally 
effective means. 

200.10 Identification of Terminals. 

(A) Device Terminals. All devices, excluding panelboards, 
provided with terminals for the attachment of conductors 
and intended for connection to more than one side of the 
circuit shall have terminals properly marked for 
identification, unless the electrical connection of the 
terminal intended to be connected to the grounded 
conductor is clearly evident. 

Exception: Terminal identification shall not be required 
for devices that have a normal current rating of over 30 
amperes, other than polarized attachment plugs and 
polarized receptacles for attachment plugs as required in 
200.10(B). 

(B) Receptacles, Plugs, and Connectors. Receptacles, 
polarized attachment plugs, and cord connectors for plugs 
and polarized plugs shall have the terminal intended for 
connection to the grounded conductor identified as follows: 

(1) Identification shall be by a metal or metal coating that 
is substantially white in color or by the word white or 
the letter W located adjacent to the identified terminal. 

(2) If the terminal is not visible, the conductor entrance 
hole for the connection shall be colored white or 
marked with the word white or the letter W. 

FPN: See 250.126 for identification of wiring device 
equipment grounding conductor terminals. 

(C) Screw Shells. For devices with screw shells, the 
terminal for the grounded conductor shall be the one 
connected to the screw shell 



70-44 



2007 California Electrical Code 



ARTICLE 210 - BRANCH CIRCUITS 



210.3 



(D) Screw Shell Devices with Leads. For screw shell 
devices with attached leads, the conductor attached to the 
screw shell shall have a white or gray finish. The outer 
finish of the other conductor shall be of a solid color that 
will not be confused with the white or gray finish used to 
identify the grounded conductor. 

FPN: The color gray may have been used in the past as an 
ungrounded conductor. Care should be taken when working 
on existing systems. 

(E) Appliances. Appliances that have a single-pole switch 
or a single-pole overcurrent device in the line or any line- 
connected screw shell landholders, and that are to be 
connected by (1) a permanent wiring method or (2) field- 
installed attachment plugs and cords with three or more 
wires (including the equipment grounding conductor), shall 
have means to identify the terminal for the grounded circuit 
conductor (if any). 

200.11 Polarity of Connections. No grounded conductor 
shall be attached to any terminal or lead so as to reverse the 
designated polarity. 



Table 210.2 Specific-Purpose Branch Circuits 



Equipment 



Article 



Section 



ARTICLE 210 
Branch Circuits 



I. General Provisions 

210.1 Scope. This article covers branch circuits except for 
branch circuits that supply only motor loads, which are 
covered in Article 430. Provisions of this article and Article 
430 apply to branch circuits with combination loads. 

210.2 Other Articles for Specific-Purpose Branch 

Circuits. Branch circuits shall comply with this article and 
also with the applicable provisions of other articles of this 
Code. The provisions for branch circuits supplying 
equipment listed in Table 210.2 amend or supplement the 
provisions in this article and shall apply to branch circuits 
referred to therein. 

210.3 Rating. Branch circuits recognized by this article 
shall be rated in accordance with the maximum permitted 
ampere rating or setting of the overcurrent device. The 
rating for other than individual branch circuits shall be 15, 
20, 30, 40, and 50 amperes. Where conductors of higher 
ampacity are used for any reason, the ampere rating or 
setting of the specified overcurrent device shall determine 
the circuit rating. : 

Exception: Multioutlet branch circuits greater than 50. 
amperes shall be permitted to supply nonlighting outlet 
loads on industrial premises where conditions of 
maintenance and supervision ensure that only qualified 
persons service the equipment 



Air-conditioning and 

refrigerating equipment 
Audio signal processing, 

amplification, and 

reproduction equipment 
Busways 
Circuits and equipment 720 

operating at less than 50 

volts 
Central heating equipment 

other than fixed electric 

space-heating equipment 
Class 1, Class 2, and Class 3 725 

remote-control, signaling, 

and power-limited circuits 
Closed-loop and programmed 780 

power distribution 
Cranes and hoists 
Electric signs and outline 

lighting 
Electric welders 630 

Elevators, dumbwaiters, 

escalators, moving walks, 

wheelchair lifts, and 

stairway chair lifts 
Fire alarm systems 760 

Fixed electric heating 

equipment for pipelines 

and vessels 
Fixed electric space-heating 

equipment 
Fixed outdoor electric deicing 

and snow-melting 

equipment 
Information technology 

equipment 
Infrared lamp industrial 

heating equipment 
Induction and dielectric 665 

heating equipment 
Marinas and boatyards 
Mobile homes, manufactured 550 

homes, and mobile home 

parks 
Motion picture and television 530 

studios and similar 

locations 
Motors, motor circuits, and 430 

controllers 
Pipe organs 
Recreational vehicles and 55 1 

recreational vehicle parks 
Switchboards and 

panelboards 
Theaters, audience areas of 

motion picture and 

television studios, and 

similar locations 
X-ray equipment 



440.6,440.31, 
440.32 
640.8 



368.17 



422.12 



610.42 
600.6 



620.61 

427.4 

424.3 
426.4 

645.5 
422.48, 424.3 

555.19 



650.7 



408.52 



520.41,520.52, 
520.62 



660:2,517.73 



2007 California Electrical Code 



70-45 



210.4 



ARTICLE 210 - BRANCH CIRCUITS 



210.4 Multiwire Branch Circuits. 

(A) General. Branch circuits recognized by this article 
shall be permitted as multiwire circuits. A multiwire circuit 
shall be permitted to be considered as multiple circuits. All 
conductors shall originate from the same panelboard or 
similar distribution equipment. 

FPN: A 3 -phase, 4-wire, wye-connected power system used 
to supply power to nonlinear loads may necessitate that the 
power system design allow for the possibility of high 
harmonic neutral currents. 

(B) Devices or Equipment. Where a multiwire branch 
circuit supplies more than one device or equipment on the 
same yoke, a means shall be provided to disconnect 
simultaneously all ungrounded conductors supplying those 
devices or equipment at the point where the branch circuit 
originates. 

(C) Line-to-Neutral Loads. Multiwire branch circuits 
shall supply only line-to-neutral loads. 

Exception No. 1: A multiwire branch circuit that supplies 
only one utilization equipment 

Exception No. 2: Where all ungrounded conductors of the 
multiwire branch circuit are opened simultaneously by the 
branch-circuit overcurrent device. 

FPN: See 300.13(B) for continuity of grounded conductor 

on multiwire circuits. 

210.5 Identification for Branch Circuits. 

(A) Grounded Conductor. The grounded conductor of a 
branch circuit shall be identified in accordance with 200.6. 

(B) Equipment Grounding Conductor. The equipment 
grounding conductor shall be identified in accordance with 
250.119. 

(C) Ungrounded Conductors. Where the premises wiring 
system has branch circuits supplied from more than one 
nominal voltage system, each ungrounded conductor of a 
branch circuit, where accessible, shall be identified by 
system. The means of identification shall be permitted to be 
by separate color coding, marking tape, tagging, or other 
approved means and shall be permanently posted at each 
branch-circuit panelboard or similar branch-circuit 
distribution equipment. 

210.6 Branch-Circuit Voltage Limitations. The nominal 
voltage of branch circuits shall not exceed the values 
permitted by 210.6(A) through 210.6(E). 

(A) Occupancy Limitation. In dwelling units and guest 
rooms or guest suites of hotels, motels, and similar 
occupancies, the voltage shall not exceed 120 volts, 
nominal, between conductors that supply the terminals of 
the following: 

(1) Luminaires (lighting fixtures) 



(2) Cord-and-plug-connected loads 1440 volt-amperes, 
nominal, or less or less than l A hp 

(B) 120 Volts Between Conductors. Circuits not 
exceeding 120 volts, nominal, between conductors shall be 
permitted to supply the following: 

(1) The terminals of lampholders applied within their 
voltage ratings 

(2) Auxiliary equipment of electric-discharge lamps 

(3) Cord-and-plug-connected or permanently connected 
utilization equipment 

(C) 277 Volts to Ground. Circuits exceeding 120 volts, 
nominal, between conductors and not exceeding 277 volts, 
nominal, to ground shall be permitted to supply the 
following: 

(1) Listed electric-discharge luminaires (lighting fixtures) 

(2) Listed incandescent luminaires (lighting fixtures), 
where supplied at 120 volts or less from the output of a 
stepdown autotransformer that is an integral 
component of the luminaire (fixture) and the outer 
shell terminal is electrically connected to a grounded 
conductor of the branch circuit 

(3) Luminaires (lighting fixtures) equipped with mogul- 
base screw shell lampholders 

(4) Lampholders, other than the screw shell type, applied 
within their voltage ratings 

(5) Auxiliary equipment of electric-discharge lamps 

(6) Cord-and-plug-connected or permanently connected 
utilization equipment 

(D) 600 Volts Between Conductors. Circuits exceeding 
277 volts, nominal, to ground and not exceeding 600 volts, 
nominal, between conductors shall be permitted to supply 
the following: 

(1) The auxiliary equipment of electric-discharge lamps 
mounted in permanently installed luminaires (fixtures) 
where the luminaires (fixtures) are mounted in 
accordance with one of the following: 

a. Not less than a height of 6.7 m (22 ft) on poles or 

similar structures for the illumination of outdoor 
areas such as highways, roads, bridges, athletic 
fields, or parking lots 

b. Not less than a height of 5.5 m (18 ft) on other 

structures such as tunnels 

(2) Cord-and-plug-connected or permanently connected 
utilization equipment other than luminaires (fixtures) 

FPN: See 410.78 for auxiliary equipment limitations. 

Exception No. 1 to (B), (C), and (D): For lampholders of 

infrared industrial heating appliances as provided in 

422.14. 

Exception No. 2 to (B), (C), and (D): For railway 

properties as described in 110.19. 



70-46 



2007 California Electrical Code 



ARTICLE 210 - BRANCH CIRCUITS 



210.9 



(E) Over 600 Volts Between Conductors. Circuits 
exceeding 600 volts, nominal, between conductors shall be 
permitted to supply utilization equipment in installations 
where conditions of maintenance and supervision ensure 
that only qualified persons service the installation. 

210.7 Branch Circuit Receptacle Requirements. 

(A) Receptacle Outlet Location. Receptacle outlets shall 
be located in branch circuits in accordance with Part III of 
Article 210. 

(B) Multiple Branch Circuits. Where two or more branch 
circuits supply devices or equipment on the same yoke, a 
means to simultaneously disconnect the ungrounded 
conductors supplying those devices shall be provided at the 
point at which the branch circuits originate. 

210.8 Ground-Fault Circuit-Interrupter Protection for 
Personnel. 

FPN: See 215.9 for ground-fault circuit-interrupter 
protection for personnel on feeders. 

(A) Dwelling Units. All 125-volt, single-phase, 15- and 
20-ampere receptacles installed in the locations specified in 
(1) through (8) shall have ground-fault circuit-interrupter 
protection for personnel, 

(1) Bathrooms 

(2) Garages, and also accessory buildings that have a floor 
located at or below grade level not intended as 
habitable rooms and limited to storage areas, work 
areas, and areas of similar use 

Exception No. 1 to (2): Receptacles that are not readily 
accessible. 

Exception No. 2 to (2): A single receptacle or a duplex 
receptacle for two appliances located within dedicated space 
for each appliance that, in normal use, is not easily moved 
from one place to another and that is cord-and-plug 
connected in accordance with 400. 7(A)(6), (A)(7), or (A)(8). 

Receptacles installed under- the exceptions to 
210.8(A)(2) shall not be considered as meeting the 
requirements of 210.52(G) 

(3) Outdoors 

Exception to (3): Receptacles that are not readily 
accessible and are supplied by a dedicated branch circuit 
for electric snow-melting or deicing equipment shall be 
permitted to be installed in accordance with 426.28. 

(4) Crawl spaces — at or below grade level 

(5) Unfinished basements — for purposes of this section, 
unfinished basements are defined as portions or areas 
of the basement not intended as habitable rooms and 
limited to storage areas, work areas, and the like 

Exception No. 1 to (5): Receptacles that are not readily 
accessible. 



Exception No. 2 to (5): A single receptacle or a duplex 
receptacle for two appliances located within dedicated 
space for each appliance that, in normal use, is not easily 
moved from one place to another and that is cord-and-plug 
connected in accordance with 400.7(A)(6), (A)(7), or 
(A)(8). 

Exception No. 3 'to (5): A receptacle supplying only a 
permanently installed fire alarm or burglar alarm system 
shall not be required to have ground-fault circuit- 
interrupter protection. 

Receptacles installed under the exceptions to 
210.8(A)(5) shall not be considered as meeting the 
requirements of 210.52(G). 

(6) Kitchens — where the receptacles are installed to serve 
the countertop surfaces 

(7) Laundry, utility, and wet bar sinks — where the 
receptacles are installed within 1.8 m (6 ft) of the 
outside edge of the sink 

(8) Boathouses 

(B) Other Than Dwelling Units. All 125-volt, single- 
phase, 15- and 20-ampere receptacles installed in the 
locations specified in (1) through (5) shall have ground- 
fault circuit-interrupter protection for personnel: 

(1) Bathrooms 

(2) Commercial and institutional kitchens — for the 
purposes of this section, a kitchen is an area with a 
sink and permanent facilities for food preparation and 
cooking 

(3) Rooftops 

(4) Outdoors in public spaces — for the purpose of this 
section a public space is defined as any space that is 
for use by, or is accessible to, the public 

Exception to (3) and (4): Receptacles that are not readily 
accessible and- are supplied from a dedicated branch 
circuit for electric snow-melting or deicing equipment shall 
be permitted to be installed in accordance with the 
applicable provisions of Article 426. 

(5) Outdoors, where installed to comply with 210.63 

(C) Boat Hoists. Ground-fault circuit-interrupter protection 
for personnel shall be provided for outlets that supply boat 
hoists installed in dwelling unit locations and supplied by 
125-volt, 15- and 20-ampere branch circuits. 

210.9 Circuits Derived from Autotransformers. Branch 
circuits shall not be derived from autotransformers unless 
the circuit supplied has a grounded conductor that is 
electrically connected to a grounded conductor of the 
system supplying the autotransformer. 



2007 California Electrical Code 



70-47 



210.10 



ARTICLE 2 1 - BRANCH CIRCUITS 



Exception No. 1: An autotransformer shall be permitted 
without the connection to a grounded conductor where 
transforming from a nominal 208 volts to a nominal 240- 
volt supply or similarly from 240 volts to 208 volts. 

Exception No. 2: In industrial occupancies, where 
conditions of maintenance and supervision ensure that only 
qualified persons service the installation, autotransformers 
shall be permitted to supply nominal 600-volt loads from 
nominal 480-volt systems, and 480-volt loads from nominal 
600-volt systems, without the connection to a similar 
grounded conductor. 

210.10 Ungrounded Conductors Tapped from 
Grounded Systems. Two-wire dc circuits and ac circuits 
of two or more ungrounded conductors shall be permitted 
to be tapped from the ungrounded conductors of circuits 
that have a grounded neutral conductor. Switching devices 
in each tapped circuit shall have a pole in each ungrounded 
conductor. All poles of multipole switching devices shall 
manually switch together where such switching devices 
also serve as a disconnecting means as required by the 
following: 

(1) 410.48 for double-pole switched lampholders 

(2) 4 1 0.54(B) for electric-discharge lamp auxiliary 
equipment switching devices 

(3) 422.3 1(B) for an appliance 

(4) 424.20 for a fixed electric space-heating unit 

(5) 426.51 for electric deicing and snow-melting equipment 

(6) 430.85 for a motor controller 

(7) 430.103 for a motor 

210.11 Branch Circuits Required. Branch circuits for 
lighting and for appliances, including motor-operated 
appliances, shall be provided to supply the loads calculated 
in accordance with 220.10. In addition, branch circuits 
shall be provided for specific loads not covered by 220.10 
where required elsewhere in this Code and for dwelling 
unit loads as specified in 210.1 1(C). 

(A) Number of Branch Circuits. The minimum number 
of branch circuits shall be determined from the total 
calculated load and the size or rating of the circuits used. In 
all installations, the number of circuits shall be sufficient to 
supply the load served. In no case shall the load on any 
circuit exceed the maximum specified by 220.18. 

(B) Load Evenly Proportioned Among Branch Circuits. 

Where the load is calculated on the basis of volt-amperes 
per square meter or per square foot, the wiring system up to 
and including the branch-circuit panelboard(s) shall be 
provided to serve not less than the calculated load. This 
load shall be evenly proportioned among multioutlet 
branch circuits within the panelboard(s). Branch-circuit 
overcurrent devices and circuits shall only be required to be 
installed to serve the connected load. 



(C) Dwelling Units. 

(1) Small-Appliance Branch Circuits. In addition to the 
number of branch circuits required by other parts of this 
section, two or more 20-ampere small-appliance branch 
circuits shall be provided for all receptacle outlets specified 
by 210.52(B). 

(2) Laundry Branch Circuits. In addition to the number 
of branch circuits required by other parts of this section, at 
least one additional 20-ampere branch circuit shall be 
provided to supply the laundry receptacle outlet(s) required 
by 210.52(F). This circuit shall have no other outlets. 

(3) Bathroom Branch Circuits. In addition to the number 
of branch circuits required by other parts of this section, at 
least one 20-ampere branch circuit shall be provided to 
supply bathroom receptacle outlet(s). Such circuits shall 
have no other outlets. 

Exception: Where the 20-ampere circuit supplies a single 
bathroom, outlets for other equipment within the same 
bathroom shall be permitted to be supplied in accordance 
with 210.23(A)(1) and (A)(2). 

FPN: See Examples D1(A), D1(B), D2(B), and D4(A) in 

Annex D. 

210.12 Arc-Fault Circuit-Interrupter Protection. 

(A) Definition: Arc-Fault Circuit Interrupter. An arc- 
fault circuit interrupter is a device intended to provide 
protection from the effects of arc faults by recognizing 
characteristics unique to arcing and by functioning to de- 
energize the circuit when an arc fault is detected. 

(B) Dwelling Unit Bedrooms. All 120-volt, single phase, 
15- and 20-ampere branch circuits supplying outlets 
installed in dwelling unit bedrooms shall be protected by a 
listed arc-fault circuit interrupter, combination type 
installed to provide protection of the branch circuit. 

Branch/feeder AFCIs shall be permitted to be used to 
meet the requirements of 210.12(B) until January 1, 2008. 

FPN: For information on types of arc-fault circuit 
interrupters, see UL 1699-1999, Standard for Arc-Fault 
Circuit Interrupters, 

Exception: The location of the arc-fault circuit interrupter 
shall be permitted to be at other than the origination of the 
branch circuit in compliance with (a) and (b): 

(a) The arc-fault circuit interrupter installed within 
1.8 m (6 ft) of the branch circuit overcurrent device as 
measured along the branch circuit conductors. 

(b) The circuit conductors between the branch circuit 
overcurrent device and the arc-fault circuit interrupter 
shall be installed in a metal raceway or a cable with a 
metallic sheath. 



70-48 



2007 California Electrical Code 



ARTICLE 210 - BRANCH CIRCUITS 



210.19 



210.18 Guest Rooms and Guest Suites. Guest rooms and 
guest suites that are provided with permanent provisions 
for cooking shall have branch circuits and outlets installed 
to meet the rules for dwelling units. 

II. Branch-Circuit Ratings 

210.19 Conductors — Minimum Ampacity and Size. 
(A) Branch Circuits Not More Than 600 Volts. 

(1) General. Branch-circuit conductors shall have an 
ampacity not less than the maximum load to be served. 
Where a branch circuit supplies continuous loads or any 
combination of continuous and noncontinuous loads, the 
minimum branch-circuit conductor size, before the 
application of any adjustment or correction factors, shall 
have an allowable ampacity not less than the 
noncontinuous load plus 125 percent of the continuous load. 

Exception: Where the assembly, including the overcurrent 
devices protecting the branch circuit(s), is listed for 
operation at 100 percent of its rating, the allowable 
ampacity of the branch circuit conductors shall be 
permitted to be not less than the sum of the continuous load 
plus the noncontinuous load, 

FPNNo. 1: See310.15 for ampacity ratings of conductors. 
FPN No. 2: See Part II of Article 430 for minimum rating of 
motor branch-circuit conductors. 

FPN No. 3 : See 3 1 0. 1 for temperature limitation of conductors. 
FPN No. 4: Conductors for branch circuits as defined in Article 
100, sized to prevent a voltage drop exceeding 3 percent at the 
farthest outlet of power, heating, and lighting loads, or 
combinations of such loads, and where the maximum total 
voltage drop on both feeders and branch circuits to the farthest 
outlet does not exceed 5 percent, provide reasonable efficiency of 
operation. See FPN No. 2 of 215.2(A)(3) for voltage drop on 
feeder conductors. 

(2) Multioutlet Branch Circuits. Conductors of branch circuits 
supplying more than one receptacle for cord-and-plug- 
connected portable loads shall have an ampacity of not less than 
the rating of the branch circuit. 

(3) Household Ranges and Cooking Appliances. Branch- 
circuit conductors supplying household ranges, wall-mounted 
ovens, counter-mounted cooking units, and other household 
cooking appliances shall have an ampacity not less than the 
rating of the branch circuit and not less than the maximum load 
to be served. For ranges of 8% kW or more rating, tire minimum 
branch-circuit rating shall be 40 amperes. 

Exception No. 1: Tap conductors supplying electric ranges, 
wall-mounted electric ovens, and counter-mounted electric 
cooldng units from a 50-ampere branch circuit shall have an 
ampacity of not less than 20 and shall be sufficient for the load 
to be served. These tap conductors include any conductors that 
are a part of the leads supplied with the appliance that are 
smaller than the branch circuit conductors. The taps shall not 
be longer than necessary for servicing the appliance. 



Exception No. 2: The neutral conductor of a 3-wire branch 
circuit supplying a household electric range, a wall- 
mounted oven, or a counter-mounted cooking unit shall be 
permitted to be smaller than the ungrounded conductors 
where the maximum demand of a range of 8% kW or more 
rating has been calculated according to Column C of Table 
220.55, but such conductor shall have an ampacity of not 
less than 70 percent of the branch-circuit rating and shall 
not be smaller than 10 A WG. 

(4) Other Loads. Branch-circuit conductors that supply 
loads other than those specified in 210.2 and other than 
cooking appliances as covered in 210.19(A)(3) shall have 
an ampacity sufficient for the loads served and shall not be 
smaller than 14 AWG. 

Exception No. 1: Tap conductors shall have an ampacity 
sufficient for the load served. In addition, they shall have 
an ampacity of not less than 15 for circuits rated less than 
40 amperes and not less than 20 for circuits rated at 40 or 
50 amperes and only where these tap conductors supply 
any of the following loads: 

(a) Individual lampholders or luminaires (fixtures) 
with taps extending not longer than 450 mm (18 in.) 
beyond any portion of the lampholder or luminaire 
(fixture). 

(b) A fixture having tap conductors as provided in 
410.67. 

(c) Individual outlets, other than receptacle outlets, 
with taps not over 450 mm (18 in.) long. 

(d) Infrared lamp industrial heating appliances. 

(e) Nonheating leads of deicing and snow-melting 
cables and mats. 

Exception No. 2: Fixture wires and flexible cords shall be 
permitted to be smaller than 14 AWG as permitted by 240.5. 

(B) Branch Circuits Over 600 Volts. The ampacity of 
conductors shall be in accordance with 310.15 and 310.60, 
as applicable. Branch-circuit conductors over 600 volts 
shall be sized in accordance with 210.19(B)(1) or (B)(2). 

(1) General. The ampacity of branch-circuit conductors 
shall not be less than 125 percent of the designed potential 
load of utilization equipment that will be operated 
simultaneously. 

(2) Supervised Installations. For supervised installations, 
branch-circuit conductor sizing shall be permitted to be 
determined by qualified persons under engineering 
supervision. Supervised installations are defined as those 
portions of a facility where both of the following 
conditions are met: 

(1) Conditions of design and installation are provided 
under engineering supervision. 



2007 California Electrical Code 



70-49 



210.20 



ARTICLE 2 1 - BRANCH CIRCUITS 



(2) Qualified persons with documented training and 
experience in over 600-volt systems provide 
maintenance, monitoring, and servicing of the system. 

210.20 Overcurrent Protection. Branch-circuit 
conductors and equipment shall be protected by 
overcurrent protective devices that have a rating or setting 
that complies with 210.20(A) through (D). 

(A) Continuous and Noncontinuous Loads. Where a 
branch circuit supplies continuous loads or any 
combination of continuous and noncontinuous loads, the 
rating of the overcurrent device shall not be less than the 
noncontinuous load plus 125 percent of the continuous 
load. 

Exception: Where the assembly, including the overcurrent 
devices protecting the branch circuit(s), is listed for 
operation at 100 percent of its rating, the ampere rating of 
the overcurrent device shall be permitted to be not less 
than the sum of the continuous load plus the noncontinuous 
load. 

(B) Conductor Protection. Conductors shall be protected 
in accordance with 240.4. Flexible cords and fixture wires 
shall be protected in accordance with 240.5. 

(C) Equipment. The rating or setting of the overcurrent 
protective device shall not exceed that specified in the 
applicable articles referenced in Table 240.3 for equipment. 

(D) Outlet Devices. The rating or setting shall not exceed 
that specified in 210.21 for outlet devices. 

210.21 Outlet Devices. Outlet devices shall have an 
ampere rating that is not less than the load to be served and 
shall comply with 210.21(A) and (B). 

(A) Lampholders. Where connected to a branch circuit 
having a rating in excess of 20 amperes, lampholders shall 
be of the heavy-duty type. A heavy-duty lampholder shall 
have a rating of not less than 660 watts if of the admedium 
type, or not less than 750 watts if of any other type. 

(B) Receptacles. 

(1) Single Receptacle on an Individual Branch Circuit. 

A single receptacle installed on an individual branch circuit 
shall have an ampere rating not less than that of the branch 
circuit. 

Exception No. 1: A receptacle installed in accordance with 
430.81(B). 

Exception No. 2: A receptacle installed exclusively for the 
use of a cord-and-plug-connected arc welder shall be 
permitted to have an ampere rating not less than the 
minimum branch-circuit conductor ampacity determined by 
630.11(A) for arc welders. 

FPN: See the definition of receptacle in Article 100. 



(2) Total Cord-and-Plug-Connected Load. Where 
connected to a branch circuit supplying two or more 
receptacles or outlets, a receptacle shall not supply a total 
cord-and-plug-connected load in excess of the maximum 
specified in Table 210.21(B)(2). 



Table 210.21(B)(2) Maximum Cord-and-Plug-Connected 
Load to Receptacle 

Circuit Rating Receptacle Rating Maximum Load 
(Amperes) (Amperes) (Amperes) 



15 or 20 
20 
30 



15 
20 
30 



12 
16 
24 



(3) Receptacle Ratings. Where connected to a branch 
circuit supplying two or more receptacles or outlets, 
receptacle ratings shall conform to the values listed in 
Table 210.21(B)(3), or where larger than 50 amperes, the 
receptacle rating shall not be less than the branch-circuit 
rating. 

Exception No. 1: Receptacles for one or more cord-and- 
plug-connected arc welders shall be permitted to have 
ampere ratings not less than the minimum branch-circuit 
conductor ampacity permitted by 630.11(A) or (B) as 
applicable for arc welders. 

Exception No. 2: The ampere rating of a receptacle 
installed for electric discharge lighting shall be permitted 
to be based on 410.30(C). 



Table 210.21(B)(3) Receptacle Ratings for Various Size 
Circuits 



Circuit Rating 


Receptacle Rating 


(Amperes) 


(Amperes) 


15 


Not over 15 


20 


15 or 20 


30 


30 


40 


40 or 50 


50 


50 



(4) Range Receptacle Rating. The ampere rating of a 
range receptacle shall be permitted to be based on a single 
range demand load as specified in Table 220.55. 

210.23 Permissible Loads. In no case shall the load 
exceed the branch-circuit ampere rating. An individual 
branch circuit shall be permitted to supply any load for 
which it is rated. A branch circuit supplying two or more 
outlets or receptacles shall supply only the loads specified 
according to its size as specified in 210.23(A) through (D) 
and as summarized in 210.24 and Table 210.24. 



70-50 



2007 California Electrical Code 



ARTICLE 210 -BRANCH CIRCUITS 



210.50 



(A) 15- and 20- Ampere Branch Circuits. A 15- or 20- 

ampere branch circuit shall be permitted to supply lighting 
units or other utilization equipment, or a combination of 
both, and shall comply with 210.23(A)(1) and (A)(2). 

Exception: The small appliance branch circuits, laundry 
branch circuits, and bathroom branch circuits required in 
a dwelling unit(s) by 210.1 1(C)(1), (C)(2), and (C)(3) shall 
supply only the receptacle outlets specified in that section. 

(1) Cord-and-Plug-Connected Equipment Not Fastened 
in Place. The rating of any one cord-and-plug-connected 
utilization equipment not fastened in place shall not exceed 
80 percent of the branch-circuit ampere rating. 

(2) Utilization Equipment Fastened in Place. The total 
rating of utilization equipment fastened in place, other than 
luminaires (lighting fixtures), shall not exceed 50 percent 
of the branch-circuit ampere rating where lighting units, 
cord-and-plug-connected utilization equipment not fastened 
in place, or both, are also supplied. 

(B) 30-Ampere Branch Circuits. A 30-ampere branch 

circuit shall be permitted to supply fixed lighting units with 
heavy-duty lampholders in other than a dwelling unit(s) or 
utilization equipment in any occupancy. A rating of any 
one cord-and-plug-connected utilization equipment shall 
not exceed 80 percent of the branch-circuit ampere rating. 

(C) 40- and 50-Ampere Branch Circuits. A 40- or 50- 

ampere branch circuit shall be permitted to supply cooking 
appliances that are fastened in place in any occupancy. In 
other than dwelling units, such circuits shall be permitted to 
supply fixed lighting units with heavy-duty lampholders, 
infrared heating units, or other utilization equipment. 



(D) Branch Circuits Larger Than 50 Amperes. Branch 
circuits larger than 50 amperes shall supply only 
nonlighting outlet loads. 

210.24 Branch-Circuit Requirements — Summary. The 

requirements for circuits that have two or more outlets or 
receptacles, other than the receptacle circuits of 
210.11(C)(1) and (C)(2), are summarized in Table 210.24. 
This table provides only a summary of minimum 
requirements. See 210.19, 210.20, and 210.21 for the 
specific requirements applying to branch circuits. 

210.25 Common Area Branch Circuits. Branch circuits 
in dwelling units shall supply only loads within that 
dwelling unit or loads associated only with that dwelling 
unit. Branch circuits required for the purpose of lighting, 
central alarm, signal, communications, or other needs for 
public or common areas of a two-family or multifamily 
dwelling shall not be supplied from equipment that 
supplies an individual dwelling unit. 

III. Required Outlets 

210.50 General Receptacle outlets shall be installed as 
specified in 210.52 through 210.63. 

(A) Cord Pendants. A cord connector that is supplied by a 
permanently connected cord pendant shall be considered a 
receptacle outlet. 

(B) Cord Connections. A receptacle outlet shall be 
installed wherever flexible cords with attachment plugs are 
used. Where flexible cords are permitted to be permanently 
connected, receptacles shall be permitted to be omitted for 
such cords. 



Table 210.24 Summary of Branch-Circuit Requirements 



Circuit Rating 


15 A 


20 A 


30 A 


40 A 


50 A 


Conductors (min. size): 

Circuit wires 1 

Taps 
Fixture wires and cords — 


14 
14 
see 240.5 


12 

14 


10 
14 


8 
12 


6 
12 


Overcurrent Protection 


ISA 


20 A 


30 A 


40 A 


50 A 


Outlet devices: 
Lampholders permitted 
Receptacle rating 2 


Any type 
15 max. A 


Any type 
15 or 20 A 


Heavy duty 
30 A 


Heavy duty 
40 or 50 A 


Heavy duty 
50 A 


Maximum Load 


15 A 


20 A 


30 A 


40 A 


50 A 


Permissible load 

Itm ..-*- 


See -210.23(A) 


See 210.23(A) 


See 210.23(B) 


See 210.23(C) 


See 210.23(C) 



2 For receptacle rating of cord-connected electric-discharge luminaires (lighting fixtures), see 410.30(C). 



2007 California Electrical Code 



70-51 



210.52 



ARTICLE 210 - BRANCH CIRCUITS 



c 

A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 
C 
A 



(C) Appliance Outlets. Appliance receptacle outlets installed in 
a dwelling unit for specific appliances, such as laundry 
equipment, shall be installed within 1.8 m (6 ft) of the intended 
location of the appliance. 

(D) [DHS] Commissary Service Outlet A commissary which 
services food preparation units shall provide one outlet for each 
vehicle requiring electrical power for mechanical refrigeration. 

(E) [DHS w/ exceptions] Installation Height. The center 
of 15-, 20-, and 30-ampere receptacle outlets required by 
sections 210-52(A), (B), and (C) shall be installed not less 
than 12 inches above the floor or working platform. 
Exception No. 1: Receptacle outlets installed as part of 
permanently installed baseboard heaters are exempt 
Exception No. 2: Required receptacle outlets shall be permitted 
in floors when adjacent to sliding panels or walls. - 
Exception No. 3: Baseboard electrical outlets used in 
relocatable partitions, window walls or other electrical 
convenience floor outlets are not subject to the minimum height 
requirements. 

210.52 Dwelling Unit Receptacle Outlets. This section 
provides requirements for 125-volt, 15- and 20-ampere 
receptacle outlets. Receptacle outlets required by this section 
shall be in addition to any receptacle that is part of a luminaire 
(lighting fixture) or appliance, located within cabinets or 
cupboards, or located more than 1.7 m (5!4 ft) above the floor. 

Permanently installed electric baseboard heaters equipped 
with factory-installed receptacle outlets or outlets provided as a 
separate assembly by the manufacturer shall be permitted as the 
required outlet or outlets for the wall space utilized by such 
permanently installed heaters. Such receptacle outlets shall not 
be connected to the heater circuits. 

FPN: Listed baseboard heaters include instructions that may not 

permit their installation below receptacle outlets. 

(A) General Provisions. In every kitchen, family room, dining 
room, living room, parlor, library, den, sunroom, bedroom, 
recreation room, or similar room or area of dwelling units, 
receptacle outlets shall be installed in accordance with the 
general provisions specified in 210.52(A)(1) through (A)(3). 

(1) Spacing. Receptacles shall be installed so that no point 
measured horizontally along the floor line in any wall space is 
more than 1.8 m (6 ft) from a receptacle outlet. 

(2) Wall Space. As used in this section, a wall space shall 
include the following: 

(1) Any space 600 mm (2 ft) or more in width (including space 
measured around corners) and unbroken along the floor 
line by doorways, fireplaces, and similar openings 

(2) The space occupied by fixed panels in exterior walls, 
excluding shding panels 

(3) The space afforded by fixed room dividers such as 
freestanding bar-type counters or railings 

(3) Floor Receptacles. Receptacle outlets in floors shall not be 
counted as part of the required number of receptacle outlets 
unless located within 450 mm (18 in.) of the wall. 



(B) Small Appliances. 

(1) Receptacle Outlets Served. In the kitchen, pantry, breakfast 
room, dining room, or similar area of a dwelling unit, the two or 
more 20-ampere small-appliance branch circuits required by 
210.11(C)(1) shall serve all wall and floor receptacle outlets 
covered by 210.52(A), all countertop outlets covered by 
210.52(C), and receptacle outlets for refrigeration equipment. 
Exception No. 1: In addition to the required receptacles 
specified by 210.52, switched receptacles supplied from a 
general-purpose branch circuit as defined in 210.70(A)(1), 
Exception No. 1, shall be permitted. 

Exception No. 2: The receptacle outlet for refrigeration 
equipment shall be permitted to be supplied from an individual 
branch circuit rated 15 amperes or greater. 

(2) No Other Outlets. The two or more small-appliance branch 
circuits specified in 210.52(B)(1) shall have no other outlets. 
Exception No. 1: A receptacle installed solely for the electrical 
supply to and support of an electric clock in any of the rooms 
specified in 210.52(B)(1). 

Exception No. 2: Receptacles installed to provide power for 
supplemental equipment and lighting on gas-fired ranges, 
ovens, or counter-mounted cooking units. 

(3) Kitchen Receptacle Requirements. Receptacles installed 
in a kitchen to serve countertop surfaces shall be supplied by not 
fewer than two small-appliance branch circuits, either or both of 
which shall also be permitted to supply receptacle outlets in the 
same kitchen and in other rooms specified in 210.52(B)(1). 
Additional small-appliance branch circuits shall be permitted to 
supply receptacle outlets in the kitchen and other rooms 
specified in 210.52(B)(1). No small-appliance branch circuit 
shall serve more than one kitchen. 

(C) Countertops. In kitchens and dining rooms of dwelling 
units, receptacle outlets for counter spaces shall be installed in 
accordance with 210.52(C)(1) through (C)(5). 

(1) Wall Counter Spaces. A receptacle outlet shall be installed 
at each wall counter space that is 300 mm (12 in.) or wider. 
Receptacle outlets shall be installed so that no point along the 
wall line is more than 600 mm (24 in.) measured horizontally 
from a receptacle outlet in that space. 

Exception: Receptacle outlets shall not be required on a wall 
directly behind a range or sink in the installation described in 
Figure 210.52. 

(2) Island Counter Spaces. At least one receptacle shall be 
installed at each island counter space with a long dimension of 
600 mm (24 in.) or greater and a short dimension of 300 mm 
(12 in.) or greater. Where a rangetop or sink is installed in an 
island counter and the width of the counter behind the rangetop 
or sink is less than 300 mm (12 in.), the rangetop or sink is 
considered to divide the island into two separate countertop 
spaces as defined in 210.52(C)(4). 

(3) Peninsular Counter Spaces. At least one receptacle outlet 
shall be installed at each peninsular counter space with a long 
dimension of 600 mm (24 in.) or greater and a short dimension 
of 300 mm (12 in.) or greater. A peninsular countertop is 
measured from the connecting edge. 



70-52 



2007 California Electrical Code 



ARTICLE 210 - BRANCH CIRCUITS 



210.52 



-^Outlet withm _. 
~oomm(24in.r 


Outlet not required 
lfX<30Qmm(12ln,) 


^ Outlet within mmil ^ 

"00mm(24io]r 




T 
1 








f 1 

v ..J 

























Sink or range extending from face of counter 



Outlets not required 
(fX<450mm{i8fru) 




Sink or range mounted in corner 

Figure 210.52 Determination of Area Behind Sink or 
Range. 



(4) Separate Spaces. Countertop spaces separated by 
rangetops, refrigerators, or sinks shall be considered as 
separate countertop spaces in applying the requirements of 
210.52(C)(1), (C)(2), and (C)(3). 

(5) Receptacle Outlet Location. Receptacle outlets shall 
be located above, but not more than 500 mm (20 in.) above, 
the countertop. Receptacle outlets rendered not readily 
accessible by appliances fastened in place, appliance 
garages, sinks, or rangetops as covered in 210.52(C)(1), 
Exception, or appliances occupying dedicated space shall 
not be considered as these required outlets. 

Exception to (5): To comply with the conditions specified 
in (1) or (2), receptacle outlets shall be permitted to be 
mounted not more than 300 mm (12 in.) below the 
countertop. Receptacles mounted below a countertop in 
accordance with this exception shall not be located where 
the countertop extends more than 150 mm (6 in.) beyond its 
support base. 



(1) Construction for the physically impaired 

(2) On island and peninsular countertops where the 
countertop is flat across its entire surface (no 
backsplashes, dividers, etc.) and there are no means to 
mount a receptacle within 500 mm (20 in.) above the 
countertop, such as an overhead cabinet 

(D) Bathrooms. In dwelling units, at least one receptacle 
outlet shall be installed in bathrooms within 900 mm (3 ft) 
of the outside edge of each basin. The receptacle outlet 
shall be located on a wall or partition that is adjacent to the 
basin or basin countertop. 

Exception: The receptacle shall not be required to be 
mounted in the wall or partition where it is installed on the 
side or face of the basin cabinet not more than 300 mm (12 
in.) below the countertop. 

(E) Outdoor Outlets. For a one-family dwelling and each 
unit of a two-family dwelling that is at grade level, at least 
one receptacle outlet accessible at grade level and not more 
than 2.0 m (&A ft) above grade shall be installed at the 
front and back of the dwelling. 

For each dwelling unit of a multifamily dwelling 
where the dwelling unit is located at grade level and 
provided with individual exterior entrance/egress, at least 
one receptacle outlet accessible from grade level and not 
more than 2.0 m (6 l A ft) above grade shall be installed. See 
210.8(A)(3). 

(F) Laundry Areas. In dwelling units, at least one 
■ receptacle outlet shall be installed for the laundry. 

Exception No. 1: In a dwelling unit that is an apartment or 
living area in a multifamily building where laundry 
facilities are provided on the premises and are available to 
all building occupants, a laundry receptacle shall not be 
required. 

Exception No. 2: In other than one-family dwellings where 
laundry facilities are not to be installed or permitted, a 
laundry receptacle shall not be required. 

(G) Basements and Garages. For a one-family dwelling, 
at least one receptacle outlet, in addition to any provided 
for laundry equipment, shall be installed in each basement 
and in each attached garage, and in each detached garage 
with electric power. See 210.8(A)(2) and (A)(5). Where a 
portion of the basement is finished into one or more 
habitable rooms, each separate unfinished portion shall 
have a receptacle outlet installed in accordance with this 
section. 

(H) Hallways. In dwelling units, hallways of 3.0 m (10 ft) 
or more in length shall have at least one receptacle outlet. 

As used in this subsection, the hall length shall be 
considered the length along the centerline of the hall 
without passing through a doorway. 



2007 California Electrical Code 



70-53 



210.60 



ARTICLE 210 - BRANCH CIRCUITS 



210.60 Guest Rooms or Guest Suites. 

(A) General. Guest rooms or guest suites in hotels, motels, 
and similar occupancies shall have receptacle outlets 
installed in accordance with 210.52(A) and 210.52(D). 
Guest rooms or guest suites provided with permanent 
provisions for cooking shall have receptacle outlets 
installed in accordance with all of the applicable rules in 
210.52. 

(B) Receptacle Placement. In applying the provisions of 
210.52(A), the total number of receptacle outlets shall not 
be less than the minimum number that would comply with 
the provisions of that section. These receptacle outlets shall 
be permitted to be located conveniently for permanent 
furniture layout. At least two receptacle outlets shall be 
readily accessible. Where receptacles are installed behind 
the bed, the receptacle shall be located to prevent the bed 
from contacting any attachment plug that may be installed 
or the receptacle shall be provided with a suitable guard. 

210.62 Show Windows. At least one receptacle outlet 
shall be installed directly above a show window for each 
3.7 linear m (12 linear ft) or major fraction thereof of show 
window area measured horizontally at its maximum width. 

210.63 Heating, Air-Conditioning, and Refrigeration 
Equipment Outlet. A 125-volt, single-phase, 15- or 20- 
ampere-rated receptacle outlet shall be installed at an 
accessible location for the servicing of heating, air- 
conditioning, and refrigeration equipment. The receptacle 
shall be located on the same level and within 7.5 m (25 ft) 
of the heating, air-conditioning, and refrigeration 
equipment. The receptacle outlet shall not be connected to 
the load side of the equipment disconnecting means. 

Exception: A receptacle outlet shall not be required at 
one- and two-family dwellings for the service of 
evaporative coolers. 

FPN: See 210.8 for ground-fault circuit-interrupter 

requirements. 
210.70 Lighting Outlets Required. Lighting outlets shall 
be installed where specified in 210.70(A), (B), and (C). 

(A) Dwelling Units. In dwelling units, lighting outlets shall 
be installed in accordance with 210.70(A)(1), (A)(2), and 
(A)(3). 

(1) Habitable Rooms. At least one wall switch-controlled 
lighting outlet shall be installed in every habitable room 
and bathroom. 

Exception No. 1: In other than kitchens and bathrooms, 
one or more receptacles controlled by a wall switch shall 
be permitted in lieu of lighting outlets. 

Exception No. 2: Lighting outlets shall be permitted to be 
controlled by occupancy sensors that are (1) in addition to 
wall switches or (2) located at a customary wall switch 
location and equipped with a manual override that will 
allow the sensor to function as a wall switch. 



(2) Additional Locations. Additional lighting outlets shall 
be installed in accordance with (A)(2)(a), (A)(2)(b), and 
(A)(2)(c). 

(a) At least one wall switch-controlled lighting outlet 
shall be installed in hallways, stairways, attached garages, 
and detached garages with electric power. 

(b) For dwelling units, attached garages, and detached 
garages with electric power, at least one wall switch- 
controlled lighting outlet shall be installed to provide 
illumination on the exterior side of outdoor entrances or 
exits with grade level access. A vehicle door in a garage 
shall not be considered as an outdoor entrance or exit. 

(c) Where one or more lighting outlet(s) are installed 
for interior stairways, there shall be a wall switch at each 
floor level, and landing level that includes an entryway, to 
control the lighting outlet(s) where the stairway between 
floor levels has six risers or more. 

Exception to (A)(2)(a), (A)(2)(b), and (A)(2)(c): In 
hallways, stairways, and at outdoor entrances, remote, 
central, or automatic control of lighting shall be permitted. 

(3) Storage or Equipment Spaces. For attics, underfloor 
spaces, utility rooms, and basements, at least one lighting 
outlet containing a switch or controlled by a wall switch 
shall be installed where these spaces are used for storage or 
contain equipment requiring servicing. At least one point of 
control shall be at the usual point of entry to these spaces. 
The lighting outlet shall be provided at or near the 
equipment requiring servicing. 

(B) Guest Rooms or Guest Suites. In hotels, motels, or 
similar occupancies, guest rooms or guest suites shall have 
at least one wall switch-controlled lighting outlet installed 
in every habitable room and bathroom. 

Exception No. 1: In other than bathrooms and kitchens 
where provided, one or more receptacles controlled by a 
wall switch shall be permitted in lieu of lighting outlets. 

Exception No. 2: Lighting outlets shall be permitted to be 
controlled by occupancy sensors that are (1) in addition to 
wall switches or (2) located at a customary wall switch 
location and equipped with a manual override that will 
allow the sensor to function as a wall switch. 

(C) Other Than Dwelling Units. For attics and underfloor 
spaces containing equipment requiring servicing, such as 
heating, air-conditioning, and refrigeration equipment, at 
least one lighting outlet containing a switch or controlled 
by a wall switch shall be installed in such spaces. At least 
one point of control shall be at the usual point of entry to 
these spaces. The lighting outlet shall be provided at or 
near the equipment requiring servicing. 



70-54 



2007 California Electrical Code 



ARTICLE 215- FEEDERS 



215.4 



ARTICLE 215 
Feeders 



215.1 Scope. This article covers the installation 
requirements, overcurrent protection requirements, 
minimum size, and ampacity of conductors for feeders 
supplying branch-circuit loads. 

Exception: Feeders for electrolytic cells- as covered in 
668.3(C)(1) and (C)(4). 

215.2 Minimum Rating and Size. 

(A) Feeders Not More Than 600 Volts. 

(1) General. Feeder conductors shall have an ampacity not 
less than required to supply the load as calculated in Parts 
III, IV, and V of Article 220. The minimum feeder-circuit 
conductor size, before the application of any adjustment or 
correction factors, shall have an allowable ampacity not 
less than the noncontinuous load plus 125 percent of the 
continuous load. 

Exception: Where the assembly, including the overcurrent 
devices protecting the feeder (s), is listed for operation at 
100 percent of its rating, the allowable ampacity of the 
feeder conductors shall be permitted to be not less than the 
sum of the continuous load plus the noncontinuous load. 

The size of the feeder circuit grounded conductor shall 
not be smaller than that required by 250.122, except that 
250.122(F) shall not apply where grounded conductors are 
run in parallel. 

Additional minimum sizes shall be as specified in 
215.2(A)(2) and (A)(3) under the conditions stipulated. 

# 

(2) Ampacity Relative to Service Conductors. The feeder 
conductor ampacity shall not be less than that of the service 
conductors where the feeder conductors carry the total load 
supplied by service conductors with an ampacity of 55 
amperes or less. 

(3) Individual Dwelling Unit or Mobile Home 

Conductors. Feeder conductors for individual dwelling 
units or mobile homes need not be larger than service 
conductors. Paragraph 310.15(B)(6) shall be peimitted to 
be used for conductor size. 

FPN No. 1 : See Examples Dl through Dl 1 in Annex D. 
FPN No. 2: Conductors for feeders as defined in Article 
100, sized to prevent a voltage drop exceeding 3 percent at 
the farthest outlet of power, heating, and lighting loads, or 
combinations of such loads, and where the maximum total 
voltage drop on both feeders and branch circuits to the 
farthest outlet does not exceed 5 percent, will provide 
reasonable efficiency of operation. 

FPN No. 3: See 210.19(A), FPN No. 4, for voltage drop for 
branch circuits. 



(B) Feeders Over 600 Volts. The ampacity of conductors 
shall be in accordance with 310.15 and 310.60 as 
applicable. Where installed, the size of the feeder circuit 
grounded conductor shall not be smaller than that required 
by 250.122, except that 250.122(F) shall not apply where 
grounded conductors are run in parallel Feeder conductors 
over 600 volts shall be sized in accordance with 
215.2(B)(1), (B)(2), or (B)(3). 

(1) Feeders Supplying Transformers. The ampacity of 
feeder conductors shall not be less than the sum of the 
nameplate ratings of the transformers supplied when only 
transformers are supplied. 

(2) Feeders Supplying Transformers and Utilization 
Equipment. The ampacity of feeders supplying a 
combination of transformers and utilization equipment 
shall not be less than the sum of the nameplate ratings of 
the transformers and 125 percent of the designed potential 
load of the utilization equipment that will be operated 
simultaneously. 

(3) Supervised Installations. For supervised installations, 
feeder conductor sizing shall be permitted to be determined 
by qualified persons under engineering supervision. 
Supervised installations are defined as those portions of a 
facility where all of the following conditions are met: 

(1) Conditions of design and installation are provided 
under engineering supervision. 

(2) Qualified persons with documented training and 
experience in over 600-volt systems provide 
maintenance, monitoring, and servicing of the system. 

215.3 Overcurrent Protection. Feeders shall be protected 
against overcurrent in accordance with the provisions of 
Part I of Article 240. Where a feeder supplies continuous 
loads or any combination of continuous and noncontinuous 
loads, the rating of the overcurrent device shall not be less 
than the noncontinuous load plus 125 percent of the 
continuous load. 

Exception No. 1: Where the assembly, including the 
overcurrent devices protecting the feeder (s), is listed for 
operation at 100 percent of its rating, the ampere rating of 
the overcurrent device shall be permitted to be not less 
than the sum of the continuous load plus the noncontinuous 
load. 

Exception No. 2: Overcurrent protection for feeders over 
600 volts, nominal, shall comply with Part XI of Article 
240. 

215.4 Feeders with Common Neutral. 

(A) Feeders with Common Neutral. Two or three sets of 
3 -wire feeders or two sets of 4-wire or 5-wire feeders shall 
be permitted to utilize a common neutral. 



2007 California Electrical Code 



70-55 



215.5 



ARTICLE 220 - BRANCH-CIRCUIT, FEEDER, AND SERVICE CALCULATIONS 



(B) In Metal Raceway or Enclosure. Where installed in a 
metal raceway or other metal enclosure, all conductors of 
all feeders using a common neutral shall be enclosed within 
the same raceway or other enclosure as required in 300.20. 

215.5 Diagrams of Feeders. If required by the authority 
having jurisdiction, a diagram showing feeder details shall 
be provided prior to the installation of the feeders. Such a 
diagram shall show the area in square feet of the building 
or other structure supplied by each feeder, the total 
calculated load before applying demand factors, the 
demand factors used, the calculated load after applying 
demand factors, and the size and type of conductors to be used. 

215.6 Feeder Conductor Grounding Means. Where a 
feeder supplies branch circuits in which equipment 
grounding conductors are required, the feeder shall include 
or provide a grounding , means, in accordance with the 
provisions of 250.134, to which the equipment grounding 
conductors of the branch circuits shall be connected. 

215.7 Ungrounded Conductors Tapped from Grounded 
Systems. Two-wire dc circuits and ac circuits of two or 
more ungrounded conductors shall be permitted to be 
tapped from the ungrounded conductors of circuits having a 
grounded neutral conductor. Switching devices in each 
tapped circuit shall have a pole in each ungrounded conductor. 

ft 

215.9 Ground-Fault Circuit-Interrupter Protection for 
Personnel. Feeders supplying 15- and 20-ampere 
receptacle branch circuits shall be permitted to be protected 
by a ground-fault circuit interrupter in lieu of the provisions 
for such interrupters as specified in 210.8 and 590i6(A). 

215.10 Ground-Fault Protection of Equipment. Each 
feeder disconnect rated 1000 amperes or more and installed 
on solidly grounded wye electrical systems of more than 
150 volts to ground, but not exceeding 600 volts phase-to- 
phase, shall be provided with ground-fault protection of 
equipment in accordance with the provisions of 230.95. 

FPN: For buildings that contain healthcare occupancies, see 
the requirements of 517.17. 

Exception No. 1: The provisions of this section shall not 

apply to a disconnecting means for a continuous industrial 

process where a nonorderly shutdown will introduce 

additional or increased hazards. 

Exception No. 2: The provisions of this section shall not 

apply to fire pumps. 

Exception No. 3: The provisions of this section shall not 

apply if ground-fault protection of equipment is provided 

on the supply side of the feeder. 

215.11 Circuits Derived from Autotransformers. 

Feeders shall not be derived from autotransformers unless 
the system supplied has a grounded conductor that is 
electrically connected to a grounded conductor of the 
system supplying the autotransformer. 



Exception No. 1: An autotransformer shall be permitted 
without the connection to a grounded conductor where 
transforming from a nominal 208 volts to a nominal 240- 
volt supply or similarly from 240 volts to 208 volts. 

Exception No. 2: In industrial occupancies, where 
conditions of maintenance and supervision ensure that only 
qualified persons service the installation, autotransformers 
shall be permitted to supply nominal 600-volt loads from 
nominal 480-volt systems, and 480-volt loads from nominal 
600-volt systems, without the connection to a similar 
grounded conductor. 

215.12 Identification for Feeders. 

(A) Grounded Conductor. The grounded conductor of a 
feeder shall be identified in accordance with 200.6. 

(B) Equipment Grounding Conductor. The equipment 
grounding conductor shall be identified in accordance with 
250.119. 

(C) Ungrounded Conductors. Where the premises wiring 
system has feeders supplied from more than one nominal 
voltage system, each ungrounded conductor of a feeder, 
where accessible, shall be identified by system. The means 
of identification shall be permitted to be by separate color 
coding, marking tape, tagging, or other approved means 
and shall be permanently posted at each feeder panelboard 
or similar feeder distribution equipment. 



f 



ARTICLE 220 

Branch-Circuit, Feeder, and Service 
Calculations 



I. General 

220.1 Scope. This article provides requirements for 
calculating branch-circuit, feeder, and service loads. Part I 
provides for general requirements for calculation methods. 
Part II provides calculation methods for branch circuit 
loads. Parts III and IV provide calculation methods for 
feeders and services. Part V provides calculation methods 
for farms. 

FPN: See Figure 220.1 for information on the organization 

of Article 220. 

220.3 Application of Other Articles. In other articles 
applying to the calculation of loads in specialized 
applications, there are requirements provided in Table 
220.3 that are in addition to, or modifications of, those 
within this article. 



70-56 



2007 California Electrical Code 



ARTICLE 220 - BRANCH-CIRCUIT, FEEDER, AND SERVICE CALCULATIONS 



220.12 



Part 1 General 






Part II Branch circuit load calculations 




















Part 111 

Feeder and 
service load 
calculations 








Part IV 

Optional 

feeder and 

service toad 

calculations 






220,61 

Neutral 
Loads 
















< 




i 
i 






Farm dwellings 
only 




Farm dwellings 
only 










K 

1 




Part V Farm load calculations 


Figu 
Calc 


re 
ula 


220.1 
tionM 


Bran 

ethods 


ch-C 


]!irci 


lit, 


Fee< 


ler, and Service 



220.5 Calculations. 

(A) Voltages. Unless other voltages are specified, for 
purposes of calculating branch-circuit and feeder loads, 
nominal system voltages of 120, 120/240, 208Y/120, 240, 
347, 480Y/277, 480, 600Y/347, and 600 volts shall be 
used. 

(B) Fractions of an Ampere. Where calculations result 
in a fraction of an ampere that is less than 0.5, such 
fractions shall be permitted to be dropped. 

II. Branch Circuit Load Calculations 

220.10 General. Branch-circuit loads shall be calculated 
as shown in 220.12, 220.14, and 220.16. 

220.12 Lighting Load for Specified Occupancies. A 

unit load of not less than that specified in Table 220.12 
for occupancies specified therein shall constitute the 
minimum lighting load. The floor area for each floor shall 
be calculated from the outside dimensions of the building, 



Table 220.3 Additional Load Calculation References 



Calculation 


Article 


Section (or Part) 


Air-Conditioning and Refrigerating Equipment, Branch-Circuit 


440 


Part IV 


Conductor Sizing 






Cranes and Hoists, Rating and Size of Conductors 


610 


610.14 


Electric Welders, ampacity calculations 


630 


630.11,630.31 


Electrically Driven or Controlled Irrigation Machines 


675 


675.7(A), 675.22(A) 


Electrolytic Cell Lines 


668 


668.3(C) 


Electroplating, Branch-Circuit Conductor Sizing 


669 


669.5 


Elevator Feeder Demand Factors 


620 


620.14 


Fire Pumps, Voltage Drop (mandatory calculation) 


695 


695.7 


Fixed Electric Heating Equipment for Pipelines and Vessels, Branch- 


427 


427.4 


Circuit Sizing ' 






Fixed Electric Space Heating Equipment, Branch-Circuit Sizing 


424 


424.3 


Fixed Outdoor Electric Deicing and Snow-Melting Equipment, 


426 


426.4 


Branch-Circuit Sizing 






Industrial Machinery, Supply Conductor Sizing 


670 


670.4(A) 


Marinas and Boatyards, Feeder and Service Load Calculations 


555 


555.12 


Mobile Homes, Manufactured Homes, and Mobile Home Parks, Total 


550 


550.18(B) 


Load for Determining Power Supply 






Mobile Homes, Manufactured Homes, and Mobile Home Parks, 


550 


550.31 


Allowable Demand Factors for Park Electrical Wiring Systems 






Motion Picture and Television Studios and Similar Locations - Sizing 


530 


530.19 


of Feeder Conductors for Television Studio Sets 






Motors, Feeder Demand Factor 


430 


430.26 


Motors, Multimotor and Combination-Load Equipment 


430 


430.25 


Motors, Several Motors or a Motor(s) and Other Load(s) 


430 


430.24 


Over 600 Volt Branch Circuit Calculations 


210 


210.19(B) 


Over 600 Volt Feeder Calculations 


215 


215.2(B) 


Phase Converters, Conductors 


455 


455.6 


Recreational Vehicle Parks, Basis of Calculations 


551 


551.73(A) 


Sensitive Electrical Equipment, Voltage Drop (mandatory calculation) 


647 


647.4(D) 


Solar Photovoltaic Systems, Circuit Sizing and Current 


690 


690.8 


Storage-Type Water Heaters 


422 


422.11(E) 


Theaters, Stage Switchboard Feeders 


520 


520.27 



2007 California Electrical Code 



70-57 



220.14 



ARTICLE 220 - BRANCH-CIRCUIT, FEEDER, AND SERVICE CALCULATIONS 



dwelling unit, or other area involved. For dwelling units, 
the calculated floor area shall not include open porches, 
garages, or unused or unfinished spaces not adaptable for 
future use. 

FPN: The unit values herein are based on minimum load 
conditions and 100 percent power factor and may not 
provide sufficient capacity for the installation contemplated. 



Table 220.12 General Lig 


iting Loads by Occupancy 




Unit Load 




Volt-Amperes 


Volt-Amperes 




per Square 


per Square 


Type of Occupancy 


Meter 


Foot 


Armories and auditoriums 


11 


1 


Banks 


39 b 


3Y 2 h 


Barber shops and beauty 


33 


3 


parlors 






Churches 


11 


1 


Clubs 


22 


2 


Court rooms 


22 


2 


Dwelling units a 


33 


3 


Garages — commercial 


6 


Vi 


(storage) 






Hospitals 


22 


2 


Hotels and motels, including 


22 


2 


apartment houses without 






provision for cooking by 






tenants 3 






Industrial commercial (loft) 


22 


2 


buildings 






Lodge rooms 


17 


VA 


Office buildings 


39 b 


y/f 


Restaurants 


22 


2 


Schools 


33 


3 


Stores 


33 


3 


Warehouses (storage) 


3 


% 


In any of the preceding 






occupancies except one- 






family dwellings and 






individual dwelling units 






of two-family and 






multifamily dwellings: 






Assembly halls and 


11 


1 


auditoriums 






Halls, corridors, closets, 


6 


Vi 


stairways 






Storage spaces 


3 


Va 


a See220.14(J). 






b See220.14(K). 







220.14 Other Loads — All Occupancies. In all 

occupancies, the minimum load for each outlet for general- 
use receptacles and outlets not used for general 
illumination shall not be less than that calculated in 
220.14(A) through (L), the loads shown being based on 
nominal branch-circuit voltages. 



Exception: The loads of outlets serving switchboards and 
switching frames in telephone exchanges shall be waived 
from the calculations, 

(A) Specific Appliances or Loads. An outlet for a specific 
appliance or other load not covered in 220.14(B) through 
(L) shall be calculated based on the ampere rating of the 
appliance or load served. 

(B) Electric Dryers and Household Electric Cooking 
Appliances. Load calculations shall be permitted as 
specified in 220.54 for electric dryers and in 220.55 for 
electric ranges and other cooking appliances. 

(C) Motor Loads. Outlets for motor loads shall be 
calculated in accordance with the requirements in 430.22, 
430.24, and 440.6. 

(D) Luminaires (Lighting Fixtures). An outlet supplying 
luminaire(s) [lighting fixture(s)] shall be calculated based 
on the maximum volt-ampere rating of the equipment and 
lamps for which the luminaire(s) [fixture(s)] is rated. 

(E) Heavy-Duty Lampholders. Outlets for heavy-duty 
lampholders shall be calculated at a minimum of 600 volt- 
amperes. 

(F) Sign and Outline Lighting. Sign and outline lighting 
outlets shall be calculated at a minimum of 1200 volt- 
amperes for each required branch circuit specified in 600.5(A). 

(G) Show Windows. Show windows shall be calculated in 
accordance with either of the following: 

(1) The unit load per outlet as required in other provisions 
of this section 

(2) At 200 volt-amperes per 300 mm (1 ft) of show window 

(H) Fixed Multioutlet Assemblies. Fixed multioutlet 
assemblies used in other than dwelling units or the guest 
rooms or guest suites of hotels or motels shall be calculated 
in accordance with (H)(1) or (H)(2). For the purposes of 
this section, the calculation shall be permitted to be based 
on the portion that contains receptacle outlets. 

(1) Where appliances are unlikely to be used 
simultaneously, each 1.5 m (5 ft) or fraction thereof of 
each separate and continuous length shall be considered 
as one outlet of not less than 180 volt-amperes. 

(2) Where appliances are likely to be used simultaneously, 
each 300 mm (1 ft) or fraction thereof shall be 
considered as an outlet of not less than 1 80 volt-amperes. 

(I) Receptacle Outlets. Except as covered in 220.14(J) and 
(K), receptacle outlets shall be calculated at not less than 
180 volt-amperes for each single or for each multiple 
receptacle on one yoke. A single piece of equipment 
consisting of a multiple receptacle comprised of four or 
more receptacles shall be calculated at not less than 90 
volt-amperes per receptacle. This provision shall not be 
applicable to the receptacle outlets specified in 
210.11(C)(1) and (C)(2). 



v 



70-58 



2007 California Electrical Code 



ARTICLE 220 - BRANCH-CIRCUIT, FEEDER, AND SERVICE CALCULATIONS 



220.50 



(J) Dwelling Occupancies. In one-family, two-family, and 
multifamily dwellings and in guest rooms or guest suites of 
hotels and motels, the outlets specified in (J)(l), (J)(2), and 
(J)(3) are included in the general lighting load calculations 
of 220.12. No additional load calculations shall be required 
for such outlets. 

(1) All general-use receptacle outlets of 20-ampere rating 
or less, including receptacles connected to the circuits 
in 210.1 1(C)(3) 

(2) The receptacle outlets specified in 210.52(E) and (G) 

(3) The lighting outlets specified in 210.70(A) and (B) 

(K) Banks and Office Buildings. In banks or office 
buildings, the receptacle loads shall be calculated to be the 
largerof(l)or(2): 

(1) The computed load from 220. 14(1) 

(2) 1 1 volt-amperes/m^ or 1 volt-ampere/fir 

(L) Other Outlets. Other outlets not covered in 220.14(A) 
through (K) shall be calculated based on 180 volt-amperes 
per outlet. 

220.16 Loads for Additions to Existing Installations. 

(A) Dwelling Units. Loads added to an existing dwelling 
unit(s) shall comply with the following as applicable: 

(1) Loads for structural additions to an existing dwelling 
unit or for a previously unwired portion of an existing 

dwelling unit, either of which exceeds 46.5 mr (500 

fir), shall be calculated in accordance with 220.12 and 
220.14. 

(2) Loads for new circuits or extended circuits in 
previously wired dwelling units shall be calculated in 
accordance with either 220.12 or 220.14, as applicable. 

(B) Other Than Dwelling Units. Loads for new circuits or 
extended circuits in other than dwelling units shall be 
calculated in accordance with either 220.12 or 220.14, as 
applicable. 

220.18 Maximum Loads. The total load shall not exceed 
the rating of the branch circuit, and it shall not exceed the 
maximum loads specified in 220.18(A) through (C) under 
the conditions specified therein. 

(A) Motor-Operated and Combination Loads. Where a 
circuit supplies only motor-operated loads, Article 430 
shall apply. Where a circuit supplies only air-conditioning 
equipment, refrigerating equipment, or both, Article 440 
shall apply. For circuits supplying loads consisting of 
motor-operated utilization equipment that is fastened in 
place and has a motor larger than Va hp in combination with 
other loads, the total calculated load shall be based on 125 
percent of the largest motor load plus the sum of the other 
loads. 



(B) Inductive Lighting Loads. For circuits supplying 
lighting units that have ballasts, transformers, or 
autotransformers, the calculated load shall be based on the 
total ampere ratings of such units and not on the total watts 
of the lamps. 

(C) Range Loads. It shall be permissible to apply demand 
factors for range loads in accordance with Table 220.55, 
including Note 4. 

III. Feeder and Service Load Calculations 

220.40 General. The calculated load of a feeder or service 
shall not be less than the sum of the loads on the branch 
circuits supplied, as determined by Part II of this article, 
after any applicable demand factors permitted by Parts III 
or IV or required by Part V have been applied. 

FPN: See Examples D1(A) through D10 in Annex D. See 
220.18(B) for the maximum load in amperes permitted for 
lighting units operating at less than 100 percent power 
factor. 

220.42 General Lighting. The demand factors specified in 
Table 220.42 shall apply to that portion of the total branch- 
circuit load calculated for general illumination. They shall 
not be applied in determining the number of branch circuits 
for general illumination. 

220.43 Show- Window and Track Lighting. 

(A) Show Windows. For show-window lighting, a load of 
not less than 660 volt-amperes/linear meter or 200 volt- 
amperes/linear foot shall be included for a show window, 
measured horizontally along its base. 

FPN: See 220.14(G) for branch circuits supplying show 
windows. 

(B) Track Lighting. For track lighting in other than 
dwelling units or guest rooms or guest suites of hotels or 
motels, an additional load of 150 volt-amperes shall be 
included for every 600 mm (2 ft) of lighting track or 
fraction thereof. Where multicircuit track is installed, the 
load shall be considered to be divided equally between the 
track circuits. 

220.44 Receptacle Loads — Other Than Dwelling Units. 

Receptacle loads calculated in accordance with 220.14(H) 
and (I) shall be permitted to be made subject to the demand 
factors given in Table 220.42 or Table 220.44. 

220.50 Motors. Motor loads shall be calculated in 
accordance with 430.24, 430.25, and 430.26 and with 440.6 
for hermetic refrigerant motor compressors. 



2007 California Electrical Code 



70-59 



220.51 



ARTICLE 220 - BRANCH-CIRCUIT, FEEDER, AND SERVICE CALCULATIONS 



Table 220.42 Lighting Load Demand Factors 




Portion of Lighting 






Load to Which 






Demand Factor 




Type of Occupancy 


Applies 


Demand Factor 




(Volt-Amperes) 


(Percent) 


Dwelling units 


First 3000 or less at 


100 




From 3001 to 


35 




120,000 at 






Remainder over 


25 




120,000 at 




Hospitals* 


First 50,000 or less at 


40 




Remainder over 


20 




50,000 at 




Hotels and motels, 


First 20,000 or less 


50 


including 


at 




apartment houses 


From 20,001 to 


40 


without provision 


100,000 at 




for cooking by 


Remainder over 


30 


tenants* 


100,000 at 




Warehouses 


First 12,500 or less at 


100 


(storage) 


Remainder over 
12,500 at 


50 


All others 


Total volt-amperes 


100 



The demand factors of this table shall not apply to the calculated 
load of feeders or services supplying areas in hospitals, hotels, and 
motels where the entire lighting is likely to be used at one time, as 
in operating rooms, ballrooms, or dining rooms. 



Table 220.44 Demand Factors for Non-dwelling 
Receptacle Loads 



Portion of Receptacle Load to 
Which Demand Factor Applies 
(Volt-Amperes) 



Demand Factor 
(Percent) 



First 10 kVA or less at 
Remainder over 10 kVA at 



100 

50 



220.51 Fixed Electric Space Heating. Fixed electric 
space heating loads shall be calculated at 100 percent of the 
total connected load. However, in no case shall a feeder or 
service load current rating be less than the rating of the 
largest branch circuit supplied. 

Exception: Where reduced loading of the conductors 
results from units operating on duty-cycle, intermittently, 
or from all units not operating at the same time, the 
authority having jurisdiction may grant permission for 
feeder and service conductors to have an ampacity less 
than 100 percent, provided the conductors have an 
ampacity for the load so determined. 



220.52 Small Appliance and Laundry Loads — 
Dwelling Unit. 

(A) Small Appliance Circuit Load. In each dwelling unit, 
the load shall be calculated at 1500 volt-amperes for each 
2-wire small-appliance branch circuit required by 
210.11(C)(1). Where the load is subdivided through two or 
more feeders, the calculated load for each shall include not 
less than 1500 volt-amperes for each 2-wire small- 
appliance branch circuit. These loads shall be permitted to 
be included with the general lighting load and subjected to 
the demand factors provided in Table 220.42. 

Exception: The individual branch circuit permitted by 
210, 52(B)(1), Exception No. 2, shall be permitted to be 
excluded from the calculation required by 220.52. 

(B) Laundry Circuit Load. A load of not less than 1500 
volt-amperes shall be included for each 2-wire laundry 
branch circuit installed as required by 210.11(C)(2). This 
load shall be permitted to be included with the general 
lighting load and subjected to the demand factors provided 
in Table 220.42. 

220.53 Appliance Load — Dwelling Unit(s). It shall be 
permissible to apply a demand factor of 75 percent to the 
nameplate rating load of four or more appliances fastened 
in place, other than electric ranges, clothes dryers, space- 
heating equipment, or air-conditioning equipment, that are 
served by the same feeder or service in a one-family, two- 
family, or multifamily dwelling. 

220.54 Electric Clothes Dryers — Dwelling Unit(s). The 

load for household electric clothes dryers in a dwelling 
unit(s) shall be either 5000 watts (volt-amperes) or the 
nameplate rating, whichever is larger, for each dryer 
served. The use of the demand factors in Table 220.54 shall 
be permitted. Where two or more single-phase dryers are 
supplied by a 3-phase, 4-wire feeder or service, the total 
load shall be calculated on the basis of twice the maximum 
number connected between any two phases. 

220.55 Electric Ranges and Other Cooking Appliances 
— Dwelling Unit(s). The load for household electric 
ranges, wall-mounted ovens, counter-mounted cooking 
units, and other household cooking appliances individually 
rated in excess of VA kW shall be permitted to be 
calculated in accordance with Table 220.55. Kilovolt- 
amperes (kVA) shall be considered equivalent to kilowatts 
(kW) for loads calculated under this section. 

Where two or more single-phase ranges are supplied 
by a 3-phase, 4-wire feeder or service, the total load shall 
be calculated on the basis of twice the maximum number 
connected between any two phases. 



70-60 



2007 California Electrical Code 



ARTICLE 220 - BRANCH-CIRCUIT, FEEDER, AND SERVICE CALCULATIONS 



220.80 



Table 220.54 Demand Factors for Household Electric 
Clothes Dryers 



Number of 




Demand Factor 


Dryers 




(Percent) 


1-4 




100% 


5 




85% 


6 




75% 


7 




65% 


8 




60% 


9 




55% 


10 




50% 


11 




47% 


12-22 


% = 47 - 


- (number of dryers - 1 1) 


23 




35% 


24-42 


% = 35-[0 


.5 x (number of dryers - 23)] 


43 and over 




25% 



FPN No. 1 : See Example D5(A) in Annex D. 

FPN No. 2: See Table 220.56 for commercial cooking 

equipment. 

FPN No. 3 : See the examples in Annex D. 

220.56 Kitchen Equipment — Other Than Dwelling 

Unit(s). It shall be permissible to calculate the load for 
commercial electric cooking equipment, dishwasher 
booster heaters, water heaters, and other kitchen equipment 
in accordance with Table 220.56. These demand factors 
shall be applied to all equipment that has either 
thermostatic control or intermittent use as kitchen 
equipment. These demand factors shall not apply to space- 
heating, ventilating, or air-conditioning equipment. 

However, in no case shall the feeder or service 
calculated load be less than the sum of the largest two 
kitchen equipment loads. 



Table 220.56 Demand Factors for Kitchen Equipment 
— Other Than Dwelling Unit(s) 



Number of Units of 


Demand Factor 


Equipment 


(Percent) 


1 


100 


2 


100 


3 


90 


4 


80 


5 


70 


6 and over 


65 



220.60 Noncoincident Loads. Where it is unlikely that 
two or more noncoincident loads will be in use 
simultaneously, it shall be permissible to use only the 
largest load(s) that will be used at one time for calculating 
the total load of a feeder or service. 

220.61 Feeder or Service Neutral Load. 

(A) Basic Calculation. The feeder or service neutral load 
shall be the maximum unbalance of the load determined by 
this article. The maximum unbalanced load shall be the 
maximum net calculated load between the neutral and any 
one ungrounded conductor. 

Exception: For 3-wire, 2-phase or 5-wire, 2-phase 
systems, the maximum unbalanced load shall be the 
maximum net calculated load between the neutral and any 
one ungrounded conductor multiplied by 140 percent 

(B) Permitted Reductions. A service or feeder supplying 
the following loads shall be permitted to have an additional 
demand factor of 70 percent applied to the amount in 
220.61(B)(1) or portion of the amount in 220.61(B)(2) 
determined by the basic calculation: 

(1) A feeder or service supplying household electric 
ranges, wall-mounted ovens, counter-mounted cooking 
units, and electric dryers, where the maximum 
unbalanced load has been determined in accordance 
with Table 220.55 for ranges and Table 220.54 for 
dryers 

(2) That portion of the unbalanced load in excess of 200 
amperes where the feeder or service is supplied from a 
3-wire dc or single-phase ac system, or a 4- wire, 3- 
phase; 3-wire, 2-phase system, or a 5-wire, 2-phase 
system 

(C) Prohibited Reductions. There shall be no reduction of 
the neutral or grounded conductor capacity applied to the 
amount in 220.61(C)(1), or portion of the amount in (C)(2), 
from that determined by the basic calculation: 

(1) Any portion of a 3-wire circuit consisting of 2-phase 
wires and the neutral of a 4- wire, 3 -phase, wye- 
connected system 

(2) That portion consisting of nonlinear loads supplied 
from a 4- wire, wye-connected, 3 -phase system 

FPN No. 1: See Examples D1(A), D1(B), D2(B), D4(A), 
and D5(A) in Annex D. 

FPN No. 2: A 3 -phase, 4-wire, wye-connected power 
system used to supply power to nonlinear loads may 
necessitate that the power system design allow for the 
possibility of high harmonic neutral currents. 

IV. Optional Feeder and Service Load Calculations 

220.80 General. Optional feeder and service load 
calculations shall be permitted in accordance with Part IV. 



2007 California Electrical Code 



70-61 



220.80 



ARTICLE 220 -BRANCH-CIRCUIT, FEEDER, AND SERVICE CALCULATIONS 



Table 220.55 Demand Factors and Loads for Household Electric Ranges, Wall-Mounted Ovens, Counter-Mounted Cooking Units, 
and Other Household Cooking Appliances over 1 3 A kW Rating (Column C to be used in all cases except as otherwise permitted in 
Note 3.) 





Demand Factor 


(Percent) (See Notes) 




Number of Appliances 


Column A 


Column B 


Column C 




(Less than 3 2 / 2 kW Rating) 


(VA kW to 8 3 / 4 kW Rating) 


Maximum Demand (kW) (See 
Notes) (Not over 12 kW Rating) 


1 


80 


80 


8 


2 


75 


65 


11 


3 


70 


55 


14 


4 


66 


50 


17 


5 


62 


45 


20 


6 


59 


43 


21 


7 


56 


40 


22 


8 


53 


36 


23 


9 


51 


35 


24 


10 


49 


34 


25 


11 


47 


32 


26 


12 


45 


32 


27 


13 


43. 


32 


28 


14 


41 


32 


29 


15 


40 


32 


30 


16 


39 


28 


31 


17 


38 


28 


32 


18 


37 


28 


33 


19 


36 


28 


34 


20 


35 


28 


35 


21 


34 


26 


36 


22 


33 


26 


37 


23 


32 


26 


38 


24 


31 


26 


39 


25 


30 


26 


40 


26-30 


30 


24 


15 kW + 1 kW for each range 


31-40 


30 
30 


22 
20 




41-50 


25 kW + 3 / 4 kW for each range 


51-60 


30 


18 




61 and over 


30 


16 





1. Over 12 kW through 27 kW ranges all of same rating. For ranges individually rated more than 12 kW but not more than 27 kW, the 
maximum demand in Column C shall be increased 5 percent for each additional kilowatt of rating or major fraction thereof by which 
the rating of individual ranges exceeds 12 kW. 

2. Over 8 3 /4 kW through 27 kW ranges of unequal ratings. For ranges individually rated more than %Va kW and of different ratings, but 
none exceeding 27 kW, an average value of rating shall be calculated by adding together the ratings of all ranges to obtain the total 
connected load (using 12 kW for any range rated less than 12 kW) and dividing by the total number of ranges. Then the maximum 
demand in Column C shall be increased 5 percent for each kilowatt or major fraction thereof by which this average value exceeds 12 
kW. 

3. Over 1% kW through 8% kW. In lieu of the method provided in Column C, it shall be permissible to add the nameplate ratings of all 
household cooking appliances rated more than PA kW but not more than 8% kW and multiply the sum by the demand factors specified 
in Column A or B for the given number of appliances. Where the rating of cooking appliances falls under both Column A and Column 
B, the demand factors for each column shall be applied to the appliances for that column, and the results added together. 

4. Branch-Circuit Load. It shall be permissible to calculate the branch-circuit load for one range in accordance with Table 220.55. The 
branch-circuit load for one wall-mounted oven or one counter-mounted cooking unit shall be the nameplate rating of the appliance. The 
branch-circuit load for a counter-mounted cooking unit and not more than two wall-mounted ovens, all supplied from a single branch 
circuit and located in the same room, shall be calculated by adding the nameplate rating of the individual appliances and treating this 
total as equivalent to one range. 

5. This table also applies to household cooking appliances rated over VA kW and used in instructional programs. 



70-62 



2007 California Electrical Code 



ARTICLE 220 - BRANCH-CIRCUIT, FEEDER, AND SERVICE CALCULATIONS 



220.83 



220.82 Dwelling Unit. 

(A) Feeder and Service Load. This section applies to a 
dwelling unit having the total connected load served by a 
single 120/240-volt or 208Y/120-volt set of 3-wire service 
or feeder conductors with an ampacity of 100 or greater. It 
shall be permissible to calculate the feeder and service 
loads in accordance with this section instead of the method 
specified in Part III of this article. The calculated load shall 
be the result of adding the loads from 220.82(B) and (C). 
Feeder and service-entrance conductors whose calculated 
load is determined by this optional calculation shall be 
permitted to have the neutral load determined by 220.6 1 . 

(B) General Loads. The general calculated load shall be 
not less than 100 percent of the first 10 kVA plus 40 
percent of the remainder of the following loads: 

(1) 33 volt-amperes/m^ or 3 volt-amperes/ft? for general 
lighting and general-use receptacles. The floor area for 
each floor shall be calculated from the outside 
dimensions of the dwelling unit. The calculated floor 
area shall not include open porches, garages, or unused 
or unfinished spaces not adaptable for future use. 

(2) 1500 volt-amperes for each 2-wire, 20-ampere small- 
appliance branch circuit and each laundry branch 
circuit specified in 220.52. 

■^ (3) The nameplate rating of all appliances that are fastened 
] in place, permanently connected, or located to be on a 

-^ specific circuit, ranges, wall-mounted ovens, counter- 

mounted cooking units, clothes dryers, and water 
heaters. 

(4) The nameplate ampere or kVA rating of all motors and 
of all low-power- factor loads. 

(C) Heating and Air-Conditioning Load. The largest of 
the following six selections (load in kVA) shall be 
included: 

(1) 100 percent of the nameplate rating(s) of the air 
conditioning and cooling. 

(2) 100 percent of the nameplate rating(s) of the heating 
when a heat pump is used without any supplemental 
electric heating, 

(3) 100 percent of the nameplate ratings of electric thermal 
storage and other heating systems where the usual load 
is expected to be continuous at the full nameplate 
value. Systems qualifying under this selection shall not 
be calculated under any other selection in 220.82(C). 

(4) 1 00 percent of the nameplate rating(s) of the heat pump 
compressor and 65 percent of the supplemental electric 
heating for central electric space heating systems. If 
the heat pump compressor is prevented from operating 
at the same time as the supplementary heat, it does not 
need to be added to the supplementary heat for the 
total central space heating load. 



(5) 65 percent of the nameplate rating(s) of electric space 
heating if less than four separately controlled units. 

(6) 40 percent of the nameplate rating(s) of electric space 
heating if four or more separately controlled units. 

220.83 Existing Dwelling Unit. This section shall be 

permitted to be used to determine if the existing service or 
feeder is of sufficient capacity to serve additional loads. 
Where the dwelling unit is served by a 120/240-volt or 
208Y/120-volt, 3-wire service, it shall be permissible to 
calculate the total load in accordance with 220.83(A) or 
(B). 

(A) Where Additional Air-Conditioning Equipment or 
Electric Space-Heating Equipment Is Not to Be 
Installed. The following formula shall be used for existing 
and additional new loads. 



Load (kVA) 



Percent of Load 



First 8 kVA of load at 
Remainder of load at 



100 
40 



Load calculations shall include the following: 

(1) General lighting and general-use receptacles at 33 volt- 
amperes/m 2 or 3 volt-amperes/ft 2 as determined by 
220.12 

(2) 1500 volt-amperes for each 2-wire, 20-ampere small- 
appliance branch circuit and each laundry branch 
circuit specified in 220.52 

(3) Household range(s), wall-mounted oven(s), and 
counter-mounted cooking unit(s) 

(4) All other appliances that are permanently connected, 
fastened in place, or connected to a dedicated circuit, 
at nameplate rating 

(B) Where Additional Air-Conditioning Equipment or 
Electric Space-Heating Equipment Is to Be Installed. 

The following formula shall be used for existing and 
additional new loads. The larger connected load of air- 
conditioning or space-heating, but not both, shall be used. 
Load Percent of Load 



Air-conditioning equipment 


100 


Central electric space heating 


100 


Less than four separately controlled 


100 


space-heating units 




First 8 kVA of all other loads 


100 


Remainder of all other loads 


40 



Other loads shall include the following: 

(1) General lighting and general-use receptacles at 33 volt- 
amperes/m 2 or 3 volt-amperes/ft 2 as determined by 
220.12 

(2) 1500 volt-amperes for each 2-wire, 20-ampere small- 
appliance branch circuit and each laundry branch 
circuit specified in 220.52 



2007 California Electrical Code 



70-63 



220.84 



ARTICLE 220 - BRANCH-CIRCUIT, FEEDER, AND SERVICE CALCULATIONS 



(3) Household range(s), wall-mounted oven(s), and 
counter-mounted cooking unit(s) 

(4) All other appliances that are permanently connected, 
fastened in place, or connected to a dedicated circuit, 
including four or more separately controlled space- 
heating units, at nameplate rating 

220.84 Multifamily Dwelling. 

(A) Feeder or Service Load. It shall be permissible to 
calculate the load of a feeder or service that supplies three 
or more dwelling units of a multifamily dwelling in 
accordance with Table 220.84 instead of Part III of this 
article if all the following conditions are met: 

(1) No dwelling unit is supplied by more than one feeder. 

(2) Each dwelling unit is equipped with electric cooking 
equipment. 

Exception: When the calculated load for multifamily 
dwellings without electric cooking in Part III of this article 
exceeds that calculated under Part IV for the identical load 
plus electric cooking (based on 8 kWper unit), the lesser of 
the two loads shall be permitted to be used. 

(3) Each dwelling unit is equipped with either electric 
space heating or air conditioning, or both. Feeders and 
service conductors whose calculated load is 
determined by this optional calculation shall be 
permitted to have the neutral load determined by 
220.61. 

(B) House Loads. House loads shall be calculated in 
accordance with Part III of this article and shall be in 
addition to the dwelling unit loads calculated in accordance 
with Table 220.84. 

(C) Connected Loads. The calculated load to which the 
demand factors of Table 220.84 apply shall include the 
following: 

(1) 33 volt-amperes/m 2 or 3 volt-amperes/ft 2 for general 
lighting and general-use receptacles. 

(2) 1500 volt-amperes for each 2-wire, 20-ampere small- 
appliance branch circuit and each laundry branch 
circuit specified in 220.52. 

(3) The nameplate rating of all appliances that are fastened 
in place, permanently connected or located to be on a 
specific circuit, ranges, wall-mounted ovens, counter- 
mounted cooking units, clothes dryers, water heaters, 
and space heaters. If water heater elements are 
interlocked so that all elements cannot be used at the 
same time, the maximum possible load shall be 
considered the nameplate load. 

(4) The nameplate ampere or kilovolt-ampere rating of all 
motors and of all low-power-factor loads. 

(5) The larger of the air-conditioning load or the space- 
heating load. 



Table 220.84 Optional Calculations — Demand Factors 
for Three or More Multifamily Dwelling Units 



Number of 


Demand Factor 


Dwelling Units 


(Percent) 


3-5 


45 


6-7 


44 


8-10 


43 


11 


42 


12-13 


41 


14-15 


40 


16-17 


39 


18-20 


38 


21 


37 


22-23 


36 


24-25 


35 


26-27 


34 


28-30 


33 


31 


32 


32-33 


31 


34-36 


30 


37-38 


29 


39-42 


28 


43^5 


27 


46-50 


26 


51-55 


25 


56-61 


24 


62 and over 


23 



220.85 Two Dwelling Units. Where two dwelling units 
are supplied by a single feeder and the calculated load 
under Part III of this article exceeds that for three identical 
units calculated under 220.84, the lesser of the two loads 
shall be permitted to be used. 

220.86 Schools. The calculation of a feeder or service 
load for schools shall be permitted in accordance with 
Table 220.86 in lieu of Part III of this article where 
equipped with electric space heating, air conditioning, or 
both. The connected load to which the demand factors of 
Table 220.86 apply shall include all of the interior and 
exterior lighting, power, water heating, cooking, other 
loads, and the larger of the air-conditioning load or space- 
heating load within the building or structure. 

Feeders and service-entrance conductors whose 
calculated load is determined by this optional calculation 
shall be permitted to have the neutral load determined by 
220.61. Where the building or structure load is calculated 
by this optional method, feeders within the building or 
structure shall have ampacity as permitted in Part III of this 
article; however, the ampacity of an individual feeder shall not 
be required to be larger than the ampacity for the entire building. 

This section shall not apply to portable classroom 
buildings. 



70-64 



2007 California Electrical Code 



ARTICLE 220 -BRANCH-CIRCUIT, FEEDER, AND SERVICE CALCULATIONS 



220.103 



Table 220.86 Optional Method — Demand Factors for 
Feeders and Service-Entrance Conductors for Schools 



Connected Load 



First 33 VA/m 2 

Plus, 
Over 33 to 220 

VA/m 2 Plus, 
Remainder over 220 

VA/m 2 



(3 VA/ft 2 ) at 

(3 to 20 VA/ft 2 ) at 
(20VA/ft 2 )at 



Demand Factor 
(Percent) 



100 

75 
25 



220.87 Determining Existing Loads. The calculation of 
a feeder or service load for existing installations shall be 
permitted to use actual maximum demand to determine the 
existing load under all of the following conditions: 

(1) The maximum demand data is available for a 1-year period. 

Exception: If the maximum demand data for a 1-year period is 
not available, the calculated load shall be permitted to be based 
on the maximum demand (measure of average power demand 
over a 15-minute period) continuously recorded over a 
minimum 30-day period using a recording ammeter or power 
meter connected to the highest loaded phase of the feeder or 
service, based on the initial loading at the start of the recording. 
The recording shall reflect the maximum demand of the feeder 
or service by being taken when the building or space is 
occupied and shall include by measurement or calculation the 
larger of the heating or cooling equipment load, and other loads 
that may be periodic in nature due to seasonal or similar 
conditions. 

(2) The maximum demand at 125 percent plus the new 
load does not exceed the ampacity of the feeder or 
rating of the service. 

(3) The feeder has overcurrent protection in accordance 
with 240.4, and the service has overload protection in 
accordance with 230.90. 

220.88 New Restaurants. ■ Calculation of a service or 
feeder load, where the feeder serves the total load, for a 
new restaurant shall be permitted in accordance with Table 
220.88 in lieu of Part III of this article. 



The overload protection of the service conductors shall 
be in accordance with 230.90 and 240.4. 

Feeder conductors shall not be required to be of greater 
ampacity than the service conductors. 

Service or feeder conductors whose calculated load is 
determined by this optional calculation shall be permitted 
to have the neutral load determined by 220.61. 

V. Farm Load Calculation 

220.100 General. Farm loads shall be calculated in 
accordance with Part V. 

220.102 Farm Loads — Buildings and Other Loads. 

(A) Dwelling Unit. The feeder or service load of a farm 
dwelling unit shall be calculated in accordance with the 
provisions for dwellings in Part III or IV of this article. 
Where the dwelling has electric heat and the farm has 
electric grain-drying systems, Part IV of this article shall 
not be used to calculate the dwelling load where the 
dwelling and farm load are supplied by a common service. 

(B) Other Than Dwelling Unit. Where a feeder or service 
supplies a farm building or other load having two or more 
separate branch circuits, the load for feeders, service 
conductors, and service equipment shall be calculated in 
accordance with demand factors not less than indicated in 
Table 220.102. 

220.103 Farm Loads — Total. Where supplied by a 
common service, the total load of the farm for service 
conductors and service equipment shall be calculated in 
accordance with the farm dwelling unit load and demand 
factors specified in Table 220.103. Where there is 
equipment in two or more farm equipment buildings or for 
loads having the same function, such loads shall be 
calculated in accordance with Table 220.102 and shall be 
permitted to be combined as a single load in Table 220.103 
for calculating the total load. 



Table 220.88 Optional Method — Permitted Load Calculations for Service and Feeder Conductors for New 
Restaurants 



Total Connected 


All Electric Restaurant 


Not All Electric Restaurant 


Load (kVA) 


Calculated Loads (kVA) 


Calculated Loads (kVA) 


0-200 


80% 


100% 


201-325 


10% (amount over 200) + 160.0 


50% (amount over 200) + 200.0 


326-800 


50% (amount over 325) + 172.5 


45% (amount over 325) + 262.5 


Over 800 


50% (amount over 800) + 410.0 


20% (amount over 800) + 476.3 



Note: Add all electrical loads, including both heating and cooling loads, to calculate the total connected load. Select the one demand factor 
that applies from the table, then multiply the total connected load by this single demand factor. 



2007 California Electrical Code 



70-65 



225.1 



ARTICLE 225 - OUTSIDE BRANCH CIRCUITS AND FEEDERS 



Table 220.102 Method for Calculating Farm Loads for 


Other Than Dwelling Unit 




Ampere Load at 240 Volts 


Demand Factor 


Maximum 


(Percent) 


Loads expected to operate 


100 


simultaneously, but not less than 




125 percent full-load current of 




the largest motor and not less 




than the first 60 amperes of load 




Next 60 amperes of all other loads 


50 


Remainder of other load 


25 



Table 225.2 Other Articles 



Table 220.103 Method for Calculating Total Farm Load 



Individual Loads Calculated in 
Accordance with Table 220.102 



Demand Factor 
(Percent) 



Largest load 
Second largest load 
Third largest load 
Remaining loads 



100 

75 
65 
50 



Note: To this total load, add the load of the farm dwelling unit 
calculated in accordance with Part III or IV of this article. 
Where the dwelling has electric heat and the farm has electric 
grain-drying systems, Part IV of this article shall not be used 
to calculate the dwelling load. 



ARTICLE 225 
Outside Branch Circuits and Feeders 



225.1 Scope. This article covers requirements for outside 
branch circuits and feeders run on or between buildings, 
structures, or poles on the premises; and electric equipment 
and wiring for the supply of utilization equipment that is 
located on or attached to the outside of buildings, 
structures* or poles. 

FPN: For additional information on wiring over 600 volts, 
see ANSI C2-2002, National Electrical Safety Code. 

225.2 Other Articles. Application of other articles, 
including additional requirements to specific cases of 
equipment and conductors, is shown in Table 225.2. 

I. General 

225.3 Calculation of Loads 600 Volts, Nominal, or Less. 

(A) Branch Circuits. The load on outdoor branch circuits 
shall be as determined by 220.10. 

(B) Feeders. The load on outdoor feeders shall be as 
determined by Part III of Article 220. 



Equipment/Conductors 



Article 



Branch circuits 


210 


Class 1, Glass 2, and Class 3 remote- 


725 


control, signaling, and power- 




limited circuits 




Communications circuits 


800 


Community antenna television and 


820 


radio distribution systems 




Conductors for general wiring 


310 


Electrically driven or controlled 


675 


irrigation machines 




Electric signs and outline lighting 


600 


Feeders 


215 


Fire alarm systems 


760 


Fixed outdoor electric deicing and 


426 


snow-melting equipment 




Floating buildings 


553 


Grounding 


250 


Hazardous (classified) locations 


500 


Hazardous (classified) locations — 


510 


specific 




Marinas and boatyards 


555 


Messenger supported wiring 


396 


Mobile homes, manufactured homes, 


550 


and mobile home parks 




Open wiring on insulators 


398 


Over 600 volts, general 


490 


Overcurrent protection 


240 


Radio and television equipment 


810 


Services 


230 


Solar photovoltaic systems 


690 


Swimming pools, fountains, and 


680 


similar installations 




Use and identification of grounded 


200 


conductors 





225.4 Conductor Covering. Where within 3.0 m (10 ft) of 
any building or structure other than supporting poles or 
towers, open individual (aerial) overhead conductors shall 
be insulated or covered. Conductors in cables or raceways, 
except Type MI cable, shall be of the rubber-covered type 
or thermoplastic type and, in wet locations, shall comply 
with 310.8. Conductors for festoon lighting shall be of the 
rubber-covered or thermoplastic type. 

Exception: Equipment grounding conductors and 
grounded circuit conductors shall be permitted to be bare 
or covered as specifically permitted elsewhere in this Code. 

225.5 Size of Conductors 600 Volts, Nominal, or Less. The 

ampacity of outdoor branch-circuit and feeder conductors shall 
be in accordance with 310.15 based on loads as determined 
under 220. 10 and Part HI of Article 220. 

225.6 Conductor Size and Support. 

(A) Overhead Spans. Open individual conductors shall 
not be smaller than the following: 



70-66 



2007 California Electrical Code 



ARTICLE 225 - OUTSIDE BRANCH CIRCUITS AND FEEDERS 



225.17 



(1) For 600 volts, nominal, or less, 10 AWG copper or 8 
AWG aluminum for spans up to 15 m (50 ft) in length, 
and 8 AWG copper or 6 AWG aluminum for a longer 
span unless supported by a messenger wire 

(2) For over 600 volts, nominal, 6 AWG copper or 4 AWG 
aluminum where open individual conductors, and 8 
AWG copper or 6 AWG aluminum where in cable 

(B) Festoon Lighting. Overhead conductors for festoon 
lighting shall not be smaller than 12 AWG unless the 
conductors are supported by messenger wires. In all spans 
exceeding 12 m (40 ft), the conductors shall be supported 
by messenger wire. The messenger wire shall be supported 
by strain insulators. Conductors or messenger wires shall 
not be attached to any fire escape, downspout, or plumbing 
equipment. 

225.7 Lighting Equipment Installed Outdoors. 

(A) General. For the supply of lighting equipment installed 
outdoors, the branch circuits shall comply with Article 210 
and 225.7(B) through (D). 

(B) Common Neutral. The ampacity of the neutral 
conductor shall not be less than the maximum net 
computed load current between the neutral and all 
ungrounded conductors connected to any one phase of the 
circuit. 

(C) 277 Volts to Ground. Circuits exceeding 120 volts, 
nominal, between conductors and not exceeding 277 volts, 
nominal, to ground shall be permitted to supply luminaires 
(lighting fixtures) for illumination of outdoor areas of 
industrial establishments, office buildings, schools, stores, 
and other commercial or public buildings where the 
luminaires (fixtures) are not less than 900 mm (3 ft) from 
windows, platforms, fire escapes, and the like. 

(D) 600 Volts Between Conductors. Circuits exceeding 
277 volts, nominal, to ground and not exceeding 600 volts, 
nominal, between conductors shall be permitted to supply 
the auxiliary equipment of electric-discharge lamps in 
accordance with 210.6(D)(1). 

225.10 Wiring on Buildings. The installation of outside 
wiring on surfaces of buildings shall be permitted for 
circuits of not over 600 volts, nominal, as open wiring on 
insulators, as multiconductor cable, as Type MC cable, as 
Type MI cable, as messenger supported wiring, in rigid 
metal conduit, in intermediate metal conduit, in rigid 
nonmetallic conduit, in cable toys, as cablebus, in 
wireways, in auxiliary gutters, in electrical metallic tubing, 
in flexible metal conduit, in liquidtight flexible metal 
conduit, in liquidtight flexible nonmetallic conduit, and in 
busways. Circuits of over 600 volts, nominal, shall be 
installed as provided in 300.37. 



225.11 Circuit Exits and Entrances. Where outside 
branch and feeder circuits leave or enter a building, the 
requirements of 230.52 and 230.54 shall apply. 

225.12 Open-Conductor Supports. Open conductors 
shall be supported on glass or porcelain knobs, racks, 
brackets, or strain insulators. 

225.14 Open-Conductor Spacings. 

(A) 600 Volts, Nominal, or Less. Conductors of 600 volts, 
nominal, or less, shall comply with the spacings provided 
in Table 230.51(C). 

(B) Over 600 Volts, Nominal. Conductors of over 600 
volts, nominal, shall comply with the spacings provided in 
110.36 and 490.24. 

(C) Separation from Other Circuits. Open conductors 
shall be separated from open conductors of other circuits or 
systems by not less than 100 mm (4 in.). 

(D) Conductors on Poles. Conductors on poles shall have 
a separation of not less than 300 mm (1 ft) where not 
placed on racks or brackets. Conductors supported on poles 
shall provide a horizontal climbing space not less than the 
following: 

(1) Power conductors below communications conductors 

— 750 mm (30 in.) 

(2) Power conductors alone or above communications 
conductors: 

a. 300 volts or less — 600 mm (24 in.) 

b. Over 300 volts — 750 mm (30 in.) 

(3) Communications conductors below power conductors 

— same as power conductors 

(4) Communications conductors alone — no requirement 

225.15 Supports over Buildings. Supports over a 
building shall be in accordance with 230.29. 

225.16 Attachment to Buildings. 

(A) Point of Attachment. The point of attachment to a 
building shall be in accordance with 230.26. 

(B) Means of Attachment. The means of attachment to a 
building shall be in accordance with 230.27. 

225.17 Masts as Supports. Where a mast is used for the 
support of final spans of feeders or branch circuits, it shall 
be of adequate strength or be supported by braces or guys 
to withstand safely the strain imposed by the overhead 
drop. Where raceway-type masts are used, all raceway 
fittings shall be identified for use with masts. Only the 
feeder or branch circuit conductors specified within this 
section shall be permitted to be attached to the feeder 
and/or branch circuit mast. 



2007 California Electrical Code 



70-67 



225.18 



ARTICLE 225 - OUTSIDE BRANCH CIRCUITS AND FEEDERS 



225.18 Clearance from Ground. Overhead spans of open 
conductors and open multiconductor cables of not over 600 
volts, nominal, shall have a clearance of not less than the 
following: 

(1) 3.0 m (10 ft) — above finished grade, sidewalks, or 
from any platform or projection from which they 
might be reached where the voltage does not exceed 
150 volts to ground and accessible to pedestrians only 

(2) 3.7 m (12 ft) — over residential property and 
driveways, and those commercial areas not subject to 
truck traffic where the voltage does not exceed 300 
volts to ground 

(3) 4.5 m (15 ft) — for those areas listed in the 3.7-m (12- 
ft) classification where the voltage exceeds 300 volts 
to ground 

(4) 5.5 m (18 ft) — over public streets, alleys, roads, 
parking areas subject to truck traffic, driveways on 
other than residential property, and other land 
traversed by vehicles, such as cultivated, grazing, 
forest, and orchard 

225.19 Clearances from Buildings for Conductors of 
Not Over 600 Volts, Nominal. 

(A) Above Roofs. Overhead spans of open conductors and 
open multiconductor cables shall have a vertical clearance 
of not less than 2.5 m (8 ft) above the roof surface. The 
vertical clearance above the roof level shall be maintained 
for a distance not less than 900 mm (3 ft) in all directions 
from the edge of the roof. 

Exception No. 1: The area above a roof surface subject to 
pedestrian or vehicular traffic shall have a vertical 
clearance from the roof surface in accordance with the 
clearance requirements of 225.18. 

Exception No. 2: Where the voltage between conductors 
does not exceed 300, and the roof has a slope of 100 mm in 
300 mm (4 in. in 12 in.) or greater, a reduction in 
clearance to 900 mm (3 ft) shall be permitted. 

Exception No. 3: Where the voltage between conductors 
does not exceed 300, a reduction in clearance above only 
the overhanging portion of the roof to not less than 450 mm 
(18 in.) shall be permitted if (1) not more than 1.8 m (6 ft) 
of the conductors, 1.2 m (4 ft) horizontally, pass above the 
roof overhang and (2) they are terminated at a through- 
the-roof 'raceway or approved support 

Exception No. 4: The requirement for maintaining the 
vertical clearance 900 mm (3 ft) from the edge of the roof 
shall not apply to the final conductor span where the 
conductors are attached to the side of a building. 

(B) From Nonbuilding or Nonbridge Structures. From 
signs, chimneys, radio and television antennas, tanks, and 
other nonbuilding or nonbridge structures, clearances — 
vertical, diagonal, and horizontal — shall not be less than 
900 mm (3 ft). 



(C) Horizontal Clearances. Clearances shall not be less 
than 900 mm (3 ft). 

(D) Final Spans. Final spans of feeders or branch circuits 
shall comply with 225.19(D)(1), (D)(2), and (D)(3). 

(1) Clearance from Windows. Final spans to the building 
they supply, or from which they are fed, shall be permitted 
to be attached to the building, but they shall be kept not 
less than 900 mm (3 ft) from windows that are designed to 
be opened, and from doors, porches, balconies, ladders, 
stairs, fire escapes, or similar locations. 

Exception: Conductors run above the top level of a 
window shall be permitted to be less than the 900-mm (3 -ft) 
requirement. 

(2) Vertical Clearance. The vertical clearance of final 
spans above, or within 900 mm (3 ft) measured 
horizontally of, platforms, projections, or surfaces from 
which they might be reached shall be maintained in 
accordance with 225 .18. 

(3) Building Openings. The overhead branch-circuit and 
feeder conductors shall not be installed beneath openings 
through which materials may be moved, such as openings 
in farm and commercial buildings, and shall not be 
installed where they obstruct entrance to these buildings' 
openings. 

(E) Zone for Fire Ladders. Where buildings exceed three 
stories or 15 m (50 ft) in height, overhead lines shall be 
arranged, where practicable, so that a clear space (or zone) 
at least 1.8 m (6 ft) wide will be left either adjacent to the 
buildings or beginning not over 2.5 m (8 ft) from them to 
facilitate the raising of ladders when necessary for fire 
fighting. 

225.20 Mechanical Protection of Conductors. 

Mechanical protection of conductors on buildings, 
structures, or poles shall be as provided for services in 
230.50. 

225.21 Multiconductor Cables on Exterior Surfaces of 
Buildings. Supports for multiconductor cables on exterior 
surfaces of buildings shall be as provided in 230.51. 

225.22 Raceways on Exterior Surfaces of Buildings or 
Other Structures. Raceways on exteriors of buildings or 
other structures shall be arranged to drain and shall be 
raintight in wet locations. 

Exception: Flexible metal conduit, where permitted in 
348.12(1), shall not be required to be raintight 

225.24 Outdoor Landholders. Where outdoor 
lampholders are attached as pendants, the connections to 
the circuit wires shall be staggered. Where such 
lampholders have terminals of a type that puncture the 
insulation and make contact with the conductors, they shall 
be attached only to conductors of the stranded type. 



70-68 



2007 California Electrical Code 



ARTICLE 225 - OUTSIDE BRANCH CIRCUITS AND FEEDERS 



225.33 



225.25 Location of Outdoor Lamps. Locations of lamps 
for outdoor lighting shall be below all energized 
conductors, transformers, or other electric utilization 
equipment, unless either of the following apply: 

(1) Clearances or other safeguards are provided for 

relamping operations. 

(2) Equipment is controlled by a disconnecting means that 
can be locked in the open position. 

225.26 Vegetation as Support. Vegetation such as trees 
shall not be used for support of overhead conductor spans. 

II. More Than One Building or Other Structure 

225.30 Number of Supplies. Where more than one 
building or other structure is on the same property and 
under single management, each additional building or other 
structure that is served by a branch circuit or feeder on the 
load side of the service disconnecting means shall be 
supplied by only one feeder or branch circuit unless 
permitted in 225.30(A) through (E). For the purpose of this 
section, a multiwire branch circuit shall be considered a 
single circuit. 

(A) Special Conditions. Additional feeders or branch 
circuits shall be permitted to supply the following: 

(1) Fire pumps 

(2) Emergency systems 

(3) Legally required standby systems 

(4) Optional standby systems 

(5) Parallel power production systems 

(6) Systems designed for connection to multiple sources 
of supply for the purpose of enhanced reliability 

(B) Special Occupancies. By special permission, 
additional feeders or branch circuits shall be permitted for 
either of the following: 

(1) Multiple-occupancy buildings where there is no space 
available for supply equipment accessible to all 
occupants 

(2) A single building or other structure sufficiently large to 
make two or more supplies necessary 

(C) Capacity Requirements. Additional feeders or branch 
circuits shall be permitted where the capacity requirements 
are in excess of 2000 amperes at a supply voltage of 600 
volts or less. 

(D) Different Characteristics. Additional feeders or 
branch circuits shall be permitted for different voltages, 
frequencies, or phases or for different uses, such as control 
of outside lighting from multiple locations. 



(E) Documented Switching Procedures. Additional 
feeders or branch circuits shall be permitted to supply 
installations under single management where documented 
safe switching procedures are established and maintained 
for disconnection. 

225.31 Disconnecting Means. Means shall be provided 
for disconnecting all ungrounded conductors that supply or 
pass through the building or structure, 

225.32 Location. The disconnecting means shall be 
installed either inside or outside of the building or structure 
served or where the conductors pass through the building 
or structure. The disconnecting means shall be at a readily 
accessible location nearest the point of entrance of the 
conductors. For the purposes of this section, the 
requirements in 230.6 shall be utilized. 

Exception No. 1: For installations under single 
management, where documented safe switching procedures 
are established and maintained for disconnection, and 
where the installation is monitored by qualified 
individuals, the disconnecting means shall be permitted to 
be located elsewhere on the premises. 

Exception No. 2: For buildings or other structures 
qualifying under the provisions of Article 685, the 
disconnecting means shall be permitted to be located 
elsewhere on the premises. 

Exception No. 3: For towers or poles used as lighting 
standards, the disconnecting means shall be permitted to 
be located elsewhere on the premises. 

Exception No. 4: For poles or similar structures used only 
for support of signs installed in accordance with Article 
600, the disconnecting means shall be permitted to be 
located elsewhere on the premises. 

225.33 Maximum Number of Disconnects. 

(A) General. The disconnecting means for each supply 
permitted by 225.30 shall consist of not more than six 
switches or six circuit breakers mounted in a single. 
enclosure, in a group of separate enclosures, or in or on a 
switchboard. There shall be no more than six disconnects 
per supply grouped in any one location. 

Exception: For the purposes of this section, disconnecting 
means used solely for the control circuit of the ground-fault 
protection system, or the control circuit of the power- 
operated supply disconnecting means, installed as part of 
the listed equipment, shall not be considered a supply 
disconnecting means. 

(B) Single-Pole Units. Two or three single-pole switches 
or breakers capable of individual operation shall be 
permitted on multiwire circuits, one pole for each 
ungrounded conductor, as one multipole disconnect, 
provided they are equipped with handle ties or a master 
handle to disconnect all ungrounded conductors with no 
more than six operations of the hand. 



2007 California Electrical Code 



70-69 



225.34 



ARTICLE 225 - OUTSIDE BRANCH CIRCUITS AND FEEDERS 



225.34 Grouping of Disconnects. 

(A) General. The two to six disconnects as permitted in 
225.33 shall be grouped. Each disconnect shall be marked 
to indicate the load served. 

Exception: One of the two to six disconnecting means 
permitted in 225.33, where used only for a water pump 
also intended to provide fire protection, shall be permitted 
to be located remote from the other disconnecting means. 

(B) Additional Disconnecting Means. The one or more 
additional disconnecting means for fire pumps or for 
emergency, legally required standby or optional standby 
system permitted by 225.30 shall be installed sufficiently 
remote from the one to six disconnecting means for normal 
supply to minimize the possibility of simultaneous 
interruption of supply. 

225.35 Access to Occupants. In a multiple-occupancy 
building, each occupant shall have access to the occupant's 
supply disconnecting means. 

Exception: In a multiple-occupancy building where 
electric supply and electrical maintenance are provided by 
the building management and where these are under 
continuous building management supervision, the supply 
disconnecting means supplying more than one occupancy 
shall be permitted to be accessible to authorized 
management personnel only. 

225.36 Suitable for Service Equipment. The 

disconnecting means specified in 225.31 shall be suitable 
for use as service equipment. 

Exception: For garages and outbuildings on residential 
property, a snap switch or a set of 3-way or 4-way snap 
switches shall be permitted as the disconnecting means. 

225.37 Identification. Where a building or structure has 
any combination of feeders, branch circuits, or services 
passing through it or supplying it, a permanent plaque or 
directory shall be installed at each feeder and branch-circuit 
disconnect location denoting all other services, feeders, or 
branch circuits supplying that building or structure or 
passing through that building or structure and the area 
served by each. 

Exception No. 1: A plaque or directory shall not be 
required for large-capacity multibuilding industrial 
installations under single management, where it is ensured 
that disconnection can be accomplished by establishing 
and maintaining safe switching procedures. 

Exception No. 2: This identification shall not be required 
for branch circuits installed from a dwelling unit to a 
second building or structure. 



225.38 Disconnect Construction. Disconnecting means 
shall meet the requirements of 225.38(A) through (D). 

Exception: For garages and outbuildings on residential 
property, snap switches or sets of 3-way or 4-way snap 
switches shall be permitted as the disconnecting means. 

(A) Manually or Power Operable. The disconnecting 
means shall consist of either (1) a manually operable 
switch or a circuit breaker equipped with a handle or other 
suitable operating means or (2) a power-operable switch or 
circuit breaker, provided the switch or circuit breaker can 
be opened by hand in the event of a power failure. 

(B) Simultaneous Opening of Poles. Each building or 
structure disconnecting means shall simultaneously 
disconnect all ungrounded supply conductors that it 
controls from the building or structure wiring system. 

(C) Disconnection of Grounded Conductor. Where the 
building or structure disconnecting means does not 
disconnect the grounded conductor from the grounded 
conductors in the building or structure wiring, other means 
shall be provided for this purpose at the location of 
disconnecting means. A terminal or bus to which all 
grounded conductors can be attached by means of pressure 
connectors shall be permitted for this purpose. 

In a multisection switchboard, disconnects for the 
grounded conductor shall be permitted to be in any of the 
switchboard, provided any such switchboard is marked. 

(D) Indicating. The building or structure disconnecting 
means shall plainly indicate whether it is in the open or 
closed position. 

225.39 Rating of Disconnect. The feeder or branch-circuit 
disconnecting means shall have a rating of not less than the 
load to be supplied, determined in accordance with Parts I 
and II of Article 220 for branch circuits, Parts III or IV of 
Article 220 for feeders, or Part V of Article 220 for farm 
loads. In no case shall the rating be lower than specified in 
225.39(A), (B),(C), or (D). 

(A) One-Circuit Installation. For installations to supply 
only limited loads of a single branch circuit, the branch 
circuit disconnecting means shall have a rating of not less 
than 15 amperes. 

(B) Two-Circuit Installations. For installations consisting 
of not more than two 2-wire branch circuits, the feeder or 
branch-circuit disconnecting means shall have a rating of 
not less than 30 amperes. 

(C) One-Family Dwelling. For a one-family dwelling, the 
feeder disconnecting means shall have a rating of not less 
than 100 amperes, 3-wire. 

(D) All Others. For all other installations, the feeder or 
branch-circuit disconnecting means shall have a rating of 
not less than 60 amperes. 



70-70 



2007 California Electrical Code 



ARTICLE 225 - OUTSIDE BRANCH CIRCUITS AND FEEDERS 



225.61 



225.40 Access to Overcurrent Protective Devices. 

Where a feeder overcurrent device is not readily accessible, 
branch-circuit overcurrent devices shall be installed on the 
load side, shall be mounted in a readily accessible location, 
and shall be of a lower ampere rating than the feeder 
overcurrent device. 



III. Over 600 Volts 

225.50 Sizing of Conductors. The sizing of conductors 
over 600 volts shall be in accordance with 210.19(B) for 
branch circuits and 215.2(B) for feeders. 

225.51 Isolating Switches. Where oil switches or air, oil, 
vacuum, or sulfur hexafluoride circuit breakers constitute a 
building disconnecting means, an isolating switch with 
visible break contacts and meeting the requirements of 
230.204(B), (C), and (D) shall be installed on the supply 
side of the disconnecting means and all associated 
equipment. 

Exception: The isolating switch shall not be required 
where the disconnecting means is mounted on removable 
truck panels or metal-enclosed switchgear units that 
cannot be opened unless the circuit is disconnected and 
that, when removed from the normal operating position, 
automatically disconnect the circuit breaker or switch from 
all energized parts, 

225.52 Location. A building or structure disconnecting 
means shall be located in accordance with 225.32, or it 
shall be electrically operated by a similarly located remote- 
control device. 

225.53 Type. Each building or structure disconnect shall 
simultaneously disconnect all ungrounded supply 
conductors it controls and shall have a fault-closing rating 
not less than the maximum available short-circuit current 
available at its supply terminals. 

Where fused switches or separately mounted fuses are 
installed, the fuse characteristics shall be permitted to 
contribute to the fault closing rating of the disconnecting 
means. 

225.60 Clearances over Roadways, Walkways, Rail, 
Water, and Open Land. 

(A) 22 kV Nominal to Ground or Less. The clearances 

over roadways, walkways, rail, water, and open land for 
conductors and live parts up to 22 kV nominal to ground or 
less shall be not less, than the values shown in Table 
225.60. 

(B) Over 22 kV Nominal to Ground. Clearances for the 
categories shown in Table 225.60 shall be increased by 10 
mm (0.4 in.) per kV above 22,000 volts. 

(C) Special Cases. For special cases, such as where 
crossings will be made over lakes, rivers, or areas using 
large vehicles such as mining operations, specific designs 



shall be engineered considering the special circumstances 
and shall be approved by the authority having jurisdiction. 

FPN: For additional information, see ANSI C2-2002, 

National Electrical Safety Code. 

Table 225.60 Clearances over Roadways, Walkways, 
Rail, Water, and Open Land 



Clearance 


Location 


m 


ft 


Open land subject to vehicles, 

cultivation, or grazing 
Roadways, driveways, parking lots, 

and alleys 
Walkways 
Rails 
Spaces and ways for pedestrians and 

restricted traffic 
Water areas not suitable for boating 


5.6 

5.6 

4.1 
8.1 
4.4 

5.2 


18.5 

18.5 

13.5 
26.5 
14.5 

17 



225.61 Clearances over Buildings and Other Structures. 

(A) 22 kV Nominal to Ground or Less. The clearances 
over buildings and other structures for conductors and live 
parts up to 22 kV, nominal, to ground or less shall be not 
less than the values shown in Table 225.61. 

(B) Over 22 kV Nominal to Ground. Clearances for the 
categories shown in Table 225.61 shall be increased by 10 
mm (0.4 in.) per kV above 22,000 volts. 

FPN: For additional information, see ANSI C2-2002, . 
National Electrical Safety Code. 



Table 225.61 Clearances over Buildings and Other 
Structures 



Clearance from 

Conductors or Live 

Parts from: 



Horizontal 



Vertical 



m 



ft 



m ft 



Building walls, 2.3 7.5 — — 

projections, and 

windows 
Balconies, catwalks, 2.3 7.5 4.1 13.5 

and similar areas 

accessible to 

people 
Over or under roofs or — — 3.8 12,5 

projections not 

readily accessible 

to people 
Over roofs accessible — — 4.1 13.5 

to vehicles but not 

trucks 
Over roofs accessible — — 5.6 18.5 

to trucks 
Other structures 2.3 7.5 — . — 



2007 California Electrical Code 



70-71 



230.1 



ARTICLE 230 - SERVICES 



ARTICLE 230 
Services 



230.1 Scope. This article covers service conductors and 
equipment for control and protection of services and their 
installation requirements. 

FPN: See Figure 230.1. 



General Part I 

Overhead ServEce-Drop Conductors Part II 

Underground Service-lateral Conductors Part III 

Service-Entrance Conductors Part IV 

Service Equipment^General Part V 

Service Equipment— Disconnecting Means Part VI 

Service Equlpment-Overcurrent Protection Part VII 

Servfces Exceeding 600 Volts, Nominal Part VIII 



Source 



Overhead 
Last pole 



Underground 
Street main 



Parti) Service drop 
230,24 Clearances 

Service head 






Service lateral Part HI 

Depth of burial 230.49 
and protection 

Terminal box, 
meter, or other 
enclosure 










Service-entrance 
conductors 


Part IV 


Service equipment-general 
Grounding 


c 


\ . 


FartV 
Article 250 



Disconnecting means 
Overcurrent protection 


1 


f 


PartVi 
PartVli 


Branch circuits 
Feeders 


Articles 210, 225 
Articles 215. 225 











Figure 230.1 Services. 

I. General 

230.2 Number of Services. A building or other structure 
served shall be supplied by only one service unless 
permitted in 230.2(A) through (D). For the purpose of 
230.40, Exception No. 2 only, underground sets of 
conductors, 1/0 AWG and larger, running to the same 
location and connected together at their supply end but not 
connected together at their load end shall be considered to 
be supplying one service. 



(A) Special Conditions. Additional services shall be 
permitted to supply the following: 

(1) Fire pumps 

(2) Emergency systems 

(3) Legally required standby systems 

(4) Optional standby systems 

(5) Parallel power production systems 

(6) Systems designed for connection to multiple sources of 
supply for the purpose of enhanced reliability 

(B) Special Occupancies. By special permission, 
additional services shall be permitted for either of the 
following: 

( 1 ) Multiple-occupancy buildings where there is no 
available space for service equipment accessible to all 
occupants 

(2) A single building or other structure sufficiently large to 
make two or more services necessary 

(C) Capacity Requirements. Additional services shall be 
permitted under any of the following: 

(1) Where the capacity requirements are in excess of 2000 
amperes at a supply voltage of 600 volts or less 

(2) Where the load requirements of a single-phase 
installation are greater than the serving agency 
normally supplies through one service 

(3) By special permission 

(D) Different Characteristics. Additional services shall be 
permitted for different voltages, frequencies, or phases, or 
for different uses, such as for different rate schedules. 

(E) Identification. Where a building or structure is 
supplied by more than one service, or any combination of 
branch circuits, feeders, and services, a permanent plaque 
or directory shall be installed at each service disconnect 
location denoting all other services, feeders, and branch 
circuits supplying that building or structure and the area 
served by each. See 225.37. 

230.3 One Building or Other Structure Not to Be 
Supplied Through Another. Service conductors 
supplying a building or other structure shall not pass 
through the interior of another building or other structure. 

230.6 Conductors Considered Outside the Building. 

Conductors shall be considered outside of a building or 
other structure under any of the following conditions: 

(1) Where installed under not less than 50 mm (2 in.) of 
concrete beneath a building or other structure 

(2) Where installed within a building or other structure in a 
raceway that is encased in concrete or brick not less 
than 50 mm (2 in.) thick 

(3) Where installed in any vault that meets the construction 
requirements of Article 450, Part III 



70-72 



2007 California Electrical Code 



ARTICLE 230 - SERVICES 



230.24 



(4) Where installed in conduit and under not less than 450 
mm (18 in.) of earth beneath a building or other 
structure 

230.7 Other Conductors in Raceway or Cable. 

Conductors other than service conductors shall not be 
installed in the same service raceway or service cable. 

Exception No. 1: Grounding conductors and bonding 
jumpers. 

Exception No. 2: Load management control conductors 
having overcurrent protection. 

230.8 Raceway Seal. Where a service raceway enters a 
building or structure from an underground distribution 
system, it shall be sealed in accordance with 300.5(G). Spare 
or unused raceways shall also be sealed. Sealants shall be 
identified for use with the cable insulation, shield, or other 
components. 

230.9 Clearances on Buildings. Service conductors and 
final spans shall comply with 230.9(A), (B), and (C). 

(A) Clearances. Service conductors installed as open 
conductors or multiconductor cable without an overall outer 
jacket shall have a clearance of not less than 900 mm (3 ft) 
from windows that are designed to be opened, doors, 
porches, balconies, ladders, stairs, fire escapes, or similar 
locations. 

Exception: Conductors run above the top level of a window 
shall be permitted to be less than the 900-mm (3-ft) 
requirement 

(B) Vertical Clearance. The vertical clearance of final 
spans above, or within 900 mm (3 ft) measured horizontally 
of, platforms, projections, or surfaces from which they might 
be reached shall be maintained in accordance with 
230.24(B). 

(C) Building Openings. Overhead service conductors shall 
not be installed beneath openings through which materials 
may be moved, such as openings in farm and commercial 
buildings, and shall not be installed where they obstruct 
entrance to these building openings. 

230.10 Vegetation as Support. Vegetation such as trees 
shall not be used for support of overhead service conductors. 

IT. Overhead Service-Drop Conductors 

230.22 Insulation or Covering. Individual conductors shall 
be insulated or covered. 

Exception: The grounded conductor of a multiconductor 
cable shall be permitted to be bare. 

230.23 Size and Rating. 

(A) General. Conductors shall have sufficient ampacity to 
carry the current for the load as calculated in accordance 
with Article 220 and shall have adequate mechanical 
strength. 



(B) Minimum Size. The conductors shall not be smaller 
than 8 AWG copper or 6 AWG aluminum or copper-clad 
aluminum. 

Exception: Conductors supplying only limited loads of a 
single branch circuit — such as small polyphase power, 
controlled water heaters, and similar loads — shall not be 
smaller than 12 A WG hard-drawn copper or equivalent 

(C) Grounded Conductors. The grounded conductor shall 
not be less than the minimum size as required by 
250.24(C). 

230.24 Clearances. Service-drop conductors shall not be 
readily accessible and shall comply with 230.24(A) through 

(D) for services not over 600 volts, nominal. 

(A) Above Roofs. Conductors shall have a vertical 
clearance of not less than 2,5 m (8 ft) above the roof 
surface. The vertical clearance above the roof level shall be 
maintained for a distance of not less than 900 mm (3 ft) in 
all directions from the edge of the roof. 

Exception No. 1: The area above a roof surface subject to 
pedestrian or vehicular traffic shall have a vertical 
clearance from the roof surface in accordance with the 
clearance requirements of 230.24(B). 

Exception No. 2: Where the voltage between conductors 
does not exceed 300 and the roof has a slope of 100 mm in 
300 mm (4 in. in 12 in.) or greater, a reduction in 
clearance to 900 mm (3 ft) shall be permitted. 

Exception No. 3: Where the voltage between conductors 
does not exceed 300, a reduction in clearance above only 
the overhanging portion of the roof to not less than 450 mm 
(18 in.) shall be permitted if (1) not more than 1.8 m (6 ft) 
of service-drop conductors, 1.2 m (4 ft) horizontally, pass 
above the roof overhang, and (2) they are terminated at a 
through-the-roof raceway or approved support. 

FPN: See 230.28 for mast supports. 
Exception No. 4: The requirement for maintaining the 
vertical clearance 900 mm (3 ft) from the edge of the roof 
shall not apply to the final conductor span where the 
service drop is attached to the side of a building. 

(B) Vertical Clearance from Ground. Service-drop 
conductors, where not in excess of 600 volts, nominal, shall 
have the following minimum clearance from final grade: 

(1) 3.0 m (10 ft) — at the electric service entrance to 
buildings, also at the lowest point of the drip loop of 
the building electric entrance, and above areas or 
sidewalks accessible only to pedestrians, measured 
from final grade or other accessible surface only for 
service-drop cables supported on and cabled together 
with a grounded bare messenger where the voltage 
does not exceed 150 volts to ground 



2007 California Electrical Code 



70-73 



230.26 



ARTICLE 230 - SERVICES 



(2) 3.7 m (12 ft) — over residential property and 
driveways, and those commercial areas not subject to 
truck traffic where the voltage does not exceed 300 
volts to ground 

(3) 4.5 m (15 ft) — for those areas listed in the 3.7-m (12- 
ft) classification where the voltage exceeds 300 volts 
to ground 

(4) 5.5 m (18 ft) — over public streets, alleys, roads, 
parking areas subject to truck traffic, driveways on 
other than residential property, and other land such as 
cultivated, grazing, forest, and orchard 

(C) Clearance from Building Openings. See 230.9. 

(D) Clearance from Swimming Pools. See 680.8. 

230.26 Point of Attachment. The point of attachment of 
the service-drop conductors to a building or other structure 
shall provide the minimum clearances as specified in 230.9 
and 230.24. In no case shall this point of attachment be less 
than 3.0 m (10 ft) above finished grade. 

230.27 Means of Attachment. Multiconductor cables 
used for service drops shall be attached to buildings or 
other structures by fittings identified for use with service 
conductors. Open conductors shall be attached to fittings 
identified for use with service conductors or to 
noncombustible, nonabsorbent insulators securely attached 
to the building or other structure. 

230.28 Service Masts as Supports. Where a service mast 
is used for the support of service-drop conductors, it shall 
be of adequate strength or be supported by braces or guys 
to withstand safely the strain imposed by the service drop. 
Where raceway-type service masts are used, all raceway 
fittings shall be identified for use with service masts. Only 
power service-drop conductors shall be permitted to be 
attached to a service mast. 

230.29 Supports over Buildings. Service-drop conductors 
passing over a roof shall be securely supported by 
substantial structures. Where practicable, such supports 
shall be independent of the building. 

HI. Underground Service-Lateral Conductors 

230.30 Insulation. Service-lateral conductors shall be 
insulated for the applied voltage. 

Exception: A grounded conductor shall be permitted to be 
uninsulated as follows: 

(1) Bare copper used in a raceway. 

(2) Bare copper for direct burial where bare copper is 
judged to be suitable for the soil conditions. 



(3) Bare copper for direct burial without regard to soil 
conditions where part of a cable assembly identified 
for underground use. 

(4) Aluminum or copper-clad aluminum without individual 
insulation or covering where part of a cable assembly 
identified for underground use in a raceway or for 
direct burial 

230.31 Size and Rating. 

(A) General. Service-lateral conductors shall have 
sufficient ampacity to carry the current for the load as 
calculated in accordance with Article 220 and shall have 
adequate mechanical strength. 

(B) Minimum Size. The conductors shall not be smaller 
than 8 AWG copper or 6 AWG aluminum or copper-clad 
aluminum. 

Exception: Conductors supplying only limited loads of a 
single branch circuit — such as small polyphase power, 
controlled water heaters, and similar loads — shall not be 
smaller than 12 AWG copper or 10 AWG aluminum or 
copper-clad aluminum. 

(C) Grounded Conductors. The grounded conductor shall 
not be less than the minimum size required by 250.24(C). 

230.32 Protection Against Damage. Underground 
service-lateral conductors shall be protected against 
damage in accordance with 300.5. Service-lateral 
conductors entering a building shall be installed in 
accordance with 230.6 or protected by a raceway wiring 
method identified in 230.43. 

230.33 Spliced Conductors. Service-lateral conductors 
shall be permitted to be spliced or tapped in accordance 
with 110.14, 300.5(E), 300.13, and 300.15. 

IV. Service-Entrance Conductors 

230.40 Number of Service-Entrance Conductor Sets. 

Each service drop or lateral shall supply only one set of 
service-entrance conductors. 

Exception No. 1: A building shall be permitted to have one 
set of service-entrance conductors for each service, as 
defined in 230.2, run to each occupancy or group of 
occupancies. 

Exception No. 2: Where two to six service disconnecting 
means in separate enclosures are grouped at one location 
and supply separate loads from one service drop or lateral, 
one set of service-entrance conductors shall be permitted to 
supply each or several such service equipment enclosures. 

Exception No. 3: A single-family dwelling unit and a 
separate structure shall be permitted to have one set of 
service-entrance conductors run to each from a single 
service drop or lateral. 



70-74 



2007 California Electrical Code 



ARTICLE 230 - SERVICES 



230.50 



Exception No. 4: A two-family dwelling or a multifamily 
dwelling shall be permitted to have one set of service- 
entrance conductors installed to supply the circuits covered 
in 210.25. 

Exception No. 5: One set of service-entrance conductors 
connected to the supply side of the normal service 
disconnecting means shall be permitted to supply each or 
several systems covered by 230. 82(4) or 230. 82(5). 

230.41 Insulation of Service-Entrance Conductors. 

Service-entrance conductors entering or on the exterior of 
buildings or other structures shall be insulated. 

Exception: A grounded conductor shall be permitted to be 
uninsulated as follows: 

(1) Bare copper used in a raceway or part of a service 
cable assembly. 

(2) Bare copper for direct burial where bare copper is 
judged to be suitable for the soil conditions. 

(3) Bare copper for direct burial without regard to soil 
conditions where part of a cable assembly identified 
for underground use. 

(4) Aluminum or copper-clad aluminum without individual 
insulation or covering where part of a cable assembly 
or identified for underground use in a raceway, or for 
direct burial 

(5) Bare conductors used in an auxiliary gutter. 

230.42 Minimum Size and Rating. 

(A) General. The ampacity of the service-entrance 
conductors before the application of any adjustment or 
correction factors shall not be less than either (A)(1) or 
(A)(2). Loads shall be determined in accordance with 
Article 220. Ampacity shall be determined from 310.15. 
The maximum allowable current of busways shall be that 
value for which the busway has been listed or labeled. 

(1) The sum of the noncontinuous loads plus 125 percent 
of continuous loads 

(2) The sum of the noncontinuous load plus the continuous 
load if the service-entrance conductors terminate in an 
overcurrent device where both the overcurrent device 
and its assembly are listed for operation at 100 percent 
of their rating 

(B) Specific Installations. In addition to the requirements 
of 230.42(A), the minimum ampacity for ungrounded 
conductors for specific installations shall not be less than 
the rating of the service disconnecting means specified in 
230.79(A) through (D). 

(C) Grounded Conductors. The grounded conductor shall 
not be less than the minimum size as .required by 
250.24(C). 



230.43 Wiring Methods for 600 Volts, Nominal, or Less. 

Service-entrance conductors shall be installed in 
accordance with the applicable requirements of this Code 
covering the type of wiring method used and shall be 
limited to the following methods: 

(1) Open wiring on insulators 

(2) Type IGS cable 

(3) Rigid metal conduit 

(4) Intermediate metal conduit 

(5) Electrical metallic tubing 

(6) Electrical nonmetallic tubing (ENT) 

(7) Service-entrance cables 

(8) Wireways 

(9) Busways 

(10) Auxiliary gutters 

(11) Rigid nonmetallic conduit 

(12) Cablebus 

(13) Type MC cable 

(14) Mineral-insulated, metal-sheathed cable 

(15) Flexible metal conduit not over 1.8 m (6 ft) long or 
liquidtight flexible metal conduit not over 1.8 m (6 ft) 
long between raceways, or between raceway and 
service equipment, with equipment bonding jumper 
routed with the flexible metal conduit or the 
liquidtight flexible metal conduit according to the 
provisions of 250.102(A), (B), (C), and (E) 

(16) Liquidtight flexible nonmetallic conduit 

230.44 Cable Trays. Cable tray systems shall be 
permitted to support service-entrance conductors. Cable 
trays used to support service-entrance conductors shall 
contain only service-entrance conductors. 

Exception: Conductors other than service-entrance 
conductors shall be permitted to be installed in a cable tray 
with service-entrance conductors, provided a solid fixed 
barrier of a material compatible with the cable tray is 
installed to separate the service-entrance conductors from . 
other conductors- installed in the cable tray. 

230.46 Spliced Conductors. Service-entrance conductors 
shall be permitted to be spliced or tapped in accordance 
with 110.14, 300.5(E), 300.13, and 300.15. 

230.49 Protection Against Physical Damage — 
Underground. Underground service-entrance conductors 
shall be protected against physical damage in accordance 
with 300.5. 

230.50 Protection of Open Conductors and Cables 
Against Damage — Above Ground. Service-entrance 
conductors installed above ground shall be protected 
against physical damage as specified in 230.50(A) or (B). 



2007 California Electrical Code 



70-75 



230.51 



ARTICLE 230 - SERVICES 



(A) Service Cables. Service cables, where subject to 
physical damage, shall be protected by any of the 
following: 

(1) Rigid metal conduit 

(2) Intermediate metal conduit 

(3) Schedule 80 rigid nonmetallic conduit 

(4) Electrical metallic tubing 

(5) Other approved means 

(B) Other Than Service Cable. Individual open 
conductors and cables other than service cables shall not be 
installed within 3.0 m (10 ft) of grade level or where 
exposed to physical damage. 

Exception: Type MI and Type MC cable shall be permitted 
within 3.0 m (10 ft) of grade level where not exposed to 
physical damage or where protected in accordance with 
300.5(D). 

230.51 Mounting Supports. Cables or individual open 
service conductors shall be supported as specified in 
230.51(A), (B), or (C). 

(A) Service Cables. Service cables shall be supported by 
straps or other approved means within 300 mm (12 in.) of 
every service head, gooseneck, or connection to a raceway 
or enclosure and at intervals not exceeding 750 mm (30 
in.). 

(B) Other Cables. Cables that are not approved for 
mounting in contact with a building or other structure shall 
be mounted on insulating supports installed at intervals not 
exceeding 4.5 m (15 ft) and in a manner that maintains a 
clearance of not less than 50 mm (2 in.) from the surface 
over which they pass. 

(C) Individual Open Conductors. Individual open 
conductors shall be installed in accordance with Table 
230.51(C). Where exposed to the weather, the conductors 
shall be mounted on insulators or on insulating supports 
attached to racks, brackets, or other approved means. 
Where not exposed to the weather, the conductors shall be 
mounted on glass or porcelain knobs. 



230.52 Individual Conductors Entering Buildings or 
Other Structures. Where individual open conductors 
enter a building or other structure, they shall enter through 
roof bushings or through the wall in an upward slant 
through individual, noncombustible, nonabsorbent 
insulating tubes. Drip loops shall be formed on the 
conductors before they enter the tubes. 

230.53 Raceways to Drain. Where exposed to the 
weather, raceways enclosing service-entrance conductors 
shall be raintight and arranged to drain. Where embedded 
in masonry, raceways shall be arranged to drain. 

Exception: As permitted in 348.12(1). 

230.54 Overhead Service Locations. 

(A) Raintight Service Head. Service raceways shall be 
equipped with a raintight service head at the point of 
connection to service-drop conductors. 

(B) Service Cable Equipped with Raintight Service 
Head or Gooseneck. Service cables shall be equipped with 
a raintight service head. 

Exception: Type SE cable shall be permitted to be formed 
in a gooseneck and taped with a self sealing weather- 
resistant thermoplastic. 

(C) Service Heads and Goosenecks Above Service-Drop 
Attachment. Service heads and goosenecks in service- 
entrance cables shall be located above the point of 
attachment of the service-drop conductors to the building 
or other structure. 

Exception: Where it is impracticable to locate the service 
head or gooseneck above the point of attachment, the 
service head or gooseneck location shall be permitted not 
farther than 600 mm (24 in.) from the point of attachment. 

(D) Secured. Service cables shall be held securely in place. 

(E) Separately Bushed Openings. Service heads shall 
have conductors of different potential brought out through 
separately bushed openings. 



*Where not exposed to weather. 



Table 230.51(C) Support 


5 






* 


Maximum Distance Between Supports 
m ft 


Minimum Clearance 




Between Conductors 


From Surface 


Maximum Volts 


mm in. 


mm in. 


600 
600 
300 
600* 




2.7 9 
4.5 15 
1.4 4!/ 2 
1.4* 414* 


150 6 
300 12 
75 3 
65* 2 l / 2 * 


50 2 
50 2 
50 2 

25* 1* 



70-76 



2007 California Electrical Code 



ARTICLE 230 - SERVICES 



230.72 



Exception: For jacketed multiconductor service cable 
without splice. 

(F) Drip Loops. Drip loops shall be formed on individual 
conductors. To prevent the entrance of moisture, service- 
entrance conductors shall be connected to the service-drop 
conductors either (1) below the level of the service head or 
(2) below the level of the termination of the service- 
entrance cable sheath. 

(G) Arranged That Water Will Not Enter Service 
Raceway or Equipment. Service-drop conductors and 
service-entrance conductors shall be arranged so that water 
will not enter service raceway or equipment. 

230.56 Service Conductor with the Higher Voltage to 
Ground. On a 4-wire, delta-connected service where the 
midpoint of one phase winding is grounded, the service 
conductor having the higher phase voltage to ground shall 
be durably and permanently marked by an outer finish that 
is orange, in color, or by other effective means, at each 
termination or junction point. 



V. Service Equipment — General 

230.62 Service Equipment — Enclosed or Guarded. 

Energized parts of service equipment shall be enclosed as 
specified in 230.62(A) or guarded as specified in 
230.62(B). 

(A) Enclosed. Energized parts shall be enclosed so that 
they will not be exposed to accidental contact or shall be 
guarded as in 230.62(B). 

(B) Guarded. Energized parts that are not enclosed shall 
be installed on a switchboard, panelboard, or control board 
and guarded in accordance with 110.18 and 110.27. Where 
energized parts are guarded as provided in 110.27(A)(1) 
and (A)(2), a means for locking or sealing doors providing 
access to energized parts shall be provided. 

230.66 Marking. Service equipment rated at 600 volts or 
less shall be marked to identify it as being suitable for use 
as service equipment. Individual meter socket enclosures 
shall not be considered service equipment. 



VI. Service Equipment — Disconnecting Means 

230.70 General. Means shall be provided to disconnect all 
conductors in a building or other structure from the service- 
entrance conductors. 

(A) Location. The service disconnecting means shall be 
installed in accordance with 230.70(A)(1), (A)(2), and (A)(3). 



(1) Readily Accessible Location. The service 
disconnecting means shall be installed at a readily 
accessible location either outside of a building or structure 
or inside nearest the point of entrance of the service 
conductors. 

(2) Bathrooms. Service disconnecting means shall not be 
installed in bathrooms. 

(3) Remote Control. Where a remote control device(s) is 
used to actuate the service disconnecting means, the service 
disconnecting means shall be located in accordance with 
230.70(A)(1). 

(B) Marking. Each service disconnect shall be 

permanently marked to identify it as a service disconnect. 

(C) Suitable for Use. Each service disconnecting means 
shall be suitable for the prevailing conditions. Service 
equipment installed in hazardous (classified) locations shall 
comply with the requirements of Articles 500 through 517. 

230.71 Maximum Number of Disconnects. 

(A) General. The service disconnecting means for each 
service permitted by 230.2, or for each set of service- 
entrance conductors permitted by 230.40, Exception -Nos. 
1, 3, 4, or 5, shall consist of not more than six switches or 
sets of circuit breakers, or a combination of not more than 
six switches and sets of circuit breakers, mounted in a 
single enclosure, in a group of separate enclosures, or in or 
on a switchboard. There shall be not more than six sets of 
disconnects per service grouped in any one location. For 
the purpose of this section, disconnecting means used 
solely for power monitoring equipment, transient voltage 
surge suppressors, or the control circuit of the ground-fault 
protection system or power-operable service disconnecting 
means, installed as part of the listed equipment, shall not be 
considered a service disconnecting means. 

(B) Single-Pole Units. Two or three single-pole switches 
or breakers, capable of individual operation, shall be 
permitted on multiwire circuits, one pole for each 
ungrounded conductor, as one multipole disconnect, 
provided they are equipped with handle ties or a master 
handle to disconnect all conductors of the service with no 
more than six operations of the hand. 

FPN: See 408.36(A) for service equipment in panelboards, 
and see 430.95 for service equipment in motor control 
centers. 

230.72 Grouping of Disconnects. 

(A) General. The two to six disconnects as permitted in 
230.71 shall be grouped. Each disconnect shall be marked 
to indicate the load served. 

Exception: One of the two to six service disconnecting 
means permitted in 230, 71 1 where used only for a water 
pump also intended to provide fire protection, shall be 
permitted to be located remote from the other 
disconnecting means. 



2007 California Electrical Code 



70-77 



230.74 



ARTICLE 230 - SERVICES 



(B) Additional Service Disconnecting Means. The one or 

more additional service disconnecting means for fire 
pumps, emergency systems, legally required standby, or 
optional standby services permitted by 230.2 shall be 
installed remote from the one to six service disconnecting 
means for normal service to minimize the possibility of 
simultaneous interruption of supply. 

(C) Access to Occupants. In a multiple-occupancy 
building, each occupant shall have access to the occupant's 
service disconnecting means. 

Exception: In a multiple-occupancy building where 
electric service and electrical maintenance are provided by 
the building management and where these are under 
continuous building management supervision, the service 
disconnecting means supplying more than one occupancy 
shall be permitted to be accessible to authorized 
management personnel only, 

230.74 Simultaneous Opening of Poles. Each service 
disconnect shall simultaneously disconnect all ungrounded 
service conductors that it controls from the premises wiring 

system. 

230.75 Disconnection of Grounded Conductor. Where 
the service disconnecting means does not disconnect the 
grounded conductor from the premises wiring, other means 
shall be provided for this purpose in the service equipment. 
A terminal or bus to which all grounded conductors can be 
attached by means of pressure connectors shall be 
permitted for this purpose. In a multisection switchboard, 
disconnects for the grounded conductor shall be permitted 
to be in any section of the switchboard, provided any such 
switchboard section is marked. 

230.76 Manually or Power Operable. The service 

disconnecting means for ungrounded service conductors 
shall consist of one of the following: 

(1) A manually operable switch or circuit breaker 
equipped with a handle or other suitable operating 
means 

(2) A power-operated switch or circuit breaker, provided 
the switch or circuit breaker can be opened by hand in 
the event of a power supply failure 

230.77 Indicating. The service disconnecting means shall 
plainly indicate whether it is in the open or closed position. 

230.79 Rating of Service Disconnecting Means. The 

service disconnecting means shall have a rating not less 
than the load to be carried, determined in accordance with 
Article 220. In no case shall the rating be lower than 
specified in 230.79(A), (B), (C), or (D). 

(A) One-Circuit Installation. For installations to supply 
only limited loads of a single branch circuit, the service 
disconnecting means shall have a rating of not less than 15 
amperes. 



(B) Two-Circuit Installations. For installations consisting 
of not more than two 2-wire branch circuits, the service 
disconnecting means shall have a rating of not less than 30 
amperes. 

(C) One-Family Dwelling. For a one-family dwelling, the 
service disconnecting means shall have a rating of not less 
than 100 amperes, 3-wire. 

(D) All Others. For all other installations, the service 
disconnecting means shall have a rating of not less than 60 
amperes. 

230.80 Combined Rating of Disconnects. Where the 
service disconnecting means consists of more than one 
switch or circuit breaker, as permitted by 230.71, the 
combined ratings of all the switches or circuit breakers 
used shall not be less than the rating required by 230.79. 

230.81 Connection to Terminals. The service conductors 
shall be connected to the service disconnecting means by 
pressure connectors, clamps, or other approved means. 
Connections that depend on solder shall not be used. 

230.82 Equipment Connected to the Supply Side of 
Service Disconnect. Only the following equipment shall 
be permitted to be connected to the supply side of the 
service disconnecting means: 

(1) Cable limiters or other current-limiting devices 

(2) Meters and meter sockets nominally rated not in excess 
of 600 volts, provided all metal housings and service 
enclosures are grounded 

(3) Meter disconnect switches nominally rated not in 
excess of 600 volts that have a short-circuit current 
rating equal to or greater than the available short 
circuit current, provided all metal housings and service 
enclosures are grounded 

(4) Instrument transformers (current and voltage), 
impedance shunts, load management devices, and 
arresters 

(5) Taps used only to supply load management devices, 
circuits for standby power systems, fire pump 
equipment, and fire and sprinkler alarms, if provided 
with service equipment and installed in accordance 
with requirements for service-entrance conductors 

(6) Solar photovoltaic systems, fuel cell systems, or 
interconnected electric power production sources 

(7) Control circuits for power-operable service 
disconnecting means, if suitable overcurrent protection 
and disconnecting means are provided 

(8) Ground-fault protection systems or transient voltage 
surge suppressors, where installed as part of listed 
equipment, if suitable overcurrent protection and 
disconnecting means are provided 



70-78 



2007 California Electrical Code 



ARTICLE 230 - SERVICES 



230.95 



VII. Service Equipment — Overcurrent Protection 

230.90 Where Required. Each ungrounded service 
conductor shall have overload protection. 

(A) Ungrounded Conductor. Such protection shall be 
provided by an overcurrent device in series with each 
ungrounded service conductor that has a rating or setting 
not higher than the allowable ampacity of the conductor. A 
set of fuses shall be considered all the fuses required to 
protect all the ungrounded conductors of a circuit. Single- 
pole circuit breakers, grouped in accordance with 
230.71(B), shall be considered as one protective device. 

Exception No. 1: For motor-starting currents, ratings that 
conform with 430.52, 430.62, and 430.63 shall be 
permitted 

Exception No. 2: Fuses and circuit breakers with a rating 
or setting that conforms with 240.4(B) or (C) and 240.6 
shall be permitted. 

Exception No. 3: Two to six circuit breakers or sets of 
fuses shall be permitted as the overcurrent device to 
provide the overload protection. The sum of the ratings of 
the circuit breakers or fuses shall be permitted to exceed 
the ampacity of the service conductors, provided the 
calculated load does not exceed the ampacity of the service 
conductors. 

Exception No. 4: Overload protection for fire pump supply 
conductors shall conform with 695.4(B)(1). 

Exception No. 5: Overload protection for 120/240-volt, 3- 
wire, single-phase dwelling services shall be permitted in 
accordance with the requirements of 310.15(B)(6). 

(B) Not in Grounded Conductor. No overcurrent device 
shall be inserted in a grounded service conductor except a 
circuit breaker that simultaneously opens all conductors of 
the circuit. 

230.91 Location. The service overcurrent device shall be 
an integral part of the service disconnecting means or shall 
be located immediately adjacent thereto. 

230.92 Locked Service Overcurrent Devices. Where the 
service overcurrent devices are locked or sealed or are not 
readily accessible to the occupant, branch-circuit 
overcurrent devices shall be installed on the load side, shall 
be mounted in a readily accessible location, and shall be of 
lower ampere rating than the service overcurrent device. 

230.93 Protection of Specific Circuits. Where necessary 
to prevent tampering, an automatic overcurrent device that 
protects service conductors supplying only a specific load, 
such as a water heater, shall be pennitted to be locked or 
sealed where located so as to be accessible. 

230.94 Relative Location of Overcurrent Device and 
Other Service Equipment. The overcurrent device shall 
protect all circuits and devices. 



Exception No. 1: The service switch shall be permitted on 
the supply side. 

Exception No. 2: High-impedance shunt circuits, surge 
arresters, surge-protective capacitors, and instrument 
transformers (current and voltage) shall be permitted to be 
connected and installed on the supply side of the service 
disconnecting means as permitted in 230.82. 

Exception No. 3: Circuits for load management devices 
shall be permitted to be connected on the supply side of the 
service overcurrent device where separately provided with 
overcurrent protection. 

Exception No. 4: Circuits used only for the operation of 
fire alarm, other protective signaling systems, or the supply 
to fire pump equipment shall be permitted to be connected 
on the supply side of the service overcurrent device where 
separately provided with overcurrent protection. . 

Exception No. 5: Meters nominally rated not in excess of 
600 volts shall be permitted, provided all metal housings 
and service enclosures are grounded. 

Exception No. 6: Where service equipment is power 
operable, the control circuit shall be permitted to be 
connected ahead of the service equipment if suitable 
overcurrent protection and disconnecting means are 
provided. 

230.95 Ground-Fault Protection of Equipment. 

Ground- fault protection of equipment shall be provided for 
solidly grounded wye electrical services of more than 150 
volts to ground but not exceeding 600 volts phase-to-phase 
for each service disconnect rated 1000 amperes or more. 
The grounded conductor for the solidly grounded wye 
system shall be connected directly to ground without 
inserting any resistor or impedance device. 

The rating of the service disconnect shall be 
considered to be the rating of the largest fuse that can be 
installed or the highest continuous current trip setting for 
which the actual overcurrent device installed in a circuit 
breaker is rated or can be adjusted. 

# 

Exception No. 1: The ground-fault protection provisions of 
this section shall not apply to a service disconnect for a 
continuous industrial process where a nonorderly 
shutdown will introduce additional or increased hazards. 

Exception No. 2: The ground-fault protection provisions of 
this section shall not apply to fire pumps. 

(A) Setting. The ground-fault protection system shall 
operate to cause the service disconnect to open all 
ungrounded conductors of the faulted circuit. The 
maximum setting of the ground-fault protection shall be 
1200 amperes, and the maximum time, delay shall be one 
second for ground-fault currents equal to or greater than 
3000 amperes. 



2007 California Electrical Code 



70-79 



230.200 



ARTICLE 230 - SERVICES 



(B) Fuses. If a switch and fuse combination is used, the 
fuses employed shall be capable of interrupting any current 
higher than the interrupting capacity of the switch during a 
time that the ground-fault protective system will not cause 
the switch to open. 

(C) Performance Testing. The ground-fault protection 
system shall be performance tested when first installed on 
site. The test shall be conducted in accordance with 
instructions that shall be provided with the equipment. A 
written record of this test shall be made and shall be 
available to the authority having jurisdiction. 

FPN No. 1: Ground-fault protection that functions to open 
the service disconnect affords no protection from faults on 
the line side of the protective element. It serves only to limit 
damage to conductors and equipment on the load side in the 
event of an arcing ground fault on the load side of the 
protective element. 

FPN No. 2: This added protective equipment at the service 
equipment may make it necessary to review the overall 
wiring system for proper selective overcurrent protection 
coordination. Additional installations of ground-fault 
protective equipment may be needed on feeders and branch 
circuits where maximum continuity of electrical service is 
necessary. 

■FPN No. 3: Where ground-fault protection is provided for 
the service disconnect and interconnection is made with 
another supply system by a transfer device, means or 
devices may be needed to ensure proper ground-fault 
sensing by the ground-fault protection equipment, 
FPN No. 4: See 517.17(A) for information on where an 
additional step of ground fault protection is required for 
hospitals and other buildings with critical areas or life 
support equipment. 

VIII. Services Exceeding 600 Volts, Nominal 

230.200 General. Service conductors and equipment used 
on circuits exceeding 600 volts, nominal, shall comply with 
all the applicable provisions of the preceding sections of 
this article and with the following sections that supplement 
or modify the preceding sections. In no case shall the 
provisions of Part VIII apply to equipment on the supply 
side of the service point. 

FPN: For clearances of conductors of over 600 volts, 
nominal, see ANSI C2-2002, National Electrical Safety 
Code, 

230.202 Service-Entrance Conductors. Service-entrance 

conductors to buildings or enclosures shall be installed to 
conform to 230.202(A) and (B). 

(A) Conductor Size. Service-entrance conductors shall not 
be smaller than 6 AWG unless in multiconductor cable. 
Multiconductor cable shall not be smaller than 8 AWG. 

(B) Wiring Methods. Service-entrance conductors shall be 
installed by one of the wiring methods covered in 300.37 
and 300,50. 



230.204 Isolating Switches. 

(A) Where Required. Where oil switches or air, oil, 
vacuum, or sulfur hexafluoride circuit breakers constitute 
the service disconnecting means, an isolating switch with 
visible break contacts shall be installed on the supply side 
of the disconnecting means and all associated service 
equipment. 

Exception: An isolating switch shall not be required where 
the circuit breaker or switch is mounted on removable 
truck panels or metal-enclosed switchgear units where both 
of the following conditions apply: 

(1) Cannot be opened unless the circuit is disconnected, 

(2) Where all energized parts are automatically 
disconnected when the circuit breaker or switch is 
removed from the normal operating position, 

(B) Fuses as Isolating Switch. Where fuses are of the type 
that can be operated as a disconnecting switch, a set of such 
fuses shall be permitted as the isolating switch. 

(C) Accessible to Qualified Persons Only. The isolating 
switch shall be accessible to qualified persons only. 

(D) Grounding Connection. Isolating switches shall be 
provided with a means for readily connecting the load side 
conductors to ground when disconnected from the source 

of supply. 

A means for grounding the load side conductors shall 
not be required for any duplicate isolating switch installed 
and maintained by the electric supply company. 

230.205 Disconnecting Means. 

(A) Location. The service disconnecting means shall be 
located in accordance with 230.70. 

(B) Type. Each service disconnect shall simultaneously 
disconnect all ungrounded service conductors that it 
controls and shall have a fault-closing rating that is not less 
than the maximum short-circuit current available at its 
supply terminals. 

Where fused switches or separately mounted fuses are 
installed, the fuse characteristics shall be permitted to 
contribute to the fault-closing rating of the disconnecting 
means. 

(C) Remote Control. For multibuilding, industrial 
installations under single management, the service 
disconnecting means shall be permitted to be located at a 
separate building or structure. In such cases, the service 
disconnecting means shall be permitted to be electrically 
operated by a readily accessible, remote-control device. 



70-80 



2007 California Electrical Code 



ARTICLE 240 - OVERCURRENT PROTECTION 



240.3 



230.206 Overcurrent Devices as Disconnecting Means. 

Where the circuit breaker or alternative for it, as specified 
in 230.208 for service overcurrent devices, meets the 
requirements specified in 230.205, they shall constitute the 
service disconnecting means. 

230.208 Protection Requirements. A short-circuit 
protective device shall be provided on the load side of, or 
as an integral part of, the service disconnect, and shall 
protect all ungrounded conductors that it supplies. The 
protective device shall be capable of detecting and 
interrupting all values of current, in excess of its trip setting 
or melting point, that can occur at its location. A fuse rated 
in continuous amperes not to exceed three times the 
ampacity of the conductor, or a circuit breaker with a trip 
setting of not more than six times the ampacity of the 
conductors, shall be considered as providing the required 
short-circuit protection. 

FPN: See Table 310.67 through Table 310.86 for ampacities 
of conductors rated 200 1 volts and above. 

Overcurrent devices shall conform to 230.208(A) and (B). 

(A) Equipment Type. Equipment used to protect service- 
entrance conductors shall meet the requirements of Article 
490, Part II. 

(B) Enclosed Overcurrent Devices. The restriction to 80 
percent of the rating for an enclosed overcurrent device for 
continuous loads shall not apply to overcurrent devices 
installed in systems operating at over 600 volts. 

230.209 Surge Arresters (Lightning Arresters). Surge 
arresters installed in accordance with the requirements of 
Article 280 shall be permitted on each ungrounded 
overhead service conductor. 

230.210 Service Equipment — General Provisions. 

Service equipment, including instrument transformers, 
shall conform to Article 490, Part I. 

230.211 Metal-Enclosed Switchgear. Metal-enclosed 
switchgear shall consist of a substantial metal structure and 
a sheet metal enclosure. Where installed over a 
combustible floor, suitable protection thereto shall be 
provided. 

230.212 Over 35,000 Volts. Where the voltage exceeds 
35,000 volts between conductors that enter a building, they 
shall terminate in a metal-enclosed switchgear 
compartment or a vault conforming to the requirements of 
450.41 through 450.48. 



ARTICLE 240 
Overcurrent Protection 



I. General 

240.1 Scope. Parts I through VII of this article provide the 
general requirements for overcurrent protection and 
overcurrent protective devices not more than 600 volts, 
nominal. Part VIII covers overcurrent protection for those 
portions of supervised industrial installations operating at 
voltages of not more than 600 volts, nominal. Part IX 
covers overcurrent protection over 600 volts, nominal. 

FPN: Overcurrent protection for conductors and equipment 
is provided to open the circuit if the current reaches a value 
that will cause an excessive or dangerous temperature in 
conductors or conductor insulation. See also 110.9 for 
requirements for interrupting ratings and 110.10 for 
requirements for protection against fault currents. 

240.2 Definitions. 
* 

Current-Limiting Overcurrent Protective Device. A 

device that, when interrupting currents in its current- 
limiting range, reduces the current flowing in the faulted 
circuit to a magnitude substantially less than that obtainable 
in the same circuit if the device were replaced with a solid 
conductor having comparable impedance. 

Supervised Industrial Installation. For the purposes of 
Part VIII, the industrial portions of a facility where all of 
the following conditions are met: 

(1) Conditions of maintenance and engineering supervision 

ensure that only qualified persons monitor and service 
the system. 

(2) The premises wiring system has 2500 kVA or greater 
of load used in industrial process(es), manufacturing 
activities, or both, as calculated in accordance with 
Article 220. 

(3) The premises has at least one service or feeder that is 
more than 150 volts to ground and more than 300 volts 
phase-to-phase. 

This definition excludes installations in buildings used 
by the industrial facility for offices, warehouses, garages, 
machine shops, and recreational facilities that are not an 
integral part of the industrial plant, substation, or control center. 

Tap Conductors. As used in this article, a tap conductor is 
defined as a conductor, other than a service conductor, that 
has overcurrent protection ahead of its point of supply that 
exceeds the value permitted for similar conductors that are 
protected as described elsewhere in 240.4. 

240.3 Other Articles. Equipment shall be protected against 
overcurrent in accordance with the article in this Code that 
covers the type of equipment specified in Table 240.3. 



2007 California Electrical Code 



70-81 



240.4 



ARTICLE 240 - OVERCURRENT PROTECTION 



Table 240.3 Other Articles 



Equipment 


Article 


Air-conditioning and refrigerating 


440 


equipment 




Appliances 


422 


Assembly occupancies 


518 


Audio signal processing, amplification, 


640 


and reproduction equipment 




Branch circuits 


210 


Busways 


368 


Capacitors 


460 


Class 1, Class 2, and Class 3 remote- 


725 


control, signaling, and power-limited 




circuits 




Closed-loop and programmed power 


780 


distribution 




Cranes and hoists 


610 


Electric signs and outline lighting 


600 


Electric welders 


630 


Electrolytic cells 


668 


Elevators, dumbwaiters, escalators, 


620 


moving walks, wheelchair lifts, and 




stairway chair lifts 




Emergency systems 


700 


Fire alarm systems 


760 


Fire pumps 


695 


Fixed electric heating equipment for 


427 


pipelines and vessels 




Fixed electric space-heating equipment 


424 


Fixed outdoor electric deicing and snow- 


426 


melting equipment 




Generators 


445 


Health care facilities 


517 


Induction and dielectric heating equipment 


665 


Industrial machinery 


670 


Luminaires (lighting fixtures), 


410 


lampholders, and lamps 




Motion picture and television studios and 


530 


similar locations 




Motors, motor circuits, and controllers 


430 


Phase converters 


455 


Pipe organs 


650 


Receptacles 


406 


Services 


230 


Solar photovoltaic systems 


690 


Switchboards and panelboards 


408 


Theaters, audience areas of motion picture 


520 


and television studios, and similar 




locations 




Transformers and transformer vaults 


450 


X-ray equipment 


660 



240.4 Protection of Conductors. Conductors, other than 
flexible cords, flexible cables, and fixture wires, shall be 
protected against overeurrent in accordance with their 
ampacities specified in 310.15, unless otherwise permitted 
or required in 240.4(A) through (G). 



(A) Power Loss Hazard. Conductor overload protection 
shall not be required where the interruption of the circuit 
would create a hazard, such as in a material-handling 
magnet circuit or fire pump circuit. Short-circuit protection 
shall be provided. 

FPN: See NFPA 20-2003, Standard for the Installation of 
Stationary Pumps for Fire Protection, 

(B) Devices Rated 800 Amperes or Less. The next higher 
standard overeurrent device rating (above the ampacity of 
the conductors being protected) shall be permitted to be 
used, provided all of the following conditions are met: 

(1) The conductors being protected are not part of a 
multioutlet branch circuit supplying receptacles for 
cord-and-plug-connected portable loads. 

(2) The ampacity of the conductors does not correspond 
with the standard ampere rating of a fuse or a circuit 
breaker without overload trip adjustments above its 
rating (but that shall be permitted to have other trip or 
rating adjustments). 

(3) The next higher standard rating selected does not 
exceed 800 amperes. 

(C) Devices Rated Over 800 Amperes. Where the 
overeurrent device is rated over 800 amperes, the ampacity 
of the conductors it protects shall be equal to or greater 
than the rating of the overeurrent device defined in 240,6. 

(D) Small Conductors. Unless specifically permitted in 
240.4(E) or 240.4(G), the overeurrent protection shall not 
exceed 15 amperes for 14 AWG, 20 amperes for 12 AWG, 
and 30 amperes for 10 AWG copper; or 15 amperes for 12 
AWG and 25 amperes for 10 AWG aluminum and copper- 
clad aluminum after any correction factors for ambient 
temperature and number of conductors have been applied. 

(E) Tap Conductors. Tap conductors shall be permitted to 
be protected against overeurrent in accordance with the 
following: 

(1) 210.19(A)(3) and (A)(4) Household Ranges and 
Cooking Appliances and Other Loads 

(2) 240.5(B)(2) Fixture Wire 

(3) 240.21 Location in Circuit 

(4) 368.17(B) Reduction in Ampacity Size of Bus way 

(5) 368.1 7(C) Feeder or Branch Circuits (busway taps) 

(6) 430.53(D) Single Motor Taps 

(F) Transformer Secondary Conductors. Single-phase 
(other than 2-wire) and multiphase (other than delta-delta, 
3 -wire) transformer secondary conductors shall not be 
considered to be protected by the primary overeurrent 
protective device. Conductors supplied by the secondary 
side of a single-phase transformer having a 2-wire (single- 
voltage) secondary, or a three-phase, delta-delta connected 
transformer having a 3-wire (single-voltage) secondary, 
shall be permitted to be protected by overeurrent protection 



70-82 



2007 California Electrical Code 



ARTICLE 240 - OVERCURRENT PROTECTION 



240.6 



provided on the primary (supply) side of the transformer, 
provided this protection is in accordance with 450.3 and 
does not exceed the value determined by multiplying the 
secondary conductor ampacity by the secondary to primary 
transformer voltage ratio. 

(G) Overcurrent Protection for Specific Conductor 
Applications. Overcurrent protection for the specific 
conductors shall be permitted to be provided as referenced 
in Table 240.4(G). 



Table 240.4(G) Specific Conductor Applications 



Conductor 



Article 



Section 



Air-conditioning and 

refrigeration 

equipment circuit 

conductors 
Capacitor circuit 

conductors 
Control and 

instrumentation 

circuit conductors 

(TypelTC) 
Electric welder circuit 

conductors 
Fire alarm system circuit 

conductors 



Motor-operated . 

appliance circuit 

conductors 
Motor and motor-control 

circuit conductors 
Phase converter supply 

conductors 
Remote-control, 

signaling, and power- 
limited circuit 

conductors 
Secondary tie conductors 



440, Parts III, VI 



460 



727 



630 



760 



422, Part II 



430, Parts III, IV, 
V, VI, VII 

455 

725 



450 



460.8(B) and 
460.25(A)-(D) 

727.9 



630.12 and 630.32 

760.23, 760.24, 

760.41, and 
Chapter 9, Tables 
12(A) and 12(B) 



455.7 

725.23, 725.24, 

725.41, and 

Chapter 9, Tables 

11(A) and 11(B) 

450.6 



240.5 Protection of Flexible Cords, Flexible Cables, and 
Fixture Wires. Flexible cord and flexible cable, including 
tinsel cord and extension cords, and fixture wires shall be 
protected against overcurrent by either 240.5(A) or (B). 

(A) Ampacities. Flexible cord and flexible cable shall be 
protected by an overcurrent device in accordance with their 
ampacity as specified in Table 400.5(A) and Table 
400.5(B). Fixture wire shall be protected against 
overcurrent in accordance with its ampacity as specified in 
Table 402.5. Supplementary overcurrent protection, as in 
240.10, shall be pennitted to be an acceptable means for 
providing this protection. 



(B) Branch Circuit Overcurrent Device. Flexible cord 
shall be protected where supplied by a branch circuit in 
accordance with one of the methods described in 
240.5(B)(1), (B)(2), (B)(3), or (B)(4). 

(1) Supply Cord of Listed Appliance or Portable 

Lamps. Where flexible cord or tinsel cord is approved for 
and used with a specific listed appliance or portable lamp, 
it shall be considered to be protected when applied within 
the appliance or portable lamp listing requirements. 

(2) Fixture Wire. Fixture wire shall be permitted to be 
tapped to the branch circuit conductor of a branch circuit in 
accordance with the following: 

(1) 20-ampere circuits — 18 AWG, up to 15 m (50 ft) of 
run length 

(2) 20-ampere circuits — 16 AWG, up to 30 m (100 ft) of 
run length 

(3) 20-ampere circuits — 14 AWG and larger 

(4) 30-ampere circuits — 14 AWG and larger 

(5) 40-ampere circuits — 12 AWG and larger 

(6) 50-ampere circuits — 12 AWG and larger 

(3) Extension Cord Sets. Flexible cord used in listed 
extension cord sets shall be considered to be protected 
when applied within the extension cord listing 
requirements. 

(4) Field Assembled Extension Cord Sets. Flexible cord 
used in extension cords made with separately listed and 
installed components shall be permitted to be supplied by a 
branch circuit in accordance with the following: 

20-ampere circuits — 16 AWG and larger 

240.6 Standard Ampere Ratings. 

(A) Fuses and Fixed-Trip Circuit Breakers. The 

standard ampere ratings for fuses and inverse time circuit 
breakers shall be considered 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, 40, 45, 50, 
60, 70, 80, 90, 100, 110, 125, 150, 175, 200, 225, 250, 300, 
350, 400, 450, 500, 600, 700, 800, 1000, 1200, 1600, 2000, 
2500, 3000, 4000, 5000, and 6000 amperes. Additional 
standard ampere ratings for fuses shall be 1, 3, 6, 10, and 
601. The use of fuses' and inverse time circuit breakers with 
nonstandard ampere ratings shall be pennitted. 

(B) Adjustable-Trip Circuit Breakers. The rating of 
adjustable-trip circuit breakers having external means for 
adjusting the current setting (long-time pickup setting), not 
meeting the requirements of 240.6(C), shall be the 
maximum setting possible. 



2007 California Electrical Code 



70-83 



240.8 



ARTICLE 240 - OVERCURRENT PROTECTION 



(C) Restricted Access Adjustable-Trip Circuit 

Breakers. A circuit breaker(s) that has restricted access to 
the adjusting means shall be permitted to have an ampere 
rating(s) that is equal to the adjusted current setting (long- 
time pickup setting). Restricted access shall be defined as 
located behind one of the following: 

(1) Removable and sealable covers over the adjusting 
means 

(2) Bolted equipment enclosure doors 

(3) Locked doors accessible only to qualified personnel 

240.8 Fuses or Circuit Breakers in Parallel. Fuses and 
circuit breakers shall be permitted to be connected in 
parallel where they are factory assembled in parallel and 
listed as a unit. Individual fuses, circuit breakers, or 
combinations thereof shall not otherwise be connected in 
parallel. 

240.9 Thermal Devices. Thermal relays and other devices 
not designed to open short circuits or ground faults shall 
not be used for the protection of conductors against 
overcurrent due to short circuits or ground faults, but the 
use of such devices shall be permitted to protect motor 
branch-circuit conductors from overload if protected in 
accordance with 430.40. 

240.10 Supplementary Overcurrent Protection. Where 
supplementary overcurrent protection is used for luminaires 
(lighting fixtures), appliances, and other equipment or for 
internal circuits and components of equipment, it shall not 
be used as a substitute for required branch-circuit 
overcurrent devices or in place of the required branch- 
circuit protection. Supplementary overcurrent devices shall 
not be required to be readily accessible. 

240.12 Electrical System Coordination. Where an 
orderly shutdown is required to minimize the hazard(s) to 
personnel and equipment, a system of coordination based 
on the following two conditions shall be permitted: 

(1) Coordinated short-circuit protection 

(2) Overload indication based on monitoring systems or 

devices 

FPN: The monitoring system may cause the condition to go 
to alarm, allowing corrective action or an orderly shutdown, 
thereby minimizing personnel hazard and equipment 
damage. 

240.13 Ground-Fault Protection of Equipment. 

Ground-fault protection of equipment shall be provided in 
accordance with the provisions of 230.95 for solidly 
grounded wye electrical systems of more than 150 volts to 
ground but not exceeding 600 volts phase-to-phase for each 
individual device used as a building or structure main 
disconnecting means rated 1000 amperes or more. 



The provisions of this section shall not apply to the 
disconnecting means for the following: 

(1) Continuous industrial processes where a nonorderly 
shutdown will introduce additional or increased 
hazards 

(2) Installations where ground-fault protection is provided 
by other requirements for services or feeders 

(3) Fire pumps 

II. Location 

240.20 Ungrounded Conductors. 

(A) Overcurrent Device Required. A fuse or an 
overcurrent trip unit of a circuit breaker shall be connected 
in series with each ungrounded conductor. A combination 
of a current transformer and overcurrent relay shall be 
considered equivalent to an overcurrent trip unit. 

FPN: For motor circuits, see Parts III, IV, V, and XI of 
Article 430. 

(B) Circuit Breaker as Overcurrent Device. Circuit 
breakers shall open all ungrounded conductors of the 
circuit both manually and automatically unless otherwise 
permitted in 240.20(B)(1), (B)(2), and (B)(3). 

(1) Multiwire Branch Circuit. Except where limited by 
210.4(B), individual single-pole circuit breakers, with or 
without identified handle ties, shall be permitted as the 
protection for each ungrounded conductor of multiwire 
branch circuits that serve only single-phase line-to-neutral 
loads. 

(2) Grounded Single-Phase and 3-Wire dc Circuits. In 

grounded systems, individual single-pole circuit breakers 
with identified handle ties shall be permitted as the 
protection for each ungrounded conductor for line-to-line 
connected loads for single-phase circuits or 3-wire, direct- 
current circuits. 

(3) 3-Phase and 2-Phase Systems. For line-to-line loads in 
4-wire, 3-phase systems or 5-wire, 2-phase systems having 
a grounded neutral and no conductor operating at a voltage 
greater than permitted in 210.6, individual single-pole 
circuit breakers with identified handle ties shall be 
permitted as the protection for each ungrounded conductor. 

(C) Closed-Loop Power Distribution Systems. Listed 
devices that provide equivalent overcurrent protection in 
closed-loop power distribution systems shall be permitted 
as a substitute for fuses or circuit breakers. 

240.21 Location in Circuit. Overcurrent protection shall 
be provided in each ungrounded circuit conductor and shall 
be located at the point where the conductors receive their 
supply except as specified in 240.21(A) through (G). No 
conductor supplied under the provisions of 240.21(A) 
through (G) shall supply another conductor under those 
provisions, except through an overcurrent protective device 
meeting the requirements of 240.4. 



70-84 



2007 California Electrical Code 



ARTICLE 240 - OVERCURRENT PROTECTION 



240.21 



(A) Branch-Circuit Conductors. Branch-circuit tap 
conductors meeting the requirements specified in 210.19 
shall be permitted to have overcurrent protection located as 
specified in that section. 

(B) Feeder Taps. Conductors shall be permitted to be 
tapped, without overcurrent protection at the tap, to a 
feeder as specified in 240.21(B)(1) through (B)(5). The 
provisions of 240.4(B) shall not be permitted for tap 
conductors. 

(1) Taps Not Over 3 m (10 ft) Long. Where the length of 
the tap conductors does not exceed 3 m (10 ft) and the tap 
conductors comply with all of the following: 

(1) The ampacity of the tap conductors is 

a. Not less than the combined calculated loads on the 
circuits supplied by the tap conductors, and 

b. Not less than the rating of the device supplied by 
the tap conductors or not less than the rating of the 
overcurrent-protective device at the termination of 
the tap conductors. 

(2) The tap conductors do not extend beyond the 
switchboard, panelboard, disconnecting means, or 
control devices they supply. 

(3) Except at the point of connection to the feeder, the tap 
conductors are enclosed in a raceway, which shall 
extend from the tap to the enclosure of an enclosed 
switchboard, panelboard, or control devices, or to the 
back of an open switchboard. 

(4) For field installations where the tap conductors leave 
the enclosure or vault in which the tap is made, the 
rating of the overcurrent device on the line side of the 
tap conductors shall not exceed 10 times the ampacity 
of the tap conductor. 

FPN: For overcurrent protection requirements for lighting 
and appliance branch-circuit panelboards and certain power 
panelboards, see 40836(A), (B), and (E). 

(2) Taps Not Over 7.5 m (25 ft) Long. Where the length 
of the tap conductors does not exceed 7.5 m (25 ft) and the 
tap conductors comply with all the following: 

(1) The ampacity of the tap conductors is not less than 
one-third of the rating of the overcurrent device 
protecting the feeder conductors. 

(2) The tap conductors terminate in a single circuit breaker 
or a single set of fuses that will limit the load to the 
ampacity of the tap conductors. This device shall be 
permitted to .supply any number of additional 
overcurrent devices on its load side. 

(3) The tap conductors are protected from physical damage 
by being enclosed in an approved raceway or by other 
approved means. 



(3) Taps Supplying a Transformer [Primary Plus 
Secondary Not Over 7.5 m (25 ft) Long]. Where the tap 
conductors supply a transformer and comply with all the 
following conditions: 

(1) The conductors supplying the primary of a transformer 
have an ampacity at least one-third the rating of the 
overcurrent device protecting the feeder conductors. 

(2) The conductors supplied by the secondary of the 
transformer shall have an ampacity that is not less than 
the value of the primary-to-secondary voltage ratio 
multiplied by one-third of the rating of the overcurrent 
device protecting the feeder conductors. 

(3) The total length of one primary plus one secondary 
conductor, excluding any portion of the primary 
conductor that is protected at its ampacity, is not over 
7.5 m (25 ft). 

(4) The primary and secondary conductors are protected 
from physical damage by being enclosed in an 
approved raceway or by other approved means. 

(5) The secondary conductors terminate in a single circuit 
breaker or set of fuses that limit the load current to not 
more than the conductor ampacity that is permitted by 
310.15. 

(4) Taps Over 7.5 m (25 ft) Long. Where the feeder is in a 
high bay manufacturing building over 11 m (35 ft) high at 
walls and the installation complies with all the following 
conditions: 

(1) Conditions of maintenance and supervision ensure that 
only qualified persons service the systems. 

(2) The tap conductors are not over 7.5 m (25 ft) long 
horizontally and not over 30 m (100 ft) total length. 

(3) The ampacity of the tap conductors is not less than 
one-third the rating of the overcurrent device 
protecting the feeder conductors. 

(4) The tap conductors terminate at a single circuit breaker 
or a single set of fuses that limit the load to the 
ampacity of the tap conductors. This single overcurrent 
device shall be permitted to supply any number of 
additional overcurrent devices on its load side. 

(5) The tap conductors are protected from physical damage 
by being enclosed in an approved raceway or by other 
approved means. 

(6) The tap conductors are continuous from end-to-end and 
contain no splices. 

(7) The tap conductors are sized 6 AWG copper or 4 AWG 
aluminum or larger. 

(8) The tap conductors do not penetrate walls, floors, or 
ceilings. 

(9) The tap is made no less than 9 m (30 ft) from the floor. 
(5) Outside Taps of Unlimited Length. Where the 
conductors are located outdoors of a building or structure, 
except at the point of load termination, and comply with all 
of the following conditions: 



2007 California Electrical Code 



70-85 



240.21 



ARTICLE 240 - OVERCURRENT PROTECTION 



(1) The conductors are protected from physical damage in 
an approved manner. 

(2) The conductors terminate at a single circuit breaker or 
a single set of fuses that limit the load to the ampacity 
of the conductors. This single overcurrent device shall 
be permitted to supply any number of additional 
overcurrent devices on its load side. 

(3) The overcurrent device for the conductors is an integral 
part of a disconnecting means or shall be located 
immediately adjacent thereto. 

(4) The disconnecting means for the conductors is installed 
at a readily accessible location complying with one of 
the following: 

a. Outside of a building or structure 

b. Inside, nearest the point of entrance of the 
conductors 

c. Where installed in accordance with 230.6, nearest 
the point of entrance of the conductors 

(C) Transformer Secondary Conductors. Each set of 
conductors feeding separate loads shall be permitted to be 
connected to a transformer secondary, without overcurrent 
protection at the secondary, as specified in 240.21(C)(1) 
through (C)(6). The provisions of 240.4(B) shall not be 
permitted for transformer secondary conductors. 

FPN: For overcurrent protection requirements for 

transformers, see 450.3. 

(1) Protection by Primary Overcurrent Device. 

Conductors supplied by the secondary side of a single- 
phase transformer having a 2-wire (single-voltage) 
secondary, or a three-phase, delta-delta connected 
transformer having a 3 -wire (single-voltage) secondary, 
shall be permitted to be protected by overcurrent protection 
provided on the primary (supply) side of the transformer, 
provided this protection is in accordance with 450.3 and 
does not exceed the value determined by multiplying the 
secondary conductor ampacity by the secondary to primary 
transformer voltage ratio. 

Single-phase (other than 2-wire) and multiphase (other 
than delta-delta, 3-wire) transformer secondary conductors 
are not considered to be protected by the primary 
overcurrent protective device. 

(2) Transformer Secondary Conductors Not Over 3 m 
(10 ft) Long. Where the length of secondary conductor 
does not exceed 3 m (10 ft) and complies with all of the 
following: 

(1) The ampacity of the secondary conductors is 

a. Not less than the combined calculated loads on the 
circuits supplied by the secondary conductors, and 

b. Not less than the rating of the device supplied by 
the secondary conductors or not less than the rating 
of the overcurrent-protective device at the 
termination of the secondary conductors, and 



c. Not less than one-tenth of the rating of the 
overcurrent device protecting the primary of the 
transformer, multiplied by the primary to 
secondary transformer voltage ratio 

(2) The secondary conductors do not extend beyond the 
switchboard, panelboard, disconnecting means, or 
control devices they supply. 

(3) The secondary conductors are enclosed in a raceway, 
which shall extend from the transformer to the 
enclosure of an enclosed switchboard, panelboard, or 
control devices or to the back of an open switchboard. 

FPN: For overcurrent protection requirements for lighting 
and appliance branch-circuit panelboards and certain power 
panelboards, see 408.36(A), (B), and (E). 

(3) Industrial Installation Secondary Conductors Not 

Over 7.5 m (25 ft) Long. For industrial installations only, 
where the length of the secondary conductors does not 
exceed 7.5 m (25 ft) and complies with all of the following: 

(1) The ampacity of the secondary conductors is not less 
than the secondary current rating of the transformer, 
and the sum of the ratings of the overcurrent devices 
does not exceed the ampacity of the secondary 
conductors. 

(2) All overcurrent devices are grouped. 

(3) The secondary conductors are protected from physical 
damage by being enclosed in an approved raceway or 
by other approved means. 

(4) Outside Secondary Conductors. Where the 
conductors are located outdoors of a building or structure, 
except at the point of load termination, and comply with all 
of the following conditions: 

(1) The conductors are protected from physical damage in 
an approved manner. 

(2) The conductors terminate at a single circuit breaker or 
a single set of fuses that limit the load to the ampacity 
of the conductors. This single overcurrent device shall 
be permitted to supply any number of additional 
overcurrent devices on its load side. 

(3) The overcurrent device for the conductors is an integral 
part of a disconnecting means or shall be located 
immediately adjacent thereto. 

(4) The disconnecting means for the conductors is installed 
at a readily accessible location complying with one of 
the following: 

a. Outside of a building or structure 

b. Inside, nearest the point of entrance of the 
conductors 

c. Where installed in accordance with 230.6, nearest 
the point of entrance of the conductors 

(5) Secondary Conductors from a Feeder Tapped 
Transformer. Transformer secondary conductors installed 
in accordance with 240.21(B)(3) shall be permitted to have 
overcurrent protection as specified in that section. 



70-86 



2007 California Electrical Code 



ARTICLE 240 - OVERCURRENT PROTECTION 



240.30 



(6) Secondary Conductors Not Over 7.5 m (25 ft) Long. 

Where the length of secondary conductor does not exceed 
7.5 m (25 ft) and complies with all of the following: 

(1) The secondary conductors shall have an ampacity that 
is not less than the value of the primary-to-secondary 
voltage ratio multiplied by one-third of the rating of 
the overcurrent device protecting the primary of the 
transformer. 

(2) The secondary conductors terminate in a single circuit 
breaker or set of fuses that limit the load current to not 
more than the conductor ampacity that is permitted by 
310.15. 

(3) The secondary conductors are protected from physical 
damage by being enclosed in an approved raceway or 
by other approved means. 

(D) Service Conductors. Service-entrance conductors- 

shall be permitted to be protected by overcurrent devices in 
accordance with 230.91. 

(E) Busway Taps. Busways and busway taps shall be 
permitted to be protected against overcurrent in accordance 
with 368.17. 

(F) Motor Circuit Taps. Motor-feeder and branch-circuit 
conductors shall be permitted to be protected against 
overcurrent in accordance with 430.28 and 430.53, 
respectively. 

(G) Conductors from Generator Terminals. Conductors 
from generator terminals that meet the size requirement in 
445.13 shall be permitted to be protected against overload 
by the generator overload protective device(s) required by 
445.12. 

240.22 Grounded Conductor. No overcurrent device 
shall be connected in series with any conductor that is 
intentionally grounded, unless one of the following two 
conditions is met: 

(1) The overcurrent device opens all conductors of the 
circuit, including the grounded conductor, and is 
designed so that no pole can operate independently. 

(2) Where required by 430.36 or 430.37 for motor overload 

protection. 

240.23 Change in Size of Grounded Conductor. Where 
a change occurs in the size of the ungrounded conductor, a 
similar change shall be permitted to be made in the size of 
the grounded conductor. 

240.24 Location in or on Premises. 

(A) Accessibility. Overcurrent devices shall be readily 
accessible and shall be installed so that the center of the 
grip of the operating handle of the switch or circuit breaker, 
when in its highest position, is not more than 2.0 m (6 ft 7 
in.) above the floor or working platform unless one of the 
following applies: 



(1) For busways, as provided in 368.12. 

(2) For supplementary overcurrent protection, as described 
in 240. 10. 

(3) For overcurrent devices, as described in 225.40 and 
230.92. 

(4) For overcurrent devices adj acent to utilization 
equipment that they supply, access shall be permitted 
to be by portable means. 

(B) Occupancy. Each occupant shall have ready access to 
all overcurrent devices protecting the conductors supplying 
that occupancy. 

Exception No. 1: Where electric service and electrical 
maintenance are provided by the building management and 
where these are under continuous building management 
supervision, the service overcurrent devices and feeder 
overcurrent devices supplying more than one occupancy 
shall be permitted to be accessible to only authorized 
management personnel in the following: 

(1) Multiple-occupancy buildings 

(2) Guest rooms or guest suites of hotels and motels that 
are intended for transient occupancy 

Exception No. 2: Where electric service and electrical 
maintenance are provided by the building management and 
where these are under continuous building management 
supervision, the branch circuit overcurrent devices 
supplying any guest rooms or guest suites shall be 
permitted to be accessible to only authorized management 
personnel for guest rooms of hotels and motels that are 
intended for transient occupancy. 

(C) Not Exposed to Physical Damage. Overcurrent 
devices shall be located where they will not be exposed to 
physical damage. 

FPN: See 110.11, Deteriorating Agents. 

(D) Not in Vicinity of Easily Ignitible Material. 
Overcurrent devices shall not be located in the vicinity of 
easily ignitible material, such as in clothes closets. 

(E) Not Located in Bathrooms. In dwelling units and 
guest rooms or guest suites of hotels and motels, 
overcurrent devices, other than supplementary overcurrent 
protection, shall not be located in bathrooms. 

III. Enclosures 

240.30 General. 

(A) Protection from Physical Damage. Overcurrent 
devices shall be protected from .physical damage by one of 
the following: 

(1) Installation in enclosures, cabinets, cutout boxes, or 
equipment assemblies 



2007 California Electrical Code 



70-87 



240.32 



ARTICLE 240 - OVERCURRENT PROTECTION 



(2) Mounting on open-type switchboards, panelboards, or 
control boards that are in rooms or enclosures free 
from dampness and easily ignitible material and are 
accessible only to qualified personnel 

(B) Operating Handle. The operating handle of a circuit 
breaker shall be permitted to be accessible without opening 
a door or cover. 

240.32 Damp or Wet Locations. Enclosures for 
overcurrent devices in damp or wet locations shall comply 
with 312.2(A). 

240.33 Vertical Position. Enclosures for overcurrent 
devices shall be mounted in a vertical position unless that is 
shown to be impracticable. Circuit breaker enclosures shall 
be permitted to be installed horizontally where the circuit 
breaker is installed in accordance with 240.81. Listed 
busway plug-in units shall be permitted to be mounted in 
orientations corresponding to the busway mounting 
position. 



IV. Disconnecting and Guarding 

240.40 Disconnecting Means for Fuses. A disconnecting 
means shall be provided on the supply side of all fuses in 
circuits over 150 volts to ground and cartridge fuses in 
circuits of any voltage where accessible to other than 
qualified persons, so that each circuit containing fuses can 
be independently disconnected from the source of power. A 
current-limiting device without a disconnecting means shall 
be permitted on the supply side of the service 
disconnecting means as permitted by 230.82. A single 
disconnecting means shall be permitted on the supply side 
of more than one set of fuses as permitted by 430.112, 
Exception, for group operation of motors and 424.22(C) for 
fixed electric space-heating equipment. 

240.41 Arcing or Suddenly Moving Parts. Arcing or 
suddenly moving parts shall comply with 240.41(A) and 
(B). 

(A) Location. Fuses and circuit breakers shall be located or 
shielded so that persons will not be burned or otherwise 
injured by their operation. 

(B) Suddenly Moving Parts. Handles of levers of circuit 
breakers, and similar parts that may move suddenly in such 
a way that persons in the vicinity are likely to be injured by 
being struck by them, shall be guarded or isolated. 

V. Plug Fuses, Fuseholders, and Adapters 

240.50 General. 

(A) Maximum Voltage. Plug fuses shall be permitted to be 
used in the following circuits: 



(1) Circuits not exceeding 125 volts between conductors 

(2) Circuits supplied by a system having a grounded 
neutral where the line-to-neutral voltage does not 
exceed 150 volts 

(B) Marking. Each fuse, fiiseholder, and adapter shall be 
marked with its ampere rating. 

(C) Hexagonal Configuration. Plug fuses of 15-ampere 
and lower rating shall be identified by a hexagonal 
configuration of the window, cap, or other prominent part 
to distinguish them from fuses of higher ampere ratings. 

(D) No Energized Parts. Plug fuses, fuseholders, and 
adapters shall have no exposed energized parts after fuses 
or fuses and adapters have been installed. 

(E) Screw Shell. The screw shell of a plug-type freeholder 
shall be connected to the load side of the circuit. 

240.51 Edison-Base Fuses. 

(A) Classification. Plug fuses of the Edison-base type shall 
be classified at not over 125 volts and 30 amperes and 
below. 

(B) Replacement Only. Plug fuses of the Edison-base type 
shall be used only for replacements in existing installations 
where there is no evidence of overfusing or tampering. 

240.52 Edison-Base Fuseholders. Fuseholders of the 
Edison-base type shall be installed only where they are 
made to accept Type S fuses by the use of adapters. 

240.53 Type S Fuses. Type S fuses shall be of the plug 
type and shall comply with 240.53(A) and (B). 

(A) Classification. Type S fuses shall be classified at not 
over 125 volts and to 15 amperes, 16 to 20 amperes, and 
21 to 30 amperes. 

(B) Noninterchangeable. Type S fuses of an ampere 
classification as specified in 240.53(A) shall not be 
interchangeable with a lower ampere classification. They 
shall be designed so that they cannot be used in any 
fiiseholder other than a Type S fiiseholder or a fiiseholder 
with a Type S adapter inserted. 

240.54 Type S Fuses, Adapters, and Fuseholders. 

(A) To Fit Edison-Base Fuseholders. Type S adapters 
shall fit Edison-base fuseholders. 

(B) To Fit Type S Fuses Only. Type S fuseholders and 
adapters shall be designed so that either the fiiseholder 
itself or the fiiseholder with a Type S adapter inserted 
cannot be used for any fuse other than a Type S fuse. 

(C) Nonremovable. Type S adapters shall be designed so 
that once inserted in a fiiseholder, they cannot be removed. 



70-88 



2007 California Electrical Code 



ARTICLE 240 - OVERCURRENT PROTECTION 



240.85 



(D) Nontamperable. Type S fuses, fuseholders, and 
adapters shall be designed so that tampering or shunting 
(bridging) would be difficult. 

(E) Interchangeability. Dimensions of Type S fuses, 
fuseholders, and adapters shall be standardized to permit 
interchangeability regardless of the manufacturer. 



VI. Cartridge Fuses and Fuseholders 

240.60 General. 

(A) Maximum Voltage — 300- Volt Type. Cartridge fuses 
and fuseholders of the 300-volt type shall be permitted to 
be used in the following circuits: 

(1) Circuits not exceeding 300 volts between conductors 

(2) Single-phase line-to-neutral circuits supplied from a 3- 
phase, 4-wire, solidly grounded neutral source where 
the line-to-neutral voltage does not exceed 300 volts 

(B) Noninterchangeable — 0-6000-Ampere Cartridge 

Fuseholders. Fuseholders shall be designed so that it will 
be difficult to put a fuse of any given class into a 
fuseholder that is designed for a current lower, or voltage 
higher, than that of the class to which the fuse belongs. 
Fuseholders for current-limiting fuses shall not permit 
insertion of fuses that are not current-limiting. 

(C) Marking. Fuses shall be plainly marked, either by 
printing on the fuse barrel or by a label attached to the 
barrel showing the following: 

(1) Ampere rating 

(2) Voltage rating 

(3) Interrupting rating where other than 10,000 amperes 

(4) Current limiting where applicable 

(5) The name or trademark of the manufacturer 

The interrupting rating shall not be required to be 
marked on fuses used for supplementary protection. 

(D) Renewable Fuses. Class H cartridge fuses of the 
renewable type shall only be permitted to be used for 
replacement in existing installations where there is no 
evidence of overfusing or tampering. 

240.61 Classification. Cartridge fuses and fuseholders 
shall be classified according to voltage and amperage 
ranges. Fuses rated 600 volts, nominal, or less shall be 
permitted to be used for voltages at or below their ratings. 



240.81 Indicating. Circuit breakers shall clearly indicate 
whether they are in the open "off or closed "on" position. 

Where circuit breaker handles are operated vertically 
rather than rotationally or horizontally, the "up" .position of 
the handle shall be the "on" position. 

240.82 Nontamperable. A circuit breaker shall be of such 
design that any alteration of its trip point (calibration) or 
the time required for its operation requires dismantling of 
the device or breaking of a seal for other than intended 
adjustments. 

240.83 Marking. 

(A) Durable and Visible. Circuit breakers shall be marked 
with their ampere rating in a manner that will be durable 
and visible after installation. Such marking shall be 
permitted to be made visible by removal of a trim or cover. 

(B) Location. Circuit breakers rated at 100 amperes or less 
and 600 volts or less shall have the ampere rating molded, 
stamped, etched, or similarly marked into their handles or 
escutcheon areas. 

(C) Interrupting Rating. Every circuit breaker having an 
interrupting rating other than 5000 amperes shall have its 
interrupting rating shown on the circuit breaker. The 
interrupting rating shall not be required to be marked on 
circuit breakers used for supplementary protection. 

(D) Used as Switches. Circuit breakers used as switches in 
120-volt and 277-volt fluorescent lighting circuits shall be 
listed and shall be marked SWD or HID. Circuit breakers 
used as switches in high-intensity discharge lighting 
circuits shall be listed and shall be marked as HID. 

(E) Voltage Marking. Circuit breakers shall be marked 
with a voltage rating not less than the nominal system 
voltage that is indicative of their capability to interrupt 
fault currents between phases or phase to ground. 

240.85 Applications. A circuit breaker with a straight 
voltage rating, such as 240V or 480V, shall be permitted to 
be applied in a circuit in which the nominal voltage 
between any two conductors does not exceed the circuit 
breaker's voltage rating. A two-pole circuit breaker shall 
not be used for protecting a 3 -phase, corner-grounded delta 
circuit unless the circuit breaker is marked 1<J> - 3® to 
indicate such suitability. 



VII. Circuit Breakers 

240.80 Method of Operation. Circuit breakers shall be 
trip free and capable of being closed and opened by manual 
operation. Their normal method of operation by other than 
manual means, such as electrical or pneumatic, shall be 
permitted if means for manual operation are also provided. 



2007 California Electrical Code 



70-89 



240.86 



ARTICLE 240 - OVERCURRENT PROTECTION 



A circuit breaker with a slash rating, such as 120/240V 
or 480Y/277V, shall be permitted to be applied in a solidly 
grounded circuit where the nominal voltage of any 
conductor to ground does not exceed the lower of the two 
values of the circuit breaker's voltage rating and the 
nominal voltage between any two conductors does not 
exceed the higher value of the circuit breaker's voltage 
rating. 

FPN: Proper application of molded case circuit breakers on 
3-phase systems, other than solidly grounded wye, 
particularly on corner grounded delta systems, considers the 
circuit breakers' individual pole-interrupting capability. 

240.86 Series Ratings. Where a circuit breaker is used on 
a circuit having an available fault current higher than the 
marked interrupting rating by being connected on the load 
side of an acceptable overcurrent protective device having 
a higher rating, the circuit breaker shall meet the 
requirements specified in (A) or (B), and (C). 

(A) Selected Under Engineering Supervision in Existing 
Installations. The series rated combination devices shall be 
selected by a licensed professional engineer engaged 
primarily in the design or maintenance of electrical 
installations. The selection shall be documented and 
stamped by the professional engineer. This documentation 
shall be available to those authorized to design, install, 
inspect, maintain, and operate the system. This series 
combination rating, including identification of the upstream 
device, shall be field marked on the end use equipment. 

(B) Tested Combinations. The combination of line-side 
overcurrent device and load-side circuit breaker(s) is tested 
and marked on the end use equipment, such as 
switchboards and panelboards. 

(C) Motor Contribution. Series ratings shall not be used 
where 

(1) Motors are connected on the load side of the higher- 
rated overcurrent device and on the line side of the 
lower-rated overcurrent device, and 

(2) The sum of the motor full-load currents exceeds 1 
percent of the interrupting rating of the lower-rated 
circuit breaker. 



VIII. Supervised Industrial Installations 

240.90 General. Overcurrent protection in areas of 
supervised industrial installations shall comply with all of 
the other applicable provisions of this article, except as 
provided in Part VIII. The provisions of Part VIII shall be 
permitted only to apply to those portions of the electrical 
system in the supervised industrial installation used 
exclusively for manufacturing or process control activities. 



240.92 Location in Circuit. An overcurrent device shall 
be connected in each ungrounded circuit conductor as 
required in 240.92(A) through (D). 

(A) Feeder and Branch-Circuit Conductors. Feeder and 
branch-circuit conductors shall be protected at the point the 
conductors receive their supply as permitted in 240.21 or as 
otherwise permitted in 240.92(B), (C), or (D). 

(B) Transformer Secondary Conductors of Separately 
Derived Systems. Conductors shall be permitted to be 
connected to a transformer secondary of a separately 
derived system, without overcurrent protection at the 
connection, where the conditions of 240.92(B)(1), (B)(2), 
and (B)(3) are met. 

(1) Short-Circuit and Ground-Fault Protection. The 

conductors shall be protected from short-circuit and 
ground-fault conditions by complying with one of the 
following conditions: 

(1) The length of the secondary conductors does not 
exceed 30 m (100 ft) and the transformer primary 
overcurrent device has a rating or setting that does not 
exceed 150 percent of the value determined by 
multiplying the secondary conductor ampacity by the 
secondary-to-primary transformer voltage ratio. 

(2) The conductors are protected by a differential relay 
with a trip setting equal to or less than the conductor 
ampacity. 

FPN: A differential relay is connected to be sensitive only 
to short-circuit or fault currents within the protected zone 
and is normally set much lower than the conductor 
ampacity. The differential relay is connected to trip 
protective devices that will de-energize the protected 
conductors if a short-circuit condition occurs. 

(3) The conductors shall be considered to be protected if 
calculations, made under engineering supervision, 
determine that the system overcurrent devices will 
protect the conductors within recognized time vs. 
current limits for all short-circuit and ground-fault 
conditions. 

(2) Overload Protection. The conductors shall be 
protected against overload conditions by complying with 
one of the following: 

(1) The conductors terminate in a single overcurrent 
device that will limit the load to the conductor 
ampacity. 

(2) The sum of the overcurrent devices at the conductor 
termination limits the load to the conductor ampacity. 
The overcurrent devices shall consist of not more than 
six circuit breakers or sets of fuses, mounted in a 
single enclosure, in a group of separate enclosures, or 
in or on a switchboard. There shall be no more than six 
overcurrent devices grouped in any one location. 



70-90 



2007 California Electrical Code 



ARTICLE 240 - OVERCURRENT PROTECTION 



240.100 



(3) Overcurrent relaying is connected [with a current 
transformer(s), if needed] to sense all of the 
secondary conductor current and limit the load to 
the conductor ampacity by opening upstream or 
downstream devices. 

(4) Conductors shall be considered to be protected if 
calculations, made under engineering supervision, 
determine that the system overcurrent devices will 
protect the conductors from overload conditions. 

(3) Physical Protection. The secondary conductors are 
protected from physical damage by being enclosed in 
an approved raceway or by other approved means. 

(C) Outside Feeder Taps. Outside conductors shall be 
permitted to be tapped to a feeder or to be connected at 
a transformer secondary, without overcurrent 
protection at the tap or connection, where all the 
following conditions are met: 

(1) The conductors are protected from physical 
damage in an approved manner. 

(2) The sum of the overcurrent devices at the 
conductor termination limits the load to the 
conductor ampacity. The overcurrent devices shall 
consist of not more than six circuit breakers or sets 
of fuses mounted in a single enclosure, in a group 
of separate enclosures, or in or on a switchboard. 
There shall be no more than six overcurrent 
devices grouped in any one location. 

(3) The tap conductors are installed outdoors of a 
building or structure except at the point of load 
termination, 

(4) The overcurrent device for the conductors is an 
integral part of a disconnecting means or shall be 
located immediately adjacent thereto. 

(5) The disconnecting means for the conductors afe 
installed at a readily accessible location complying 
with one of the following: 

a. Outside of a building or structure 

b. Inside, nearest the point of entrance of the 
conductors 

c. Where installed in accordance with 230.6, 
nearest the point of entrance of the conductors 

(D) Protection by Primary Overcurrent Device. 

Conductors supplied by the secondary side of a 
transformer shall be permitted to be protected by 
overcurrent protection provided on the primary 
(supply)' side of the transformer, provided the primary 
device time-current protection characteristic, 
multiplied by the maximum effective primary-to- 
secondary transformer voltage ratio, effectively 
protects the secondary conductors. 



IX. Overcurrent Protection Over 600 Volts, 
Nominal 

240.100 Feeders and Branch Circuits. 

(A) Location and Type of Protection. Feeder and 
branch-circuit conductors shall have overcurrent 
protection in each ungrounded conductor located at the 
point where the conductor receives its supply or at an 
alternative location in the circuit when designed under 
engineering supervision that includes but is not limited 
to considering the appropriate fault studies and time- 
current coordination analysis of the protective devices 
and the conductor damage curves. The overcurrent 
protection shall be permitted to be provided by either 
240.100(A)(1) or (A)(2), 

(1) Overcurrent Relays and Current Transformers. 

Circuit breakers used for overcurrent protection of 3- 
phase circuits shall have a minimum of three- 
overcurrent relay elements operated from three current 
transformers. The separate overcurrent relay elements 
(or protective functions) shall be permitted to be part 
of a single electronic protective relay unit. 

On 3-phase, 3-wire circuits, an overcurrent relay 
element in the residual circuit of the current 
transformers shall be permitted to replace one of the 
phase relay elements. 

An overcurrent relay element, operated from a 
current transformer that links all phases of a. 3-phase, 
3-wire circuit, shall be permitted to replace the residual 
relay element and one of the phase-conductor current 
transformers. Where the neutral is not regrounded on 
the load side of the circuit as permitted in 250.184(B), 
the current transformer shall be permitted to link all 3- 
phase conductors and the grounded circuit conductor 
(neutral). 

(2) Fuses. A fuse shall be connected in series with each 
ungrounded conductor. 

(B) Protective Devices. The protective device(s) shall 
be capable of detecting and interrupting all values of 
current that can occur at their location in excess of 
their trip-setting or melting point. 

(C) Conductor Protection. The operating time of the 
protective device, the available short-circuit current, 
and the conductor used shall be coordinated to prevent 
damaging or dangerous temperatures in conductors or 
conductor insulation under short-circuit conditions. 



2007 California Electrical Code 



70-91 



240.101 



ARTICLE 250 - GROUNDING AND BONDING 



240.101 Additional Requirements for Feeders. 

(A) Rating or Setting of Overcurrent Protective 

Devices. The continuous ampere rating of a fuse shall not 
exceed three times the ampacity of the conductors. The 
long-time trip element setting of a breaker or the minimum 
trip setting of an electronically actuated fuse shall not 
exceed six times the ampacity of the conductor. For fire 
pumps, conductors shall be permitted to be protected for 
overcurrent in accordance with 695.4(B). 

(B) Feeder Taps. Conductors tapped to a feeder shall be 
permitted to be protected by the feeder overcurrent device 
where that overcurrent device also protects the tap 
conductor. 



ARTICLE 250 
Grounding and Bonding 



L-Gener-al— »■■—■-■— ——- ....«.— ™~.. ...... , _,.,...... ......... 

250.1 Scope, This article covers general requirements for 
grounding and bonding of electrical installations, and 
specific requirements in (1) through (6). 

(1) Systems, circuits, and equipment required, permitted, 
or not permitted to be grounded 

(2) Circuit conductor to be grounded on grounded systems 

(3) Location of grounding connections 

(4) Types and sizes of grounding and bonding conductors 
and electrodes 

(5) Methods of grounding and bonding 

(6) Conditions under which guards, isolation, or insulation 
may be substituted for grounding 

250.2 Definitions. 

Effective Ground-Fault Current Path. An intentionally 
constructed, permanent, low-impedance electrically 
conductive path designed and intended to carry current 
under ground-fault conditions from the point of a ground 
fault on a wiring system to the electrical supply source and 
that facilitates the operation of the overcurrent protective 
device or ground fault detectors on high-impedance 
grounded systems. 

Ground Fault. An unintentional, electrically conducting 
connection between an ungrounded conductor of an 
electrical circuit and the normally non-current-carrying 
conductors, metallic enclosures, metallic raceways, 
metallic equipment, or earth. 

Ground-Fault Current Path. An electrically conductive 
path from the point of a ground fault on a wiring system 
through normally non-current-carrying conductors, 
equipment, or the earth to the electrical supply source. 



FPN: Examples of ground-fault current paths could consist 
of any combination of equipment grounding conductors, 
metallic raceways, metallic cable sheaths, electrical 
equipment, and any other electrically conductive material 
such as metal water and gas piping, steel framing members, 
stucco mesh, metal ducting, reinforcing steel, shields of 
communications cables, and the earth itself. 

250.3 Application of Other Articles. In other articles 
applying to particular cases of installation of conductors 
and equipment, requirements are identified in Table 250.3 
that are in addition to, or modifications of, those of this 
article. 

250.4 General Requirements for Grounding and 
Bonding. The following general requirements identify 
what grounding and bonding of electrical systems are 
required to accomplish. The prescriptive methods 
contained in Article 250 shall be followed to comply with 
the performance requirements of this section. 

(A) Grounded Systems. 

(1) Electrical System Grounding. Electrical systems that 
are grounded shall be connected to dearth in a manner that 
will limit the voltage imposed by lightning, line surges, or 
unintentional contact with higher-voltage lines and that will 
stabilize the voltage to earth during normal operation. 

(2) Grounding of Electrical Equipment. Non-current- 
carrying conductive materials enclosing electrical 
conductors or equipment, or forming part of such 
equipment, shall be connected to earth so as to limit the 
voltage to ground on these materials. 

(3) Bonding of Electrical Equipment. Non-current- 
carrying conductive materials enclosing electrical 
conductors or equipment, or forming part of such 
equipment, shall be connected together and to the electrical 
supply source in a manner that establishes an effective 
ground-fault current path. 

(4) Bonding of Electrically Conductive Materials and 
Other Equipment. Electrically conductive materials that 
are likely to become energized shall be connected together 
and to the electrical supply source in a manner that 
establishes an effective ground-fault current path. 

(5) Effective Ground-Fault Current Path. Electrical 
equipment and wiring and other electrically conductive 
material likely to become energized shall be installed in a 
manner that creates a permanent, low-impedance circuit 
facilitating the operation of the overcurrent device or 
ground detector for high-impedance grounded systems. It 
shall be capable of safely carrying the maximum ground- 
fault current likely to be imposed on it from any point on 
the wiring system where a ground fault may occur to the 
electrical supply source. The earth shall not be considered 
as an effective ground-fault current path. 



70-92 



2007 California Electrical Code 



ARTICLE 250 - GROUNDING AND BONDING 



250.4 



Table 250.3 Additional Grounding Requirements 



Conductor/Equipment 



Article 



Section 



Agricultural buildings 

Audio signal processing, amplification, and reproduction 

equipment 
Branch circuits 
Cablebus 
| Cable trays 
Capacitors 

Circuits and equipment operating at less than 50 volts 
Closed-loop and programmed power distribution 
Communications circuits 
Community antenna television and radio distribution 

systems 
Conductors for general wiring 
Cranes and hoists 

Electrically driven or controlled irrigation machines 
Electric signs and outline lighting 
Electrolytic cells 
Elevators, dumbwaiters, escalators, moving walks, 

wheelchair lifts, and stairway chair lifts 
Fire alarm systems 

Fixed electric heating equipment for pipelines and vessels 
Fixed outdoor electric deicing and snow-melting 

equipment 
Flexible cords and cables 
Floating buildings 
Grounding-type receptacles, adapters, cord connectors, 

and attachment plugs 
Hazardous (classified) locations 
Health care facilities 

Induction and dielectric heating equipment 
Industrial machinery 
Information technology equipment 
Intrinsically safe systems 

Luminaires (lighting fixtures) and lighting equipment 
Luminaires (fixtures), landholders, and lamps 
Marinas and boatyards 
Mobile homes and mobile home park 
Motion picture and television studios and similar 

locations 
Motors, motor circuits, and controllers 
Outlet, device, pull, and junction boxes; conduit bodies; 

and fittings 
Over 600 volts, nominal, underground wiring methods 
Panelboards 
Pipe organs 

Radio and television equipment 
Receptacles and cord connectors 
Recreational vehicles and recreational vehicle parks 
Services 

Solar photovoltaic systems 

Swimming pools, fountains, and similar installations 
Switchboards and panelboards 
Switches 
Theaters, audience areas of motion picture and television 

studios, and similar locations 
Transformers and transformer vaults 
Use and identification of grounded conductors 
X-ray equipment 



392 
720 
800 



310 
610 

600 
668 
620 



500-517 
517 
665 
670 



410 
550 



430 



650 
810 

551 
230 

680 



547.9 and 547.10 
640.7 

210.5,210.6,406.3 

370.9 

392.3(C), 392.7 

460.10,460.27 

780.3 

820.93,820.100,820.103 



675.11(C), 675.12, 675.13, 675.14, 675.15 



760.9 

427.29, 427.48 

426.27 

400.22, 400.23 

553.8,553.10,553.11 

406.9 



645.15 

504.50 

410.17, 410.18, 410.20, 410.21, 410.105(B) 

555.15 

530.20, 530.64(B) 



314.4,314.25 

300.50(B) 
408.40 



200 
660 



406.3 



690.41, 690.42, 690.43, 690.45, 690.47 

408.3(D) 
404.12 
520.81 

450.10 

517.78 



2007 California Electrical Code 



70-93 



250.6 



ARTICLE 250 - GROUNDING AND BONDING 



(B) Ungrounded Systems. 

(1) Grounding Electrical Equipment. Non-current- 
carrying conductive materials enclosing electrical 
conductors or equipment, or forming part of such 
equipment, shall be connected to earth in a manner that will 
limit the voltage imposed by lightning or unintentional 
contact with higher-voltage lines and limit the voltage to 
ground on these materials. 

(2) Bonding of Electrical Equipment. Non-current- 
carrying conductive materials enclosing electrical 
conductors or equipment, or forming part of such 
equipment, shall be connected together and to the supply 
system grounded equipment in a manner that creates a 
permanent, low-impedance path for ground-fault current 
that is capable of carrying the maximum fault current likely 
to be imposed on it. 

(3) Bonding of Electrically Conductive Materials and 
Other Equipment. Electrically conductive materials that 
are likely to become energized shall be connected together 
and to the supply system grounded equipment in a manner 
that creates a permanent, low-impedance path for ground- 
fault current that is capable of carrying the maximum fault 
current likely to be imposed on it. 



Part I Gfaeritfral 



Faelll Cirt&rli ai*d 
system ggountilfltg 



Part Vlll OtreotHairrerrt 
systems 

PM X Gfefound&fM &1 

sy&tems and ctals of 

% kV find eater (high vtiHags} 



Part (II Orav-ndtng «lectiode 

system arid giraumlittg 



Pail: W EiSCfeSUlte, 

f&oeway, and servtos 

cable gfauadls$ 



Part V! Equipment 
grounding cantiuatdcs 




Port V Bonding 



poavii ifeiihttte of 
equipment grounding 



(4) Path for Fault Current. Electrical equipment, wiring, 
and other electrically conductive material likely to become 
energized shall be installed in a manner that creates a 
permanent, low-impedance circuit from any point on the 
wiring system to the electrical supply source to facilitate 
the operation of overcurrent devices should a second fault 
occur on the wiring system. The earth shall not be 
considered as an effective fault-current path. 

FPN No. 1: A second fault that occurs through the 

equipment enclosures and bonding is considered a ground 

fault. 

FPN No. 2: See Figure 250.4 for information on the 

organization of Article 250. 

250.6 Objectionable Current over Grounding 
Conductors. 

(A) Arrangement to Prevent Objectionable Current. 

The grounding of electrical systems, circuit conductors, 
surge arresters, and conductive non-current-carrying 
materials and equipment shall be installed and arranged in 
a manner that will prevent objectionable current over the 
grounding conductors or grounding paths. 

(B) Alterations to Stop Objectionable Current. If the use 

of multiple grounding connections results in objectionable 
current, one or more of the following alterations shall be 
permitted to be made, provided that the requirements of 
250.4(A)(5) or (B)(4) are met: 

(1) Discontinue one or more but not all of such grounding 
connections. 

(2) Change the locations of the grounding connections. 

(3) Interrupt the continuity of the conductor or conductive 
path interconnecting the grounding connections. 

(4) Take other suitable remedial and approved action. 

(C) Temporary Currents Not Classified as 
Objectionable Currents. Temporary currents resulting 
from accidental conditions, such as ground-fault currents, 
that occur only while the grounding conductors are 
performing their intended protective functions shall not be 
classified as obj ectionable current for the purposes 
specified in 250.6(A) and (B). 

(D) Limitations to Permissible Alterations. The 

provisions of this section shall not be considered as 
permitting electronic equipment from being operated on ac 
systems or branch circuits that are not grounded as required 
by this article. Currents that introduce noise or data errors 
in electronic equipment shall not be considered the 
objectionable currents addressed in this section. 



Figure 250.4 Grounding. 



Part U instruments, 
meters, m$ rsi&ys 



70-94 



2007 California Electrical Code 



ARTICLE 250 - GROUNDING AND BONDING 



250.21 



(E) Isolation of Objectionable Direct-Current Ground 

Currents. Where isolation of objectionable dc ground 
currents from cathodici protection systems is required, a 
listed ac coupling/dc isolating device shall be permitted in 
the equipment grounding path to provide an effective return 
path for ac ground-fault current while blocking dc current. 

250.8 Connection of Grounding and Bonding 
Equipment. Grounding conductors and bonding jumpers 
shall be connected by exothermic welding, listed pressure 
connectors, listed clamps, or other listed means. 
Connection devices or fittings that depend solely on solder 
shall not be used. Sheet metal screws shall not be used to 
connect grounding conductors or connection devices to 
enclosures. 

250.10 Protection of Ground Clamps and Fittings. 

Ground clamps or other fittings shall be approved for 
general use without protection or shall be protected from 
physical damage as indicated in (1) or (2) as follows: 

(1) In installations where they are not likely to be damaged 

(2) Where enclosed in metal, wood, or equivalent 
protective covering 

250.12 Clean. Surfaces. Nonconductive coatings (such as 
paint, lacquer, and enamel) on equipment to be grounded 
shall be removed from threads and other contact surfaces to 
ensure good electrical continuity or be connected by means 
of fittings designed so as to make such removal 
unnecessary. 

II. System Grounding 

250.20 Alternating-Current Systems to Be Grounded. 

Alternating-current systems shall be grounded as provided 
for in 250.20(A), (B), (C), or (D). Other systems shall be 
permitted to be grounded. If such systems are grounded, 
they shall comply with the applicable provisions of this 
article. 

FPN: An example of a system permitted to be grounded is a 
corner-grounded delta transformer connection. See 
250.26(4) for conductor to be grounded. 

(A) Alternating-Current Systems of Less Than 50 Volts. 

Alternating-current systems of less than 50 volts shall be 
grounded under any of the following conditions: 

(1) Where supplied by transformers, if the transformer 
supply system exceeds 150 volts to ground 

(2) Where supplied by transformers, if the transformer 
supply system is ungrounded 

(3) Where installed. as overhead conductors outside of 
buildings 

(B) Alternating-Current Systems of 50 Volts to 1000 
Volts. Alternating-current systems of 50 volts to 1000 volts 
that supply premises wiring and premises wiring systems 
shall be grounded under any of the following conditions: 



(1) Where the system can be grounded so that the 
maximum voltage to ground on the ungrounded 
conductors does not exceed 150 volts 

(2) Where the system is 3-phase, 4-wire, wye connected in 
which the neutral is used as a circuit conductor 

(3) Where the system is 3-phase, 4-wire, delta connected 
in which the midpoint of one phase winding is used as 
a circuit conductor 

(C) Alternating-Current Systems of 1 kV and Over. 

Alternating-current systems supplying mobile or portable 
equipment shall be grounded as specified in 250.188. 
Where supplying other than mobile or portable equipment, 
such systems shall be permitted to be grounded. 

(D) Separately Derived Systems. Separately derived 
systems, as covered in 250.20(A) or (B), shall be grounded 
as specified in 250.30. 

FPN No, 1 : An alternate ac power source such as an on-site 
generator is not a separately derived system if the neutral is 
solidly interconnected to a service-supplied system neutral. 
FPN No. 2: For systems that are not separately derived and 
are not required to be grounded as specified in 250.30, see 
445.13 for minimum size of conductors that must carry fault 
current. 

(E) Impedance Grounded Neutral Systems. Impedance 
grounded neutral systems shall be grounded in accordance 
with 250.36 or 250.186. 

250.21 Alternating-Current Systems of 50 Volts to 1000 
Volts Not Required to Be Grounded. The following ac 
systems of 50 volts to 1000 volts shall be permitted to be 
grounded but shall not be required to be grounded: 

(1) Electric systems used exclusively to supply industrial 
electric furnaces for melting, refining, tempering, and 
the like 

(2) Separately derived systems used exclusively for 
rectifiers that supply only adjustable-speed industrial 
drives 

(3) Separately derived systems supplied by transformers 
that have a primary voltage rating less than 1000 volts, 
provided that all the following conditions are met: 

a. The system is used exclusively for control circuits. 

b. The conditions of maintenance and supervision 
ensure that only qualified persons service the 
installation. 

c. Continuity of control power is required. 

d. Ground detectors are installed on the control 
system. 

• 

(4) Other systems that are not required to be grounded in 
accordance with the requirements of 250.20(B). 

Where an alternating-current system is not grounded as 
permitted in 250.21(1) through (4), ground detectors shall 
be installed on the system. 



2007 California Electrical Code 



70-95 



250.22 



ARTICLE 250 - GROUNDING AND BONDING 



Exception: Systems of less than 120 volts to ground as 
permitted by this Code shall not be required to have 
ground detectors. 

250.22 Circuits Not to Be Grounded. The following 
circuits shall not be grounded: 

(1) Circuits for electric cranes operating over combustible 
fibers in Class III locations, as provided in 503.155 

(2) Circuits in health care facilities as provided in 517.61 
and 517.160 

(3) Circuits for equipment within electrolytic cell working 
zone as provided in Article 668 

(4) Secondary circuits of lighting systems as provided in 
411.5(A) 

250.24 Grounding Service-Supplied Alternating- 
Current Systems. 

(A) System Grounding Connections. A premises wiring 
system supplied by a grounded ac service shall have a 
grounding electro de conduc tQr come cted to the grounded 
service conductor, at each service, in accordance with 
250.24(A)(1) through (A)(5). 

(1) General. The connection shall be made at any 
accessible point from the load end of the service drop or 
service lateral to and including the terminal or bus to which 
the grounded service conductor is connected at the service 
disconnecting means. 

FPN: See definitions of Service Drop and Service Lateral in 
Article 100. 

(2) Outdoor Transformer. Where the transformer 
supplying the service is located outside the building, at 
least one additional grounding connection shall be made 
from the grounded service conductor to a grounding 
electrode, either at the transformer or elsewhere outside the 
building. 

Exception: The additional grounding connection shall not 
be made on high-impedance grounded neutral systems. The 
system shall meet the requirements of 250.36. 

(3) Dual Fed Services. For services that are dual fed 
(double ended) in a common enclosure or grouped together 
in separate enclosures and employing a secondary tie, a 
single grounding electrode connection to the tie point of the 
grounded conductor(s) from each power source shall be 
permitted. 

(4) Main Bonding Jumper as Wire or Busbar. Where the 
main bonding jumper specified in 250.28 is a wire or 
busbar and is installed from the grounded conductor 
terminal bar or bus to the equipment grounding terminal 
bar or bus in the service equipment, the grounding 
electrode conductor shall be permitted to be connected to 
the equipment grounding terminal, bar, or bus to which the 
main bonding jumper is connected. 



(5) Load-Side Grounding Connections. A grounding 
connection shall not be made to any grounded conductor on 
the load side of the service disconnecting means except as 
otherwise permitted in this article. 

FPN: See 250.30(A) for separately derived systems, 250.32 
for connections at separate buildings or structures, and 
250.142 for use of the grounded circuit conductor for r 
grounding equipment. 

(B) Main Bonding Jumper. For a grounded system, an 
unspliced main bonding jumper shall be used to connect the 
equipment grounding conductors) and the service-disconnect 
enclosure to the grounded conductor within the enclosure for 
each service disconnect in accordance with 250.28. 

Exception No. 1: Where more than one service 
disconnecting means is located in an assembly listed for 
use as service equipment, an unspliced main bonding 
jumper shall bond the grounded conductor(s) to the 
assembly enclosure. 

Exception No. 2: Impedance grounded neutral systems 
shalLbe permitted to be connected m, provided in 250.36 
and 250.186. 

(C) Grounded Conductor Brought to Service 
Equipment. Where an ac system operating at less than 
1000 volts is grounded at any point, the grounded 
conductor(s) shall be run to each service disconnecting 
means and shall be bonded to each disconnecting means 
enclosure. The grounded conductor(s) shall be installed in 
accordance with 250.24(C)(1) through (C)(3). 

Exception: Where more than one service disconnecting 
means are located in an assembly listed for use as service 
equipment, it shall be permitted to run the grounded 
conductor(s) to the assembly, and the conductors) shall be 
bonded to the assembly enclosure. 

(1) Routing and Sizing. This conductor shall be routed 
with the phase conductors and shall not be smaller than the 
required grounding electrode conductor specified in Table 
250.66 but shall not be required to be larger than the largest 
ungrounded service-entrance phase conductor. In addition, 
for service-entrance phase conductors larger than 1100 
kcmil copper or 1750 kcmil aluminum, the grounded 
conductor shall not be smaller than 12 : /2 percent of the area 
of the largest service-entrance phase conductor. The 
grounded conductor of a 3-phase, 3-wire delta service shall 
have an ampacity not less than that of the ungrounded 
conductors. 

(2) Parallel Conductors. Where the service-entrance 
phase conductors are installed in parallel, the size of the 
grounded conductor shall be based on the total circular mil 
area of the parallel conductors as indicated in this section. 
Where installed in two or more raceways, the size of the 
grounded conductor in each raceway shall be based on the 
size of the ungrounded service-entrance conductor in the 
raceway but not smaller than 1/0 AWG. 



70-96 



2007 California Electrical Code 



ARTICLE 250 - GROUNDING AND BONDING 



250.30 



FPN: See 310.4 for grounded conductors connected in 
parallel. 

(3) High Impedance. The grounded conductor on a high- 
impedance grounded neutral system shall be grounded in 
accordance with 250.36. 

(D) Grounding Electrode Conductor. A grounding 
electrode conductor shall be used to connect the equipment 
grounding conductors, the service-equipment enclosures, 
and, where the system is grounded, the grounded service 
conductor to the grounding electrode(s) required by Part III 
of this article. 

High-impedance grounded neutral system connections 
shall be made as covered in 250.36. 

FPN: See 250.24(A) for ac system grounding connections. 

(E) Ungrounded System Grounding Connections. A 

premises wiring system that is supplied by an ac service 
that is ungrounded shall have, at each service, a grounding 
electrode conductor connected to the grounding 
electrode(s) required by Part III of this article. The 
grounding electrode conductor shall be connected to a 
metal enclosure of the service conductors at any accessible 
point from the load end of the service drop or service 
lateral to the service disconnecting means. 

250.26 Conductor to Be Grounded ■ — Alternating- 
Current Systems. For ac premises wiring systems, the 
conductor to be grounded shall be as specified in the 
following: 

(1) Single-phase, 2-wire — one conductor 

(2) Single-phase, 3 -wire — the neutral conductor 

(3) Multiphase systems having one wire common to all 
phases — the common conductor 

(4) Multiphase systems where one phase is grounded — 
one phase conductor 

(5) Multiphase systems in which one phase is used as in 
(2) — the neutral conductor 

250.28 Main Bonding Jumper and System Bonding 
Jumper. For a grounded system, main bonding jumpers 
and system bonding jumpers shall be installed as follows: 

(A) Material. Main bonding jumpers and system bonding 
jumpers shall be of copper or other corrosion-resistant 
material. A main bonding jumper and a system bonding 
jumper shall be a wire, bus, screw, or similar suitable 
conductor. 

(B) Construction. Where a main bonding jumper or a 
system bonding jumper is a screw only, the screw shall be 
identified with a green finish that shall be visible with the 
screw installed. 



(C) Attachment. Main bonding jumpers and system 
bonding jumpers shall be attached in the manner specified 
by the applicable provisions of 250.8. 

(D) Size. Main bonding jumpers and system bonding 
jumpers shall not be smaller than the sizes shown in Table 
250.66. Where the supply conductors are larger than 1100 
kcmil copper or 1750 kcmil aluminum, the bonding jumper 
shall have an area that is not less than 12/4 percent of the 
area of the largest phase conductor except that, where the 
phase conductors and the bonding jumper are of different 
materials (copper or aluminum), the minimum size of the 
bonding jumper shall be based on the assumed use of phase 
conductors of the same material as the bonding jumper and 
with an ampacity equivalent to that of the installed phase 
conductors. 

250.30 Grounding Separately Derived Alternating- 
Current Systems. 

(A) Grounded Systems. A separately derived ac system 
that is grounded shall comply with 250.30(A)(1) through 
(A)(8). A grounding connection shall not be made to any 
grounded circuit conductor on the load side of the point of 
grounding of the separately derived system except as 
otherwise permitted in this article. 

FPN: See 250.32 for' connections at separate buildings or 
structures, and 250.142 for use of the grounded circuit 
conductor for grounding equipment. 

Exception: Impedance grounded neutral system grounding 
connections shall be made as specified in 25036 or 
250.186. 

(1) System Bonding Jumper. An unspliced system 
bonding jumper in compliance with 250.28(A) through (D) 
that is sized based on the derived phase conductors shall be 
used to connect the equipment grounding conductors of the 
separately derived system to the grounded conductor. This 
connection shall be made at any single point on the 
separately derived system from the source to the first 
system disconnecting means or overcurrent device, or it 
shall be made at the source of a separately derived system 
that has no disconnecting means or overcurrent devices. 
Exception No. 1: For separately derived systems that are 
dual fed (double ended) in a common enclosure or grouped 
together in separate enclosures and employing a secondary 
tie, a single system bonding jumper connection to the tie 
point of the grounded circuit conductors from each power 
source shall be permitted. 

Exception No. 2: A system bonding jumper at both the 
source and the first disconnecting means shall be permitted 
where doing so does not establish a parallel path for the 
grounded conductor. Where a grounded conductor is used 
in this manner, it shall not be smaller than the size 
specified for the system bonding jumper but shall not be 
required to be larger than the ungrounded conductors). 
For the purposes of this exception, connection through the 
earth shall not be considered as providing a parallel path. 



2007 California Electrical Code 



70-97 



250.30 



ARTICLE 250 - GROUNDING AND BONDING 



Exception No. 3: The size of the system bonding jumper 
for a system that supplies a Class 1, Class 2, or Class 3 
circuit, and is derived from a transformer rated not more 
than 1000 volt-amperes, shall not be smaller than the 
derived phase conductors and shall not be smaller than 14 
A WG copper or 12 A WG aluminum. 

(2) Equipment Bonding Jumper Size. Where a bonding 
jumper of the wire type is run with the derived phase 
conductors from the source of a separately derived system 
to the first disconnecting means, it shall be sized in 
accordance with 250.102(C), based on the size of the 
derived phase conductors. 

(3) Grounding Electrode Conductor, Single Separately 
Derived System. A grounding electrode conductor for a 
single separately derived system shall be sized in 
accordance with 250.66 for the derived phase conductors 
and shall be used to connect the grounded conductor of the 
derived, system to the grounding electrode as specified in 
250.30(A)(7). This connection shall be made at the same 
poM.Q^lhe s eparatel y^^to system 
bonding jumper is installed. 

Exception No. 1: Where the system bonding jumper 
specified in 25030(A)(1) is a wire or busbar, it shall be 
permitted to connect the grounding electrode conductor to 
the equipment grounding terminal, bar, or bus, provided 
the equipment grounding terminal, bar, or bus is of 
sufficient size for the separately derived system. 

Exception No. 2: Where a separately derived system 
originates in listed equipment suitable as service 
equipment, the grounding electrode conductor from the 
service or feeder equipment to the grounding electrode 
shall be permitted as the grounding electrode conductor 
for the separately derived system, provided the grounding 
electrode conductor is of sufficient size for the separately 
derived system. Where the equipment ground bus internal 
to the equipment is not smaller than the required 
grounding electrode conductor for the separately derived 
system, the grounding electrode connection for the 
separately derived system shall be permitted to be made to 
the bus. 

Exception No. 3: A grounding electrode conductor shall 
not be required for a system that supplies a Class 1, Class 
2, or Class 3 circuit and is derived from a transformer 
rated not more than 1000 volt-amperes, provided the 
grounded conductor is bonded to the transformer frame or 
enclosure by a jumper sized in accordance with 
250.30(A)(1), Exception No. 3, and the transformer frame 
or enclosure is grounded by one of the means specified in 
250.134. 

(4) Grounding Electrode Conductor, Multiple 
Separately Derived Systems. Where more than one 
separately derived system is installed, it shall be 
permissible to connect a tap from each separately derived 
system to a common grounding electrode conductor. Each 



tap conductor shall connect the grounded conductor of the 
separately derived system to the common grounding 
electrode conductor. The grounding' electrode conductors 
and taps shall comply with 250.30(A)(4)(a) through 
(A)(4)(c). 

Exception No. 1: Where the system bonding jumper 
specified in 250.30(A)(1) is a wire or busbar, it shall be 
permitted to connect the grounding electrode conductor to 
the equipment grounding terminal, bar, or bus, provided 
the equipment grounding terminal, bar, or bus is of 
sufficient size for the separately derived system. 

Exception No. 2: A grounding electrode conductor shall 
not be required for a system that supplies a Class 1, Class 
2, or Class 3 circuit and is derived from a transformer 
rated not more than 1000, volt-amperes, provided the 
system grounded conductor is bonded to the transformer 
frame or enclosure by a jumper sized in accordance with 
250.30(A)(1), Exception No. 3 and the transformer frame 
or enclosure is grounded by one of the means specified in 
250.134. 

(a) Common Grounding Electrode Conductor Size. 
The common grounding electrode conductor shall not be 
smaller than 3/0 AWG copper or 250 kcmil aluminum. 

(b) Tap Conductor Size. Each tap conductor shall be 
sized in accordance with 250.66 based on the derived phase 
conductors of the separately derived system it serves. 
Exception: Where a separately derived system originates 
in listed equipment suitable as service equipment, the 
grounding electrode conductor from the service or feeder 
equipment to the grounding electrode shall be permitted as 
the grounding electrode conductor for the separately 
derived system, provided the grounding electrode 
conductor is of sufficient size for the separately derived 
system. Where the equipment ground bus internal to the 
equipment is not smaller than the required grounding 
electrode conductor for the separately derived system, the 
grounding electrode connection for the separately derived 
system shall be permitted to be made to the bus. 

(c) Connections. All tap connections to the common 
grounding electrode conductor shall be made at an 
accessible location by one of the following methods: 

(1) A listed connector. 

(2) Listed connections to aluminum or copper busbars not 
less than 6 mm x 50 mm QA in. x 2 in.). Where 
aluminum busbars are used, the installation shall 
comply with 250.64(A). 

(3) By the exothermic welding process. 

Tap conductors shall be connected to the common 
grounding electrode conductor in such a manner that the 
common grounding electrode conductor remains without a 
splice or joint. 

(5) Installation. The installation of all grounding electrode 
conductors shall comply with 250.64(A), (B), (C), and (E). 



70-98 



2007 California Electrical Code 



ARTICLE 250 - GROUNDING AND BONDING 



250.32 



(6) Bonding. Structural steel and metal piping shall be 
bonded in accordance with 250.104(D). 

(7) Grounding Electrode. The grounding electrode shall 
be as near as practicable to and preferably in the same area 
as the grounding electrode conductor connection to the 
system. The grounding electrode shall be the nearest one of 
the following: 

(1) Metal water pipe grounding electrode as specified in 
250.52(A)(1) 

(2) Structural metal grounding electrode as specified in 
250.52(A)(2) 

Exception No, 1: Any of the other electrodes identified in 
250.52(A) shall be used where the electrodes specified by 
250.30(A)(7) are not available. 

Exception No. 2 to (1) and (2): Where a separately derived 
system originates in listed equipment suitable for use as 
service equipment, the grounding electrode used for the 
service or feeder equipment shall be permitted as the 
grounding electrode for the separately derived system. 

FPN: See 250.104(D) for bonding requirements of interior 
metal water piping in the area served by separately derived 
systems. 

(8) Grounded Conductor. Where a grounded conductor is 
installed and the system bonding jumper is not located at 
the source of the separately derived system, 
250.30(A)(8)(a), (A)(8)(b), and (A)(8)(c) shall apply. 

(a) Routing and Sizing. This conductor shall be routed 
with the derived phase conductors and shall not be smaller 
than the required grounding electrode conductor specified 
in Table 250.66 but shall not be required to be larger than 
the largest ungrounded derived phase conductor. In 
addition, for phase conductors larger than 1100 kcmil 
copper or 1750 kcmil aluminum, the grounded conductor 
shall not be smaller than \2 l A percent of the area of the 
largest derived phase conductor. The grounded conductor 
of a 3 -phase, 3-wire delta system shall have an ampacity 
not less than that of the ungrounded conductors. 

(b) Parallel Conductors. Where the derived phase 
conductors are installed in parallel, the size of the grounded 
conductor shall be based on the total circular mil area of 
the parallel conductors, as indicated in this section. Where 
installed in two or more raceways, the size of the grounded 
conductor in each raceway shall be based on the size of the 
ungrounded conductors in the raceway but not smaller than 
1/0 AWG. 

FPN: See 310.4 for grounded conductors connected in 
parallel. 

(c) Impedance Grounded System. The grounded 
conductor of an impedance grounded neutral system shall 
be installed in accordance with 250.36 or 250.186. 



(B) Ungrounded Systems. The equipment of an 
ungrounded separately derived system shall be grounded as 
specified in 250.30(B)(1) and (B)(2). 

(1) Grounding Electrode Conductor. A grounding 
electrode conductor, sized in accordance with 250.66 for 
the derived phase conductors, shall be used to connect the 
metal enclosures of the derived system to the grounding 
electrode as specified in 250.30(B)(2). This . connection 
shall be made at any point on the separately derived system 
from the source to the first system disconnecting means. 

(2) Grounding Electrode. Except as permitted by 250.34 
for portable and vehicle-mounted generators, the grounding 
electrode shall comply with 250.30(A)(7). 

250.32 Buildings or Structures Supplied by Feeder(s) or 
I Branch Circuit(s). 

(A) Grounding Electrode. Building(s) or structure(s) 
supplied by feeder(s) or branch circuit(s) shall have a 
grounding electrode or grounding electrode system 
installed in accordance with 250.50. The grounding 
electrode conductor(s) shall be connected in accordance 
with 250.32(B) or (C). Where there is no existing 
grounding electrode, the grounding electrode(s) required in 
250.50 shall be installed. 

Exception: A grounding electrode shall not be required 
where only a single branch circuit supplies the building or 
structure and the branch circuit includes an equipment 
grounding conductor for grounding the conductive non- 
current-carrying parts of equipment. For the purpose of 
this section, a multiwire branch circuit shall be considered 
as a single branch circuit 

(B) Grounded Systems. For a grounded system at the 
separate building or structure, the connection to the 
grounding electrode and grounding or bonding of 
equipment, structures, or frames required to be grounded or 
bonded shall comply with either 250.32(B)(1) or (B)(2). 

(1) Equipment Grounding Conductor. An equipment 
grounding conductor as described in 250.118 shall be run 
with the supply conductors and connected to the building 
or structure disconnecting means and to the grounding 
electrode(s). The equipment grounding conductor shall be 
used for grounding or bonding of equipment, structures, or 
frames required to be grounded or bonded. The equipment 
grounding conductor shall be sized in accordance with 
250.122. Any installed grounded conductor shall not be 
connected to the equipment grounding conductor or to the 
grounding electrode(s). 

(2) Grounded .Conductor. Where (1) an equipment 
grounding conductor is not run with the supply to the 
building or structure, (2) there are no continuous metallic 
paths bonded to the grounding system in each building or 
structure involved, and (3) ground-fault protection of 
equipment has not been installed on the supply side of the 
feeder(s), the grounded conductor run with the supply to 



2007 California Electrical Code 



70-99 



250.34 



ARTICLE 250 - GROUNDING AND BONDING 



the building or structure shall be connected to the building 
or structure disconnecting means and to the grounding 
electrode(s) and shall be used for grounding or bonding of 
equipment, structures, or frames required to be grounded or 
bonded. The size of the grounded conductor shall not be 
smaller than the larger of either of the following: 

(1) That required by 220.61 

(2) That required by 250.122 

(C) Ungrounded Systems. The grounding electrode(s) 
shall be connected to the building or structure 
disconnecting means. 

(D) Disconnecting Means Located in Separate Building 
or Structure on the Same Premises. Where one or more 
disconnecting means supply one or more additional 
buildings or structures under single management, and 
where these disconnecting means are located remote from 
those buildings or structures in accordance with the 
provisions of 225.32, Exception Nos. 1 and 2, all of the 
following conditions shall be met: 

(TJ The connection of the grounded conductor to the 
grounding electrode at a separate building or structure 
shall not be made. 

(2) An equipment grounding conductor for grounding any 
non-current-carrying equipment, interior metal piping 
systems, and building or structural metal frames is run 
with the circuit conductors to a separate building or 
structure and bonded to existing grounding 
electrode(s) required in Part III of this article, or, 
where there are no existing electrodes, the grounding 
electrode(s) required in Part III of this article shall be 
installed where a separate building or structure is 
supplied by more than one branch circuit. 

(3) Bonding the equipment grounding conductor to the 
grounding electrode at a separate building or structure 
shall be made in a junction box, panelboard, or similar 
enclosure located immediately inside or outside the 
separate building or structure. 

(E) Grounding Electrode Conductor. The size of the 
grounding electrode conductor to the grounding 
electrode(s) shall not be smaller than given in 250.66, 
based on the largest ungrounded supply conductor. The 
installation shall comply with Part III of this article. 

250.34 Portable and Vehicle-Mounted Generators. 

(A) Portable Generators. The frame of a portable 
generator shall not be required to be connected to a 
grounding electrode as defined in 250.52 for a system 
supplied by the generator under the following conditions: 

(1) The generator supplies only equipment mounted on the 
generator, cord-and-plug-connected equipment 
through receptacles mounted on the generator, or both, 
and 



(2) The non-current-carrying metal parts of equipment and 
the equipment grounding conductor terminals of the 
receptacles are bonded to the generator frame. 

(B) Vehicle-Mounted Generators. The frame of a vehicle 
shall not be required to be connected to a grounding 
electrode as defined in 250.52 for a system supplied by a 
generator located on this vehicle under the following 
conditions: 

(1) The frame of the generator is bonded to the vehicle 
frame, and 

(2) The generator supplies only equipment located on the 
vehicle or cord-and-plug-connected equipment through 
receptacles mounted on the vehicle, or both equipment 
located on the vehicle and cord-and-plug-connected 
equipment through receptacles mounted on the vehicle 
or on the generator, and 

(3) The non-current-carrying metal parts of equipment and 
the equipment grounding conductor terminals of the 
receptacles are bonded to the generator frame. 

# 

(C) Grounded Conductor Bonding. A system conductor 
that is required to be grounded by 250.26 shall be bonded 
to the generator frame where the generator is a component 
of a separately derived system. 

FPN: For grounding portable generators supplying fixed 
wiring systems, see 250.20(D). 

250.36 High-Impedance Grounded Neutral Systems. 

High-impedance grounded neutral systems in which a 
grounding impedance, usually a resistor, limits the ground- 
fault current to a low value shall be permitted for 3 -phase 
ac systems of 480 volts to 1000 volts where all the 
following conditions are met: 

(1) The conditions of maintenance and supervision ensure 
that only qualified persons service the installation. 

(2) Continuity of power is required. 

(3) Ground detectors are installed on the system. 

(4) Line-to-neutral loads are not served. 

High-impedance grounded neutral systems shall 
comply with the provisions of 250.36(A) through (G). 

(A) Grounding Impedance Location. The grounding 
impedance shall be installed between the grounding 
electrode conductor and the system neutral. Where a 
neutral is not available, the grounding impedance shall be 
installed between the grounding electrode conductor and 
the neutral derived from a grounding transformer. 

(B) Neutral Conductor. The neutral conductor from the 
neutral point of the transformer or generator to its 
connection point to the grounding impedance shall be fully 

insulated. 



70-100 



2007 California Electrical Code 



ARTICLE 250 - GROUNDING AND BONDING 



250.52 



The neutral conductor shall have an ampacity of not 
less than the maximum current rating of the grounding 
impedance. In no case shall the neutral conductor be 
smaller than 8 AWG copper or 6 AWG aluminum or 
copper-clad aluminum. 

(C) System Neutral Connection. The system neutral 
^ conductor shall not be connected to ground except through 

the grounding impedance. 

FPN: The impedance is normally selected to limit the 
ground-fault current to a value slightly greater than or equal 
to the capacitive charging current of the system. This value 
of impedance will also limit transient overvoltages to safe 
values. For guidance, refer to criteria for limiting transient 
overvoltages in ANSI/IEEE 142- 1991, Recommended 
Practice for Grounding of Industrial and Commercial 
Power Systems. 

(D) Neutral Conductor Routing. The conductor 
connecting the neutral point of the transformer or generator 
to the grounding impedance shall be permitted to be 
installed in a separate raceway. It shall not be required to 
run this conductor with the phase conductors to the first 
system disconnecting means or overcurrent device. 

(E) Equipment Bonding Jumper. The equipment bonding 
jumper (the connection between the equipment grounding 
conductors and the grounding impedance) shall be an 
unspliced conductor run from the first system 
disconnecting means or overcurrent device to the grounded 
side of the grounding impedance. 

(F) Grounding Electrode Conductor Location. The 

grounding electrode conductor shall be attached at any 
point from the grounded side of the grounding impedance 
to the equipment grounding connection at the service 
equipment or first system disconnecting means. 

(G) Equipment Bonding Jumper Size. The equipment 
bonding jumper shall be sized in accordance with (1) or (2) 
as follows: 

(1) Where the grounding electrode conductor connection is 
made at the grounding impedance, the equipment 
bonding jumper shall be sized in accordance with 
250.66, based on the size of the service entrance 
conductors for a service or. the derived phase 
conductors for a separately derived system. 

(2) Where the grounding electrode conductor is connected 
at the first system disconnecting means or overcurrent 
device, the equipment bonding jumper shall be sized 
the same as the neutral conductor in 250.36(B). 



III. Grounding Electrode System and Grounding 
Electrode Conductor 

250.50 Grounding Electrode System. All grounding 
electrodes as described in 250.52(A)(1) through (A)(6) that 
are present at each building or structure served shall be 
bonded together to form the grounding electrode system. 



Where none of these grounding electrodes exist, one or 
more of the grounding electrodes specified in 250.52(A)(4) 
through (A)(7) shall be installed and used. 

Exception: Concrete-encased electrodes of existing 
buildings or structures shall not be required to be part of 
the grounding electrode system where the steel reinforcing 
bars or rods are not accessible for use without disturbing 
the concrete. 

250.52 Grounding Electrodes. 

(A) Electrodes Permitted for Grounding. 

(1) Metal Underground Water Pipe. A metal 
underground water pipe in direct contact with the earth for 
3.0 m (10 ft) or more (including any metal well casing 
effectively bonded to the pipe) and electrically continuous 
(or made electrically continuous by bonding around 
insulating joints or insulating pipe) to the points of 
connection of the grounding electrode conductor and the 
bonding conductors. Interior metal water piping located 
more than 1.52 m (5 ft) from the point of entrance to the 
building shall not be used as a part of the grounding 
electrode system or as a conductor to interconnect 
electrodes that are part of the grounding electrode system. 

Exception: In industrial and commercial buildings or 
structures where conditions of maintenance and 
supervision ensure that only qualified persons service the 
installation, interior metal water piping located more than 
1.52 m (5 ft) from the point of entrance to the building shall 
be permitted as apart of the grounding electrode system or 
as a conductor to interconnect electrodes that are part of 
the grounding electrode system, provided that the entire 
length, other than short sections passing perpendicular 
through walls, floors, or ceilings, of the interior metal 
water pipe that is being used for the conductor is exposed. 

(2) Metal Frame of the Building or Structure. The metal 
frame of the building or structure, where any of the 
following methods are used to make an earth connection: 

(1) 3.0 m (10 ft) or more of a single structural metal 
member in direct contact with the earth or encased in 
concrete that is in direct contact with the earth 

(2) The structural metal frame is bonded to one or more of 
the grounding electrodes as defined in 250.52(A)(1), 
(A)(3), or (A)(4) 

(3) The structural metal frame is bonded to one or more of 
the grounding electrodes as defined in 250.52(A)(5) or 
(A)(6) that comply with 250.56, or 

(4) Other approved means of establishing a connection to 
earth. 



2007 California Electrical Code 



70-101 



250.53 



ARTICLE 250 - GROUNDING AND BONDING 



(3) Concrete-Encased Electrode. An electrode encased by 
at least 50 mm (2 in.) of concrete, located within and near 
the bottom of a concrete foundation or footing that is in 
direct contact with the earth, consisting of at least 6.0 m 
(20 ft) of one or more bare or zinc galvanized or other 
electrically conductive coated steel reinforcing bars or rods 
of not less than 13 mm (14 in.) in diameter, or consisting of 
at least 6.0 m (20 ft) of bare copper conductor not smaller 
than 4 AWG. Reinforcing bars shall be permitted to be 
bonded together by the usual steel tie wires or other 
effective means. 

(4) Ground Ring. A ground ring encircling the building or 
structure, in direct contact with the earth, consisting of at 
least 6.0 m (20 ft) of bare copper conductor not smaller 
than 2 AWG. 

(5) Rod and Pipe Electrodes. Rod and pipe electrodes 
shall not be less than 2.5 m (8 ft) in length and shall consist 
of the following materials. 

(a) Electrodes of pipe or conduit shall not be smaller 
ihan,metric^designator u 21 (trade size %) and, where of iron 
or steel, shall have the outer surface galvanized or 
otherwise metal-coated for corrosion protection. 

(b) Electrodes of rods of iron or steel shall be at least 
15.87 mm ( 5 /s in.) in diameter. Stainless steel rods less than 
16 mm ( 5 /s in.) in diameter, nonferrous rods, or their 
equivalent shall be listed and shall not be less than 13 mm 
( l A in.) in diameter. 

(6) Plate Electrodes. Each plate electrode shall expose not 
less than 0.186 m 2 (2 ft 2 ) of surface to exterior soil. 
Electrodes of iron or steel plates shall be at least 6.4 mm QA 
in.) in thickness. Electrodes of nonferrous metal shall be at 
least 1.5 mm (0.06 in.) in thickness. 

(7) Other Local Metal Underground Systems or 
Structures. Other local metal underground systems or 
structures such as piping systems, underground tanks, and 
underground metal well casings that are not effectively 
bonded to a metal water pipe. 

(B) Electrodes Not Permitted for Grounding. The 

following shall not be used as grounding electrodes: 

(1) Metal underground gas piping system 

(2) Aluminum electrodes 

FPN: See 250.104(B) for bonding requirements of gas 
piping. 
250.53 Grounding Electrode System Installation. 

FPN: See 547.9 and 547.10 for special grounding and 
bonding requirements for agricultural buildings. 

(A) Rod, Pipe, and Plate Electrodes. Where practicable, 
rod, pipe, and plate electrodes shall be embedded below 
permanent moisture level. Rod, pipe, and plate electrodes 
shall be free from nonconductive coatings such as paint or 
enamel. 



(B) Electrode Spacing. Where more than one of the 
electrodes of the type specified in 250.52(A)(5) or (A)(6) 
are used, each electrode of one grounding system 
(including that used for air terminals) shall not be less than 
1,83 m (6 ft) from any other electrode of another grounding 
system. Two or more grounding electrodes that are 
effectively bonded together shall be considered a single 
grounding electrode system. 

(C) Bonding Jumper. The bonding jumper(s) used to 
connect the grounding electrodes together to form the 
grounding electrode system shall be installed in accordance 
with 250.64(A), (B), and (E), shall be sized in accordance 
with 250.66, and shall be connected in the manner 
specified in 250.70. 

(D) Metal Underground Water Pipe. Where used as a 
grounding electrode, metal underground water pipe shall 
meet the requirements of 250.53(D)(1) and (D)(2). 

(1) Continuity. Continuity of the grounding path or the 
bonding connection to interior piping shall not rely on 
water meters or filtering devices and similar equipment. 

(2) Supplemental Electrode Required. A metal 
underground water pipe shall be supplemented by an 
additional electrode of a type specified in 250.52(A)(2) 
through (A)(7). Where the supplemental electrode is a rod, 
pipe, or plate type, it shall comply with 250.56. The 
supplemental electrode shall be permitted to be bonded to 
the grounding electrode conductor, the grounded service- 
entrance conductor, the nonflexible grounded service 
raceway, or any grounded service enclosure. 
Exception: The supplemental electrode shall be permitted 
to be bonded to the interior metal water piping at any 
convenient point as covered in 250.52(A)(1), Exception. 

(E) Supplemental Electrode Bonding Connection Size. 
Where the supplemental electrode is a rod, pipe, or plate 
electrode, that portion of the bonding jumper that is the 
sole connection to the supplemental grounding electrode 
shall not be required to be larger than 6 AWG copper wire 
or 4 AWG aluminum wire. 

(F) Ground Ring. The ground ring shall be buried at a 
depth below the earth's surface of not less than 750 mm 
(30 in.). 

(G) Rod and Pipe Electrodes. The electrode shall be 
installed such that at least 2.44 m (8 ft) of length is in 
contact with the soil. It shall be driven to a depth of not less 
than 2.44 m (8 ft) except that, where rock bottom is 
encountered, the electrode shall be driven at an oblique 
angle not to exceed 45 degrees from the vertical or, where 
rock bottom is encountered at an angle up to 45 degrees, 
the electrode shall be permitted to be buried in a trench that 
is at least 750 mm (30 in.) deep. The upper end of the 
electrode shall be flush with or below ground level unless 
the aboveground end and the grounding electrode 
conductor attachment are protected against physical 
damage as specified in 250.10. 



70-102 



2007 California Electrical Code 



ARTICLE 250 - GROUNDING AND BONDING 



250.64 



(H) Plate Electrode. Plate electrodes shall be installed not 
less than 750 mm (30 in.) below the surface of the earth. 

250.54 Supplementary Grounding Electrodes. 

Supplementary grounding electrodes shall be permitted to 
be connected to the equipment grounding conductors 
specified in 250.118 and shall not be required to comply 
with the electrode bonding requirements of 250.50 or 
250.53(C) or the resistance requirements of 250.56, but the 
earth shall not be used as an effective ground-fault current 
path as specified in 250.4(A)(5) and 250.4(B)(4). 

250.56 Resistance of Rod, Pipe, and Plate Electrodes. A 

single electrode consisting of a rod, pipe, or plate that does 
not have *a resistance to ground of 25 ohms or less shall be 
augmented by one additional electrode of any of the types 
specified by 250.52(A)(2) through (A)(7). Where multiple 
rod, pipe, or plate electrodes are installed to meet the 
requirements of this section, they shall not be less than 1.8 
m (6 ft) apart. 

FPN: The paralleling efficiency of rods longer than 2.5 m (8 
ft) is improved by spacing greater than 1.8 m (6 ft). 

250.58 Common Grounding Electrode. Where an ac 
system is connected to a grounding electrode in or at a 
building or structure, the same electrode shall be used to 
ground conductor enclosures and equipment in or on that 
building or structure. Where separate services, feeders, or 
branch circuits supply a building and are required to be 
connected to a grounding electrode(s), the same grounding 
electrode(s) shall be used. 

Two or more grounding electrodes that are effectively 
bonded together shall be considered as a single grounding 
electrode system in this sense. 

250.60 Use of Air Terminals. Air terminal conductors 
and driven pipes, rods, or plate electrodes used for 
grounding air terminals shall not be used in lieu of the 
grounding electrodes required by 250.50 for grounding 
wiring systems and equipment. This provision shall not 
prohibit the required bonding together of grounding 
electrodes of different systems. 

FPN No. 1: See 250.106 for spacing from air terminals. See 

800.100(D), 810.21(J), and 820.100(D) for bonding of 

electrodes. 

FPN No. 2: Bonding together of all separate grounding 

electrodes will limit potential differences between them and 

between their associated wiring systems. 

250.62 Grounding Electrode Conductor Material. The 

grounding electrode conductor shall be of copper, 
aluminum, or copper-clad aluminum. The material selected 
shall be resistant to any corrosive condition existing at the 
installation or shall be suitably protected against corrosion. 
The conductor shall be solid or stranded, insulated, 
covered, or bare. 



250.64 Grounding Electrode Conductor Installation. 

Grounding electrode conductors shall be installed as 
specified in 250.64(A) through (F). 

(A) Aluminum or Copper-Clad Aluminum Conductors. 

Bare aluminum or copper-clad aluminum grounding 
conductors shall not be used where in direct contact with 
masonry or the earth or where subject to corrosive 
conditions. Where used outside, aluminum or copper-clad 
aluminum grounding conductors shall not be terminated 
within 450 mm (18 in.) of the earth. 

(B) Securing and Protection Against Physical Damage. 

Where exposed, a grounding electrode conductor or its 
enclosure shall be securely fastened to the surface on which 
it is carried. A 4 AWG or larger copper or aluminum 
grounding- electrode conductor shall be protected where 
exposed to physical damage. A 6 AWG grounding 
electrode conductor that is free from exposure to physical 
damage shall be permitted to be run along the surface of 
the building construction without metal covering or 
protection where it is securely fastened to the construction; 
otherwise, it shall be in rigid metal conduit, intermediate 
metal conduit, rigid nonmetallic conduit, electrical metallic 
tubing, or cable armor. Grounding electrode conductors 
smaller than 6 AWG shall be in rigid metal conduit, 
intermediate metal conduit, rigid nonmetallic conduit, 
electrical metallic tubing, or cable armor. 

(C) Continuous. Grounding electrode conductor(s) shall 
be installed in one continuous length without a splice or 
joint except as permitted in (1) through (4): 

(1) Splicing shall be permitted only by irreversible 
compression-type connectors listed as grounding and 
bonding equipment or by the exothermic welding 
process. 

(2) Sections of busbars shall be permitted to be connected 
together to form a grounding electrode conductor. 

(3) Bonding jumper(s) from grounding electrode(s) and 
grounding electrode conductor(s) shall be permitted to 
be connected to an aluminum or copper busbar not less 
than 6 mm x 50 mm (Vi in. x 2 in.). The busbar shall 
be securely fastened and shall be installed in an 
accessible location. Connections shall be made by a 
listed connector or by the exothermic welding process. 

(4) Where aluminum busbars are used, the installation 
shall comply with 250.64(A). 



2007 California Electrical Code 



70-103 



250.66 



ARTICLE 250 - GROUNDING AND BONDING 



(D) Grounding Electrode Conductor Taps. Where a 
service consists of more than a single enclosure as 
permitted in 230.71(A), it shall be permitted to connect 
taps to the common grounding electrode conductor. Each 
such tap conductor shall extend to the inside of each such 
enclosure. The common grounding electrode conductor 
shall be sized in accordance with 250.66, based on the sum 
of the circular mil area of the largest ungrounded service 
entrance conductors. Where more than one set of service 
entrance conductors as permitted by 230.40, Exception No. 
2 connect directly to a service drop or lateral, the common 
grounding electrode conductor shall be sized in accordance 
with Table 250.66 Note 1. The tap conductors shall be 
permitted to be sized in accordance with the grounding 
electrode conductors specified in 250,66 for the largest 
conductor serving the respective enclosures. The tap 
conductors shall be connected to the common grounding 
electrode conductor in such a manner that the common 
grounding electrode conductor remains without a splice or 
joint. 

13^T£nl3^^ 

Ferrous metal enclosures for grounding electrode 
conductors shall be electrically continuous from the point 
of attachment to cabinets or equipment to the grounding 
electrode and shall be securely fastened to the ground 
clamp or fitting. Nonferrous metal enclosures shall not be 
required to be electrically continuous. Ferrous metal 
enclosures that are not physically continuous from cabinets 
or equipment to the grounding electrode shall be made 
electrically continuous by bonding each end of the raceway 
or enclosure to the grounding electrode conductor. Bonding 
shall apply at each end and to all intervening ferrous 
raceways, boxes, and enclosures between the service 
equipment and the grounding electrode. The bonding 
jumper for a grounding electrode conductor raceway or 
cable armor shall be the same size as, or larger than, the 
required enclosed grounding electrode conductor. Where a 
raceway is used as protection for a grounding electrode 
conductor, the installation shall comply with the 
requirements of the appropriate raceway article. 

(F) To Electrode(s). A grounding electrode conductor 
shall be permitted to be run to any convenient grounding 
electrode available in the grounding electrode system, or to 
one or more grounding electrode(s) individually, or to the 
aluminum or copper busbar as permitted in 250.64(C). The 
grounding electrode conductor shall be sized for the largest 
grounding electrode conductor required among all the 
electrodes connected to it. 

250.66 Size of Alternating-Current Grounding 
Electrode Conductor. The size of the grounding electrode 
conductor of a grounded or ungrounded ac system shall not 
be less than given in Table 250.66, except as permitted in 
250.66(A) through (C). 

FPN: See 250.24(C) for size of ac system conductor 

brought to service equipment. 



Table 250.66 Grounding Electrode Conductor for 
Alternating-Current Systems 

Size of Largest Ungrounded 

Service-Entrance Conductor or 

Equivalent Area for Parallel 

Conductors* (AWG/kcmil) 



Aluminum or 
Copper-Clad 



Size of Grounding 

Electrode Conductor 

(AWG/kcmil) 

Aluminum or 
Copper-Clad 



Copper 


Aluminum 


Copper 


Aluminum b 


2 or smaller 


1/0 or smaller 


8 


6 


1 or 1/0 


2/0 or 3/0 


6 


4 


2/0 or 3/0 


4/0 or 250 


4 


2 


Over 3/0 through 
350 


Over 250 

through 500 


2 


1/0 


Over 350 
through 600 


Over 500 
through 900 


1/0 


3/0 


Over 600 
through 1100 


Over 900 

through 1750 


2/0 


4/0 


Over 1100 


Over 1750 


3/0 


250 



Notes: 

1 . Where multiple sets of service-entrance conductors are used as 
perrmttedTn 230^4^ of the 
largest service-entrance conductor shall be determined by the 
largest sum of the areas of the corresponding conductors of each 
set. 

2. Where there are no service-entrance conductors, the grounding 
electrode conductor size shall be determined by the equivalent 
size of the largest service-entrance conductor required for the load 
to be served. 

a This table also applies to the derived conductors of separately 
derived ac systems. 

^See installation restrictions in 250.64(A). 

(A) Connections to Rod, Pipe, or Plate Electrodes. 

Where the grounding electrode conductor is connected to 
rod, pipe, or plate electrodes as permitted in 250.52(A)(5) 
or (A)(6), that portion of the conductor that is the sole 
connection to the grounding electrode shall not be required 
to be larger than 6 AWG copper wire or 4 AWG aluminum 
wire. 

(B) Connections to Concrete-Encased Electrodes. Where 
the grounding electrode conductor is connected to a 
concrete-encased electrode as permitted in 250.52(A)(3), 
that portion of the conductor that is the sole connection to 
the grounding electrode shall not be required to be larger 
than 4 AWG copper wire. 

(C) Connections to Ground Rings. Where the grounding 
electrode conductor is connected to a ground ring as 
permitted in 250.52(A)(4), that portion of the conductor 
that is the sole connection to the grounding electrode shall 
not be required to be larger than the conductor used for the 
ground ring. 



70-104 



2007 California Electrical Code 



ARTICLE 250 - GROUNDING AND BONDING 



250.90 



250.68 Grounding Electrode Conductor and Bonding 
Jumper Connection to Grounding Electrodes. 

(A) Accessibility. The connection of a grounding electrode 
conductor or bonding jumper to a grounding electrode shall 
be accessible. 

Exception No. 1: An encased or buried connection to a 
concrete-encased, driven, or buried grounding electrode 
shall not be required to be accessible. 

Exception No. 2: An exothermic or irreversible 
compression connection to fire-proofed structural metal 
shall not be required to be accessible. 

(B) Effective Grounding Path. The connection of a 
grounding electrode conductor or bonding jumper to a 
grounding electrode shall be made in a manner that will 
ensure a permanent and effective grounding path. Where 
necessary to ensure the grounding path for a metal piping 
system used as a grounding electrode, effective bonding 
shall be provided around insulated joints and around any 
equipment likely to be disconnected for repairs or 
replacement. Bonding conductors shall be of sufficient 
length to permit removal of such equipment while retaining 
the integrity of the bond. 

250.70 Methods of Grounding and Bonding Conductor 
Connection to Electrodes. The grounding or bonding 
conductor shall be connected to the grounding electrode by 
exothermic welding, listed lugs, listed pressure connectors, 
listed clamps, or other listed means. Connections 
depending on solder shall not be used. Ground clamps shall 
be listed for the materials of the grounding electrode and 
the grounding electrode conductor and, where used on pipe, 
rod, or other buried electrodes, shall also be listed for direct 
soil burial or concrete encasement. Not more than one 
conductor shall be connected to the grounding electrode by 
a single clamp or fitting unless the clamp or fitting is listed 
for multiple conductors. One of the following methods 
shall be used: 

(1) A pipe fitting, pipe plug, or other approved device 
screwed into a pipe or pipe fitting 

(2) A listed bolted clamp of cast bronze or brass, or plain 
or malleable iron 

(3) For indoor telecommunications purposes only, a listed 
sheet metal strap-type ground clamp having a rigid 
metal base that seats on the electrode and having a 
strap of such material and dimensions that it is not 

"\ likely to stretch during or after installation 

— y (4) An equally substantial approved means 



IV. Enclosure, Raceway, and Service Cable Grounding 

250.80 Service Raceways and Enclosures. Metal 
enclosures and raceways for service conductors and 
equipment shall be grounded. 



Exception: A metal elbow that is installed in an 
underground installation of rigid nonmetallic conduit and 
is isolated from possible contact by a minimum cover of 
450 mm (18 in.) to any part of the elbow shall not be 
required to be grounded. 

250.84 Underground Service Cable or Raceway. 

(A) Underground Service Cable. The sheath or armor of a 
continuous underground metal-sheathed or armored service 
cable system that is bonded to the grounded underground 
system shall not be required to be grounded at the building 
or structure. The sheath or armor shall be permitted to be 
insulated from the interior metal raceway conduit or piping. 

(B) Underground Service Raceway Containing Cable. 

An underground metal service raceway that contains a 
metal-sheathed or armored cable bonded to the grounded 
underground system shall not be required to be grounded at 
the building or structure. The sheath or armor shall be 
permitted to be insulated from the interior metal raceway or 
piping. 

250.86 Other Conductor Enclosures and Raceways. 

Except as permitted by 250.112(1), metal enclosures and 
raceways for other than service conductors shall be 
grounded. 

Exception No. 1: Metal enclosures and raceways for 
conductors added to existing installations of open wire, 
knob and tube wiring, and nonmetallic-sheathed cable 
shall not be required to be grounded where these 
enclosures or wiring methods comply with (1) through (4) 
as follows: 

(1) Do not provide an equipment ground 

(2) Are in runs of less than 7.5 m (25 ft) 

(3) Are free from probable contact with ground, grounded 
metal, metal lath, or other conductive material 

(4) Are guarded against contact by persons 

Exception No. 2: Short sections of metal enclosures or 
raceways used to provide support or protection of cable 
assemblies from physical damage shall not be required to 
be grounded. 

Exception No. 3: A metal elbow shall not be required to be 
grounded where it is installed in a nonmetallic raceway 
and is isolated from possible contact by a minimum cover 
of 450 mm (18 in.) to any part of the elbow or is encased in 
not less than 50 mm (2 in.) of concrete. 

V. Bonding 

250.90 General. Bonding shall be provided where 
necessary to ensure electrical continuity and the capacity to 
conduct safely any fault current likely to be imposed. 



2007 California Electrical Code 



70-105 



250.92 



ARTICLE 250 - GROUNDING AND BONDING 



250.92 Services. 

(A) Bonding of Services. The non-current-carrying metal 
parts of equipment indicated in 250.92(A)(1), (A)(2), and 
(A)(3) shall be effectively bonded together. 

(1) The service raceways, cable trays, cablebus 
framework, auxiliary gutters, or service cable armor or 
sheath except as permitted in 250.84. 

(2) All service enclosures containing service conductors, 
including meter fittings, boxes, or the like, interposed 
in the service raceway or armor. 

(3) Any metallic raceway or armor enclosing a grounding 
electrode conductor as specified in 250.64(B). 
Bonding shall apply at each end and to all intervening 
raceways, boxes, and enclosures between the service 
equipment and the grounding electrode. 

(B) Method of Bonding at the Service. Electrical 
continuity at service equipment, service raceways, and 
service conductor enclosures shall be ensured by one of the 
following methods: 

(1) Bonding equipment to the grounded service conductor 
in a manner provided in 250.8 

(2) Connections utilizing threaded couplings or threaded 
bosses on enclosures where made up wrenchtight 

(3) Threadless couplings and connectors where made up 
tight for metal raceways and metal-clad cables 

(4) Other listed devices, such as bonding-type locknuts, 
bushings, or bushings with bonding jumpers 

Bonding jumpers meeting the other requirements of 
this article shall be used around concentric or eccentric 
knockouts that are punched or otherwise formed so as to 
impair the electrical connection to ground. Standard 
locknuts or bushings shall not be the sole means for the 
bonding required by this section. 

250.94 Bonding for Other Systems. An accessible means 

external to enclosures for connecting intersystem bonding 
and grounding electrode conductors shall be provided at the 
service equipment and at the disconnecting means for any 
additional buildings or structures by at least one of the 
following means: 

(1) Exposed nonflexible metallic raceways 

(2) Exposed grounding electrode conductor 

(3) Approved means for the external connection of a 
copper or other corrosion-resistant bonding or 
grounding conductor to the grounded raceway or 
equipment 

FPN No. 1: A 6 AWG copper conductor with one end 
bonded to the grounded nonflexible metallic raceway or 
equipment and with 150 mm (6 in.) or more of the other end 
made accessible on the outside wall is an example of the 
approved means covered in 250.94(3). 



FPN No. 2: See 800.100, 810.21, and 820.100 for bonding 
and grounding requirements for communications circuits, 
radio and television equipment, and CATV circuits. 

250.96 Bonding Other Enclosures. 

(A) General. Metal raceways, cable trays, cable armor, 
cable sheath, enclosures, frames, fittings, and other metal 
non-current-carrying parts that are to serve as grounding 
conductors, with or without the use of supplementary 
equipment grounding conductors, shall be effectively 
bonded where necessary to ensure electrical continuity and 
the capacity to conduct safely any fault current likely to be 
imposed on them. Any nonconductive paint, enamel, or 
similar coating shall be removed at threads, contact points, 
and contact surfaces or be connected by means of fittings 
designed so as to make such removal unnecessary. 

(B) Isolated Grounding Circuits. Where required for the 
reduction of electrical noise (electromagnetic interference) 
on the grounding circuit, an equipment enclosure supplied 
by a branch circuit shall be permitted to be isolated from a 
raceway containing circuits supplying only that equipment 
by one or more listed nonmetallic raceway fittings located 
at the point of attachment of the raceway to the equipment 
enclosure. The metal raceway shall comply with provisions 
of this article and shall be supplemented by an internal 
insulated equipment grounding conductor installed in 
accordance with 250.146(D) to ground the equipment 
enclosure. 

FPN: Use of an isolated equipment grounding conductor 
does not relieve the requirement for grounding the raceway 
system. 

250.97 Bonding for Over 250 Volts. For circuits of over 
250 volts to ground, the electrical continuity of metal 
raceways and cables with metal sheaths that contain any 
conductor other than service conductors shall be ensured by 
one or more of the methods specified for services in 
250.92(B), except for (B)(1). 

Exception: Where oversized, concentric, or eccentric 
knockouts are not encountered, or where a box or 
enclosure with concentric or eccentric knockouts is listed 
to provide a permanent, reliable electrical bond, the 
following methods shall be permitted: 

(1) Threadless couplings and connectors for cables with 
metal sheaths 

(2) Two locknuts, on rigid metal conduit or intermediate 
metal conduit, one inside and one outside of boxes and 
cabinets 

(3) Fittings with shoulders that seat firmly against the box 
or cabinet, such as electrical metallic tubing 
connectors, flexible metal conduit connectors, and 
cable connectors, with one locknut on the inside of 
boxes and cabinets 

(4) Listed fittings 



70-106 



2007 California Electrical Code 



ARTICLE 250 - GROUNDING AND BONDING 



250.104 



250.98 Bonding Loosely Jointed Metal Raceways. 

Expansion fittings and telescoping sections of metal 
raceways shall be made electrically continuous by 
equipment bonding jumpers or other means. 

250.100 Bonding in Hazardous (Classified) Locations. 

Regardless of the voltage of the electrical system, the 
electrical continuity of non-current-carrying metal parts of 
equipment, raceways, and other . enclosures in any 
hazardous (classified) location as defined in Article 500 
shall be ensured by any of the methods specified in 
250.92(B)(2) through (B)(4) that are approved for the 
wiring method used. One or more of these bonding 
methods shall be used whether or not supplementary 
equipment grounding conductors are installed. 

250.102 Equipment Bonding Junipers. 

(A) Material. Equipment bonding jumpers shall be of 
copper or other corrosion-resistant material. A bonding 
jumper shall be a wire, bus, screw, or similar suitable 
conductor. 

(B) Attachment. Equipment bonding jumpers shall be 
attached in the manner specified by the applicable 
provisions of 250.8 for circuits and equipment and by 
250.70 for grounding electrodes. 

(C) Size — Equipment Bonding Juniper on Supply Side 
^ of Service. The bonding jumper shall not be smaller than 

) the sizes shown in Table 250.66 for grounding electrode 
J conductors. Where the service-entrance phase conductors 
are larger than 1 100 kcmil copper or 1750 kcmil aluminum, 
the bonding jumper shall have an area not less than \2 X A 
percent of the area of the largest phase conductor except 
that, where the phase conductors and the bonding jumper 
are of different materials (copper or aluminum), the 
minimum size of the bonding jumper shall be based on the 
assumed use of phase conductors of the same material as 
the bonding jumper and with an ampacity equivalent to that 
of the installed phase conductors. Where the service- 
entrance conductors are paralleled in two or more raceways 
or cables, the equipment bonding jumper, where routed 
with the raceways or cables, shall be run in parallel. The 
size of the bonding jumper for each raceway or cable shall 
be based on the size of the service-entrance conductors in 
each raceway or cable. 
* 

(D) Size — Equipment Bonding Jumper on Load Side 
of Service. The equipment bonding jumper on the load side 
of the service overcurrent devices shall be sized, as a 
minimum, in accordance with the sizes listed in Table 
250.122, but shall not be required to be larger than the 
largest ungrounded circuit conductors supplying the 
equipment and shall not be smaller than 14 AWG. 

A single common continuous equipment bonding 
jumper shall be permitted to bond two or more raceways or 
cables where the bonding jumper is sized in accordance 



with Table 250.122 for the largest overcurrent device 
supplying circuits therein. 

(E) Installation. The equipment bonding jumper shall be 
permitted to be installed inside or outside of a raceway or 
enclosure. Where installed on the outside, the length of the 
equipment bonding jumper shall not exceed 1.8 m (6 ft) 
and shall be routed with the raceway or enclosure. Where 
installed inside of a raceway, the equipment bonding 
jumper shall comply with the requirements of 250.119 and 
250.148. 

Exception: An equipment bonding jumper longer than 1.8 
m (6 ft) shall be permitted at outside pole locations for the 
purpose of bonding or grounding isolated sections of metal 
raceways or elbows installed in exposed risers of metal 
conduit or other metal raceway. 

250.104 Bonding of Piping Systems and Exposed 
Structural Steel. 

(A) Metal Water Piping. The metal water piping system 
shall be bonded as required in (A)(1), (A)(2), or (A)(3) of 
this section. The bonding jumper(s) shall be installed in 
accordance with 250.64(A), (B), and (E). The points of 
attachment of the bonding jumper(s) shall be accessible. ' 

(1) General. Metal water piping system(s) installed in or 
attached to a building or structure shall be bonded to the 
service equipment enclosure, the grounded conductor at the 
service, the grounding electrode conductor where of 
sufficient size, or to the one or more grounding electrodes 
used. The bonding jumper(s) shall be sized in accordance 
with Table 250.66 except as permitted in 250.104(A)(2) 
and (A)(3). 

(2) Buildings of Multiple Occupancy. In buildings of 

multiple occupancy where the metal water piping system(s) 
installed in or attached to a building or structure for the 
individual occupancies is metallically isolated from all 
other occupancies by use of nonmetallic water piping, the 
metal water piping system(s) for each occupancy shall be 
permitted to be bonded to the equipment grounding 
terminal of the panelboard or switchboard enclosure (other 
than service equipment) supplying that occupancy. The bonding 
jumper shall be sized in accordance with Table 250. 122. 

(3) Multiple Buildings or Structures Supplied by a 
Feeder(s) or Branch Circuit(s). The metal water piping 
system(s) installed in or attached to a building or structure 
shall be bonded to the building or structure disconnecting 
means enclosure where located at the building or structure, 
to the equipment grounding conductor run with the supply 
conductors, or to the one or more grounding electrodes 
used. The bonding jumper(s) shall be sized in accordance 
with 250.66, based on the size of the feeder or branch 
circuit conductors that supply the building. The bonding 
jumper shall not be required to be larger than the largest 
ungrounded feeder or branch circuit conductor supplying 
the building. 



2007 California Electrical Code 



70-107 



250.106 



ARTICLE 250 - GROUNDING AND BONDING 



(B) Other Metal Piping. Where installed in or attached to 
a building or structure, metal piping system(s), including 
gas piping, that is likely to become energized shall be 
bonded to the service equipment enclosure, the grounded 
conductor at the service, the grounding electrode conductor 
where of sufficient size, or to the one or more grounding 
electrodes used. The bonding jumper(s) shall be sized in 
accordance with 250.122, using the rating of the circuit that 
is likely to energize the piping system(s). The equipment 
grounding conductor for the circuit that is likely to energize 
the piping shall be permitted to serve as the bonding 
means. The points of attachment of the bonding jumper(s) 
shall be accessible. 

FPN: Bonding all piping and metal air ducts within the 
premises will provide additional safety. 

(C) Structural Metal. Exposed structural metal that is 
interconnected to form a metal building frame and is not 
intentionally grounded and is likely to become energized 
shall be bonded to the service equipment enclosure, the 
grounded conductor at the service, the grounding electrode 
conductor where of sufficient size, or the one or more 
grounding electrodes used. The bonding jumper(s) shall be 
sized in accordance with Table 250.66 and installed in 
accordance with 250.64(A), (B), and (E). The points of 
attachment of the bonding jumper(s) shall be accessible. 

(D) Separately Derived Systems. Metal water piping 
systems and structural metal that is interconnected to form 
a building frame shall be bonded to separately derived 
systems in accordance with (D)(1) through (D)(3). 

(1) Metal Water Piping System(s). The grounded 
conductor of each separately derived system shall be 
bonded to the nearest available point of the metal water 
piping system(s) in the area served by each separately 
derived system. This connection shall be made at the same 
point on the separately derived system where the grounding 
electrode conductor is connected. Each bonding jumper 
shall be sized in accordance with Table 250.66 based on the 
largest ungrounded conductor of the separately derived system. 

Exception No. 1: A separate bonding jumper to the metal 
water piping system shall not be required where the metal 
water piping system is used as the grounding electrode for 
the separately derived system. 

Exception No. 2: A separate water piping bonding jumper 
shall not be required where the metal frame of a building 
or structure is used as the grounding electrode for a 
separately derived system and is bonded to the metal water 
piping in the area served by the separately derived system. 

(2) Structural Metal. Where exposed structural metal that 
is interconnected to form the building frame exists in the 
area served by the separately derived system, it shall be 
bonded to the grounded conductor of each separately 
derived system. This connection shall be made at the same 



point on the separately derived system where the grounding 
electrode conductor is connected. Each bonding jumper 
shall be sized in accordance with Table 250.66 based on the 
largest ungrounded conductor of the separately derived system. 

Exception No. I: A separate bonding jumper to the 
building structural metal shall not be required where the 
metal frame of a building or structure is used as the 
grounding electrode for the separately derived system. 

Exception No. 2: A separate bonding jumper to the 
building structural metal shall not be required where the 
water piping of a building or structure is used as the 
grounding electrode for a separately derived system and is 
bonded to the building structural metal in the area served 
by the separately derived system. 

(3) Common Grounding Electrode Conductor. Where a 
common grounding electrode conductor is installed for 
multiple separately derived systems as permitted by 
250.30(A)(4), and exposed structural metal that is 
interconnected to form the building frame or interior metal 
piping exists in the area served by the separately derived 
system, the metal piping and the structural metal member 
shall be bonded to the common grounding electrode 
conductor. 

Exception: A separate bonding jumper from each derived 
system to metal water piping and to structural metal 
members shall not be required where the metal water 
piping and the structural metal members in the area served s 
by the separately derived system are bonded to the common 
grounding electrode conductor. 

250.106 Lightning Protection Systems. 

The lightning protection system ground terminals shall be 
bonded to the building or structure grounding electrode system. 
FPN No. 1: See 250.60 for use of air terminals. For further 
information, see NFPA 780-2004, Standard for the 
Installation of Lightning Protection Systems, which contains 
detailed information on grounding, bonding, and spacing 
from lightning protection systems. 

FPN No. 2: Metal raceways, enclosures, frames, and other 
non-current-carrying metal parts of electric equipment 
installed on a building equipped with a lightning protection 
system may require bonding or spacing from the lightning 
protection conductors in accordance with NFPA 780-2004, 
Standard for the Installation of Lightning Protection 
Systems. Separation from lightning protection conductors is 
typically 1,8 m (6 ft) through air or 900 mm (3 ft) through 
dense materials such as concrete, brick, or wood. 

VI. Equipment Grounding and Equipment Grounding 
Conductors 

250.110 Equipment Fastened in Place or Connected by 
Permanent Wiring Methods (Fixed). Exposed non- 
current-carrying metal parts of fixed equipment likely to 
become energized shall be grounded under any of the 
following conditions: 



70-108 



2007 California Electrical Code 



ARTICLE 250 - GROUNDING AND BONDING 



250.114 



f ) 



(1) Where within 2.5 m (8 ft) vertically or 1.5 m (5 ft) 
horizontally of ground or grounded metal objects and 
subject to contact by persons 

(2) Where located in a wet or damp location and not 
isolated 

(3) Where in electrical contact with metal 

(4) Where in a hazardous (classified) location as covered 
by Articles 500 through 517 

(5) Where, supplied by a metal-clad, metal-sheathed, 
metal-raceway, or other wiring method that provides 
an equipment ground, except as permitted by 250.86, 
Exception No. 2, for short sections of metal enclosures 

(6) Where equipment operates with any terminal at over 
150 volts to ground 

Exception No. 1: Metal frames of electrically heated 
appliances, exempted by special permission, in which case 
the frames shall be permanently and effectively insulated 
from ground. 

Exception No. 2: Distribution apparatus, such as 
transformer and capacitor cases, mounted on wooden 
poles, at a height exceeding 2.5 m (8 ft) above ground or 
grade level. 

Exception No. 3: Listed equipment protected by a system 
of double insulation, or its equivalent, shall not be required 
to be grounded. Where such a system is employed, the 
equipment shall be distinctively marked. 

250.112 Fastened in Place or Connected by Permanent 
Wiring Methods (Fixed) — Specific. Exposed, non- 
current-carrying metal parts of the kinds of equipment 
described in 250.112(A) through (K), and non-current- 
carrying metal parts of equipment and enclosures described 
in 250.1 12(L) and (M), shall be grounded regardless of 
voltage. 

(A) Switchboard Frames and Structures. Switchboard 
frames and structures supporting switching equipment, 
except frames of 2-wire dc switchboards where effectively 
insulated from ground. 

(B) Pipe Organs. Generator and motor frames, in an 

electrically operated pipe organ, unless effectively 
insulated from ground and the motor chiving it. 

(C) Motor Frames. Motor frames, as provided by 430.242. 

(D) Enclosures for Motor Controllers. Enclosures for 
motor controllers unless attached to ungrounded portable 
equipment. 

(E) Elevators and Cranes. Electric equipment for 
elevators and cranes. 

(F) Garages, Theaters, and Motion Picture Studios. 

Electric equipment in commercial garages, theaters, and 
motion picture studios, except pendant lampholders 
supplied by circuits not over 150 volts to ground. 



(G) Electric Signs. Electric signs, outline lighting, and 
associated equipment as provided in Article 600. 
(H) Motion Picture Projection Equipment. Motion 
picture projection equipment. 

(I) Power-Limited Remote-Control, Signaling, and Fire 
Alarm Circuits. Equipment supplied by Class 1 power- 
limited circuits and Class 1, Class 2, and Class 3 remote- 
control and signaling circuits, and by fire alarm circuits, 
shall be grounded where system grounding is required by 
Part II or Part VIII of this article. 

(J) Luminaires (Lighting Fixtures). Luminaires (lighting 
fixtures) as provided in Part V of Article 410. 
(K) Skid Mounted Equipment. Permanently mounted 
electrical equipment and skids shall be grounded with an 
equipment bonding jumper sized as required by 250.122. 
(L) Motor-Operated Water Pumps. Motor-operated 
water pumps, including the submersible type. 
(M) Metal Well Casings. Where a submersible pump is 
used in a metal well casing, the well casing shall be bonded 
to the pump circuit equipment grounding conductor. 

250.114 Equipment Connected by Cord and Plug. 

Under any of the conditions described in 250.114(1) 
through (4), exposed non-current-carrying metal parts of 
cord-and-plug-connected equipment likely to become 
energized shall be grounded. 

Exception: Listed tools, listed appliances, and listed 
equipment covered in 250.114(2) through (4) shall not be 
required to be grounded where protected by a system of 
double insulation or its equivalent Double insulated 
equipment shall be distinctively marked. 

(1) In hazardous (classified) locations (see Articles 500 
through 517) 

(2) Where operated at' over 150 volts to ground 
Exception No. 1: Motors, where guarded, shall not be 
required to be grounded. 

Exception No. 2: Metal frames of electrically heated 
appliances, exempted by special permission, shall not be 
required to be grounded, in which case the frames shall be 
permanently and effectively insulated from ground. 

(3) In residential occupancies: 

a. Refrigerators, freezers, and air conditioners 

b. Clothes-washing, clothes-drying, dish-washing 
machines; kitchen waste disposers; information 
technology equipment; sump pumps and electrical 
aquarium equipment 

c. Hand-held motor-operated tools, stationary and 
fixed motor-operated tools, light industrial motor- 
operated tools 

d. Motor-operated appliances of the following types: 
hedge clippers, lawn mowers, snow blowers, and 
wet scrubbers 

e. Portable handlamps 



2007 California Electrical Code 



70-109 



250.116 



ARTICLE 250 - GROUNDING AND BONDING 



(4) In other than residential occupancies: 

a. Refrigerators, freezers, and air conditioners 

b. Clothes-washing, clothes-drying, dish-washing 
machines; information technology equipment; 
sump pumps and electrical aquarium equipment 

c. Hand-held motor-operated tools, stationary and 
fixed motor-operated tools, light industrial motor- 
operated tools 

d. Motor-operated appliances of the following types: 
hedge clippers, lawn mowers, snow blowers, and 
wet scrubbers 

e. Portable handlamps 

f. Cord-and-plug-connected appliances used in damp 
or wet locations or by persons standing on the 
ground or on metal floors or working inside of 
metal tanks or boilers 

g. Tools likely to be used in wet or conductive 
locations 

Exception: Tools and portable handlamps likely to be used 
in wet or conductive locations shall not be required to be 
grounded where supplied through an isolating transformer 
with an ungrounded secondary of not over 50 volts. 

250.116 Nonelectric Equipment. The metal parts of 
nonelectric equipment described in this section shall be 
grounded. 

(1) Frames and tracks of electrically operated cranes and 
hoists 

(2) Frames of nonelectrically driven elevator cars to which 
electric conductors are attached 

(3) Hand-operated metal shifting ropes or cables of electric 
elevators 

FPN: Where extensive metal in or on buildings may become 
energized and is subject to personal contact, adequate 
bonding and grounding will provide additional safety. 

250.118 Types of Equipment Grounding Conductors. 

The equipment grounding conductor run with or enclosing 
the circuit conductors shall be one or more or a 
combination of the following: 

(1) A copper, aluminum, or copper-clad aluminum 
conductor. This conductor shall be solid or stranded; 
insulated, covered, or bare; and in the form of a wire or 
a busbar of any shape. 

(2) Rigid metal conduit. 

(3) Intermediate metal conduit. 

(4) Electrical metallic tubing. 

(5) Listed flexible metal conduit meeting all the following 
conditions: 



a. The conduit is terminated in fittings listed for 
grounding. 

b. The circuit conductors contained in the conduit are 
protected by overcurrent devices rated at 20 
amperes or less. 

c. The combined length of flexible metal conduit and 
flexible metallic tubing and liquidtight flexible 
metal conduit in the same ground return path does 
not exceed 1.8 m (6 ft). 

d. Where used to connect equipment where flexibility 
is necessary after installation, an equipment 
grounding conductor shall be installed. 

(6) Listed liquidtight flexible metal conduit meeting all the 
following conditions: 

a. The conduit is terminated in fittings listed for 
grounding. 

b. For metric designators 12 through 16 (trade sizes Vs 
through Vi), the circuit conductors contained in the 
conduit are protected by overcurrent devices rated 
at 20 amperes or less. 

c. For metric designators 21 through 35 (trade sizes 3 A 
through 1%), the circuit conductors contained in 
the conduit are protected by overcurrent devices 
rated not more than 60 amperes and there is no 
flexible metal conduit, flexible metallic tubing, or 
liquidtight flexible metal conduit in trade sizes 
metric designators 12 through 16 (trade sizes 3 /s 
through Vt) in the grounding path. 

d. The combined length of flexible metal conduit and 
flexible metallic tubing and liquidtight flexible 
metal conduit in the same ground return path does 
not exceed 1.8 m (6 ft). 

e. Where used to connect equipment where flexibility 
is necessary after installation, an equipment 
grounding conductor shall be installed. 

(7) Flexible metallic tubing where the tubing is terminated 
in fittings listed for grounding and meeting the 
following conditions: 

a. The circuit conductors contained in the tubing are 
protected by overcurrent devices rated at 20 
amperes or less. 

b. The combined length of flexible metal conduit and 
flexible metallic tubing and liquidtight flexible 
metal conduit in the same ground return path does 
not exceed 1.8 m (6 ft). 

(8) Armor of Type AC cable as provided in 320. 108. 

(9) The copper sheath of mineral-insulated, metal-sheathed 
cable. 



70-110 



2007 California Electrical Code 



ARTICLE 250 - GROUNDING AND BONDING 



250.122 



(10) Type MC cable where listed and identified for 
grounding in accordance with the following: 

a. The combined metallic sheath and grounding 
conductor of interlocked metal tape-type MC cable 

b. The metallic sheath or the combined metallic sheath 
and grounding conductors of the smooth or 
corrugated tube type MC cable 

(1 1) Cable trays as permitted in 392.3(C) and 392.7. 

(12) Cablebus framework as permitted in 370.3. 

(13) Other listed electrically continuous metal raceways 
and listed auxiliary gutters. 

(14) Surface metal raceways listed for grounding. 

250.119 Identification of Equipment Grounding 
Conductors. Unless required elsewhere in this Code, 
equipment grounding conductors shall be permitted to be 
bare, covered, or insulated. Individually covered or 
insulated equipment grounding conductors shall have a 
continuous outer finish that is either green or green with 
one or more yellow stripes except as permitted in this 
section. Conductors with insulation or individual covering 
that is green, green with one or more yellow stripes, or 
otherwise identified as permitted by this section shall not 
be used for ungrounded or grounded circuit conductors. 

(A) Conductors Larger Than 6 AWG. Equipment 
grounding conductors larger than 6 AWG shall comply 
with 250. 11 9(A)(1) and (A)(2). 

(1) An insulated or covered conductor larger than 6 AWG 
shall be permitted, at the time of installation, to be 
permanently identified as an equipment grounding 
conductor at each end and at every point where the 
conductor is accessible. 

Exception: Conductors larger than. 6 AWG shall not be. 
required to be marked in conduit bodies that contain no 
splices or unused hubs. 

(2) Identification shall encircle the conductor and shall be 
accomplished by one of the following: 

a. Stripping the insulation or covering from the entire 
exposed length 

b. Coloring the exposed insulation or covering green 

c. Marking the exposed insulation or covering with 
green tape or green adhesive labels 

(B) Multiconductor Cable. Where the conditions of 
maintenance and supervision ensure that only qualified 
persons service the installation, one or more insulated 
conductors in a multiconductor cable, at the time of 

installation, shall be permitted to be permanently identified 
as equipment grounding conductors at each end and at 
every point where the conductors are accessible by one of 
the following means: 



(1) Stripping the insulation from the entire exposed length 

(2) Coloring the exposed insulation green 

(3) Marking the exposed insulation with green tape or 
green adhesive labels 

(C) Flexible Cord. An uninsulated equipment grounding 
conductor shall be permitted, but, if individually covered, 
the covering shall have a continuous outer finish that is 
either green or green with one or more yellow stripes. 

250.120 Equipment Grounding Conductor Installation. 

An equipment grounding conductor shall be installed in 
accordance with 250.120(A), (B), and (C). 

(A) Raceway, Cable Trays, Cable Armor, Cablebus, or 
Cable Sheaths. Where it consists of a raceway, cable tray, 
cable armor, cablebus framework, or cable sheath or where 
it is a wire within a raceway or cable, it shall be installed in 
accordance with the applicable provisions in this Code 
using fittings for joints and terminations approved for use 
with the type raceway or cable used. All connections, 
joints, and fittings shall be made tight using suitable tools. 

(B) Aluminum and Copper-Clad Aluminum 
Conductors. Equipment grounding conductors of bare or 
insulated aluminum or copper-clad aluminum shall be 
permitted. Bare conductors shall not come in direct contact 
with masonry or the earth or where subject to corrosive 
conditions. Aluminum or copper-clad aluminum 
conductors shall not be terminated within 450 mm (18 in.) 
of the earth. 

(C) Equipment Grounding Conductors Smaller Than 6 

AWG. Equipment grounding conductors smaller than 6 
AWG shall be protected from physical damage by a 
raceway or cable armor except where run in hollow spaces 
of walls or partitions, where not subject to physical 
damage, or where protected from physical damage. 

250.122 Size of Equipment Grounding Conductors. 

(A) General. Copper, aluminum, or copper-clad aluminum 
equipment grounding conductors of the wire type shall not 
be smaller than shown in Table 250.122 but shall not be 
required to be larger than the circuit conductors supplying 
the equipment. Where a raceway or a cable armor or sheath 
is used as the equipment grounding conductor, as provided 
in 250.118 and 250.134(A), it shall comply with 
250.4(A)(5) or (B)(4). 

(B) Increased in Size. Where ungrounded conductors are 
increased in size, equipment grounding conductors, where 
installed, shall be increased in size proportionately 
according to circular mil area of the ungrounded 
conductors. 

(C) Multiple Circuits. Where a single equipment 
grounding conductor is run with multiple circuits in the 
same raceway or cable, it shall be sized for the largest 
overcurrent device protecting conductors in the raceway or 
cable. 



2007 California Electrical Code 



70-111 



250.124 



ARTICLE 250 - GROUNDING AND BONDING 



(D) Motor Circuits. Where the overcurrent device consists 
of an instantaneous trip circuit breaker or a motor short- 
circuit protector, as allowed in 430.52, the equipment 
grounding conductor size shall be permitted to be based on 
the rating of the motor overload protective device but shall 
not be less than the size shown in Table 250.122. 

(E) Flexible Cord and Fixture Wire. The equipment 
grounding conductor in a flexible cord with the largest 
circuit conductor 10 AWG or smaller, and the equipment 
grounding conductor used with fixture wires of any size in 
accordance with 240.5, shall not be smaller than 18 AWG 
copper and shall not be smaller than the circuit conductors. 
The equipment grounding conductor in a flexible cord with 
a circuit conductor larger than 10 AWG shall be sized in 
accordance with Table 250.122. 

(F) Conductors in Parallel. Where conductors are run in 
parallel in multiple raceways or cables as permitted in 
310.4, the equipment grounding conductors, where used, 
shall be run in parallel in each raceway or cable. One of the 
methods in 250.122(F)(1) or (F)(2) shall be used to ensure 
the equipment grounding conductors are protected. 

(1) Based on Rating of Overcurrent Protective Device. 
Each parallel equipment grounding conductor shall be 
sized on the basis of the ampere rating of the overcurrent 
device protecting the circuit conductors in the raceway or 
cable in accordance with Table 250.122. 

(2) Ground-Fault Protection of Equipment Installed. 
Where ground-fault protection of equipment is installed, 
each parallel equipment grounding conductor in a 
multiconductor cable shall be permitted to be sized in 
accordance with Table 250.122 on the basis of the trip 
rating of the ground-fault protection where the following 
conditions are met: 

(1) Conditions of maintenance and supervision ensure that 
only qualified persons will service the installation. 

(2) The ground-fault protection equipment is set to trip at 
not more than the ampacity of a single ungrounded 
conductor of one of the cables in parallel. 

(3) The ground-fault protection is listed for the purpose of 
protecting the equipment grounding conductor. 

(G) Feeder Taps. Equipment grounding conductors run 
with feeder taps shall not be smaller than shown in Table 
250.122 based on the rating of the overcurrent device ahead 
of the feeder but shall not be required to be larger than the 
tap conductors. 

250.124 Equipment Grounding Conductor Continuity. 
(A) Separable Connections. Separable connections such 
as those provided in drawout equipment or attachment 
plugs and mating connectors and receptacles shall provide 
for first-make, last-break of the equipment grounding 
conductor. First-make, last-break shall not be required 
where interlocked equipment, plugs, receptacles, and 
connectors preclude energization without grounding 
continuity. 



Table 250.122 Minimum Size Equipment Grounding 
Conductors for Grounding Raceway and Equipment 



Rating or Setting of Automatic 
Overcurrent Device in Circuit 
Ahead of Equipment, Conduit, 
etc., Not Exceeding (Amperes) 


Size (AWG or kcmil) 
Aluminum 
or Copper- 
Clad 

Copper Aluminum* 


15 


14 


12 


20 


12 


10 


30 


10 


8 


40 


10 


8 


60 


10 


8 


100 


8 


6 


. 200 


6 


4 


300 


4 


2 


400 


3 


1 


500 


2 


1/0 


600 


1 


2/0 


800 


1/0 


3/0 


1000 


2/0 


4/0 


1200 


3/0 


250 


1600 


4/0 


350 


2000 


250 


400 


2500 


350 


600 


3000 


400 


600 


4000 


500 


800 


5000 


700 


1200 


6000 


800 


1200 



Note: Where necessary to comply with 250.4(A)(5) or (B)(4), the 
equipment grounding conductor shall be sized larger than given in 
this table. 
*See installation restrictions in 250.120. 



(B) Switches. No automatic cutout or switch shall be 
placed in the equipment grounding conductor of a premises 
wiring system unless the opening of the cutout or switch 
disconnects all sources of energy. 

250.126 Identification of Wiring Device Terminals. The 

terminal for the connection of the equipment grounding 
conductor shall be identified by one of the following: 

(1) A green, not readily removable terminal screw with a 
hexagonal head. 

(2) A green, hexagonal, not readily removable tennhial nut. 



70-112 



2007 California Electrical Code 



ARTICLE 250 - GROUNDING AND BONDING 



250.138 



(3) A green pressure wire connector. If the terminal for the 
grounding conductor is not visible, the conductor 
entrance hole shall be marked with the word green or 
ground, the letters G or GR, a grounding symbol, or 
otherwise identified by a distinctive green color. If the 
terminal for the equipment grounding conductor is 
readily removable, the area adjacent to the terminal 
shall be similarly marked. 
FPN: See FPN Figure 250.126. 



FPN Figure 250.126 One Example of a Symbol Used to 
Identify the Grounding Termination Point for an 
Equipment Grounding Conductor. 



VII. Methods of Equipment Grounding 

250.130 Equipment Grounding Conductor Connections. 

Equipment grounding conductor connections at the source 
of separately derived systems shall be made in accordance 
with 250.30(A)(1). Equipment grounding conductor 
connections at service equipment shall be made as 
indicated in 250.130(A) or (B). For replacement of non- 
grounding-type receptacles with grounding-type 
receptacles and for branch-circuit, extensions only in 
existing installations that do not have an equipment 
grounding conductor in the branch circuit, connections 
shall be permitted as indicated in 250.130(C). 

(A) For Grounded Systems. The connection shall be 
made by bonding the equipment grounding conductor to 
the grounded service conductor and the grounding 
electrode conductor. 

(B) For Ungrounded Systems. The connection shall be 
made by bonding the equipment grounding conductor to 
the grounding electrode conductor. 

(C) Nongrounding Receptacle Replacement or Branch 
Circuit Extensions. The equipment grounding conductor 
of a grounding-type receptacle or a branch-circuit 
extension shall be permitted to be connected to any of the 
following: 

(1) Any accessible point on the grounding electrode 
system as described in 250.50 

(2) Any accessible point on the grounding electrode 
conductor 

(3) The equipment grounding terminal bar within the 
enclosure where the branch circuit for the receptacle or 
branch circuit originates 

(4) For grounded systems, the grounded service conductor 
within the service equipment enclosure 

(5) For ungrounded systems, the grounding terminal bar 
within the service equipment enclosure 

FPN: See 406.3(D) for the use of a ground-fault circuit- 
interrupting type of receptacle. 



250.132 Short Sections of Raceway. Isolated sections of 
metal raceway or cable armor, where required to be 
grounded, shall be grounded in accordance with 250.134. 

250.134 Equipment Fastened in Place or Connected by 
Permanent Wiring Methods (Fixed) — Grounding. 

Unless grounded by connection to the grounded circuit 
conductor as permitted by 250.32, 250.140, and 250.142, 
non-current-carrying metal parts of equipment, raceways, 
and other enclosures, if grounded, shall be grounded by one 
of the following methods. 

(A) Equipment Grounding Conductor Types. By any of 

the equipment grounding conductors permitted by 250. 118. 

(B) With Circuit Conductors. By an equipment 
grounding conductor contained within the same raceway, 
cable, or otherwise run with the circuit conductors. 

Exception No. 1: As provided in 250.130(C), the 
equipment grounding conductor shall be permitted to be 
run separately from the circuit conductors. 

Exception No. 2: For dc circuits, the equipment grounding 
conductor shall be permitted to be run separately from the 
circuit conductors. 

FPN No. 1: See 250.102 and 250.168 for equipment 

bonding jumper requirements. 

FPN No. 2: See 400.7 for use of cords for fixed equipment. 

250.136 Equipment Considered Effectively Grounded. 

Under the conditions specified in 250.136(A) and (B), the 
non-current-carrying metal parts of the equipment shall be 
considered effectively grounded. 

(A) Equipment Secured to Grounded Metal Supports. 

Electrical equipment secured to and in electrical contact 
with a metal rack or structure provided for its support and 
grounded by one of the means indicated in, 250. 134. The 
structural metal frame of a building shall not be used as the 
required equipment grounding conductor for ac equipment. 

(B) Metal Car Frames. Metal car frames supported by 
metal hoisting cables attached to or running over metal 
sheaves or drums of elevator machines that are grounded 
by one of the methods indicated in 250. 134. 

250.138 Cord-and-Plug-Connected Equipment. Non- 
current-carrying metal parts of cord-and-plug-connected 
equipment, if grounded, shall be grounded by one of the 
methods in 250.138(A) or (B). 

(A) By Means of an Equipment Grounding Conductor. 

By means of an equipment grounding conductor run with 
the power supply conductors in a cable assembly or 
flexible cord properly terminated in a grounding-type 
attachment plug with one fixed grounding contact. 



2007 California Electrical Code 



70-113 



250.140 



ARTICLE 250 - GROUNDING AND BONDING 



Exception: The grounding contacting pole of grounding- 
type plug-in ground-fault circuit interrupters shall be 
permitted to be of the movable, self-restoring type on 
circuits operating at not over 150 volts between any two 
conductors or over 150 volts between any conductor and 
ground. 

(B) By Means of a Separate Flexible Wire or Strap. By 

means of a separate flexible wire or strap, insulated or bare, 
protected as well as practicable against physical damage, 
where part of equipment. 

250.140 Frames of Ranges and Clothes Dryers. Frames 

of electric ranges, wall-mounted ovens, counter-mounted 
cooking units, clothes dryers, and outlet or junction boxes 
that are part of the circuit for these appliances shall be 
grounded in the manner specified by 250.134 or 250.138. 

Exception: For existing branch circuit installations only 
where an equipment grounding conductor is not present in 
the outlet or junction box, the frames of electric ranges, 
wall-mounted ovens, counter-mounted cooking units, 
clothes dryers, and outlet or junction boxes that are part of 
the circuit for these appliances shall be permitted to be 
grounded to the grounded circuit conductor if all the 
following conditions are met 

(1) The supply circuit is 120/240-volt, single-phase, 3- 
wire; or 208Y/120-volt derived from a 3-phase, 4-wire, 
wye-connected system. 

(2) The grounded conductor is not smaller than 10 AWG 
copper or 8 AWG aluminum. 

(3) The grounded conductor is insulated, or the grounded ' 
conductor is uninsulated and part of a Type SE 
service-entrance cable and the branch circuit 
originates at the service equipment. 

(4) Grounding contacts of receptacles furnished as part of 
the equipment are bonded to the equipment 

250.142 Use of Grounded Circuit Conductor for 
Grounding Equipment. 

(A) Supply-Side Equipment. A grounded circuit 
conductor shall be permitted to ground non-current- 
carrying metal parts of equipment, raceways, and other 
enclosures at any of the following locations: 

(1) On the supply side or within the enclosure of the ac 

service-disconnecting means 

(2) On the supply side or within the enclosure of the main 
disconnecting means for separate buildings as 
provided in 250.32(B) 



(3) On the supply side or within the enclosure of the main 
disconnecting means or overcurrent devices of a 
separately derived system where permitted by 
250.30(A)(1) 

(B) Load-Side Equipment. Except as permitted in 
250.30(A)(1) and 250.32(B), a grounded circuit conductor 
shall not be used for grounding non-current-carrying metal 
parts of equipment on the load side of the service 
disconnecting means or on the load side of a separately 
derived system disconnecting means or the overcurrent 
devices for a separately derived system not having a main 
disconnecting means. 

Exception No. 1: The frames of ranges, wall-mounted 
ovens, counter-mounted cooking units, and clothes dryers 
under the conditions permitted for existing installations by 
250.140 shall be permitted to be grounded by a grounded 
circuit conductor. 

Exception No. 2: It shall be permissible to ground meter 
enclosures by connection to the grounded circuit conductor 
on the load side of the service disconnect where all of the 
following conditions apply: 

(1) No service ground-fault protection is installed. 

(2) All meter socket enclosures are located immediately 
adjacent to the service disconnecting means. 

(3) The size of the grounded circuit conductor is not 
smaller than the size specified in Table 250.122 for 
equipment grounding conductors. 

Exception No. 3: Direct-current systems shall be permitted 
to be grounded on the load side of the disconnecting means 
or overcurrent device in accordance with 250.164. 

Exception No. 4: Electrode-type boilers operating at over 
600 volts shall be grounded as required in 490.72(E)(1) 
and 490.74. 

250.144 Multiple Circuit Connections. Where equipment 
is required to be grounded and is supplied by separate 
connection to more than one circuit or grounded premises 
wiring system, a means for grounding shall be provided for 
each such connection as specified in 250.134 and 250.138. 

250.146 Connecting Receptacle Grounding Terminal to 

Box. An equipment bonding jumper shall be used to 
connect the grounding terminal of a grounding-type 
receptacle to a grounded box unless grounded as in 
250.146(A) through (D). 



70-114 



2007 California Electrical Code 



ARTICLE 250 - GROUNDING AND BONDING 



250.162 



(A) Surface Mounted Box. Where the box is mounted on 
the surface, direct metal-to-metal contact between the 
device yoke and the box or a contact yoke or device that 
complies with 250.146(B) shall be permitted to ground the 
receptacle to the box. At least one of the insulating washers 
shall be removed from receptacles that do not have a 
contact yoke or device that complies with 250.146(B) to 
ensure direct metal-to-metal contact. This provision shall 
not apply to cover-mounted receptacles unless the box and 
cover combination are listed as providing satisfactory 
ground continuity between the box and the receptacle. 

(B) Contact Devices or Yokes. Contact devices or yokes 
designed and listed as self-grounding shall be permitted in 
conjunction with the supporting screws to establish the 
grounding circuit between the device yoke and flush-type 
boxes. 

(C) Floor Boxes. Floor boxes designed for and listed as 
providing satisfactory ground continuity between the box 
and the device shall be permitted. 

(D) Isolated Receptacles. Where required for the reduction 
of electrical noise (electromagnetic interference) on the 
grounding circuit, a receptacle in which the grounding 
terminal is purposely insulated from the receptacle 
mounting means shall be permitted. The receptacle 
grounding terminal shall be grounded by an insulated 
equipment grounding conductor run with the circuit 
conductors. This grounding conductor shall be permitted to 
pass through one or more panelboards without connection 
to the panelboard grounding terminal as permitted in 
408.40, Exception, so as to terminate within the same 
building or structure directly at an equipment grounding 
conductor terminal of the applicable derived system or 
service. 

FPN: Use of an isolated equipment grounding conductor 
does not relieve the requirement for grounding the raceway 
system and outlet box. 

250.148 Continuity and Attachment of Equipment 
Grounding Conductors to Boxes. Where circuit 
conductors are spliced within a box, or terminated on 
equipment within or supported by a box, any equipment. 
grounding conductor(s) associated with those circuit 
conductors shall be spliced or joined within the box or to 
the box with devices suitable for the use in accordance with 
250.148(A) through (E). 

Exception: The equipment grounding conductor permitted 
in 250.146(D) shall not be required to be connected to the 
other equipment grounding conductors or to the box. 



(A) Connections. Connections and splices shall be made in 
accordance with 110.14(B) except that insulation shall not 
be required. 

(B) Grounding Continuity. The arrangement of grounding 
connections shall be such that the disconnection or the 
removal of a receptacle, luminaire (fixture), or other device 
fed from the box does not interfere with or interrupt the 
grounding continuity. 

(C) Metal Boxes. A connection shall be made between the 
one or more equipment grounding conductors and a metal 
box by means of a grounding screw that shall be used for 
no other purpose or a listed grounding device. 

(D) Nonmetallic Boxes. One or more equipment grounding 
conductors brought into a nonmetallic outlet box shall be 
arranged such that a connection can be made to any fitting 
or device in that box requiring grounding. 

(E) Solder. Connections depending solely on solder shall 
not be used. 



VIII. Direct-Current Systems 

250.160 General. Direct-current systems shall comply 
with Part VIII and other sections of Article 250 not 
specifically intended for ac systems. 

250.162 Direct-Current Circuits and Systems to Be 
Grounded. Direct-current circuits and systems shall be 
grounded as provided for in 250.162(A) and (B). 

(A) Two-Wire, Direct-Current Systems. A 2-wire, dc 
system supplying premises wiring and operating at greater 
than 50 volts but not greater than 300 volts shall be 
grounded. 

Exception No. 1: A system equipped with a ground 
detector and supplying only industrial equipment in limited 
areas shall not be required to be grounded. 

Exception No. 2: A rectifier-derived dc system supplied 
from an ac system complying with 250.20 shall not be 
required to be grounded. 

Exception No. 3: Direct-current fire alarm circuits having 
a maximum current of 0.030 amperes as specified in 
Article 760, Part III, shall not be required to be grounded. 

(B) Three-Wire, Direct-Current Systems. The neutral 
conductor of all 3 -wire, dc systems supplying premises 
wiring shall be grounded. 



2007 California Electrical Code 



70-115 



250.164 



ARTICLE 250 - GROUNDING AND BONDING 



250.164 Point of Connection for Direct-Current 
Systems. 

(A) Off-Premises Source. Direct-current systems to be 
grounded and supplied from an off-premises source shall 
have the grounding connection made at one or more supply 
stations. A grounding connection shall not be made at 
individual services or at any point on the premises wiring. 

(B) On-Premises Source. Where the dc system source is 
located on the premises, a grounding connection shall be 
made at one of the following: 

(1) The source 

(2) The first system disconnection means or overcurrent 
device 

(3) By other means that accomplish equivalent system 
protection and that utilize equipment listed and 
identified for the use 

250.166 Size of Direct-Current Grounding Electrode 
Conductor. The size of the grounding electrode conductor 
for a dc system shall be as specified in 250.166(A) through 
(E). 

(A) Not Smaller Than the Neutral Conductor. Where the 
dc system consists of a 3 -wire balancer set or a balancer 
winding with overcurrent protection as provided in 
445.12(D), the grounding electrode conductor shall not be 
smaller than the neutral conductor and not smaller than 8 
AWG copper or 6 AWG aluminum. 

(B) Not Smaller Than the Largest Conductor. Where the 
dc system is other than as in 250.166(A), the grounding 
electrode conductor shall not be smaller than the largest 
conductor supplied by the system, and not smaller than 8 
AWG copper or 6 AWG aluminum. 

(C) Connected to Rod, Pipe, or Plate Electrodes. Where 
connected to rod, pipe, or plate electrodes as in 
250.52(A)(5) or 250.52(A)(6), that portion of the 
grounding electrode conductor that is the sole connection to 
the grounding electrode shall not be required to be larger 
than 6 AWG copper wire or 4 AWG aluminum wire. 

(D) Connected to a Concrete-Encased Electrode. Where 
connected to a concrete-encased electrode as in 
250.52(A)(3), that portion of the grounding electrode 
conductor that is the sole connection to the grounding 
electrode shall not be required to be larger than 4 AWG 
copper wire. 

(E) Connected to a Ground Ring. Where connected to a 
ground ring as in 250.52(A)(4), that portion of the 
grounding electrode conductor that is the sole connection to 
the grounding electrode shall not be required to be larger 
than the conductor used for the ground ring. 



250.168 Direct-Current Bonding Jumper. For dc 

systems, the size of the bonding jumper shall not be smaller 
than the system grounding electrode conductor specified in 
250.166. 

250.169 Ungrounded Direct-Current Separately 
Derived Systems. Except as otherwise permitted in 250.34 
for portable and vehicle-mounted generators, an 
ungrounded dc separately derived system supplied from a 
stand-alone power source (such as an engine-generator set) 
shall have a grounding electrode conductor connected to an 
electrode that complies with Part III to provide for 
grounding of metal enclosures, raceways, cables, and 
exposed non-current-carrying metal parts of equipment. 
The grounding electrode conductor connection shall be to 
the metal enclosure at any point on the separately derived 
system from the source to the first system disconnecting 
means or overcurrent device, or it shall be made at the 
source of a separately derived system that has no 
disconnecting means or overcurrent devices. 

The size of the grounding electrode conductor shall be 
in accordance with 250.166. 



IX. Instruments, Meters, and Relays 

250.170 Instrument Transformer Circuits. Secondary 
circuits of current and potential instrument transformers 
shall be grounded where the primary windings are 
connected to circuits of 300 volts or more to ground and, 
where on switchboards, shall be grounded irrespective of 
voltage. 

Exception: Circuits where the primary windings are 
connected to circuits of less than 1000 volts with no live 
parts or wiring exposed or accessible to other than 
qualified persons. 

250.172 Instrument Transformer Cases. Cases or 
. frames of instrument transformers shall be grounded where 
accessible to other than qualified persons. 

Exception: Cases or frames of current transformers, the 
primaries of which are not over 150 volts to ground and 
that are used exclusively to supply current to meters. 

250.174 Cases of Instruments, Meters, and Relays 
Operating at Less Than 1000 Volts. Instilments, meters, 
and relays operating with windings or working parts at less 
than 1000 volts shall be grounded as specified in 
250.174(A), (B), or (C). 

(A) Not on Switchboards. Instruments, meters, and relays 
not located on switchboards, operating with windings or 
working parts at 300 volts or more to ground, and 
accessible to other than qualified persons, shall have the 
cases and other exposed metal parts grounded. 



f 



70-116 



2007 California Electrical Code 



ARTICLE 250 - GROUNDING AND BONDING 



250.184 



(B) On Dead-Front Switchboards. Instruments, meters, 
and relays (whether operated from current and potential 
transformers or connected directly in the circuit) on 
switchboards having no live parts on the front of the panels 
shall have the cases grounded. 

(C) On Live-Front Switchboards. Instruments, meters, 
and relays (whether operated from current and potential 
transformers or connected directly in the circuit) on 
switchboards having exposed live parts on the front of 
panels shall not have their cases grounded. Mats of 
insulating rubber or other suitable floor insulation shall be 
provided for the operator where the voltage to ground 
exceeds 150. 

250.176 Cases of Instruments, Meters, and Relays — 
Operating Voltage 1 kV and Over. Where instruments, 
meters, and relays have current-carrying parts of 1 kV and 
over to ground, they shall be isolated by elevation or 
protected by suitable barriers, grounded metal, or insulating 
covers or guards. Their cases shall not be grounded. 

Exception: Cases of electrostatic ground detectors where 
the internal ground segments of the instrument are 
connected to the instrument case and grounded and the 
ground detector is isolated by elevation. 

250.178 Instrument Grounding Conductor. The 

grounding conductor for secondary circuits of instrument 
^ transformers and for instrument cases shall not be smaller 
J than 12 AWG copper or 10 AWG aluminum. Cases of 
instrument transformers, instruments, meters, and relays 
that are mounted directly on grounded metal surfaces of 
enclosures or grounded metal switchboard panels shall be 
considered to be grounded, and no additional grounding 
conductor shall be required. 



X. Grounding of Systems and Circuits of 1 kV and Over 

(High Voltage) 

250.180 General. Where high-voltage systems are 
grounded, they shall comply with all applicable provisions 
of the preceding sections of this article and with. 250. 182 
through 250. 1 90, which supplement and modify the 
preceding sections. 

250.182 Derived Neutral Systems. A system neutral 
derived from a grounding transformer shall be permitted to 
be used for grounding high-voltage systems. 

250.184 Solidly Grounded Neutral Systems. Solidly 
grounded neutral systems shall be permitted to be either 
single point grounded or multigrounded neutral. 

(A) Neutral Conductor. 

(1) Insulation Level. The minimum insulation level for 
neutral conductors of solidly grounded systems shall be 
600 volts. 



Exception No. 1: Bare copper conductors shall be 
permitted to be used for the neutral of service entrances 
and the neutral of direct-buried portions of feeders. 

Exception No. 2: Bare conductors shall be permitted for 
the neutral of overhead portions installed outdoors. 

Exception No. 3: The neutral grounded conductor shall be 
permitted to be a bare conductor if isolated from phase 
conductors and protected from physical damage. 

FPN: See 225.4 for conductor covering where within 3,.0 m 

(10 ft) of any building or other structure. 

(2) Ampacity. The neutral conductor shall be of sufficient 
ampacity for the load imposed on the conductor but not less 
than 33 l A percent of the ampacity of the phase conductors. 

Exception: In industrial and commercial premises under 
engineering supervision, it shall b t e permissible to size the 
ampacity of the neutral conductor to not less than 20 
percent of the ampacity of the phase conductor. 

(B) Single Point Grounded System. Where a single point 
grounded neutral system is used, the following shall apply: 

(1) A single point grounded system shall be permitted to 
be supplied from (a) or (b): 

a. A separately derived system 

b. A multigrounded neutral system with an equipment 

grounding conductor connected to the 
multigrounded neutral at the source of the single 
point grounded system 

(2) A grounding electrode shall be provided for the 

system. 

(3) A grounding electrode conductor shall connect the 
grounding electrode to the system neutral. 

(4) A bonding jumper shall connect the equipment 
grounding conductor to the grounding electrode 
conductor. 

(5) An equipment bonding conductor shall be provided to 
each building, structure, and equipment enclosure. 

(6) A neutral shall only be required where phase to neutral 
loads are supplied. 

(7) The neutral, where provided, shall be insulated and 
isolated from earth except at one location. 

(8) An equipment grounding conductor shall be run with 
the phase conductors and shall comply with (a), (b), 
and (c): 

a. Shall not carry continuous load 

b. May be bare or insulated 

c. Shall have sufficient ampacity for fault current duty 



2007 California Electrical Code 



70-117 



250.186 



ARTICLE 250 - GROUNDING AND BONDING 



(C) Multigrounded Neutral Systems. Where a 
multigrounded neutral system is used, the following shall 
apply: 

(1) The neutral of a solidly grounded neutral system shall 
be permitted to be grounded at more than one point. 
Grounding shall be permitted at one or more of the 
following locations: 

a. Transformers supplying conductors to a building or 
other structure 

b. Underground circuits where the neutral is exposed 

c. Overhead circuits installed outdoors 

(2) , The multigrounded neutral conductor shall be 
grounded at each transformer and at other additional 
locations by connection to a made or existing 
electrode. 

(3) At least one grounding electrode shall be installed and 
connected to the multigrounded neutral circuit 
conductor every 400 m (1300 ft). 

(4) The maximum distance between any two adjacent 
electrodes shall not be more than 400 m (1300 ft). 

(5) In a multigrounded shielded cable system, the shielding 
shall be grounded at each cable joint that is exposed to 
personnel contact. 

250.186 Impedance Grounded Neutral Systems. 

Impedance grounded neutral systems in which a grounding 
impedance, usually a resistor, limits the ground-fault 
current, shall be permitted where all of the following 
conditions are met: 

(1) The conditions of maintenance and supervision ensure 
that only qualified persons will service the installation. 

(2) Ground detectors are installed on the system. 

(3) Line-to-neutral, loads are not served. 

Impedance grounded neutral systems shall comply 
with the provisions of 250.186(A) through (D). 

(A) Location. The grounding impedance shall be inserted 
in the grounding conductor between the grounding 
electrode of the supply system and the neutral point of the 
supply transformer or generator. 

(B) Identified and Insulated. The neutral conductor of an 
impedance grounded neutral system shall be identified, as 
well as fully insulated with the same insulation as the phase 
conductors. 

(C) System Neutral Connection. The system neutral shall 
not be connected to ground, except through the neutral 
grounding impedance. 

(D) Equipment Grounding Conductors. Equipment 
grounding conductors shall be permitted to be bare and 
shall be electrically connected to the ground bus and 
grounding electrode conductor. 



250.188 Grounding of Systems Supplying Portable or 
Mobile Equipment. Systems supplying portable or 
mobile high-voltage equipment, other than substations 
installed on a temporary basis, shall comply with 
250.188(A) through (F). 

(A) Portable or Mobile Equipment. Portable or mobile . 
high-voltage equipment shall be supplied from a system 
having its neutral grounded through an impedance. Where 

a delta-connected high-voltage system is used to supply 
portable or mobile equipment, a system neutral shall be 
derived. 

(B) Exposed Non-Current-Carrying Metal Parts. 

Exposed non-current-carrying metal parts of portable or 
mobile equipment shall be connected by an equipment 
grounding conductor to the point at which the system 
neutral impedance is grounded. 

(C) Ground-Fault Current. The voltage developed 
between the portable or mobile equipment frame and 
ground by the flow of maximum ground-fault current shall 
not exceed 100 volts. 

(D) Ground-Fault Detection and Relaying. Ground-fault 
detection and relaying shall be provided to automatically 
de-energize any high-voltage system component that has 
developed a ground fault. The continuity of the equipment 
grounding conductor shall be continuously monitored so as 
to de-energize automatically the high-voltage circuit to the 
portable or mobile equipment upon loss of continuity of the 
equipment grounding conductor. 

(E) Isolation. The grounding electrode to which the 
portable or mobile equipment system neutral impedance is 
connected shall be isolated from and separated in the 
ground by at least 6.0 m (20 ft) from any other system or 
equipment grounding electrode, and there shall be no direct 
connection between the grounding electrodes, such as 
buried pipe and fence, and so forth. 

(F) Trailing Cable and Couplers. High-voltage trailing 
cable and couplers for interconnection of portable or 
mobile equipment shall meet the requirements of Part III of 
Article 400 for cables and 490.55 for couplers. s 

250.190 Grounding of Equipment. All non-current- 
carrying metal parts of fixed, portable, and mobile 
equipment and associated fences, housings, enclosures, and 
supporting structures shall be grounded. 

Exception: Where isolated from ground and located so as 
to prevent any person who can make contact with ground 
from contacting such metal parts when the equipment is 
energized. 

Grounding conductors not an integral part of a cable 
assembly shall not be smaller than 6 AWG copper or 4 
AWG aluminum. 

FPN: See 250.110, Exception No. 2, for pole-mounted 

distribution apparatus. 



70-118 



2007 California Electrical Code 



ARTICLE 280 - SURGE ARRESTERS 



280.24 



ARTICLE 280 
Surge Arresters 



I. General 

280.1 Scope. This article covers general requirements, 
installation requirements, and connection requirements for 
surge arresters installed on premises wiring systems. 

280.2 Definition. Surge Arrester. A protective device for 
limiting surge voltages by discharging or bypassing surge 
current, and it also prevents continued flow of follow 
current while remaining capable of repeating these 
functions. 

280.3 Number Required. Where used at a point on a 
circuit, a surge arrester shall be connected to each 
ungrounded conductor. A single installation of such surge 
arresters shall be permitted to protect a number of 
interconnected circuits, provided that no circuit is exposed 
to surges while disconnected from the surge arresters. 

280.4 Surge Arrester Selection. 

(A) Circuits of Less Than 1000 Volts. Surge arresters 
installed on a circuit of less than 1000 volts shall comply 
with all of the following: 

(1) The rating of the surge arrester shall be equal to or 
greater than the maximum continuous phase-to-ground 
power frequency voltage available at the point of 
application. 

(2) Surge arresters installed on circuits of less than 1000 
volts shall be listed. 

(3) Surge arresters shall be marked with a short circuit 
current rating and shall not be installed at a point on 
the system where the available fault current is in 

' excess of that rating. 

(4) Surge arresters shall not be installed on ungrounded 
systems, impedance grounded systems, or corner 
grounded delta systems unless listed specifically for 
use on these systems. 

(B) Circuits of 1 kV and Over — Silicon Carbide Types. 

The rating of a silicon carbide-type surge arrester shall be 
not less than 125 percent of the maximum continuous 
phase-to-ground voltage available at the point of 
application. 

FPN No. 1 : For further information on surge arresters, see 
ANSI/IEEE C62.M989, Standard for Gapped Silicon- 
Carbide Surge Arresters for AC Power Circuits', 
ANSI/IEEE C62.2-1987, Guide for the Application of 
Gapped Silicon-Carbide Surge Arresters for Alternating- 
Current Systems] ANSI/IEEE C62.1 1-1993, Standard for 
Metal-Oxide Surge Arresters for Alternating-Current Power 
Circuits; and ANSI/IEEE C62.22-1991, Guide for the 
Application of Metal-Oxide Surge Arresters for Alternating- 
Current Systems. 



FPN No. 2: The selection of a properly rated metal oxide 
arrester is based on considerations of maximum continuous 
operating voltage and the magnitude and duration of 
overvoltages at the an*ester location as affected by phase-to- 
ground faults, system grounding techniques, switching 
surges, and other causes. See the manufacturer's application 
rules for selection of the specific arrester to be used at a 
particular location. 

II. Installation 

280.11 Location. Surge arresters shall be permitted to be 
located indoors or outdoors. Surge arresters shall be made 
inaccessible to unqualified persons, unless listed for 
installation in accessible locations. 

280.12 Routing of Surge Arrester Connections. The 

conductor used to connect the surge arrester to line or bus 
and to ground shall not be any longer than necessary and 
shall avoid unnecessary bends. 



III. Connecting Surge Arresters 

280.21 Installed at Services of Less Than 1000 Volts. 

Line and ground connecting conductors shall not be smaller 
than 14 AWG copper or 12 AWG aluminum. The arrester 
grounding conductor shall be connected to one of the 
following: 

(1) Grounded service conductor 

(2) Grounding electrode conductor 

(3) Grounding electrode for the service 

(4) Equipment grounding terminal in the service 
equipment 

280.22 Installed on the Load Side Services of Less Than 
1000 Volts. Line and ground connecting conductors shall 
not be smaller than 14 AWG copper or 12 AWG 
aluminum. A surge arrester shall be permitted to be 
connected between any two conductors — ungrounded 
conductor(s), grounded conductor, grounding conductor. 
The grounded conductor and the grounding conductor shall 
be interconnected only by the normal operation of the surge 
arrester during a surge. 

280.23 Circuits of 1 kV and Over — Surge-Arrester 
Conductors. The conductor between the surge arrester 
and the line and the surge arrester and the grounding 
connection shall not be smaller than 6 AWG copper or 
aluminum. 

280.24 Circuits of 1 kV and Over — Interconnections. The 

grounding conductor of a surge arrester protecting a 
transformer that supplies a secondary distribution system shall 
be interconnected as specified in 280.24(A), (B), or (C). 



2007 California Electrical Code 



70-119 



280.25 



ARTICLE 285 - TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSORS: TVSSs 



(A) Metallic Interconnections. A metallic interconnection 
shall be made to the secondary grounded circuit conductor 
or the secondary circuit grounding conductor provided that, 
in addition to the direct grounding connection at the surge 
arrester, the following occurs: 

(1) The grounded conductor of the secondary has 
elsewhere a grounding connection to a continuous 
metal underground water piping system. However, in 
urban water-pipe areas where there are at least four 
water-pipe connections on the neutral and not fewer 
than four such connections in each mile of neutral, the 
metallic interconnection shall be permitted to be made 
to the secondary neutral with omission of the direct 
grounding connection at the surge arrester. 

(2) The grounded conductor of the secondary system is a 
part of a multiground neutral system or static wire of 
which the primary neutral or static wire has at least 
four ground connections in each mile of line in 
addition to a ground at each service. 

(B) Through Spark Gap or Device. Where the surge 

arrester grounding conductor is not connected as in 
280.24(A) or where the secondary is not grounded as in 
280.24(A) but is otherwise grounded as in 250.52, an 
interconnection shall be made through a spark gap or listed 
device as follows: 

(1) For ungrounded or unigrounded primary systems, the 
spark gap or listed device shall have a 60-Hz 
breakdown voltage of at least twice the primary circuit 
voltage but not necessarily more than 10 kV, and there 
shall be at least one other ground on the grounded 
conductor of the secondary that is not less than 6.0 m 
(20 ft) distant from the surge arrester grounding 
electrode. 

(2) For multigrounded neutral primary systems, the spark 
gap or listed device shall have a 60-Hz breakdown of 
not more than 3 kV, and there shall be at least one 
other ground on the grounded conductor of the 
secondary that is not less than 6.0 m (20 ft) distant 
from the surge arrester grounding electrode. 

(C) By Special Permission. An interconnection of the 
surge arrester ground and the secondary neutral, other than 
as provided in 280.24(A) or (B), shall be permitted to be 
made only by special permission. 

280.25 Grounding. Except as indicated in this article, 
surge arrester grounding connections shall be made as 
specified in Article 250. Grounding conductors shall not be 
run in metal enclosures unless bonded to both ends of such 
enclosure. 



ARTICLE 285 

Transient Voltage Surge Suppressors: 

TVSSs 



I. General 

285.1 Scope. This article covers general requirements, 
installation requirements, and connection requirements for 
transient voltage surge suppressors (TVSSs) permanently 
installed on premises wiring systems. 

285.2 Definition. 

Transient Voltage Surge Suppressor (TVSS). A 

protective device for limiting transient voltages by 
diverting or limiting surge current; it also prevents 
continued flow of follow current while remaining capable 
of repeating these functions. 

285.3 Uses Not Permitted. A TVSS device shall not be 
installed in the following: 

(1) Circuits exceeding 600 volts 

(2) On ungrounded systems, impedance grounded systems, 
or comer grounded delta systems unless listed 
specifically for use on these systems. 

(3) Where the rating of the TVSS is less than the 
maximum continuous phase-to-ground power 
frequency voltage available at the point of application 

FPN: For further information on TVSSs, see NEMA LS 1- 
1 992, Standard for Low Voltage Surge Suppression 
Devices, The selection of a properly rated TVSS is based on 
criteria such as maximum continuous operating voltage, the 
magnitude and duration of overvoltages at the suppressor 
location as affected by phase-to-ground faults, system 
grounding techniques, and switching surges. 

285.4 Number Required. Where used at a point on a 
circuit, the TVSS shall be connected to each ungrounded 
conductor. 

285.5 Listing. A TVSS shall be a listed device. 

285.6 Short Circuit Current Rating. The TVSS shall be 
marked with a short circuit current rating and shall not be 
installed at a point on the system where the available fault 
current is in excess of that rating. This marking 
requirement shall not apply to receptacles. 



II. Installation 

285.11 Location. TVSSs shall be permitted to be located 
indoors or outdoors and shall be made inaccessible to 
unqualified persons, unless listed for installation in 
accessible locations. 



70-120 



2007 California Electrical Code 



ARTICLE 285 - TRANSIENT VOLTAGE SURGE SUPPRESSORS: TVSSs 



285.25 



285.12 Routing of Connections. The conductors used to 
connect the TVSS to the line or bus and to ground shall not 
be any longer than necessary and shall avoid unnecessary 
bends. 



III. Connecting Transient Voltage Surge Suppressors 

285.21 Connection. Where a TVSS is installed, it shall 
comply with 285.21(A) through (C). 

(A) Location. 

(1) Service Supplied Building or Structure. The transient 
voltage surge suppressor shall be connected on the load 
side of a service disconnect overcurrent device required in 
230.91, unless installed in accordance with 230.82(8). 

(2) Feeder Supplied Building or Structure. The transient 
voltage surge suppressor shall be connected on the load 
side of the first overcurrent device at the building or 
structure. 



Exception to (1) and (2): Where the TVSS is also listed as 
a surge arrester, the connection shall be as permitted by 
Article 280. 

(3) Separately Derived System. The TVSS shall be 
connected on the load side of the first overcurrent device in 
a separately derived system. 

(B) Conductor Size. Line and ground connecting 
conductors shall not be smaller than 14 AWG copper or 12 
AWG aluminum. 

(C) Connection Between Conductors. A TVSS shall be 
permitted to be connected between any two conductors — 
ungrounded conductor(s), grounded conductor, grounding 
conductor. The grounded conductor and the grounding 
conductor shall be interconnected only by the normal 
operation of the TVSS during a surge. 

285.25 Grounding. Grounding conductors shall not be run 
in metal enclosures unless bonded to both ends of such 
enclosure. 



2007 California Electrical Code 



70-121 



300.1 



ARTICLE 300 - WIRING METHODS 



Chapter 3 Wiring Methods and Materials 



ARTICLE 300 
Wiring Methods 



I. General Requirements 
300.1 Scope. 

(A) All Wiring Installations. This article covers wiring 
methods for all wiring installations unless modified by 
other articles. 

(B) Integral Parts of Equipment. The provisions of this 
article are not intended to apply to the conductors that form 
an integral part of equipment, such as motors, controllers, 
motor control centers, or factory assembled control 
equipment or listed utilization equipment. 

(C) Metric Designators and Trade Sizes. Metric 
designators and trade sizes for conduit, tubing, and 
associated fittings and accessories shall be as designated in 
Table 300.1(C). 

Table 300.1(C) Metric Designator and Trade Sizes 



Metric 
Designator 



Trade 
Size 



12 

16 

21 

27 

35 

41 

53 

63 

78 

91 

103 

129 

155 



3 / 8 

Vi 

% 

1 

VA 
VA 

2 
IVi 

3 
VA 

4 

5 

6 



Note: The metric designators and trade sizes are for identification 
purposes only and are not actual dimensions. 



300.2 Limitations. 

(A) Voltage. Wiring methods specified in Chapter 3 shall 
be used for 600 volts, nominal, or less where not 
specifically limited in some section of Chapter 3. They 
shall be permitted for over 600 volts, nominal, where 
specifically permitted elsewhere in this Code. 

(B) Temperature. Temperature limitation of conductors 
shall be in accordance with 310.10. 



300.3 Conductors. 

(A) Single Conductors. Single conductors specified in 
Table 310.13 shall only be installed where part of a 
recognized wiring method of Chapter 3. 

Exception: Individual conductors shall be permitted where 
installed as separate overhead conductors in accordance 
with 225. 6. 

(B) Conductors of the Same Circuit. All conductors of 
the same circuit and, where used, the grounded conductor 
and all equipment grounding conductors and bonding 
conductors shall be contained within the same raceway, 
auxiliary gutter, cable tray, cablebus assembly, trench, 
cable, or cord, unless otherwise permitted in accordance 
with 300.3(B)(1) through (B)(4). 

(1) Paralleled Installations. Conductors shall be permitted 
to be run in parallel in accordance with the provisions of 
310.4. The requirement to run all circuit conductors within 
the same raceway, auxiliary gutter, cable tray, trench, 
cable, or cord shall apply separately to each portion of the 
paralleled installation, and the equipment grounding 
conductors shall comply with the provisions of 250.122. 
Parallel runs in cable tray shall comply with the provisions 
of392.8(D). 

Exception: Conductors installed in nonmetallic raceways 
run underground shall be permitted to be arranged as 
isolated phase installations. The raceways shall be 
installed in close proximity, and the conductors shall 
comply with the provisions of 300.20(B). 

(2) Grounding and Bonding Conductors. Equipment 
grounding conductors shall be permitted to be installed 
outside a raceway or cable assembly where in accordance 
with the provisions of 250.130(C) for certain existing 
installations or in accordance with 250.134(B), Exception 
No. 2, for dc circuits. Equipment bonding conductors shall 
be permitted to be installed on the outside of raceways in 
accordance with 250.102(E). 

(3) Nonferrous Wiring Methods. Conductors in wiring 
methods with a nonmetallic or other nonmagnetic sheath, 
where run in different raceways, auxiliary gutters, cable 
trays, trenches, cables, or cords, shall comply with the 
provisions of 300.20(B). Conductors in single-conductor 
Type MI cable with a nonmagnetic sheath shall comply 
with the provisions of 332.31. Conductors of single- 
conductor Type MC cable with a nonmagnetic sheath shall 
comply with the provisions of 330.31, 330.116, and 
300.20(B). 



70-122 



2007 California Electrical Code 



ARTICLE 300 - WIRING METHODS 



300.4 



(4) Enclosures. Where an auxiliary gutter runs between a 
column-width panelboard and a pull box, and the pull box 
includes neutral terminations, the neutral conductors of 
circuits supplied from the panelboard shall be permitted to 
originate in the pull box. 

(C) Conductors of Different Systems. 

(1) 600 Volts, Nominal, or Less. Conductors of circuits 
rated 600 volts, nominal, or less, ac circuits, and dc circuits 
shall be permitted to occupy the same equipment wiring 
enclosure, cable, or raceway. All conductors shall have an 
insulation rating equal to at least the maximum circuit 
voltage applied to any conductor within the enclosure, 
cable, or raceway. 

Exception: For solar photovoltaic systems in accordance 
with 6904(B). 

FPN: See 725.55(A) for Class 2 and Class 3 circuit 
conductors. 

(2) Over 600 Volts, Nominal. Conductors of circuits rated 
over 600 volts, nominal, shall not occupy the same 
equipment wiring enclosure, cable, or raceway with 
conductors of circuits rated 600 volts, nominal, or less 
unless otherwise permitted in (C)(2)(a) through (C)(2)(e). 

(a) Secondary wiring to electric-discharge lamps of 
1000 volts or less, if insulated for the secondary voltage 
involved, shall be permitted to occupy the same luminaire 
(fixture), sign, or outline lighting enclosure as the branch- 
circuit conductors. 

(b) Primary leads of electric-discharge lamp ballasts 
insulated for the primary voltage of the ballast, where 
contained within the individual wiring enclosure, shall be 
permitted to occupy the same luminaire (fixture), sign, or 
outline lighting enclosure as the branch-circuit conductors. 

(c) Excitation, control, relay, and ammeter conductors 
used in connection with any individual motor or starter 
shall be permitted to occupy the same enclosure as the 
motor-circuit conductors. 

(d) In motors, switchgear and control assemblies, and 
similar equipment, conductors of different voltage ratings 
shall be permitted. 

(e) In manholes, if the conductors of each system are 
permanently and effectively separated from the conductors 
of the other systems and securely fastened to racks, 
insulators, or other approved supports, conductors of 
different voltage ratings shall be permitted. 

Conductors having nonshielded insulation and 
operating at different voltage levels shall not occupy the 
same enclosure, cable, or raceway. 

300.4 Protection Against Physical Damage. Where 
subject to physical damage, conductors shall be protected. 



(A) Cables and Raceways Through Wood Members. 

(1) Bored Holes. In both exposed and concealed locations, 
where a cable- or raceway-type wiring method is installed 
through bored holes in joists, rafters, or wood members, 
holes shall be bored so that the edge of the hole is not less 
than 32 mm (IVi in.) from the nearest edge of the wood 
member. Where this distance cannot be maintained, the 
cable or raceway shall be protected from- penetration by 
screws or nails by a steel plate or bushing, at least 1.6 mm 
(Vi 6 in.) thick, and of appropriate length and width installed 
to cover the area of the wiring. 

Exception No. 1: Steel plates shall not be required to 
protect rigid metal conduit, intermediate metal conduit, 
rigid nonmetallic conduit, or electrical metallic tubing. 

Exception No. 2: A listed and marked steel plate less than 
1.6 mm ( J /j 6 in.) thick that provides equal or better 

protection against nail or screw penetration shall be 

permitted. 

(2) Notches in Wood. Where there is no objection because 
of weakening the building structure, in both exposed and 
concealed locations, cables or raceways shall be permitted 
to be laid in notches in wood studs, joists, rafters, or other 
wood members where the cable or raceway at those points 
is protected against nails or screws by a steel plate at least 
1.6 mm (Vie in.) thick, and of appropriate length and width, 
installed to cover the area of the wiring. The steel plate 
shall be installed before the building finish is applied. 

Exception No. 1: Steel plates shall not be required to 
protect rigid metal conduit, intermediate metal conduit, 
rigid nonmetallic conduit, or electrical metallic tubing. 

Exception No. 2: A listed and marked steel plate less than 
1.6 mm ( 2 / 16 in.) thick that provides equal or better 
protection against nail or screw penetration shall be 
permitted. 

(B) Nonmetallic-Sheathed Cables and Electrical 
Nonmetallic Tubing Through Metal Framing Members. 

(1) Nonmetallic-Sheathed Cable. In both exposed and 
concealed locations where nonmetallic-sheathed cables 
pass through either factory or field punched, cut, or drilled 
slots or holes in metal members, the cable shall be 
protected by listed bushings or listed grornmets covering all 
metal edges that are securely fastened in the opening prior 
to installation of the cable. 

(2) Nonmetallic-Sheathed Cable and Electrical 
Nonmetallic Tubing. Where nails or screws are likely to 
penetrate nonmetallic-sheathed cable or electrical 
nonmetallic tubing, a steel sleeve, steel plate, or steel clip 
not less than 1.6 mm (Vi 6 in.) in thickness shall be used to 
protect the cable or tubing. 

Exception: A listed and marked steel plate less than 1.6 
mm ( 2 / 16 in.) thick that provides equal or better protection 
against nail or screw penetration shall be permitted. 



2007 California Electrical Code 



70-123 



300.5 



ARTICLE 300 - WIRING METHODS 



(C) Cables Through Spaces Behind Panels Designed to 
Allow Access. Cables or raceway-type wiring methods, 
installed behind panels designed to allow access, shall be 
supported according to their applicable articles. 

(D) Cables and Raceways Parallel to Framing Members 
and Furring Strips. Tn both exposed and concealed 
locations, where a cable- or raceway-type wiring method is 
installed parallel to framing members, such as joists* 
rafters, or studs, or is installed parallel to furring strips, the 
cable or raceway shall be installed and supported so that 
the nearest outside surface of the cable or raceway is not 
less than 32 mm (PA in.) from the nearest edge of the 
framing member or furring strips where nails or screws are 
likely to penetrate. Where this distance cannot be 
maintained, the cable or raceway shall be protected from 
penetratiori by nails or screws by a steel plate, sleeve, or 
equivalent at least 1.6 mm (Vi 6 in.) thick. 

Exception No. 1: Steel plates, sleeves, or the equivalent 
shall not be required to protect rigid metal conduit, 
intermediate metal conduit, rigid nonmetallic conduit, or 
electrical metallic tubing. 

Exception No. 2: For concealed work in finished 
buildings, or finished panels for prefabricated buildings 
where such supporting is impracticable, it shall be 
permissible to fish the cables between access points. 

Exception No. 3: A listed and marked steel plate less than 
1.6 mm f/j 6 in.) thick that provides equal or better 
protection against nail or screw penetration shall be 
permitted. 

(E) Cables and Raceways Installed in Shallow Grooves. 

Cable- or raceway-type wiring methods installed in a 
groove, to be covered by wallboard, siding, paneling, 
carpeting, or similar finish, shall be protected by 1.6 mm 
(Vi 6 in.) thick steel plate, sleeve, or equivalent or by not 
less than 32-mm (IVi-in.) free space for the full length of 
the groove in which the cable or raceway is installed. 

Exception No. 1: Steel plates, sleeves, or the equivalent 
shall not be required to protect rigid metal conduit, 
intermediate metal conduit, rigid nonmetallic conduit, or 

electrical metallic tubing. 

Exception No. 2: A listed and marked steel plate less than 
1.6 mm f/ 16 in.) thick that provides equal or better 
protection against nail or screw penetration shall be 
permitted. 

(F) Insulated Fittings. Where raceways containing 
ungrounded conductors 4 AWG or larger enter a cabinet, 
box enclosure, or raceway, the conductors shall be 
protected by a substantial fitting providing a smoothly 
rounded insulating surface, unless* the conductors are 
separated from the fitting or raceway by substantial 
insulating material that is securely fastened in place. 



Exception: Where threaded hubs or bosses that are an 
integral part of a cabinet, box enclosure, or raceway 
provide a smoothly rounded or flared entry for conductors. 

Conduit bushings constructed wholly of insulating 
material shall not be used to secure a fitting or raceway. 
The insulating fitting or insulating material shall have a 
temperature rating not less than the insulation temperature 
rating of the installed conductors. 

300.5 Underground Installations. 

(A) Minimum Cover Requirements. Direct-buried cable 
or cdriduit or other raceways shall be installed to meet the 
minimum cover requirements of Table 300.5. 

* 

(B) Listing. Cables and insulated conductors installed in 
enclosures or raceways in underground installations shall 
be listed for use in wet locations. 

(C) Underground Cables Under Buildings. Underground 
cable installed under a building shall be in a raceway that is 
extended beyond the outside walls of the building. 

(D) Protection from Damage. Direct-buried conductors 
and cables shall be protected from damage in accordance 
with 300.5(D)(1) through (D)(4). 

(1) Emerging from Grade. Direct-buried conductors and 
enclosures emerging from grade shall be protected by 
enclosures or raceways extending from the minimum cover 
distance below grade required by 300.5(A) to a point at 
least 2.5 m (8 ft) above finished grade. In no case shall the 
protection be required to exceed 450 mm (18 in.) below 
finished grade. 

(2) Conductors Entering Buildings. Conductors entering 
a building shall be protected to the point of entrance. 

(3) Service Conductors. Underground service conductors 
that are not encased in concrete and that are buried 450 mm 
(18 in.) or more below grade shall have their location 
identified by a warning ribbon that is placed in the trench at 
least 300 mm (12 in.) above the underground installation. 

(4) Enclosure or Raceway Damage. Where the enclosure 
or raceway is subject to physical damage, the conductors 
shall be installed in rigid metal conduit, intermediate metal 
conduit, Schedule 80 rigid nonmetalhc conduit, or equivalent. 

• 

(E) Splices and Taps. Direct-buried conductors or cables 
shall be permitted to be spliced or tapped without the use of 
splice boxes. The splices or taps shall be made in 
accordance with 110. 14(B). 

(F) Backfill. Backfill that contains large rocks, paving 
materials, cinders, large or sharply angular substances, or 
corrosive material shall not be placed in an excavation 
where materials may damage raceways, cables, or other 
substructures or prevent adequate compaction of fill or 
contribute to corrosion of raceways, cables, or other 
substructures. 



70-124 



2007 California Electrical Code 



ARTICLE 300 - WIRING METHODS 



300.5 



Table 300.5 Minimum Cover Requirements, to 600 Volts, Nominal, Burial in Millimeters (Inches) 







Type of Wiring Method 


or Circuit 


















Column 5 










Column 3 




Circuits for 










Nonmetallic 


Column 4 


Control of 


o 








Raceways 


Residential 


Irrigation and 


w 








Listed for 

Direct Burial 

Without 

Concrete 


Branch Circuits 
Rated 120 Volts 

or Less with 
GFCI Protection 


Landscape 

Lighting Limited 

to Not More Than 

30 Volts and 








Column 2 Rigid 


Encasement or 


and Maximum 


Installed with 


/-^\ 


Column 1 Direct 


Metal Conduit 


Other 


Overcurrent 


Type UF or in 


C) 


Burial Cables or 


or Intermediate 


Approved 


Protection of 20 


Other Identified 


v_y 


Conductors 


Metal Conduit 


Raceways 


Amperes 


Cable or Raceway 


Location of Wiring Method or 














Circuit 


mm 


in. 


mm in. 


mm in. 


mm in. 


mm in. 


All locations not specified below 


600 


24 


150 6 


450 18 


300 12 


150 6 


In trench below 50-mm (2-in.) thick 


450 


18 


150 6 


300 12 


150 6 


150 6 


concrete or equivalent 














Under a building 






















(in raceway only) 






(in raceway only) 


(in raceway only) 


Under minimum of 102-mm (4-in.) 


450 


18 


100 4 


100 4 


150 6 


150 6 


thick concrete exterior slab with 














no vehicular traffic and the slab 










(direct burial) 


(direct.burial) 


extending not less than 152 mm 










100 4 


100 4 


(6 in.) beyond the underground 














installation 










(in raceway) 


(in raceway) 


/^\ Under streets, highways, roads, 


600 


24 


600 24 


600 24 


600 24 


600 24 


^ J alleys, driveways, and parking 
~" lots 














One- and two-family dwelling 


450 


18 


450 18 


450 18 


300 12 


450 18 


driveways and outdoor parking 














areas, and used only for dwelling- 














related purposes 














In or under airport runways, 


450 


18 


450 18 


450 18 


450 18 


450 18 


including adjacent areas where 














trespassing prohibited 















Notes: 

1 . Cover is defined as the shortest distance in millimeters (inches) measured between a point on the top surface of any direct-buried 
conductor, cable, conduit, or other raceway and the top surface of finished grade, concrete, or similar cover. 

2. Raceways approved for burial only where concrete encased shall require concrete envelope not less than 50 mm (2 in.) thick. 

3. Lesser depths shall be permitted where cables and conductors rise for terminations or splices or where access is otherwise required. 

4. Where one of the wiring method types listed in Columns 1-3 is used for one of the circuit types in Columns 4 and 5, the shallowest 
depth of burial shall be permitted. 

5. Where solid rock prevents compliance with the cover depths specified in this table, the wiring shall be installed in metal or nonmetallic 
raceway permitted for direct burial. The raceways shall be covered by a minimum of 50 mm (2 in.) of concrete extending down to rock. 



2007 California Electrical Code 



70-125 



300.6 



ARTICLE 300 - WIRING METHODS 



Where necessary to prevent physical damage to the 
raceway or cable, protection shall be provided in the form 
of granular or selected material, suitable running boards, 
suitable sleeves, or other approved means. 

(G) Raceway Seals. Conduits or raceways through which 
moisture may contact live parts shall be sealed or plugged 
at either or both ends. 

FPN: Presence of hazardous gases or vapors may also 
necessitate sealing of underground conduits or raceways 
entering buildings. 

(H) Bushing. A bushing, or terminal fitting, with an 
integral bushed opening shall be used at the end of a 
conduit or other raceway that terminates underground 
where the conductors or cables emerge as a direct burial 
wiring method. A seal incorporating the physical protection 
characteristics of a bushing shall be permitted to be used in 
lieu of a bushing. 

(I) Conductors of the Same Circuit. All conductors of the 
same circuit and, where used, the grounded conductor and 
all equipment grounding conductors shall be installed in the 
same raceway or cable or shall be installed in close 
proximity in the same trench. 

Exception No. 1: Conductors in parallel in raceways or 
cables shall be permitted, but each raceway or cable shall 
contain all conductors of the same circuit including 
grounding conductors. 

Exception No. 2: Isolated phase, polarity, grounded 
conductor, and equipment grounding and bonding 
conductor installations shall be permitted in nonmetallic 
raceways or cables with a nonmetallic covering or 
nonmagnetic sheath in close proximity where conductors 
are paralleled as permitted in 310.4, and where the 
conditions of 300.20(B) are met. 

(J) Ground Movement. Where direct-buried conductors, 
raceways, or cables are subject to movement by settlement 
or frost, direct-buried conductors, raceways, or cables shall 
be arranged so as to prevent damage to the enclosed 
conductors or to equipment connected to the raceways. 

FPN: This section recognizes "S" loops in underground 
direct burial to raceway transitions, expansion fittings in 
raceway risers to fixed equipment, and, generally, the 
provision of flexible connections to equipment subject to 
settlement or frost heaves. 

(K) Directional Boring. Cables or raceways installed 
using directional boring equipment shall be approved for 
the purpose. 

300.6 Protection Against Corrosion and Deterioration. 

Raceways, cable trays, cablebus, auxiliary gutters, cable 
armor, boxes, cable sheathing, cabinets, elbows, couplings, 
fittings, supports, and support hardware shall be of 
materials suitable for the environment in which they are to 
be installed. 



(A) Ferrous Metal Equipment. Ferrous metal raceways, 
cable trays, cablebus, auxiliary gutters, cable armor, boxes, 
cable sheathing, cabinets, metai elbows, couplings, nipples, 
fittings, supports, and support hardware shall be suitably 
protected against corrosion inside and outside (except 
threads at joints) by a coating of approved corrosion- 
resistant material. Where corrosion protection is necessary 
and the conduit is threaded in the field, the threads shall be 
coated with an approved electrically conductive, corrosion- 
resistant compound. 

Exception: Stainless steel shall not be required to have 
protective coatings. 

(1) Protected from Corrosion Solely by Enamel. Where 
protected from corrosion solely by enamel, ferrous metal 
raceways, cable trays, cablebus, auxiliary gutters, cable 
armor, boxes, cable sheathing, cabinets, metal elbows, 
couplings, nipples, fittings, supports, and support hardware 
shall not be used outdoors or in wet locations as described 
in 300.6(D). 

(2) Organic Coatings on Boxes or Cabinets. Where 
boxes or cabinets have an approved system of organic 
coatings and are marked "Raintight," "Rainproof," or 
"Outdoor Type," they shall be permitted outdoors. 

(3) In Concrete or in Direct Contact with the Earth. 

Ferrous metal raceways, cable armor, boxes, cable 
sheathing, cabinets, elbows, couplings, nipples, fittings, 
supports, and support hardware shall be permitted to be 
installed in concrete or in direct contact with the earth, or in 
areas subject to severe corrosive influences where made of 
material approved for the condition, or where provided 
with corrosion protection approved for the condition. 

(B) Non-Ferrous Metal Equipment. Non-ferrous raceways, 
cable trays, cablebus, auxiliary gutters, cable armor, boxes, 
cable sheathing, cabinets, elbows, couplings, nipples, fittings, 
supports, and support hardware embedded or encased in 
concrete or in direct contact with the earth shall be provided 
with supplementary corrosion protection. 

(C) Nonmetallic Equipment. Nonmetallic raceways, cable 
trays, cablebus, auxiliary gutters, boxes, cables with a 
nonmetallic outer jacket and internal metal armor or jacket, 
cable sheathing, cabinets, elbows, couplings, nipples, 
fittings, supports, and support hardware shall be made of 
material approved for the condition and shall comply with 
(C)(1) and (C)(2) as applicable to the specific installation. 

(1) Exposed to Sunlight. Where exposed to sunlight, the 
materials shall be listed as sunlight resistant or shall be 
identified as sunlight resistant. 

(2) Chemical Exposure. Where subject to exposure to 
chemical solvents, vapors, splashing, or immersion, 
materials or coatings shall either be inherently resistant to 
chemicals based on its listing or be identified for the 
specific chemical reagent. 



70-126 



2007 California Electrical Code 



ARTICLE 300 - WIRING METHODS 



300.11 



0(D) Indoor Wet Locations. In portions of dairy processing 
^_ facilities, laundries, canneries, and other indoor wet 
locations, and in locations where walls ■ are frequently 
washed or where there are surfaces of absorbent materials, 
such as damp paper or wood, the entire wiring system, 
where installed exposed, including all boxes, fittings, 
raceways, and cable used therewith, shall be mounted so 
that there is at least a 6-mm (^i-in.) airspace between it and- 
the wall or supporting surface. 

Exception: Nonmetallic raceways, boxes, and fittings shall 
be permitted to be installed without the airspace on a 
concrete, masonry, tile, or similar surface. 

FPN: In general, areas where acids and alkali chemicals are 
handled and stored may present such corrosive conditions, 
particularly when wet or damp. Severe corrosive conditions 
may also be present in portions of meatpacking plants, 
tanneries, glue houses, and some stables; in installations 
immediately adjacent to a seashore and swimming pool 
areas; in areas where chemical deicers are used; and in 
storage cellars or rooms for hides, casings, fertilizer, salt, 
and bulk chemicals. 

300.7 Raceways Exposed to Different Temperatures. 

(A) Sealing. Where portions of a cable raceway or sleeve 
are known to be subjected to different temperatures and 
where condensation is known to be a problem, as in cold 
storage 'areas of buildings or where passing from the 
interior to the exterior of a building, the raceway or sleeve 
shall be filled with an approved material to prevent the 
circulation of warm air to a colder section of the raceway 
or sleeve. An explosionproof seal shall not be required for 
this purpose. 

(B) Expansion Fittings. Raceways shall be provided with 
expansion fittings where necessary to compensate for 
thermal expansion and contraction. 

FPN: Table 352.44(A) provides the expansion information 
for polyvinyl chloride (PVC). A nominal number for steel 
conduit can be determined by multiplying the- expansion 
length in this table by 0.20. The coefficient of expansion for 
steel electrical metallic tubing, intermediate metal conduit, 

and rigid conduit is 11.70 x 10" 6 (0.0000117 mm per mm 

of conduit for each °C in temperature change) [6.50 * 10"° 
(0.0000065 in. per inch of conduit for each °F in 
temperature change)]. 

300.8 Installation of Conductors with Other Systems. 

Raceways or cable trays containing electric conductors 
shall not contain any pipe, tube, or equal for steam, water, 
air, gas, drainage, or any service other than electrical. 



300.10 Electrical Continuity of Metal Raceways and 
Enclosures. Metal raceways, cable armor, and other metal 
enclosures for conductors shall be metallically joined 
together into a continuous electric conductor and shall be 
connected to all boxes, fittings, and cabinets so as to 
provide effective electrical continuity. Unless specifically 
permitted elsewhere in this Code, raceways and cable 
assemblies shall be mechanically secured to boxes, fittings, 
cabinets, and other enclosures. 

Exception No. 1: Short sections of raceways used to 
provide support or protection of cable assemblies from 
physical damage shall not be required to be made 
electrically continuous. 

Exception No. 2: Equipment enclosures to be isolated, as 
permitted by 250.96(B), shall not be required to be 
metallically joined to the metal raceway. 

300.11 Securing and Supporting. 

(A) Secured in Place. Raceways, cable assemblies, boxes, 
cabinets, and fittings shall be securely fastened in place. 
Support wires that do not provide secure support shall not 
be permitted as the sole support. Support wires and 
associated fittings that provide secure support and that are 
installed in addition to the ceiling grid support wires shall 
be permitted as the sole support. Where independent 
support wires are used, they shall be secured at both ends. 
Cables and raceways shall not be supported by ceiling 
grids, 

(1) Fire-Rated Assemblies. Wiring located within the 
cavity of a fire-rated floor-ceiling or roof-ceiling assembly 
shall not be secured to, or supported by, the ceiling 
assembly, including the ceiling support wires. An 
independent means of secure support shall be provided and 
shall be permitted to be attached to the assembly. Where 
independent support wires are used, they shall be 
distinguishable by color, tagging, or other effective means 
from those that are part of the fire-rated design. 

Exception: The ceiling support system shall be permitted 
to support wiring and equipment that have been tested as 
part of the fire-rated assembly. 

FPN: One method of determining fire rating is testing in 
accordance with NFPA 251-1999, Standard Methods of 
Tests of Fire Endurance of Building Construction and 
Materials. 

(2) Non-Fire-Rated Assemblies. Wiring located within 
the cavity of a non-fire-rated floor-ceiling or roof-ceiling 
assembly shall not be secured to, or supported by, the 
ceiling assembly, including the ceiling support wires. An 
independent means of secure support shall be provided. 

Exception: The ceiling support system shall be permitted 
to support branch-circuit wiring and associated equipment 
where installed in accordance with the ceiling system 
manufacturer's instructions. 



2007 California Electrical Code 



70-127 



300.12 



ARTICLE 300 - WIRING METHODS 



(B) Raceways Used as Means of Support. Raceways shall 
be used only as a means of support for other raceways, cables, 
or nonelectric equipment under any of the following conditions: 

(1) Where the raceway or means of support is identified 
for the purpose 

(2) Where the raceway contains power supply conductors 
for electrically controlled equipment and is used to 
support Class 2 circuit conductors or cables that are 
solely for the purpose of connection to the equipment 
control circuits 

(3) Where the raceway is used to support boxes or conduit 
bodies in accordance with 314.23 or to support 
luminaires (fixtures) in accordance with 410.16(F) 

(C) Cables Not Used as Means of Support. Cable wiring 
methods shall not be used as a means of support for other 
cables, raceways, or nonelectrical equipment. 

300.12 Mechanical Continuity — Raceways and Cables. 

Metal or nonmetallic raceways, cable armors, and cable 
sheaths shall be continuous between cabinets, boxes, 
fittings, or other enclosures or outlets. 

Exception: Short sections of raceways used to provide 
support or protection of cable assemblies from physical 
damage shall not be required to be mechanically 
continuous. 

300.13 Mechanical and Electrical Continuity — 
Conductors. 

(A) General. Conductors in raceways shall be continuous 
between outlets, boxes, devices, and so forth. There shall 
be no splice or tap within a raceway unless permitted by 
300.15; 368.56(A); 376.56; 378.56; 384.56; 386.56; 
388.56; or 390.6. 

(B) Device Removal. In multiwire branch circuits, the 
continuity of a grounded conductor shall not depend on 
device connections such as lampholders, receptacles, and 
so forth, where the removal of such devices would interrupt 
the continuity. 

300.14 Length of Free Conductors at Outlets, Junctions, 
and Switch Points. At least 150 mm (6 in.) of free 
conductor, measured from the point in the box where it 
emerges from its raceway or cable sheath, shall be left at 
each outlet, junction, and switch point for splices or the 
connection of luminaires (fixtures) or devices. Where the 
opening to an outlet, junction, or switch point is less than 
200 mm (8 in.) in any dimension, each conductor shall be long 
enough to extend at least 75 mm (3 in.) outside the opening. 

Exception: Conductors that are not spliced or terminated 
at the outlet, junction, or switch point shall not be required 
to comply with 300.14. 

300.15 Boxes, Conduit Bodies, or Fittings — Where 
Required. A box shall be installed at each outlet and 
switch point for concealed knob-and-tube wiring. 



Fittings and connectors shall be used only with the 
specific wiring methods for which they are designed and 
listed. 

Where the wiring method is conduit, tubing, Type AC 
cable, Type MC cable, Type MI cable, nonmetallic- 
sheathed cable, or other cables, a box or conduit body shall 
be installed at each conductor splice point, outlet point, 
switch point, junction point, termination point, or pull 
point, unless otherwise permitted in 300.15(A) through 
(M). 

(A) Wiring Methods with Interior Access. A box or 

conduit body shall not be required for each splice, junction, 
switch, pull, termination, or outlet points in wiring methods 
with removable covers, such as wireways, multioutlet 
assemblies, auxiliary gutters, and surface raceways. The 
covers shall be accessible after installation. 

(B) Equipment. An integral junction box or wiring 
compartment as part of approved equipment shall be 
permitted in lieu of a box. 

(C) Protection. A box or conduit body shall not be 
required where cables enter or exit from conduit or tubing 
that is used to provide cable support or protection against 
physical damage. A fitting shall be provided on the end(s) 
of the conduit or tubing to protect the cable from abrasion. 

(D) Type MI Cable. A box or conduit body shall not be 
required where accessible fittings are used for straight- 
through splices in mineral-insulated metal-sheathed cable. 

(E) Integral Enclosure. A wiring device with integral 
enclosure identified for the use, having brackets that 
securely fasten the device to walls or ceilings of 
conventional on-site frame construction, for use with 
nonmetallic-sheathed cable, shall be permitted in lieu of a 
box or conduit body. 

FPN: See 334.30(C); 545.10; 550.15(1); 551.47(E), 
Exception No. 1; and 552.48(E), Exception No. 1. 

(F) Fitting. A fitting identified for the use shall be 
permitted in lieu of a box or conduit body wnere 
conductors are not spliced or terminated within the fitting. 
The fitting shall be accessible after installation. 

(G) Direct-Buried Conductors. As permitted in 300.5(E), 
a box or conduit body shall not be required for splices and 
taps in direct-buried conductors and cables. 

(H) Insulated Devices. As permitted in 334.40(B), a box 
or conduit body shall not be required for insulated devices 
supplied by nonmetallic-sheathed cable. 

(I) Enclosures. A box or conduit body shall not be 
required where a splice, switch, terminal, or pull point is in 
a cabinet or cutout box, in an enclosure for a switch or 
overcurrent device as permitted in 312.8, in a motor 
controller as permitted in 430.10(A), or in a motor control 
center. 



70-128 



2007 California Electrical Code 



ARTICLE 300 - WIRING METHODS 



300.19 



(J) Luminaires (Fixtures). A box or conduit body shall 
not be required where a luminaire (fixture) is used as a 
raceway as permitted in 410.31 and 410.32. 

(K) Embedded. A box or conduit body shall not be 
required for splices where conductors are embedded as 
permitted in 424.40, 424.41(D), 426.22(B), 426.24(A), and 
427.19(A). 

(L) Manholes and Handhole Enclosures. Where 
accessible only to qualified persons, a box or conduit body 
shall not be required for conductors in manholes or 
handhole enclosures, except where connecting to electrical 
equipment. The installation shall comply with the 
provisions of Part V of Article 110 for manholes, and 
314.30 for handhole enclosures. 

(M) Closed Loop. A box shall not be required with a 
closed-loop power distribution system where a device 
identified and listed as suitable for installation without a 
box is used. 

300.16 Raceway or Cable to Open or Concealed Wiring. 

(A) Box or Fitting. A box or terminal fitting having a 
separately bushed hole for each conductor shall be used 
wherever a change is made from conduit, electrical metallic 
tubing, electrical nonmetallic tubing, nonmetallic-sheathed 
cable, Type AC cable, Type MC cable, or mineral- 
insulated, metal-sheathed cable and surface raceway wiring 
to open wiring or to concealed knob-and-tube wiring. A 
fitting used for this purpose shall contain no taps or splices 
and shall not be used at luminaire (fixture) outlets. 

(B) Bushing. A bushing shall be permitted in lieu of a box 
or terminal where the conductors emerge from a raceway 
and enter or terminate at equipment, such as open 
switchboards, unenclosed control equipment, or similar 
equipment. The bushing shall be of the insulating type for 
other than lead-sheathed conductors. 

300.17 Number and Size of Conductors in Raceway. 

The number and size of conductors in any raceway shall 
not be more than will permit dissipation of the heat and 
ready installation or withdrawal of the conductors without 
damage to the conductors or to their insulation. 

FPN: See the following sections of this Code: intermediate 
metal conduit, 342.22; rigid metal conduit, 344.22; flexible 
metal conduit, 348.22; liquidtight flexible metal conduit, 
350.22; rigid nonmetallic conduit, 352.22; liquidtight 
nonmetallic flexible conduit, 356.22; electrical metallic 
tubing, 358.22; flexible metallic tubing, 360.22; electrical 
nonmetallic tubing, 362.22; cellular concrete floor 
raceways, 372.11; cellular metal floor raceways, 374.5; 
metal wireways, 376.22; nonmetallic wireways, 378.22; 
surface metal raceways, 386.22; surface nonmetallic 
raceways, 388.22; underfloor raceways, 390.5; fixture wire, 
402.7; theaters, 520.6; signs, 600.31(C); elevators, 620.33; 
audio signal processing, amplification, and reproduction 
equipment, 640.23(A) and 640.24; Class 1, Class 2, and 



Class 3 circuits, Article 725; fire alarm circuits, Article 760; 
and optical fiber cables and raceways, Article 770. 

300.18 Raceway Installations. 

(A) Complete Runs. Raceways, other than busways or 
exposed raceways having hinged or removable covers, 
shall be installed complete between outlet, junction, or 
splicing points prior to the installation of conductors. 
Where required to facilitate the installation of utilization 
equipment, the raceway shall be permitted to be initially 
installed without a terminating connection at the 
equipment. Prewired raceway assemblies shall be permitted 
only where specifically permitted in this Code for the 
applicable wiring method. 

Exception: Short sections of raceways used to contain 
conductors or cable assemblies for protection from 
physical damage shall not be required to be installed 
complete between outlet, junction, or splicing points. 

(B) Welding. Metal raceways shall not be supported, 
terminated, or connected by welding to the raceway unless 
specifically designed to be or otherwise specifically 
permitted to be in this Code. 

300.19 Supporting Conductors in Vertical Raceways. 

(A) Spacing Intervals — Maximum. Conductors in 
vertical raceways shall be supported^ if the vertical rise 
exceeds the values in Table 300.19(A). One cable support 
shall be provided at the top of the vertical raceway or as 
close to the top as practical. Intermediate supports shall be 
provided as necessary to limit supported conductor lengths 
to not greater than those values specified in Table 
300.19(A). 

Exception: Steel wire armor cable shall be supported at 
the top of the riser with a cable support that clamps the 
steel wire armor. A safety device shall be permitted at the 
lower end of the riser to hold the cable in the event there is 
slippage of the cable in the wire-armored cable support. 
Additional wedge-type supports shall be permitted to 
relieve the strain on the equipment terminals caused by 
expansion of the cable under load. 

(B) Support Methods. One of the following methods of 
support shall be used. 

(1) By clamping devices constructed of or employing 
insulating wedges inserted in the ends of the raceways. 
Where clamping of insulation does not adequately 
support the cable, the conductor also shall be clamped. 

(2) By inserting boxes at the required intervals in which 
insulating supports are installed and secured in a 
satisfactory manner to withstand the weight of the 
conductors attached thereto, the boxes being provided 
with covers. 



2007 California Electrical Code 



70-129 



300.20 



ARTICLE 300 - WIRING METHODS 



Table 300.19(A) Spacings for Conductor Supports 



Conductors 



Size of Wire 



Support of Conductors in 
Vertical Raceways 



Aluminum or Copper-Clad 
Aluminum 



m 



Not greater than 
Not greater than 
Not greater than 
Not greater than 
, Not greater than 
Not greater than 
Not greater than 



ft 



Copper 



m 



ft 



18 AWG through 8 AWG 
6 AWG through 1/0 AWG 
2/0 AWG through 4/0 AWG 
Over 4/0 AWG through 350 kcmil 
Over 350 kcmil through 500 kcmil 
Over 500 kcmil through 750 kcmil 
Over 750 kcmil 



30 
60 

55 
41 
36 
28 
26 



100 
200 

180 
135 
120 
95 
85 



30 
30 

25 
18 
15 

12 
11 



100 

100 
80 
60 
50 
40 
35 



(3) Injunction boxes, by deflecting the cables not less than 
90 degrees and carrying them horizontally to a 
distance not less than twice the diameter of the cable, 
the cables being carried on two or more insulating 
supports and additionally secured thereto by tie wires 
if desired. Where this method is used, cables shall be 
supported at intervals not greater than 20 percent of 
those mentioried in the preceding tabulation. 

(4) By a method of equal effectiveness. 

300.20 Induced Currents in Metal Enclosures or Metal 
Raceways. 

(A) Conductors Grouped Together. Where conductors 
carrying alternating current are installed in metal 
enclosures or metal raceways, they shall be arranged so as 
to avoid heating the surrounding metal by induction. To 
accomplish this, all phase conductors and, where used, the 
grounded conductor and all equipment grounding 
conductors shall be grouped together. 

Exception No. 1: Equipment grounding conductors for 
certain existing installations shall be permitted to be 
installed separate from their associated circuit conductors 
where run in accordance with the provisions of 
250.130(C). 

Exception No. 2: A single conductor shall be permitted to 
be installed in a ferromagnetic enclosure and used for skin- 
effect heating in accordance with the provisions of 426.42 
and427.47. 

(B) Individual Conductors. Where a single conductor 
carrying alternating current passes through metal with 
magnetic properties, the inductive effect shall be 
minimized by (1) cutting slots in the metal between the 
individual holes through which the individual conductors 
pass or (2) passing all the conductors in the circuit through 
an insulating wall sufficiently large for all of the 
conductors of the circuit. 

Exception: In the case of circuits supplying vacuum or 
electric-discharge lighting systems or signs or X-ray 
apparatus, the currents carried by the conductors are so 



small that the inductive heating effect can be ignored 
where these conductors are placed in metal enclosures or 
pass through metal 

FPN: Because aluminum is not a magnetic metal, there will 
be no heating due to. hysteresis; however, induced currents 
will be present. They will not be of sufficient magnitude to 
require grouping of conductors or special treatment in 
passing conductors through aluminum wall sections. 

300.21 Spread of Fire or Products of Combustion. 

Electrical installations in hollow spaces, vertical shafts, and 
ventilation or air-handling ducts shall be made so that the 
possible spread of fire or products of combustion will not 
be substantially increased. Openings around electrical 
penetrations through fire-resistant-rated walls, partitions, 
floors, or ceilings shall be firestopped using approved 
methods to maintain the fire resistance rating. 

FPN: Directories of electrical construction materials 
published by qualified testing laboratories contain many 
listing installation restrictions necessary to maintain the 
fire-resistive rating of assemblies where penetrations or 
openings are made. Building codes also contain restrictions 
on membrane penetrations on opposite sides of a fire- 
resistance-rated wall assembly. An example is the 600-mm 
(24-in.) minimum horizontal separation that usually applies 
between boxes installed on opposite sides of the wall. 
Assistance in complying with 300.21 can be found in 
building codes, fire resistance directories, and product 
listings, 

300.22 Wiring in Ducts, Plenums, and Other Air- 
Handling Spaces. The provisions of this section apply to 
the installation and uses of electric wiring and equipment in 
ducts, plenums, and other air-handling spaces. 

FPN: See Article 424, Part VI, for duct heaters. 
(A) Ducts for Dust, Loose Stock, or Vapor Removal. No 

wiring systems of any type shall be installed in ducts used 
to transport dust, loose stock, or flammable vapors. No 
wiring system of any type shall be installed in any duct, or 
shaft containing only such ducts, used for vapor removal or 
for ventilation of commercial-type cooking equipment. 



70-130 



2007 California Electrical Code 



ARTICLE 300 - WIRING METHODS 



300.39 



(B) Ducts or Plenums Used for Environmental Air. Only 
wiring methods consisting of Type MI cable, Type MC 
cable employing a smooth or corrugated impervious metal 
sheath without an overall nonmetallic covering, electrical 
metallic tubing, flexible metallic tubing, intermediate metal 
conduit, or rigid metal conduit without an overall 
nonmetallic covering shall be installed in ducts or plenums 
specifically fabricated to transport environmental air. 
Flexible metal conduit shall be permitted, in lengths not to 
exceed 1.2 m (4 ft), to connect physically adjustable 
equipment and devices permitted to be in these ducts and 
plenum chambers. The connectors used with flexible metal 
conduit shall effectively close any openings in the 
connection. Equipment and devices' shall be permitted 
within such ducts or plenum chambers only if necessary for 
their direct action upon, or sensing of, the contained air. 
Where equipment or devices are installed and illumination 
is necessary to facilitate maintenance and repair, enclosed 
gasketed-type luminaires (fixtures) shall be permitted. 

(C) Other Space Used for Environmental Air. This 
section applies to space used for environmental air- 
handling purposes other than ducts and plenums as 
specified in 300.22(A) and (B). It does not include 
habitable rooms or areas of buildings, the prime purpose of 
which is not air handling. 

FPN: The space over a hung ceiling used for environmental 
air-handling purposes is an example of the type of other 
space to which this section applies. 

Exception: This section shall not apply to the joist or stud 
spaces of dwelling units where the wiring passes through 
such spaces perpendicular to the long dimension of such 
spaces. 

(1) Wiring Methods. The wiring methods for such other 
space shall be limited to totally enclosed, nonventilated, 
insulated busway having no provisions for plug-in 
connections, Type MI cable, Type MC cable without an 
overall nonmetallic covering, Type AC cable, or other 
factory-assembled multiconductor control or power cable 
that is specifically listed for the use, or listed prefabricated 
cable assemblies of metallic manufactured wiring systems 
without nonmetallic sheath. Other types of cables and 
conductors shall be installed in electrical metallic tubing, 
flexible metallic tubing, intermediate metal conduit, rigid 
metal conduit without an overall nonmetallic covering, 
flexible metal conduit, or, where accessible, surface metal 
raceway or metal wireway with metal covers or solid 
bottom metal cable tray with solid metal covers. 

(2) Equipment. Electrical equipment with a metal 
enclosure, or with a nonmetallic enclosure listed for the use 
and having adequate fire-resistant and low-smoke- 
producing characteristics, and associated wiring material 
suitable for the ambient temperature shall be permitted to 
be installed in such other space unless prohibited elsewhere 
in this Code. 



Exception: Integral fan systems shall be permitted where 
specifically identified for such use. 

(D) Information Technology Equipment. Electric wiring 
in air-handling areas beneath raised floors for information 
technology equipment shall be permitted in accordance 

with Article 645. 

300.23 Panels Designed to Allow Access. Cables, 
raceways, and equipment installed behind panels designed 
to allow access, including suspended ceiling panels, shall 
be arranged and secured so as to allow the removal of 
panels and access to the equipment. 

II. Requirements for Over 600 Volts, Nominal 

300.31 Covers Required. Suitable covers shall be 
installed on all boxes, fittings, and similar enclosures to 
prevent accidental contact with energized parts or physical 
damage to parts or insulation. 

300.32 Conductors of Different Systems. See 

300.3(C)(2). 

300.34 Conductor Bending Radius. The conductor shall 
not be bent to a radius less than 8 times the overall 
diameter for nonshielded conductors or 12 times the overall 
diameter for shielded or lead-covered conductors during or 
after installation. For multiconductor or multiplexed single 
conductor cables having individually shielded conductors, 
the minimum bending radius is 12 times the diameter of the 
individually shielded conductors or 7 times the overall 
diameter, whichever is greater. 

300.35 Protection Against Induction Heating. Metallic 
raceways and associated conductors shall be arranged so as 
to avoid heating of the raceway in accordance with the 
applicable provisions of 300.20. 

300.37 Aboveground Wiring Methods. Aboveground 
conductors shall be installed in rigid metal conduit, in 
intermediate metal conduit, in electrical metallic tubing, in 
rigid nonmetallic conduit, in cable trays, as busways, as 
cablebus, in other identified raceways, or as exposed runs 
of metal-clad cable suitable for the use and purpose. In 
locations accessible to qualified persons only, exposed runs 
of Type MV cables, bare conductors, and bare busbars 
shall also be permitted. Busbars shall be permitted to be 
either copper or aluminum. 

300.39 Braid-Covered Insulated Conductors — 
Exposed Installation. Exposed runs of braid-covered 
insulated conductors shall have a flame-retardant braid. If 
the conductors used do not have this protection, a flame- 
retardant saturant shall be applied to the braid covering 
after installation. This treated braid covering shall be 
stripped back a safe distance at conductor terminals, 
according to the operating voltage. Where practicable, this 
distance shall not be less than 25 mm (1 in.) for each 
kilovolt of the conductor-to-ground voltage of the circuit. 



2007 California Electrical Code 



70-131 



300.40 



ARTICLE 300 - WIRING METHODS 



300.40 Insulation Shielding. Metallic and 

semiconducting insulation shielding components of 
shielded cables shall be removed for a distance dependent 
on the circuit voltage and insulation. Stress reduction 
means shall be provided at all terminations of factory- 
applied shielding. 

Metallic shielding components such as tapes, wires, or 
braids, or combinations thereof, and their associated 
conducting or semiconducting components shall be 
grounded. 

300.42 Moisture or Mechanical Protection for Metal- 
Sheathed Cables. Where cable conductors emerge from a 
metal sheath and where protection against moisture or 
physical damage is necessary, the insulation of the 
conductors shall be protected by a cable sheath terminating 
device. 

300.50 Underground Installations. 

(A) General. Underground conductors shall be identified 
for the voltage and conditions under which they are 
installed. Direct burial cables shall comply with the 
provisions of 310.7. Underground cables shall be installed 
in accordance with 300.50(A)(1) or (A)(2), and the 
installation shall meet the depth requirements of Table 
300.50. 



(1) Shielded Cables and Nonshielded Cables in Metal- 
Sheathed Cable Assemblies. Underground cables, 
including nonshielded, Type MC and moisture-impervious 
metal sheath cables, shall have those sheaths grounded 
through an effective grounding path meeting the 
requirements of 250.4(A)(5) or (B)(4). They shall be direct 
buried or installed in raceways identified for the use. 

(2) Other Nonshielded Cables. Other nonshielded cables 
not covered in 300.50(A)(1) shall be installed in rigid metal 
conduit, intermediate metal conduit, or rigid nonmetallic 
conduit encased in not less than 75 mm (3 in.) of concrete. 

(B) Protection from Damage. Conductors emerging from 
the ground shall be enclosed in listed raceways. Raceways 
installed on poles shall be of rigid metal conduit, 
intermediate, metal conduit, PVC Schedule 80, or 
equivalent, extending from the minimum cover depth 
specified in Table 300.50 to a point 2.5 m (8 ft) above 
finished grade. Conductors entering a building shall be 
protected by an approved enclosure or raceway from the 
minimum cover depth to the point of entrance. Where 
direct-buried conductors, raceways, or cables are subject to 
movement by settlement or frost, they shall be installed to 
prevent damage to the enclosed conductors or to the 
equipment connected to the raceways. Metallic enclosures 
shall be grounded. 



Table 300.50 Minimum Cover 1 Requirements 





General Conditions (not otherwise specified) ; 


Special Conditions (use if applicable) 










(4) 




(6) 
Areas subject 










Raceways under 


(5) 


to vehicular 








(3) 


buildings or 


Cables in airport 


traffic, such as 






(2) 


Rigid Metal 


exterior concrete 


runways or 


thoroughfares 




(1) 


Rigid 


Conduit and 


slabs, 100 mm 


adjacent areas 


and 




Direct-Buried 


Nonmetallic 


Intermediate 


(4 in.) minimum 


where trespass is 


commercial 




Cables 


Conduit 2 


Metal Conduit 


thickness 3 


prohibited 


parkin 


g areas 


Circuit Voltage 


mm 


in. 


min 


in. 


mm 


in. 


mm 


in. 


mm 


in. 


mm 


in. 


Over 600 V 


750 


30 


450 


18 


150 


6 


100 


4 


450 


18 


600 


24 


through 22 kV 


























Over 22 kV 


900 


36 


600 


24 


150 


6 


100 


4 


450 


18 


600 


24 


through 40 kV 


























Over 40 kV 


1000 


42 


750 


30 


150 


6 


100 


4 


450 


18 


600 


24 



Notes: 

1 . Lesser depths shall be permitted where cables and conductors rise for terminations or splices or where access is otherwise required. 

2. Where solid rock prevents compliance with the cover depths specified in this table, the wiring shall be installed in a metal or nonmetallic 
raceway permitted for direct burial. The raceways shall be covered by a minimum of 50 mm (2 in.) of concrete extending down to rock. 

1 Cover is defined as the shortest distance in millimeters (inches) measured between a point on the top surface of any direct-buried 
conductor, cable, conduit, or other raceway and the top surface of finished grade, concrete, or similar cover. 

2 Listed by a qualified testing agency as suitable for direct burial without encasement. All other nonmetallic systems shall require 50 mm (2 
in.) of concrete or equivalent above conduit in addition to the table depth. 

3 The slab shall extend a minimum of 150 mm (6 in.) beyond the underground installation, and a warning ribbon or other effective means 
suitable for the conditions shall be placed above the underground installation. 



f 



70-132 



2007 California Electrical Code 



ARTICLE 310 - CONDUCTORS FOR GENERAL WIRING 



310.4 



(C) Splices. Direct burial cables shall be permitted to be 
spliced or tapped without the use of splice boxes, provided 
they are installed using materials suitable for the 
application. The taps and splices shall be watertight and 
protected from mechanical damage. Where cables are 
shielded, the shielding shall be continuous across the splice 
or tap. 

Exception: At splices of an engineered cabling system, 
metallic shields of direct-buried single-conductor cables 
with maintained spacing between phases shall be permitted 
to be interrupted and overlapped. Where shields are 
interrupted and overlapped, each shield section shall be 
grounded at one point. 

(D) Backfill. Backfill containing large rocks, paving 
materials, cinders, large or sharply angular substances, or 
corrosive materials shall not be placed in an excavation 
where materials can damage or contribute to the corrosion 
of raceways, cables, or other substructures or where it may 
prevent adequate compaction of fill. 

Protection in the form of granular or selected material 
or suitable sleeves shall be provided to prevent physical 
damage to the raceway or cable. 

(E) Raceway Seal. Where a raceway enters from an 
underground system, the end within the building shall be 
sealed with an identified compound so as to prevent the 
entrance of moisture or gases, or it shall be so arranged to 
prevent moisture from contacting live parts. 



310.3 Stranded Conductors. Where installed in 
raceways, conductors of size 8 AWG and larger shall be . 
stranded. 



ARTICLE 310 
Conductors for General Wiring 



310.1 Scope. This article covers general requirements for 
conductors and their type designations, insulations, 
markings, mechanical strengths, ampacity ratings, and uses. 
These requirements do not apply to conductors that form an 
integral part of equipment, such as motors, motor 
controllers, and similar equipment, or to conductors 
specifically provided for elsewhere in this Code. 

FPN: For flexible cords and cables, see Article 400. For 
fixture wires, see Article 402. 

310.2 Conductors. 

(A) Insulated. Conductors shall be insulated. 

Exception: Where covered or bare conductors are 
specifically permitted elsewhere in this Code. 

FPN: See 250.184 for insulation of neutral conductors of a 
solidly grounded high-voltage system. 

(B) Conductor Material. Conductors in this article shall 
be of aluminum, copper-clad aluminum, or copper unless 
otherwise specified. 



Exception: 
Code. 



As permitted or required elsewhere in this 



310.4 Conductors in Parallel. Aluminum, copper-clad 
aluminum, or copper conductors of size 1/0 AWG and 
larger, comprising each phase, polarity, neutral, or 
grounded circuit conductor, shall be permitted to be 
connected in parallel (electrically joined at both ends). 

Exception No. 1: As permitted in 620.12(A)(1). 

Exception No. 2: Conductors in sizes smaller than 1/0 
AWG shall be permitted to be run in parallel to supply 
control power to indicating instruments, contactors, relays, 
solenoids, and similar control devices, provided all of the 
following apply: 

(a) They are contained within the same raceway or 
cable. 

(b) The ampacity of each individual conductor is 
sufficient to carry the entire load current shared by the 
parallel conductors. 

(c) The overcurrent protection is such that the 
ampacity of each individual conductor will not be exceeded 
if one or more of the parallel conductors become 
inadvertently disconnected. 

Exception No. 3: Conductors in sizes smaller than 1/0 
AWG shall be permitted to be run in parallel for 
frequencies of 360 Hz and higher where conditions (a), (b), 
and (c) of Exception No. 2 are met. 

Exception No. 4: Under engineering supervision, 

grounded neutral conductors in sizes 2 AWG and larger 

shall be permitted to be run in parallel for existing 

installations. 

} FPN: Exception No. 4 can be used to alleviate overheating 

of neutral conductors in existing installations due to high 

content of triplen harmonic currents. 

The paralleled conductors in each phase, polarity, 
neutral, or grounded circuit conductor shall comply with all 
of the following: r 

(1) Be the same length 

(2) Have the same conductor material 

(3) Be the same size in circular mil area 

(4) Have the same insulation type 

(5) Be terminated in the same manner 



2007 California Electrical Code 



70-133 



310.5 



ARTICLE 310 - CONDUCTORS FOR GENERAL WIRING 



Where run in separate raceways or cables, the 
raceways or cables shall have the same physical 
characteristics. Where conductors are in separate raceways 
or cables, the same number of conductors shall be used in 
each raceway or cable. Conductors of one phase, polarity, 
neutral, or grounded circuit conductor shall not be required 
to have the same physical characteristics as those of 
another phase, polarity, neutral, or grounded circuit 
conductor to achieve balance. 

FPN: Differences in inductive reactance and unequal 
division of current can be minimized by choice of materials, 
methods of construction, and orientation of conductors. 

Where equipment grounding conductors are used with 
conductors in parallel, they shall comply with the 
requirements of this section except that they shall be sized 
in accordance with 250.122. 

Conductors installed in parallel shall comply with the 
provisions of 310.15(B)(2)(a). 

310.5 Minimum Size of Conductors. The minimum size 
of conductors shall be as shown in Table 310.5, except as 
permitted elsewhere in this Code. 



m 
Table 310.5 Minimum Size of Conductors 


Conductor Voltage 
Rating (Volts) 


Minimum Conductor Size (AWG) 


Copper 


Aluminum or 

Copper-Clad 

Aluminum 


0-2000 

2001-8000 

8001-15,000 

15,001-28,000 

28,001-35,000 


14 
8 
2 
1 
1/0 


12 

8 

2 

1 
1/0 



310.6 Shielding. Solid dielectric insulated conductors 
operated above 2000 volts in permanent installations shall 
have ozone-resistant insulation and shall be shielded. All 
metallic insulation shields shall be grounded through an 
effective grounding path meeting the requirements of 
250.4(A)(5) or 250.4(B)(4). Shielding shall be for the 
purpose of confining the voltage stresses to the insulation. 

Exception: Nonshielded insulated conductors listed by a 
qualified testing laboratory shall be permitted for use up to 
2400 volts under the following conditions: 

(a) Conductors shall have insulation resistant to 
electric discharge and surface tracking, or the insulated 
conductors) shall be covered with a material resistant to 
ozone, electric discharge, and surface tracking. 



(b) Where used in wet locations, the insulated 
conductors) shall have an overall nonmetallic jacket or a 
continuous metallic sheath. 

(c) Insulation and jacket thicknesses shall be in 
accordance with Table 310.63. 

310.7 Direct Burial Conductors. Conductors used for 
direct burial applications shall be of a type identified for 
such use. 

Cables rated above 2000 volts shall be shielded. 

Exception: Nonshielded multiconductor cables rated 
2001-5000 volts shall be permitted if the cable has an 
overall metallic sheath or armor. 

The metallic shield, sheath, or armor shall be grounded 
through an effective grounding path meeting the 
requirements of 250.4(A)(5) or (B)(4). 

FPN No. 1: See 300.5 for installation requirements for 
conductors rated 600 volts or less. 

FPN No. 2: See 300.50 for installation requirements for 
conductors rated over 600 volts. 

310.8 Locations. 

(A) Dry Locations. Insulated conductors and cables used 
in dry locations shall be any of the types identified in this 
Code. 

(B) Dry and Damp Locations. Insulated conductors and 
cables used in dry and damp locations shall be Types FEP, 
FEPB, MTW, PFA, RHH, RHW, RHW-2, SA, THHN, 
THW, THW-2, THHW, THHW-2, THWN, THWN-2, TW, 
XHH, XHHW, XHHW-2, Z, or ZW. 

(C) Wet Locations. Insulated conductors and cables used 
in wet locations shall be 

(1) Moisture-impervious metal-sheathed; 

(2) Types MTW, RHW, RHW-2, TW, THW, THW-2, 
THHW, THHW-2, THWN, THWN-2, XHHW, 
XHHW-2, ZW; or 

(3) Of a type listed for use in wet locations. 

(D) Locations Exposed to Direct Sunlight. Insulated 
conductors or cables used where exposed to direct rays of 
the sun shall comply with one of the following: 

(1) Cables listed, or listed and marked, as being sunlight 

resistant 

(2) Conductors listed, or listed and marked, as being 
sunlight resistant 

(3) Covered with insulating material, such as tape or 
sleeving, that is listed, or listed and marked, as being 
sunlight resistant 



f 



70-134 



2007 California Electrical Code 



ARTICLE '3 10 - CONDUCTORS FOR GENERAL WIRING 



310.11 



310.9 Corrosive Conditions. Conductors exposed to oils, 
greases, vapors, gases, fumes, liquids, or other substances 
having a deleterious effect on the conductor or insulation 
shall be of a type suitable for the application. 

310.10 Temperature Limitation of Conductors. No 

conductor shall be used in such a manner that its operating 
temperature exceeds that designated for the type of 
insulated conductor involved. In no case shall conductors 
be associated together in such a way, with respect to type 
of circuit, the wiring method employed, or the number of 
conductors, that the limiting temperature of any conductor 
is exceeded, 

FPN No. 1: The temperature rating of a conductor (see 
Table 310.13 and Table 310.61) is the maximum 
temperature, at any location along its length, that the 
conductor can withstand over a prolonged time period 
without serious degradation. The allowable ampacity tables, 
the ampacity tables of Article 310 and the ampacity tables 
of Annex B, the correction factors at the bottom of these 
tables, and the notes to the tables provide guidance for 
coordinating conductor sizes, types, allowable ampacities, 
ampacities, ambient temperatures, and number of associated 
conductors. 

The principal determinants of operating temperature 
are as follows: 

(1) Ambient temperature — ambient temperature may vary 
along the conductor length as well as from time to 
time. 

(2) Heat generated internally in the conductor as the result 
of load current flow, including fundamental and 
harmonic currents. 

(3) The rate at which generated heat' dissipates into the 
ambient medium. Thermal insulation that covers or 
surrounds conductors affects the rate of heat 
dissipation. 

(4) Adjacent load-carrying conductors — adjacent 
conductors have the dual effect of raising the ambient 
temperature and impeding heat dissipation. 

FPN No. 2: Conductors installed in conduit exposed to 
direct sunlight in close proximity to rooftops have been 
shown, under certain conditions, to experience a 
temperature rise of 17°C (30°F) above ambient temperature 
on which the ampacity is based. 

310.11 Marking. 

(A) Required Information. All conductors and cables 
shall be marked to indicate the following information, 
using the applicable method described in 310.11(B): 

(1) The maximum rated voltage 

(2) The proper type letter or letters for the type of wire or 
cable as specified elsewhere in this Code 

(3) The manufacturer's name, trademark, or other 
distinctive marking by which the organization 
responsible for the product can be readily identified 



(4) The AWG size or circular mil area 

FPN: See Conductor Properties, Table 8 of Chapter 9, for 
conductor area expressed in SI units for conductor sizes 
specified in AWG or circular mil area. 

(5) Cable assemblies where the neutral conductor is 
smaller than the ungrounded conductors shall be so 
marked 

(B) Method of Marking. 

(1) Surface Marking. The following conductors and 
cables shall be durably marked on the surface. The AWG 
size or circular mil area shall be repeated at intervals not 
exceeding 610 mm (24 in.). All other markings shall be 
repeated at intervals not exceeding 1.0 m (40 in.). 

( 1 ) Single-conductor and multiconductor rubber- and 
thermoplastic-insulated wire and cable 

(2) Nonmetallic-sheathed cable 

(3) Service-entrance cable 

(4) Underground feeder and branch-circuit cable 

(5) Tray cable 

(6) Irrigation cable 

(7) Power-limited tray cable 

(8) Instrumentation tray cable 

(2) Marker Tape. Metal-covered multiconductor cables 
shall employ a marker tape located within the cable and 
running for its complete length. 

Exception No. 1: Mineral-insulated, metal-sheathed cable. 
Exception No. 2: Type AC cable. 

Exception No. 3: The information required in 310.11(A) 
shall be permitted to be durably marked on the outer 
nonmetallic covering of Type MQ Type ITQ or Type PLTC 
cables at intervals not exceeding 1.0 m (40 in.). 
Exception No. 4: The information required in 310.11(A) 
shall be permitted to be durably marked on a nonmetallic 
covering under the metallic sheath of Type ITC or Type 
PLTC cable at intervals not exceeding 1.0 m (40 in.). 
FPN: Included in the group of metal-covered cables are 
Type AC cable (Article 320), Type MC cable (Article 330), 
and lead-sheathed cable. 

(3) Tag Marking. The following conductors and cables 
shall be marked by means of a printed tag attached to the 
coil, reel, or carton: 

(1) Mineral-insulated, metal-sheathed cable 

(2) Switchboard wires 

(3) Metal-covered, single-conductor cables 

(4) Type AC cable 

(4) Optional Marking of Wire Size. The information 
required in 310.11(A)(4) shall be permitted to be marked 
on the surface of the individual insulated conductors for the 
following multiconductor cables: 

(1) Type MC cable 

(2) Tray cable 



2007 California Electrical Code 



70-135 



310.12 



ARTICLE 310 - CONDUCTORS FOR GENERAL WIRING 



(3) Irrigation cable 

(4) Power-limited tray cable 

(5) Power-limited fire alarm cable 

(6) Instrumentation tray cable 

(C) Suffixes to Designate Number of Conductors. A type 
letter or letters used alone shall indicate a single insulated 
conductor. The letter suffixes shall be indicated as follows: 

(1) D — For two insulated conductors laid parallel within 
an outer nonmetallic covering 

(2) M — For an assembly of two or more insulated 
conductors twisted spirally within an outer nonmetallic 
covering 

(D) Optional Markings. All conductors and cables 
contained in Chapter 3 shall be permitted to be surface 
marked to indicate special characteristics of the cable 
materials. These markings include, but are not limited to, 
markings for limited smoke, sunlight resistant, and so forth. 

310.12 Conductor Identification. 

(A) Grounded Conductors. Insulated or covered grounded 
conductors shall be identified in accordance with 200.6. 

(B) Equipment Grounding Conductors. Equipment 
grounding conductors shall be in accordance with 250,1 19. 

(C) Ungrounded Conductors. Conductors that are 
intended for use as ungrounded conductors, whether used 
as a single conductor or in multiconductor cables, shall be 
finished to be clearly distinguishable from grounded and 
grounding conductors. Distinguishing markings shall not 
conflict in any manner with the surface markings required 
by 310.11(B)(1). Branch-circuit ungrounded conductors 
shall be identified in accordance with 210.5(C). Feeders 
shall be identified in accordance with 215.12. 

Exception: Conductor identification shall be permitted in 
accordance with 200. 7. 

310.13 Conductor Constructions and Applications. 

Insulated conductors shall comply with the applicable 
provisions of one or more of the following: Table 310.13, 
Table 310.61, Table 310.62, Table 310.63, and Table 310.64. 

These conductors shall be permitted for use in any of 
the wiring methods recognized in Chapter 3 and as 
specified in their respective tables or as permitted 
elsewhere in this Code. 

FPN: Thermoplastic insulation may stiffen at temperatures 
lower than -10°C (+14°F). Thermoplastic insulation may 
also be deformed at normal temperatures where subjected to 
pressure, such as at points of support. Thermoplastic 
insulation, where used on dc circuits in wet locations, may 
result in electroendosmosis between conductor and 
insulation. 

310.14 Aluminum Conductor Material. Solid aluminum 
conductors 8, 10, and 12 AWG shall be made of an AA- 
8000 series electrical grade aluminum alloy conductor 



material. Stranded aluminum conductors 8 AWG through 
1000 kcmil marked as Type RHH, RHW, XHHW, THW, 
THHW, THWN, THHN, service-entrance Type SE Style U 
and SE Style R shall be made of an AA-8000 series 
electrical grade aluminum alloy conductor material. 

310.15 Ampacities for Conductors Rated 0-2000 Volts. 

(A) General. 

(1) Tables or Engineering Supervision. Ampacities for 
conductors shall be permitted, to be determined by tables as 
provided in 310.15(B) or under engineering supervision, as 
provided in 310.15(C). 

FPN No. 1 : Ampacities provided by this section do not take 
voltage drop into consideration. See 210.19(A), FPN No. 4, 
for branch circuits and 215.2(A), FPN No. 2, for feeders. 
FPN No. 2: For the allowable ampacities of Type MTW 
wire, see Table 13.5.1 in NFPA 79-2002, Electrical 
Standard for Industrial Machinery. 

(2) Selection of Ampacity. Where more than one 
calculated or tabulated ampacity could apply for a given 
circuit length, the lowest value shall be used. 

Exception: Where two different ampacities apply to 
adjacent portions of a circuit, the higher ampacity shall be 
permitted to be used beyond the point of transition, a 
distance equal to 3.0 m (10 ft) or 10 percent of the circuit 
length figured at the higher ampacity, whichever is less. 

FPN: See 110.14(C) for conductor temperature limitations 

due to termination provisions. 

(B) Tables. Ampacities for conductors rated to 2000 
volts shall be as specified in the Allowable Ampacity Table 

310.16 through Table 310.19, and Ampacity Table 310.20 
and Table 310.21 as modified by (B)(1) through (B)(6). 

FPN: Table 310.16 through Table 310.19 are application 
tables for use in determining conductor sizes on loads 
calculated in accordance with Article 220. Allowable 
ampacities result from consideration of one or more of the 
following: 

(1) Temperature compatibility with connected equipment, 
especially the connection points. 

(2) Coordination with circuit and system overcurrent 
protection. 

(3) Compliance with the requirements of product listings 
or certifications. See 1 10.3(B). 

(4) Preservation of the safety benefits of established 
industry practices and standardized procedures. 

(1) General For explanation of type letters used in tables 
and for recognized sizes of conductors for the various 
conductor insulations, see 310.13. For installation 
requirements, see 310.1 through 310.10 and the various 
articles of this Code. For flexible cords, see Table 400.4, 
Table 400.5(A), and Table 400.5(B). 



70-136 



2007 California Electrical Code 



ARTICLE 3 10 — CONDUCTORS FOR GENERAL WIRING 



310.15 



Table 310.13 Conductor Application and Insulations 





T^pe 


Maximum 
Operating 






Thickness of Insulation 














Trade Name 


Letter 


Temperature 


Application Provisions 


Insulation 


AWG or kcmil 


mm 


mils 


Outer Covering 1 


Fluorinated ethylene 


FEPor 


90°C 


Dry and damp locations 


Fluorinated 


14-10 


0.51 


20 


None 


propylene 


FEPB 


194°F 

200°C 
392°F 


Dry locations — special 
applications 2 


ethylene propylene 

Fluorinated 
ethylene propylene 


8-2 


0.76 


30 






14-8 


036 


14 


Glass braid 








6-2 


0.36 


14 


Glass or other 


















suitable braid 


















material 


Mineral insulation 


MI 


90°C 


Dry and wet locations 


Magnesium oxide 


18-16 3 


0.58 


23 


Copper or alloy steel 


(metal sheathed) 




194°F 






16-10 
9-4 


0.91 
1.27 


36 
50 








250°C 


For special applications 2 




3-500 


1.40 


55 








482°F 














Moisture-, heat-, and 


MTW 


60°C 
140°F 


Machine tool wiring in 
wet locations 


Flame-re tardant 
moisture-, heat-, 




(A) (B) 


(A) (B) 


(A) None 


oil-resistant thermo- 






(B) Nylon jacket or 


plastic 




90°C 
194°F 


Machine tool wiring in 

dry locations. 
FPN:SeeNFPA79. 


and oil-resistant 
thermo- 
plastic 


22-12 

10 

8 

6 

4-2 

1-470 

213-500 

501-1000 


0.76 0.38 
0.76 0.51 
1.14 0.76 
1.52 0.76 
1.52 1.02 
2.03 1.27 
2.41 1.52 
2.79 1.78 


30 15 
30 20 
45 30 
60 30 
60 40 
80 50 
95 60 
110 70 


equivalent 


Paper 




85 C 
185°F 


For underground service 
conductors, or by 
special permission 


Paper 






Lead sheath 


Perfluoro-alkoxy 


PFA 


90°C 
194°F 

200*0 
392°F 


Dry and damp locations 

Dry locations — special 
applications 2 


Perfluoro-alkoxy 


14-10 
8-2 
1-4/0 


0.51 
0.76 

1.14 


20 
30 

45 


None 


Perfluoro-alkoxy 


PFAH 


250°C 


Dry locations only. Only 


Perfluoro-alkoxy 


14-10 


0.51 


20 


None 






482°F 


for leads within 
apparatus or within 
raceways connected to 
apparatus (nickel or 
nickel-coated copper 
only) 




8-2 
1-4/0 


0.76 
1.14 


30 

45 




Thermoset 


RHH 


90°C 


Dry and damp locations 




14-10 


1.14 


45 


Moisture-resistant, 






194°F 






8-2 

1-4/0 

213-500 

501-1000 

1001-2000 

For 601-2000 

see Table 

310.62. 


1.52 
2.03 
2.41 - 
2.79 
3.18 


60 

80 

95 

110 

125 


flame-retardant, 
nonmetallic 
covering 1 


Moisture-resistant 


RHW 4 


75°C 


Dry and wet locations 


Flame-retardant, 


14-10 


1.14 


45 


Moisture-resistant, 


thermoset 




167°F 




moisture- resistant 


8-2 


1.52 


60 


flame-retardant, 










thermoset 


1-4/0 
213-500 
501-1000 
1001-2000 
For 601-2000, 
see Table 
310.62, 


2.03 
2.41 
2.79 
3.18 


80 
95 
110 
125 


nonmetallic 
covering 5 


Moisture-resistant 


RHW-2 


90°C 


Dry and wet locations 


Flame-retardant 


14-10 


1,14 


45 


Moisture-resistant, 


thermoset 




194°F 




moisture-resistant 


8-2 


1.52 


60 


flame-retardant, 










thermoset 


14/0 

213-500 

501-1000 

1001-2000 

For 601-2000, 

see Table 310.62. 


2.03 
2.41 
2.79 
3,18 


80 

95 

110 

125 


nonmetallic 
covering 5 



2007 California Electrical Code 



(Continues) 

70-137 



310.15 



ARTICLE 310 — CONDUCTORS FOR GENERAL WIRING 



Table 310.13 Continued 



f 





Type 


Maximum 
Operating 






Thickness of Insulation 














Trade Name 


Letter 


Temperature 


Application Provisions 


Insulation 


AWG or kcmil 


mm 


mils 


Outer Covering 1 


Silicone 


SA 


90°C 


Dry and damp locations 


Silicone rubber 


14-10 


1.14 


45 


Glass or other 






194°F 






8-2 
1-4/0 


1.52 
2.03 


60 
80 


suitable braid 
material 






200°C 


For special application 2 




213-500 


2.41 


95 








392°F 






501-1000 
1001-2000 


2.79 
3.18 


110 
125 




Thermoset 


SIS 


90°C 


Switchboard wiring only 


Flame-retardant 


14-10 


0.76 


30 


None 






194°F 




thermoset 


8-2 
1-4/0 


1.14 
2.41 


45 
95 




Thermoplastic and 


TBS 


90°C 


Switchboard wiring only 


Thermoplastic 


14-10 


0.76 


30 


Flame-retardant, 


fibrous outer braid 




194°F 






8 
6-2 
i-4/0 


1.14 
1.52 
2.03 


45 
60. 
80 


nonmetallic 
covering 


Extended polytetra- 


TFE 


250°C 


Dry locations only. Only 


Extruded polytetra- 


14-10 


0.51 


20 


None 


fluoro-ethylene 




482°F 


for leads within 
apparatus or within 
raceways connected to 
apparatus, or as open 
wiring (nickel or 
nickel-coated copper 
only) 


fluoro-ethylene 


8-2 
1-4/0 


0.76 
1.14 


30 

45 




Heat-resistant 


THHN 


90°C 


Dry and damp locations 


Flame-retardant, 


14-12 


0.38 


15 


Nylon jacket or 


thermoplastic 




194°F 




heat-resistant 
thermoplastic 


10 

8-6 

4-2 

1-4/0 

250-500 

501-1000 


0.51 
0.76 
1.02 
1,27 
1.52 
1.78 


20 
30 
40 
50 
60 
70 


equivalent 


Moisture- and 


THHW 


75°C 


Wet location 


Flame-retardant, 


14-10 


0,76 


30 


None 


heat-resistant 




167°F 




moisture- and 


8 


1.14 


45 




thermoplastic 








heat-resistant 


6-2 


1.52 


60 








90°C 


Dry location 


thermoplastic 


1-4/0 


2.03 


80 








194°F 






213-500 
501-1000 


2.41 
2.79 


95 
110 




Moisture- and 


THW 4 


75°C 


Dry and wet locations 


Flame-retardant, 


14-10 


0.76 


30 


None 


heat-resistant 




167°F 




moisture- and 


8 


1.14 


45 




thermoplastic 








heat-resistant 


6-2 


1.52 


60 






90°C 


Special applications within 


thermoplastic 


1-4/0 


2.03 


80 








194°F 


electric discharge 
lighting equipment. 
Limited to 1000 
open-circuit volts or 
less, (size 14-8 only as 
permitted in 410.33) 




213-500 
501-1000 
1001-2000 


2.41 
2.79 
3.18 


95 
110 
125 




Moisture- and 


THWN 4 


75°C 


Dry and wet locations 


Flame-retardant, 


14-12 


0.38 


15 


Nylon jacket or 


heat-resistant 




167°F 




moisture- and 


10 


0.51 


20 


equivalent 


thermoplastic 








heat-resistant 
thermoplastic 


8-6 

4-2 

1-4/0 

250-500 

501-1000 


0.76 
1.02 
1.27 
1.52 
1.78 


30 
40 
50 
60 
70 




Moisture-resistant 


TW 


60°C 


Dry and wet locations 


Flame-retardant, 


14-10 


0.76 


30 


None 


thermoplastic 




140°F 




moisture- resistant 
thermoplastic 


8 

6-2 

1-4/0 

213-500 

501-1000 

1001-2000 


1.14 
1,52 
2.03 
2.41 
2.79 
3.18 


45 
60 
80 
95 
110 
125 





70-138 



2007 California Electrical Code 



ARTICLE 310 — CONDUCTORS FOR GENERAL WIRING 



310.15 



Table 310.13 Continued 





Type 


Maximum 
Operating 






Thickness of Insulation 














Trade Name 


Letter 


Temperature 


Application Provisions 


Insulation 


AWG or kcmil 


mm 


mils 


Outer Covering 1 


Underground feeder 


UF 


60°C 


See Article 340. 


Moisture-resistant 


14-10 


1.52 


60 6 


Integral with 


and branch-circuit 




140°F 






8-2 


2.03 


80 6 


insulation 


cable — single 




75°C 




Moisture- and 


1-470 


2.41 


95 6 




conductor (for Type 




167°F 7 




heat-resistant 










UF cable employing 


















more than one 


















conductor, see Article 


















340.) 






* 












Underground service- 


USE 4 


75°C 


See Article 338. 


Heat- and moisture- 


14-10 


1.14 


5 


Moisture-resistant 


entrance cable — 




167°F 




resistant 


8-2 


1.52 


60 


nonmetallic 


single conductor (for 










1-4/0 


2.03 


80 


covering (See 


Type USE cable 










213-500 


2.41 


95 8 


338.2.) 


employing more than 










501-1000 


2.79 


no 




one conductor, see 










1001-2000 


3.18 


125 




Article 338.) 


















Thermoset 


XHH 


90°C 


Dry and damp locations 


Flame-retardant 


14-10 


0.76 


30 


None 






194°F 




thermoset 


8-2 
1-4/0 

213-500 
501-1000 
1001-2000 


1.14 
1.40 
1.65 
2.03 
2.41 


45 
55 
65 
80 
95 




Moisture-resistant 


XHHW 4 


90°C 


Dry and damp locations 


Flame-retardant, 


14-10 


0.76 


30 


None 


thermoset 




194°F 




moisture-resistant 
thermoset 


8-2 
1-4/0 


1.14 
1.40 


45 
55 








75°C 


Wet locations 




213-500 


1.65 


65 








167°F 






501-1000 
1001-2000 


2.03 
2.41 


80 
95 




Moisture-resistant 


XHHW-2 


90°C 


Dry and wet locations 


Flame-retardant, 


14-10 ■ 


0.76 


30 


None 


thermoset 




194°F 




moisture-resistant 
thermoset 


8-2 

1-4/0 

213-500 

501-1000 

1001-2000 


1.14 
1,40 ■ 
1.65 
2.03 
2.41 


45 
55 
65 
80 
95 




Modified ethylene 


Z 


90°C 


Dry and damp 


Modified ethylene 


14-12 


0.38 


15 


-None 


tetrafluoro-ethylene 




194°F 


locations 


tetrafluoro- ethylene 


10 


0.51 • 


20 








150°C 


Dry locations — 




8^ 


0.64 


25 








302°F 


special applications 2 




3-1 
1/0-4/0 


0.89 
1.14 


35 
45 




Modified ethylene 


zw 4 


75°C 


Wet locations 


Modified ethylene 


14-10 


0.76 


30 


None 


tetrafluoro-ethylene 




167°F 

90°C 
194°F 

150°C 
302°F 


Dry and damp locations 

Dry locations — 
special applications 2 * 


tetrafluoro-ethylene 


8-2 


1.14 


45 





1 Some insulations do not require an outer covering. 

2 Where design conditions require maximum conductor operating temperatures above 90°C (194°F). 

3 For signaling circuits permitting 300-volt insulation. 

4 Listed wire types designated with the suffix "2," such as RHW-2, shall be permitted to be used at a 
continuous 90°C (194°F) operating temperature, wet or dry. 

5 Some rubber insulations do not require an outer covering. 

6 Includes integral jacket. 

7 For ampacity limitation, see 340.80. 

8 Insulation thickness shall be permitted to be 2.03 mm (80 mils) for listed Type USE conductors that have 
been subjected to special investigations. The nonmetallic covering over. individual rubber-covered conduc- 
tors of aluminum-sheathed cable and of lead-sheathed or multiconductor cable shall not be required to be 
flame retardant. For Type MC cable, see 330.104. For nonmetallic-sheathed cable, see Article 334, Part III. 
For Type UF cable, see Article 340, Part III. 



2007 California Electrical Code 



70-139 



310.15 



ARTICLE 3 10 - CONDUCTORS FOR GENERAL WIRING 



(2) Adjustment Factors. 

(a) More Than Three Current-Carrying Conductors in 
a Raceway or Cable. Where the number of current-carrying 
conductors in a raceway or cable exceeds three, or where 
single conductors or multiconductor cables are stacked or 
bundled longer than 600 mm (24 in.) without maintaining 
spacing and are not installed in raceways, the allowable 
ampacity of each conductor shall be reduced as shown in 
Table 310.15(B)(2)(a). Each current-carrying conductor of 
a paralleled set of conductors shall be counted as a current- 
carrying conductor. 

FPN No. 1: See Annex B, Table B.3 10.11, for adjustment 
factors for more than three current-carrying conductors in a 
raceway or cable with load diversity. 
FPN No. 2: See 366.23(A) for correction factors for 
conductors in sheet metal auxiliary gutters and 376.22 for 
correction factors for conductors in metal wireways. 

Exception No. 1: Where conductors of different systems, as 
provided in 3003, are installed in a common raceway or 
cable, the derating factors shown in Table 310.15(B)(2)(a) 
shall apply only to the number of power and lighting 
conductors (Articles 210, 215, 220, and 230). 

Exception No. 2: For conductors installed in cable trays, 
the provisions of 392.11 shall apply. 

Exception No. 3: Derating factors shall not apply to 
conductors in nipples having a length not exceeding 600 
mm (24 in.). 

Exception No. 4: Derating factors shall not apply to 
underground conductors entering or leaving an outdoor 
trench if those conductors have physical protection in the 
form of rigid metal conduit, intermediate metal conduit, or 
rigid nonmetallic conduit having a length not exceeding 
3.05 m (10 ft) and if the number of conductors does not 
exceedfour. 

Exception No. 5: Adjustment factors shall not apply to 
Type AC cable or to Type MC cable without an overall 
outer jacket under the following conditions: 

(1) Each cable has not more than three current-carrying 
conductors. 

(2) The conductors are 12 AWG copper. 

(3) Not more than 20 current-carrying conductors are 
bundled, stacked, or supported on "bridle rings. " 

A 60 percent adjustment factor shall be applied where 
the current-carrying conductors in these cables that are 
stacked or bundled longer than 600 mm (24 in.) without 
maintaining spacing exceeds 20. 

(b) More Than One Conduit^ Tube, or Raceway. 
Spacing between conduits, tubing, or raceways shall be 
maintained. 



Table 310.15(B)(2)(a) Adjustment Factors for More 
Than Three Current-Carrying Conductors in a 
Raceway or Cable 





Percent of Values in 


Number of 


Tables 310.16 


Current-Carrying 


through 310.19 as 


Conductors 


Adjusted for Ambient 




Temperature if 




Necessary 


4-6 


80 


7-9 


70 


10-20 


50 


21-30 


45 


31^0 


40 


41 and above 


35 



(3) Bare or Covered Conductors. Where bare or covered 
conductors are used with insulated conductors, their 
allowable ampacities shall be limited to those permitted for 
the adjacent insulated conductors. 

(4) Neutral Conductor. 

(a) A neutral conductor that carries only the 
unbalanced current from other conductors of the same 
circuit shall not be required to be counted when applying 
the provisions of 310.15(B)(2)(a). 

(b) In a 3-wire circuit consisting of two phase wires 
and the neutral of a 4-wire, 3 -phase, wye-connected 
system, a common conductor carries approximately the 
same current as the line-to-neutral load currents of the 
other conductors and shall be counted when applying the 
provisions of 310.15(B)(2)(a). 

(c) On a 4-wire, 3 -phase wye circuit where the major 
portion of the load consists of nonlinear loads, harmonic 
currents are present in the neutral conductor; the neutral 
shall therefore be considered a current-carrying conductor. 

(5) Grounding or Bonding Conductor. A grounding or 
bonding conductor shall not be counted when applying the 
provisions of 310.15(B)(2)(a). 

(6) 120/240-Volt, 3-Wire, Single-Phase Dwelling Services 
and Feeders. For individual dwelling units of one family, two- 
family, and multifamily dwellings, conductors, as listed in Table 
310.15(B)(6), shall be permitted as 120/240-volt, 3-wire, single- 
phase service-entrance conductors, service lateral conductors, 
and feeder conductors that serve as the main power feeder to 
each dwelling unit and are installed in raceway or cable with or 
without an equipment grounding conductor. For application of 
this section, the main power feeder shall be the feeder(s) 
between the main disconnect and the hghting and appliance 
branch-circuit panelboards(s). The feeder conductors to a 
dwelling unit shall not be required to have an allowable 
ampacity rating greater than their service-entrance conductors. 
The grounded conductor shall be permitted to be smaller than 
the ungrounded conductors, provided the requirements of 215.2, 
220.61, and 230.42 are met. 



70-140 



2007 California Electrical Code 



ARTICLE 310 - CONDUCTORS FOR GENERAL WIRING 



310.60 



Table 310.15(B)(6) Conductor Types and Sizes for 
120/240~Volt 3 3-Wire, Single-Phase Dwelling Services 
and Feeders. Conductor Types RHH, RHW, RHW-2, 
THHN, THHW, THW, THW-2, THWN, THWN-2, 
XHHW, XHHW-2, SE, USE, USE-2 



Conductor (AWG or kcmil) 




Aluminum or 






Copper-Clad 


Service or Feeder 


Copper 


Aluminum 


Rating (Amperes) 


4 


2 


100 


3 


1 


110 


2 


1/0 


125 


1 


2/0 


150 


1/0 


3/0 


175 


2/0 


4/0 


200 


3/0 


250 


225 


4/0 


300 


250 


250 


350 


300 


350 


500 


350 


400 


600 


400 



(C) Engineering Supervision. Under engineering 
supervision, conductor ampacities shall be permitted to be 
calculated by means of the following general formula: 



_ ITC-{TA+A7D) 

where: 

TC= conductor temperature in degrees Celsius (°C) 

TA- ambient temperature in degrees Celsius (°C) 

bID- dielectric loss temperature rise 

RDC= dc resistance of conductor at temperature TC 

YC= component ac resistance resulting from skin effect 
and proximity effect 

RCA- effective thermal resistance between conductor 
and surrounding ambient 
FPN: See Annex B for examples of formula applications. 



310.60 Conductors Rated 2001 to 35,000 Volts. 

(A) Definitions. 

Electrical Ducts. As used in Article 310, electrical ducts 
shall include any of the electrical conduits recognized in 
Chapter 3 as suitable for use underground; other raceways 
round in cross section, listed for underground use, and 
embedded in earth or concrete. 

Thermal Resistivity. As used in this Code, the heat 
transfer capability through a substance by conduction. It is 
the reciprocal of thermal conductivity and is designated 
Rho and expressed in the units °C-cm/watt. 

(B) Ampacities of Conductors Rated 2001 to 35,000 
Volts. Ampacities for solid dielectric-insulated conductors 
shall be permitted to be determined by tables or under 
engineering supervision, as provided in 310.60(C) and (D). 

(1) Selection of Ampacity. Where more than one 
calculated or tabulated ampacity could apply for a given 
circuit length, the lowest value shall be used. 

Exception: Where two different ampacities apply to 
adjacent portions of a circuit, the higher ampacity shall be 
permitted to be used beyond the point of transition, a 
distance equal to 3.0 m (10 ft) or 10 percent of the circuit 
length figured at the higher ampacity, whichever is less, 

FPN: See 110.40 for conductor temperature limitations due 

to termination provisions. 



2007 California Electrical Code 



70-141 



310.60 



ARTICLE 3 1 - CONDUCTORS FOR GENERAL WIRING 



Table 310.16 Allowable Ampacities of Insulated Conductors Rated Through 2000 Volts, 60°C Through 90°C (140°F 
Through 194°F), Not More Than Three Current-Carrying Conductors in Raceway, Cable, or Earth (Directly Buried), 
Based on Ambient Temperature of 30°C (86°F) 





Temperature Rating of Conductor (See Table 310.13.) 






60°C (140°F) 


75 b C (167°F) 


90°C(194°F) 


60°C (140°F) 


75°C (167°F) 


90°C (194°F) 










Types TBS, SA, 
















SIS, FEP, FEPB, 






Types TBS, SA, 






\ 


Types RHW, 
THHW, 


MI,RHH,RHW-2, 
THHN, THHW, 




Types RHW, 


SIS, THHN, 
THHW, THW-2, 






THHW, 








THW, 


THW-2, THWN-2, 




THW, 


THWN-2, RHH, 








THWN, 


USE-2, XHH, 




THWN, 


RHW-2, USE-2, 




Size 




XHHW, 


XHHW, XHHW-2, 


Types TW, 


XHHW, 


XHH, XHHW, 




AWGor 


Types TW, UF 


USE, ZW 


ZW-2 


UF 


USE 


XHHW-2, ZW-2 


Size AWG or 


kcmil 


COPPER 


ALUMINUM OR COPPER-CLAD ALUMINUM 


kcmil 


18 
16 
14* 


— 


— 


14 
18 
25 


— 


— 


— 


— 


20 


20 














12* 


25 


25 


30 


20 


20 


25 


12* 


10* 


30 


35 


40 


25 


30 


35 


10* 


8 


40 


50 


55 


30 


40 


45 


8 


6 


55 


65 


75 


40 


50 


60 


6 


4 


70 


85 


95 


55 


65 


75 


4 


3 


85 


100 


110 


65 


75 


85 


3 


2 


95 


115 


130 


75 


90 


100 


2 


1 


110 


130 


150 


85 


100 


115 


1 


1/0 


125 


150 


170 


100 


120 


135 


1/0 


2/0 


145 


175 


195 


115 


135 


150 


2/0 


3/0 


165 


200 


225 


130 


155 


175 


3/0 


4/0 


195 


230 


260 


150 


180 


205 


4/0 


250 


215 


255 


290 


170 


205 


230 


250 


300 


240 


285 


320 


190 


230 


255 


300 


350 


260 


310 


350 


210 


250 


280 


350 


400 


280 


335 


380 


225 


270 


305 


400 


500 


320 


380 


430 


260 


310 


350 


500 


600 


355 


420 


475 


285 


340 


385 


600 


700 


385 


460 


520 


310 


375 


420 


700 


750 


400 


475 


535 


320 


385 


435 


750 


800 


410 


490 


555 


330 


395 


450 


800 


900 


435 


520 


585 


355 


425 


480 


900 


1000 


455 


545 


615 


375 


445 


500 


1000 


1250 


495 


590 


665 


405 


485 


545 


1250 


1500 


520 


625 


705 


435 


520 


585 


1500 


1750 


545 


650 


735 


455 


545 


615 


1750 


2000 


560 


665 


750 


470 


560 


630 


2000 



CORRECTION FACTORS 



Ambient 
Temp. (°C) 


For ambient temperatures other than 30°C (86°F), multiply the allowable ampacities shown above by the 

appropriate factor shown below. 


Ambient 
Temp. (°F) 


21-25 


1.08 


1.05 


1.04 


1.08 


1.05 


L04 


70-77 


26-30 


1.00 


LOO 


LOO 


LOO 


LOO 


LOO 


78-86 


31-35 


0.91 


0.94 


0.96 


0.91 


0.94 


0.96 


87-95 


36^0 


0.82 


0.88 


0.91 


0.82 


0.88 


0.91 


96-104 


41-45 


0.71 


0.82 


0.87 


0.71 


0.82 


0.87 


105-113 


46-50 


0.58 


0.75 


0.82 


0.58 


0.75 


0.82 


114-122 


51-55 


0.41 


0.67 


0.76 


0.41 


0.67 


0.76 ■ 


123-131 


56-60 


— 


0.58 


0.71 


— 


0.58 


0.71 


132-140 


61-70 


— 


0.33 


0.58 


— 


0.33 


0.58 


141-158 


71-80 


— 


— 


0.41 


— 


— 


0.41 


159-176 



; See 240.4(D). 



70-142 



2007 California Electrical Code 



ARTICLE 3 1 - CONDUCTORS FOR GENERAL WIRING 



310.60 



Table 310.17 Allowable Ampacities of Single-Insulated Conductors Rated Through 2000 Volts in Free Air, Based on 
Ambient Air Temperature of 30°C (86°F) 





Temperature Rating of Conductor (See Table 310.13.) 






60°C (140°F) 


75°C (167°F) 


90°C (194°F) 


60°C (140°F) 


75°C 
(167°F) 


90°C (194°F) 










Types TBS, SA, SIS, 






Types TBS, SA, 










FEP, FEPB, MI, 




Types 


SIS, THHN, 








Types RHW, 


RHH, RHW-2, 




RHW, 


THHW, THW-2, 








THHW, 


THHN, THHW, 




THHW, 


THWN-2, RHH, 




Size 




THW, 


THW-2, THWN-2, 




THW, 


RHW-2, USE-2, 




AWGor 




THWN, 


USE-2, XHH, XHHW, 




THWN, 


XHH, XHHW, 


SizeAWG 


kcmil 


Types TW,UF 


XHHW, ZW 


XHHW-2, ZW-2 


Types TW, TJF 


XHHW 


XHHW-2, ZW-2 


or kcmil 




COPPER 


ALUMINUM OR COPPER-CLAD ALUMINUM 




18 
16 

14* 


— ( 


— 


18 
24 
35 


— 


— 


— 


— 


25 


30 








. 





12* 


30 


35 


40 


25 


30 


35 


12* 


10* 


40 


50 


55 


35 


40 


40 


10* 


8 


60 


70 


80 


45 


55 


60 


8 


6 


80 


95 


105 


60 


75 


80 


6 


4 


105 


125 


140 


80 


100 


110 


4 


3 


120 


145 


165 


95 


115 


130 


3 


2 


140 


170 


190 


110 


135 


150 


2 


1 


165 


195 


220 


130 


155 


175 


1 


1/0 


195 


230 


260 


150 


180 


205 


1/0 


2/0 


225 


265 


300 


175 


210 


235 


2/0 


3/0 


260 


310 


350 


200 


240 


275 


3/0 


4/0 


300 


360 


405 


235 


280 


315 


4/0 


250 


340 


405 


455 


265 


315 


355 


250 


300 


375 


445 


505 


290 


350 


395 


300 


350 


420 


505 


570 


330 


395 


445 


350 


400 


455 


545 


615 


355 


425 


480 


400 


500 


515 


620 


700 


405 


485 


545 


500 


600 


575 


690 


780 


455 


540 


.615 


600 


700 


630 


755 


855 


500 


595 


675 


700 


750 


655 


785 


885 


515 


620 


700 


750 


800 


680 


815 


920 


535 


645 


725 


800 


900 


730 


870 


985 


580 


700 


785 


900 


1000 


780 


935 


1055 


625 


750 


845 


1000 


1250 


890 


1065 


1200 


710 


855 


960 


1250 


1500 


980 


1175 


1325 


795 


950 


1075 


1500 


1750 


1070 


1280 


1445 


875 


1050 


1185 


1750 


2000 


1155 


1385 


1560 


960 


1150 


1335 


2000 



CORRECTION FACTORS 



Ambient 
Temp. (°C) 


For ambient temperatures other than 30°C (86°F), multiply the allowable ampacities shown above by the appropriate 

factor shown below. 


Ambient 
Temp. (°F) 


21-25 


1.08 


1.05 


1.04 


1.08 


1.05 


1.04 


70-77 


26-30 


' 1.00 


1.00 


1.00 


1.00 


1.00 


1.00 


78-86 


31-35 


0.91 


0.94 


0.96 


0.91 


0.94 


0.96 


87-95 


36-40 


0.82 


. 0.88 


0.91 


0.82 


0.88 


0.91 


96-104 


41-45 


0.71 


0.82 


0.87 


0.71 


0,82 


0.87 


105-113 


46-50 


0.58 


0.75 


0.82 


0.58 


0.75 


0.82 


114-122 


51-55 


0.41 


0.67 


0.76 


0.41 


0.67 


0.76 


123-131 


56-60 


— 


0.58 • 


0.71 


— 


0.58 


0.71 


132-140 


61-70 


— 


0.33 


0.58 


— 


0.33 


0.58 


141-158 


71-80 


— 


— 


0.41 


— 


— 


0.41 


159-176 



! See 240.4(D). 



2007 California Electrical Code 



70-143 



310.60 



ARTICLE 3 10 - CONDUCTORS FOR GENERAL WIRING 



Table 310.18 Allowable Ampacities of Insulated Conductors Rated Through 2000 Volts, 150°C Through 250°C 
(302°F Through 482°F). Not More Than Three Current-Carrying Conductors in Raceway or Cable, Based on 
Ambient Air Temperature of 40 b C (104°F) 





Temperature Rating of Conductor (See Table 310.13.) 






150°C(302°F) 


200°C (392°F) 


250°C (482°F) 


150°C (302°F) 








Types FEP, 










TypeZ 


FEPB, PFA, SA 


Types PFAH, TFE 


TypeZ 








NICKEL OR 


ALUMINUM OR 








NICKEL-COATED 


COPPER-CLAD 




Size AWG or kcmil 


COPPER 


COPPER 


ALUMINUM 


Size AWG or kcmil 


14 


34 


36 


39 


— 


'■ 14 


12 


43 


45 


54 


30 


12 


10 


55 


60 


73 


44 


10 


8 


76 


83 


93 


57 


8 


6 


96 


110 


117 


75 


6 


4 


120 


125 


148 


94 


4 


3 


143 


152 


166 


109 


3 


2 


160 


171 


191 


124 


2 


1 


186 


197 


215 


145 


1 


1/0 


215 


229 


244 


169 


1/0 


2/0 


251 


260 


273 


198 


2/0 


3/0 


288 


297 


308 


227 


3/0 


4/0 


332 


346 


361 


260 


4/0 



CORRECTION FACTORS 



Ambient Temp. 

(°Q 


For ambient temperatures other than 4 
shown above by the api 


0°C (104°F), multiply the allowable ampacities 
propriate factor shown below. 


Ambient Temp. (°F) 


41-50 


0.95 


0.97 


0.98 


0.95 


105-122 


51-60 


0.90 


0.94 


0.95 


0.90 


123-140 


61-70 


0.85 


0.90 


0.93 


0.85 


141-158 


71-80 


0.80 


0.87 


0.90 


0.80 


159-176 


81-90 


0.74 


0.83 


0.87 


0.74 


177-194 


91-100 


0.67 


0.79 


0.85 


0.67 


195-212 


101-120 


0.52 


0.71 


0.79 


0.52 


213-248 


121-140 


0.30 


0.61 


0.72 


0.30 


249-284 


141-160 


— 


0.50 


0.65 


— 


285-320 


161-180 


— 


0.35 


0.58 


— 


321-356 


181-200 


— 


— 


0.49 


— 


357-392 


201-225 


— 


— 


0.35 


— 


393-437 



70-144 



2007 California Electrical Code 



ARTICLE 3 10 - CONDUCTORS FOR GENERAL WIRING 



310.60 



Table 310.19 Allowable Ampacities of Single-Insulated Conductors, Rated Through 2000 Volts, 150°C Through 
250°C (302°F Through 482°F), in Free Air, Based on Ambient Air Temperature of 40°C (104°F) 







Temperature Rating of Conductor (See Table 310.13.) 






150°C 


200°C (392°F) 


250°C (482°F) 


150°C(302°F) 








(302°F) 














Types FEP, 








o 


Size AWG or kcmil 


TypeZ 


FEPB,PFA,SA 


Types PFAH, TFE 


TypeZ 








NICKEL, OR NICKEL- 


ALUMINUM OR COPPER- 


Size AWG or kcmil 






COPPER 


COATED COPPER 


CLAD ALUMINUM 






14 


46 


54 


59- 


— 


14 




12 


60 


68 


78 


47 


12 




10 


80 


90 


107 


63 


10 


/■ — \ 


8 


106 


124 


142 


83 


8 


( ) 


6 


155 


165 


205 


112 


6 


w 


4 


190 


220 


278 


148 


4 




3 


214 


252 


• 327 


170 


3 




2 


255 


293 


381 


198 


2 




1 


293 


344 


440 


228 


1 




1/0 


339 


399 


532 


263 


1/0 




2/0 


390 


467 


591 . 


305 


2/0 




3/0 


451 


546 


708 


351 


3/0 




4/0 


529 


629 


830 


411 


4/0 



CORRECTION FACTORS 



Ambient Temp. ( Q 


For ambient 


temperatures other than 40°C (104°F), multiply the allowable ampacities shown 
above by the appropriate factor shown below. 


Ambient Temp. (°F) 


41-50 


0.95 


0.97 


0.98 


0.95 


105-122 


51-60 


0.90 


0.94 


0.95 


0.90 


123-140 


61-70 


0.85 


0.90 


0.93 


0.85 


141-158 


71-80 


0.80 


0.87 


0.90 


0.80 


159-176 


81-90 


0.74 


0.83 


0.87 


0.74 


177-194 


91-100 


0.67 


0.79 


0.85 


0.67 


195-212 


101-120 


0.52 


0.71 


0.79 


0.52 


213-248 


121-140 


0.30 


0.61 


0.72 


0.30 


249-284 


141-160 


— 


0.50 


0.65 ' 


— ' 


285-320 


161-180 


— ' 


0.35 


0.58 


— 


321-356 


181-200 


— • 


— 


0.49 


— 


357-392 


201-225 


— 


— 


0.35 


— 


393-437 



2007 California Electrical Code 



70-145 



310.60 



ARTICLE 3 10 - CONDUCTORS FOR GENERAL WIRING 



Table 310.20 Ampacities of Not More Than Three Single Insulated Conductors, Rated Through 2000 Volts, 
Supported on a Messenger, Based on Ambient Air Temperature of 40°G (104°F) ^ 







Temperature Rating 


of Conductor (See Table 310.13.) 






75°C(167°F) 


90°C(194°F) 


75°C(167°F) 


90°C (194°F) 








Types MI, THHN, 












THHW,THW-2, 










Types RHW, 


THWN-2,RHH, 




Types THHN, THHW, 






THHW,THW, 


RHW-2,USE-2, 


Types RHW, THW, 


RHH,XHHW,RHW-2, 






THWN,XHHW, 


XHHW,XHHW- 


TH\VN,THHW, 


XHHW-2,THW-2, 






ZW 


2,ZW-2 


XHHW 


THWN-2, USE-2, ZW-2 




Size AWG or kcmil 


COPPER 


ALUMINUM OR COPPER-CLAD ALUMINUM 


Size AWG or kcmil 


8 


57 


66 


44 


51 


8 


6 


76 


89 


59 


' 69 


6 


4 


101 


117 


78 


91 


4 


3 


118 


138 


92 


107 


3 


2 


135 


158 


106 


123 


2 


1 


158 


185 


123 


144 


1 


1/0 


183 


214 


143 


167 


1/0 


2/0 


212 


247 


165 


193 


2/0 


3/0 


245 


287 


192 


224 


3/0 


4/0 


287 


335 


224 


262 


4/0 


250 


320 


374 


251 


292 


250 


300 


359 


419 


282 


328 


300 


,'350 _ 


397 


464 


312 


364 


350 


400 


430 


503 


339 


395 


400 


500 


496 


580 


392 


458 


500 


600 


553 


647 


440 


514 


600 


700 


610 


714 


488 


570 


700 


750 


638 


747 


512 


598 


750 


800 


660 


773 


532 


622 


800 


900 


704 


826 


572 


669 


900 


1000 


748 


879 


612 


716 


1000 



CORRECTION FACTORS 



Ambient Temp. (°Q 


For ambient temperatures other than 40°C (104°F), multiply the allowable ampacities shown 
above by the appropriate factor shown below. 


Ambient Temp. (°F) 


21-25 


1.20 


1.14 


1.20 


1.14 


70-77 


26-30 


1.13 


1.10 


1.13 


1.10 


79-86 


31-35 


1.07 


1.05 


1.07 


1.05 


88-95 


36-40 


1.00 


1.00 


1.00 


1.00 


97-104 


41-45 


0.93 


0.95 


0.93 


0.95 


106-113 


46-50 


0.85 


0.89 


0.85 


0.89 


115-122 


51-55 


0.76 


0.84 


0.76 


0.84 


124-131 


56-60 


0.65 


0.77 


0.65 


0.77 


133-140 


61-70 


0.38 


0.63 


0.38 


0.63 


142-158 


71-80 


— 


0.45 


— 


0.45 


160-176 



70-146 



2007 California Electrical Code 



ARTICLE 3 10 - CONDUCTORS FOR GENERAL WIRING 



310.60 



Table 310.21 Ampacities of Bare or Covered Conductors in Free Air, Based on 40°C (104°F) Ambient, 80°C (176°F) 
Total Conductor Temperature, 610 mm/sec (2 ft/sec) Wind Velocity 



Copper Conductors 



AAC Aluminum Conductors 





Bare 




Covered 




Bare 


Covered 


AWGor 




AWG 




AWGor 




AWGor 




kcmil 


Amperes 


or kcmil 


Amperes 


kcmil 


Amperes 


. kcmil 


Amperes 


8 


98 


8 


103 


8 


76 


8 


80 


6 


124' 


6 


130 


6 


96 


6 


101 


4 


155 


4 


163 


4 


121 


4 


127 


2 


209 


2 


219 


2 


163 


2 


171 


1/0 


282 


1/0 


297 


1/0 


220 


1/0 


231 


2/0 


329 


2/0 


344 


2/0 


255 


2/0 


268 


3/0 


382 


3/0 


401 


3/0 


297 


3/0 


312 


4/0 


444 


4/0 


466 


4/0 


346 


4/0 


364 


250 


494 


250 


519 


266.8 


403 


266.8 


423 


300 


556 


300 


584 


336.4 


468 


336.4 


492 


500 


773 


500 


812 


397.5 


522 


, 397.5 


548 


750 


1000 


750 


1050 


477.0 


588 


477.0 


617 


1000 


1193 


1000 


1253 


556.5 


650 


556.5 


682 


— 


— 


— 


— 


636.0 


709 


636.0 


744 


— 


— 


— 


— 


795.0 


819 


795.0 


860 


— 


, — 


— 


— 


954.0 


920 


— 


— 


— 


— 


. — 


— 


.1033.5 


968 


1033.5 


1017 


— 


■ — 


— 


— 


1272 


1103 


1272 


1201 


— 


— 


— 


— 


1590 


1267 


1590 


1381 . 


— 


— 


— 


— 


2000 


1454 


2000 


1527 



(C) Tables. Ampacities for conductors rated 2001 to 
35,000 volts shall be as specified in the Ampacity Table 
310.67 through Table 310.86. Ampacities at ambient 
temperatures other than those shown in the tables shall be 
determined by the formula in 3 10.60(C)(4). 

FPN No. 1: For ampacities calculated in accordance with 
310.60(B), reference IEEE 835-1994 (IPCEA Pub. No. P- 
46-426), Standard Power Cable Ampacity Tables, and the 
references therein for availability of all factors and 
constants. 

FPN No. 2: Ampacities provided by this section do not take 
voltage drop into consideration. See 210.19(A), FPN No. 4, 
for branch circuits and 215.2(A), FPN No. 2, for feeders. 

(1) Grounded Shields. Ampacities shown in Table 310.69, 
Table 310.70, Table 310.81, and Table 310.82 are for cable 
with shields grounded at one point only. Where shields are 
grounded at more than one point, ampacities shall be 
adjusted to take into consideration the heating due to shield 
currents. 

(2) Burial Depth of Underground Circuits. Where the 
burial depth of direct burial or electrical duct bank circuits 
is modified from the values shown in a figure or table, 
ampacities shall be permitted to be modified as indicated in 
(C)(a) and (C)(b). 

(a) Where burial depths are increased in part(s) of an 
electrical duct run, no decrease in ampacity of the 
conductors is needed, provided the total length of parts of 
the duct run increased in depth is less than 25 percent of the 
total run length. 



(b) Where burial depths are deeper than shown in a 
specific underground ampacity table or figure, an ampacity 
derating factor of 6 percent per 300-mm (1-ft) increase in 
depth for all values of rho shall be permitted. 

No rating change is needed where the burial depth is 
decreased. 

(3) Electrical Ducts in Figure 310.60. At locations where 
electrical ducts enter equipment enclosures from under 
ground, spacing between such ducts, as shown in Figure 
310.60, shall be permitted to be reduced without requiring 
the ampacity of conductors therein to be reduced. 

(4) Ambients Not in Tables. Ampacities at ambient 
temperatures other than those shown in the tables shall be 
determined by means of the following formula: 



1 jTC *** T!A V " 



•AID 



where: 
Ij= ampacity from tables at ambient TA\ 

I 2= ampacity at desired ambient TA2 

TC= conductor temperature in degrees Celsius (°C) 

TAj= surrounding ambient from tables in degrees 

Celsius (°C) 
TA2~ desired ambient in degrees Celsius (°C) 

LTD = dielectric loss temperature rise 



2007 California Electrical Code 



70-147 



310.60 



ARTICLE 3 10 - CONDUCTORS FOR GENERAL WIRING 






Detail 1 

&UO mrm x 290 nnnn 
£11.6 in. k 11.6 In.) 

Eieedrioal duct bank 

One tslectrical duct 




190 mm (7-6 in.) 

Detail 2 

476 mm x 476 mm 
{19 in. x 19 in.) 
Electrical duct tank 
Thr&-& electrical ducts 
or 







190 mm 190 mm 
(7.6 In J {73 in.) 

875 mm x 290 mm 
{2TEn.x11.aHnj 
Electrical duet bank 
Three electrical ducts 



190 mm (7.=5 in J 

Detail a 

475 mm x B7B mm 

(19 fax 27 En.) 

Electrical duct bank 

Bhc electrical duels 
or 




190 mm 190 mm 
(7.5 .in.) (7,5 in.) 

875 mm x 475 mm 
(E7 In. x 18 In J 
Electrical duet fearak 

Six electrical ducts 



Detail 5 
Buried a 

conducior 
cable 



r 



mo mm 



(24 \te*} 



Detail 6 
Burled % 
conductor 

cables 



1 



•• 



€iO0- mnn 



(24 in.) 



mm 



1$$rnm 1 9(0 mm 
(73 in.) (7.6 to.) 

m 

Detail $ 

Btarted single-conductor 
cables (1 circuit) 



Detail 7 
Burled tripfex&ci 
cables {1 circuit) 



190' mm 190- mm 
(7.6 In J (7.6 In.) 



INC 1*4# MM 

i 1 . i 



eoonfra 



Detail a 
Burled trip!ie:xe.d 
cables (S el rcuite) 



190 mm ISO mm 

173 in-) (7.6 in.) 



(24 In J 



(73 in-) (7.6 in.] 



Detail 10 

Burled eln@le<aricluctor 

cables (2 circuits) 



Note: Minimum burial depths to top electrical duels or cables shall be- 
in SGODrdainoe with Section 300.50- IMlaximym dBplh to trie top 
of elecfricel duel tenlks shall be 760 mm (30 In.) and maximum 
depth to the top of direct burled cables shall be 9O0 imnn (36 m.)* 



Legend 

Kffil BaokiiS (eevib or concrete) 
(3 1 Electrical duct 
» Gable or cables 



Figure 310.60 Cable Installation Dimensions for Use with Table 310,77 Through Table 310.86. 



(D) Engineering Supervision. Under engineering 
supervision, conductor ampacities shall be permitted to be 
calculated by means of the following general formula: 



\MDC^n^MCA 



where: 



TC = conductor temperature in °C 
TA = ambient temperature in °C 



ATD - dielectric loss temperature rise 

RDC= dc resistance of conductor at temperature 

TC 
YC= component ac resistance resulting from skin 

effect and proximity effect 
RCA- effective thermal resistance between 
conductor and surrounding ambient 
FPN: See Annex B for examples of formula applications. 



70-148 



2007 California Electrical Code 



ARTICLE 3 10 - CONDUCTORS FOR GENERAL WIRING 



310.60 



Table 310.61 Conductor Application and Insulation 







Maximum 












Operating 












Tempera- 








Trade Name 


Type 


ture 


Application 


Insulation 


Outer 




Letter 




Provision 




Cover 
ing 


Medium 


MV-90 


90°C 105°C 


Dry or wet 


Thermo- 


Jacket, 


voltage solid 


MV-105* 




locations 


plastic or 


sheath, 


dielectric 






rated 2001 


thermo- 


or 








volts arid 


setting 


armor 








higher 







*Where design conditions require maximum conductor temperatures 
above 90°C. 



Table 310.62 Thickness of Insulation for 601- to 2000- 
Volt Nonshielded Types RHH and RHW 



Column A 1 



Column B 2 



Conductor Size 


mm 


mils 


mm 


mils 


(AWG or kcmil) 










14-10 


2.03 


80 


1.52 


60 


8 


2.03 


80 


1.78 


70 


6-2 


2.41 


95 


1.78 


70 


1-2/0 


2.79 


110 


2.29 


90 


3/0-4/0 


2.79 


110 


2.29 


90 


213-500 


3.18 


125 


2.67 


105 


501-1000 


3.56 


140 


3.05 


120 


| 1001-2000 


3.56 


140 


3.56 


140 



Column A insulations are limited to natural, SBR, and 
butyl rubbers. 

2 Column B insulations are materials such as cross-linked 
polyethylene, ethylene propylene rubber, and composites 
thereof. 



Table 310.63 Thickness of Insulated Conductors Rated 2400 Volts and Jacket for Nonshielded Solid Dielectric Insulation 



Dry Locations, Single Conductor 



Wet or Pry Locations 



With Jacket 



Single Conductor 



Without 

Jacket 

Insulation 



Insulation 



Jacket 



Insulation 



Jacket 



Multiconductor 
Insulation* 



Conductor Size 
(AWG or kcmil) 



mm mils 



mils 



miis 



mils 



mm 



mils 



mm 



mils 



4-2 

1-2/0 

3/0-4/0 

213-500 

501-750 

751-1000 



2.79 
2.79 
2.79 
2.79 
2.79 
3.05 
3.30 
3.30 



110 
110 
110 
110 
110 
120 
130 
130 



2.29 
2.29 
2.29 
2.29 
2.29 
2.29 
2.29 
2.29 



90 
90 
90 
90 
90 
90 
90 
90 



0.76 


30 


3.18 


125 


2.03 


80 


2.29 


90 


0.76 


30 


3.18. 


125 


2.03 


80 


2.29 


90 


1.14 


45 


3.18 


125 


2.03 


80 


2.29 


90 


1.14 


45 


3.18 


125 


2.03 


80 


2.29 


90 


L65 


65 


3.18 


125 


2.41 


95 


2.29 


90 


1.65 


65 


3.56 


140 


2.79 


110 


2.29 


90 


1.65 


65 


3.94 


155 


3.18 


125 


2.29 


90 


1.65 


65 


3.94 


155 


3.18 


-125 


2.29 


90 



*Under a common overall covering such as a jacket, sheath, or armor. 



Table 310.64 Thickness of Insulation for Shielded Solid Dielectric Insulated Conductors Rated 2001 to 35,000 Volts 

5001-8000 volts 8001-15,000 volts 15,001-25,000 volts 

100 133 173 100 

Percent Percent Percent Percent 

Insulation Insulation Insulation Insulation 

Level | Level 2 Level 3 Level 1 

mm mils mm mils mm mils mm mils 
8 2.29 90 ______ _____ __ _ _ ____ __ __ 

6-4 2.29 90 2.92 115 3.56 140 4.45 175 — — — — — — — — — — — — 

2 2.29 90 2.92 115 3.56 140 4.45 175 4.45 175 5.59 220 6.60 260 — — — — . — — 

1 2.29 90 2.92 115 3.56 140 4.45 175 4.45 175 5.59 220 6.60 260 6.60 260 8.13 320 10.67 420 

1/0-2000 2.29 90 2.92 1 15 3.56 140 4.45 175 4.45 175 5.59 220 6.60 260 6.60 260 8.13 320 10.67 420 



Conductor 


2001- 


100 


133 


173 


100 


133 


173 


100 


133 


173 


Size 


5000 


Percent 


Percent 


Percent 


Percent 


Percent 


Percent 


Percent 


Percent 


Percent 


(AWG or 


Volts 


Insulation 


Insulation 


Insulation 


Insulation 


Insulation 


Insulation 


Insulation 


Insulation 


Insulation 


kcmil) 




Level ! 


Level 2 


Level 3 


Level 1 


Level 2 


Level 3 


Level 1 


Level 2 


Level 3 


mm mils 


mm mils 


mm mils 


mm mils 


mm mils 


mm mils 


mm mils 


mm mils 


mm mils 


mm mils 



2007 California Electrical Code 



70-149 



310.60 



ARTICLE 310 - CONDUCTORS FOR GENERAL WIRING 



Table 310.64 Continued 



25,001-28000 volts 



28,001-35,000 volts 



Conductor 

Size 

(AWG 



100 

Percent 

Insulation 

Level* 



133 

Percent 

Insulation 

Level 2 



173 

Percent 
Insulation 

LeveF 



100 

Percent 

Insulation 

Level* 



133 

Percent 
Insulation 

Level 2 



173 

Percent 

Insulation 

LeveF 



or Kcmuj 


mm 


mils 


mm 


mils 


mm 


mils 


mm 


mils 


mm 


mils 


mm 


mils 


1 
1/0-2000 


7.11 
7.11 


2.80 
2.80 


8.76 
8.76 


345 
345 


11..30 

11.30 


445 
445 


8.76 


345 


10.67 


420 


14.73 


580 



Notes: 

■^lOO Percent Insulation Level. Cables in this category shall be permitted to be applied where the system is provided with relay protection such that ground 
faults will be cleared as rapidly as possible but, in any case, within 1 minute. While these cables are applicable to the great majority of cable installations that 
are on grounded systems, they shall be permitted to be used also on other systems for which the application of cables is acceptable, provided the above 
clearing requirements aire met in completely de-energizing the faulted section. 

9 

133 Percent Insulation Level. This insulation level corresponds to that formerly designated for ungrounded systems. Cables in this category shall be 
permitted to be applied in situations where the clearing time requirements of the 100 percent level category cannot be met and yet there is adequate 
assurance that the faulted section will be de-energized in a time not exceeding 1 hour. Also, they shall be permitted to be used in 100 percent insulation level 
applications where additional insulation is desirable. 

3 173 Percent Insulation Level. Cables in this category shall be permitted to be applied under all of the following conditions: 

(1) In industrial establishments where the conditions of maintenance and supervision ensure that only qualified persons service the installation 

(2) Where the fault clearing time requirements of the 133 percent level category cannot be met 

(3) Where an orderly shutdown is essential to protect equipment and personnel 

(4) There is adequate assurance that the faulted section will be de-energized in an orderly shutdown 

Also, cables with this insulation thickness shall be permitted to be used in 100 or 133 percent insulation level applications where additional insulation 
strength is desirable. 



Table 310.67 Ampacities of Insulated Single Copper 
Conductor Cables Triplexed in Air Based on Conductor 
Temperatures of 90°C (194°F) and 105°C (221°F) and 
Ambient Air Temperature of 40°C (104°F) 



Table 310.68 Ampacities of Insulated Single Aluminum 
Conductor Cables Triplexed in Air Based on Conductor 
Temperatures of 90°C (194°F) and 105°C (221°F) and 
Ambient Air Temperature of 40°C (104°F) 





Temperature Rating of Conductor (See Table 310.61.) 




Temperature Rating of Conductor (See Table 310.61.) 




2001-5000 Volts 


5001-35,000 Volts 




2001-5000 Volts 


5001-35,000 Volts 




Ampacity 


Ampacity 


Conductor 


Amp 


acity 


Ampacity 


Conductor 


90°C 


105°C 


90°C 


105°C 


90°C 


105°C 


90°C 


105°C 


Size 


(194°F) 


(221°F) 


(194°F) 


(221°F) 


Size 


(194°F) 


(221°F) 


(194°F) 


(221°F) 


(AWG 


Type 


Type 


Type 


Type 


(AWG or 


Type 


Type 


Type 


Type 


or kcmil) 


MV-90 


MV-105 


MV-90 


MV-105 


kcmil) 


MV-90 


MV-105 


MV-90 


MV-105 


8 


65 


74 


— 


— 


8 


50 


57 


— 


— 


6 


90 


99 


100 


110 


6 


70 


77 


75 


84 


4 


120 


130 


130 


140 


4 


90 


100 


100 


110 


2 


160 


175 


170 


195 


2 


125 


135 


130 


150 


1 


185 


205 


195 


225 


1 


145 


160 


150 


175 


1/0 


215 


240 


225 


255 


1/0 


170 


185 


175 


200 


2/0 


250 


275 


260 


295 


2/0 


195 


215 


200 


230 


3/0 


290 


320 


300 


340 


3/0 


225 


250 


230 


265 


4/0 


335 


375 


345 


390 


4/0 


265 


290 


270 


305 


250 


375 


415 


380 


430 


250 


295 


325 


300 


335 


350 


465 


515 


470 


525 


350 


365 


405 


370 


415 


500 


580 


645 


580 


650 


500 


460 


510 


460 


515 


750 


750 


835 


730 


820 


750 


600 


665 


590 


660 


1000 


880 


980 


850 


950 


1000 


715 


800 


700 


780 



70-150 



2007 California Electrical Code 



ARTICLE 3 10 - CONDUCTORS FOR GENERAL WIRING 



310.60 



Table 310.69 Ampacities of Insulated Single Copper 
Conductor Isolated in Air Based on Conductor 
Temperatures of 90°C (194°F) and 105°C (221°F) and 
Ambient Air Temperature of 40°C (104°F) 

Temperature Rating of Conductor (See Table 
310.61.) 





2001-5000 Volts 
Ampacity 


5001-15,000 
Volts Ampacity 

90°C 105°C 
(194°F) (221°F) 

Type Type 
MV-90 MV-105 


15,001- 
Volts A 

90°C 
(194°F) 

Type 
MV-90 


-35,000 
mpacity 


Conductor 

Size 

(AWG 

or kcmil) 


90°C 
(194°F) 

Type 
MV-90 


105°C 
(221°JF) 

Type 
MV-105 


105°C 
(221°F) 

Type 
MV-105 


8 


83 


93 


— 


— 


— 


— 


6 


110 


120 


110 


125 


— 


— 


4 


145 


160 


150 


165 


— 


— 


2 


190 


215 


195 


215 


— 


— 


1 


225 


250 


225 


250 


225 


250 



1/0 


260. 


290 


260 


290 


260 


290 


2/0 


300 


330 


300 


335 


300 


330 


3/0 


345 


385 


345 


385 


345 


380 


4/0 


400 


445 


400 


445 


395 


445 


250 


445 . 


495 


445 


495 


440 


490 


350 


550 


615 


550 


610 


545 


605 


500 


695 


775 


685 


765 


680 


755 


750 


900 


1000 


885 


990 


870 


970 



1000 
1250 
1500 
1750 
2000 



1075 
1230 
1365 
1495 
1605 



1200 
1370 
1525 
1665 
1790 



1060 

1210 
1345 
1470 
1575 



1185 
1350 
1500 
1640 
1755 



1040 
1185 
1315 
1430 
1535 



1160 
1320 
1465 
1595 
1710 



Table 310.70 Ampacities of Insulated Single Aluminum 
Conductor Isolated in Air Based on Conductor 
Temperatures of 90°C (194°F) and 105°C (221°F) and 
Ambient Air Temperature of 40°C (104°F) 

Temperature Rating of Conductor (See Table 310.61.) 



Conductor 

Size 

(AWG 

or kcmil) 



2001-5000 Volts 
Ampacity 

90°C 105°C 
(194°F) (221°F) 

Type Type 
MV-90 MV-105 



5001-15,000 
Volts Ampacity 

90°C 105°C 
(194°F) (221°F) 

Type Type 
MV-90 MV-105 



15,001-35,000 
Volts Ampacity 

90°C 105°C 
(194°F) (221°F) 

Type Type 
MV-90 MV-105 



64 
85 
115 
150 
175 



71 
95 
125 
165 
195 



87 
115 
150 
175 



97 
130 
170 
195 



175 195 



1/0 


200 


225 


200 


225 


200 


225 


2/0 


230 


260 


235 


260 


230 


260 


3/0 


270 


300 


270 


300 


270 


300 


4/0 


310 


350 


310 


350 


310 


345 


250 


345 


385 


345 


385 


345 


380 


350 


430 


480 


430 


480 


430 


475 


500 


545 


605 


535 


600 


530 


590 


750 


710 


790 


700 


780 


685 


765 



1000 


855 


950 


840 


940 


825 


920 


1250 


980 


1095 


970 


1080 


950 


1055 


1500 


1105 


1230 


1085 


1215 


1060 


1180 


1750 


1215 


1355 


1195 


1335 


1165 


1300 


2000 


1320 


1475 


1295 


1445 


1265 


1410 



Table 310.71 Ampacities of an Insulated Three- 
Conductor Copper Cable Isolated in Air Based on 
Conductor Temperatures of 90°C (194°F) and 105°C 
(221°F) and Ambient Air Temperature of 40°C (104°F) 





Temperal 


ture Rating of Conductor (S 
310.61.) 


ee Table 




2001-5000 Volts 


5001-35,000 Volts 




Ampacity 


Ampacity 


Conductor 


90°C 


105°C 


90°C 


105°C 


Size 


(194°F) 


(221°F) 


(194°F) 


(221°F) 


(AWG 


Type 


Type 


Type 


Type 


or kcmil) 


MV-90 


MV-105 


MV-90 


MV-105 


8 


59 


66 


— 


— 


6 


79 


88 


93 


105 


4 


105 


115 


120 


135 


2 


140 


154 


165 


185 


1 


. 160 


180 


185 


210 



1/0 


185 


205 


215 


240 


2/0 


215 


240 


245 


275 


3/0 


250 


280 


285 


315 


4/0 


285 


320 


325 


360 



250 
350 
500 
750 
1000 



320 
395 
485 
615 
705 



355 
440 
545 
685 
790 



360 

435 
535 
670 
770 



400 
490 
600 
745 
860 



Table 310.72 Ampacities of an Insulated Three- 
Conductor Aluminum Cable Isolated in Air Based on 
Conductor Temperatures of 90°C (194°F) and 105°C 
(221°F) and Ambient Air Temperature of 40°C (104°F) 

Temperature Rating of Conductor (See Table 310.61.) 



Conductor 

Size 

(AWG 

or kcmil) 



2001-5000 Volts 
Ampacity 



5001-35,000 Volts 
Ampacity 



90°C 

(194°F) 

Type 

MV-90 



105°C 

(221°F) 

Type 

MV-105 



90°C 
(194°F) 

Type 
MV-90 



105°C 
(221°F) 

Type 
MV-105 



46 
61 
81 
110 
125 



5.1 
68 
90 
120 
140 



72 
95 
125 
145 



80 
105 
145 
165 



1/0 
2/0 


145 

170 


160 

185 . 


170 
190 


185 
215 


3/0 
4/0 


195 
225 


215 

250 


220 
255 


245 
285 



250 


250 


280 


350 


310 


345 


500 


385 


430 


750 


495 


550 


1000 


585 


650 



280 


315 


345 


385 


425 


475 


540 


600 


635 


705 



2007 California Electrical Code 



70-151 



310.60 



ARTICLE 310 - CONDUCTORS FOR GENERAL WIRING 



Table 310.73 Ampacities of an Insulated Triplexed or 
Three Single-Conductor Copper Cables in Isolated 
Conduit in Air Based on Conductor Temperatures of 
90°C (194°F) and 105°C (221°F) and Ambient Air 
Temperature of 40°C (104°F) 



Table 310.75 Ampacities of an Insulated Three- 
Conductor Copper Cable in Isolated Conduit in Air 
Based on Conductor Temperatures of 90°C (194°F) and 
105°C (221°F) and Ambient Air Temperature of 40°C 
(104°F) 



V 





Temperature Rating of Conductor (See 


Table 310.61.) 




Temperature Rating of Conductor (See Table 310.61.) 




2001-5000 Volts 


5001-35,000 Volts 




2001-5000 Volts 


5001-35,000 Volts 




Ampacity 


Ampacity 


Conductor 


Ampacity 


Ampacity 


Conductor 


90°C 


105°C 


90°C 


105°C 


90°C 


105°C 


90°C 


105°C 


Size 


(194°F) 


(221°F) l 


(194°F) 


(221°F) 


Size 


(194°F) 


(221°F) 


(194°F) 


(221°F) 


(AWG 


Type 


Type 


Type 


Type 


(AWG 


Type 


Type 


Type 


Type 


or kcmil) 


MV-90 


MV-105 


MV-90 


MV-105 


or kcmil) 


MV-90 


MV-105 


MV-90 


MV-105 


8 


55 


61 


— 


— 


8 


52 


58 


— 


— 


6 


75 


84 


83 


93 


6 


69 


77 


83 


92 


4 


97 


110 


110 


120 


4 


91 


100 


105 


120 


2 


130 


145 


150 


165 - 


2 


125 


135 


145 


165 


1 


155 


175 


170 


190 


1 


140 


155 


165 


185 


1/0 


180 


200 


195 


215 


1/0 


165 


185 


195 


215 


2/0 


205 


225 


225 


255 


2/0 


190 


210 


220 


245 


3/0 


240 


270 


260 


290 


3/0 


220 


245 


250 


280 


4/0 


280 


305 


295 


330 


4/0 


255 


285 


290 


320 


250 


315 


355 


330 


365 


250 


280 


315 


315 


350 


350 


385 


430 


395 


440 


350 


350 


390 


385 


430 


500 


475 


530 


480 


535 


500 


425 


475 


470 


525 


750 


600 


665 


585 


655 


750 


525 


585 


570 


635 


1000 


690 


770 


675 


755 


1000 


590 


660 


650 


725 



Table 310.74 Ampacities of an Insulated Triplexed or 
Three Single-Conductor Aluminum Cables in Isolated 
Conduit in Air Based on Conductor Temperatures of 
90°C (194°F) and 105°C (221°F) and Ambient Air 
Temperature of 40 b C (104°F) 



Table 310.76 Ampacities of an Insulated Three- 
Conductor Aluminum Cable in Isolated Conduit in Air 
Based on Conductor Temperatures of 90°C (194°F) and 
105°C (221°F) and Ambient Air Temperature of 40°C 

(104°F) 





Temperatun 


; Rating of Conductor (See r 


fable 310.61.) 




Temperature Rating of Conductor (See Table 310.61.) 




2001-5000 Volts 


5001-35,000 Volts 




2001-5000 Volts 


5001-35,000 Volts 




Ampacity 


Ampacity 


Conductor 


Ampacity 


Ampacity 


Conductor 


90°C 


105°C 


90°C 


105°C 


90°C 


105°C 


90°C 


105°C 


Size 


(194°F) 


(221°F) 


(194 b F) 


(221°F) 


Size 


(194°F) , 


(221°F) 


(194°F) 


(221°F) 


(AWG 


Type 


Type 


Type 


Type 


(AWG 


Type 


Type 


Type 


Type 


or kcmil) 


MV-90 


MV-105 


MV-90 


MV-105 


or kcmil) 


MV-90 


MV-105 


MV-90 


MV-105 


8 


43 


48 


— 


— 


8 


41 


46 


. — . 


„ 


6 


58 


65 


65 


72 


6 


53 


59 


64 


71 


4 


76 


85 


84 


94 


4 


71 


79 


84 


94 


2 


100 


115 


115 


130 


2 


96 


105 


115 


125 


'1 


120 


135 


130 


150 


1 


110 


125 


130 


145 


1/0 


140 


155 


150 


170 


1/0 


130 


145 


150 


170 


2/0 


160 


175 


175 


200 


2/0 


150 


165 


170 


190 


3/0 


190 


210 


200 


225 


3/0 


170 


190 


195 


220 


4/0 


215 


240 


230 


260 


4/0 


200 


225 


225 


255 


250 


250 


280 


255 


290 


250 


220 


245 


250 


280 


350 


305 


340 


310 


350 


350 


275 


305 


305 


340 


500 


380 


425 


385 


430 


500 


340 


380 


380 


425 


750 


490 


545 


485 


540 


750 


430 


480 


470 


520 


1000 


580 


645 


565 


640 


1000 


505 


560 


550 


615 



70-152 



2007 California Electrical Code 



ARTICLE 3 10 - CONDUCTORS FOR GENERAL WIRING 



310.60 



Table 310.77 Ampacities of Three Single-Insulated 
Copper Conductors in Underground Electrical Ducts 
(Three Conductors per Electrical Duct) Based on 
Ambient Earth Temperature of 20°C (68°F), Electrical 
Duct Arrangement per Figure 310.60, 100 Percent Load 
Factor, Thermal Resistance (RHO) of 90, Conductor 
Temperatures of 90°C (194°F) and 105°C (221°F) 

Temperature Rating of Conductor (See Table 310.61.) 



Conductor 

Size 

(AWG 

or kcmil) 



2001-5000 Volts 
Ampacity 



90°C 
(194°F) 

Type 
MV-90 



105°C 

(221°F) 

Type 

MV-105 



5001-35,000 Volts 
Ampacity 



90°C 
(194°F) 

Type 
MV-90 



One Circuit (See Figure 310.60, Detail 1.) 



64 
85 
110 
145 
170 



69 

92 
120 
155 
180 



90 
115 
155 
175 



250 
350 
500 
750 
1000 



320 
385 
470 
585 
670 



345 
415 
505 
630 
720 



325 
390 
465 
565 
640 



56 

73. 

95 

125 

140 



60 
79 
100 
130 
150 



77 
99 
130 
145 



250 
350 
500 
750 
1000 



260 
315 
375 
460 
525 



280 
335 
405 
495 
565 



Six Circuits (See Figure 310.60, Detail 3.) 



62 
80 
105 
115 



52 
67 
86 
110 
125 



105°C 
(221°F) 

Type 
MV-105 



97 
125 
165 
185 



1/0 


195 


210 


200 


215 


2/0 


220 


235 


230 


245 


3/0 


250 


270 


260 


275 


4/0 


290 


310 


295 


315 



345 
415 
500 
610 
690 



Three Circuits (See Figure 310.60, Detail 2.) 



83 
105 
135 
155 



1/0 


160 


175 


165 


175 


2/0 ■ 


185 


195 


185 


200 


3/0 


210 


225 


210 


225 


4/0 


235 


255 


240 


255 



•260 


280 


310 


330 


370 


395 


440 


475 


495 


535 




— 


— 


64 


68 


82 


88 


105 


115 


120 


125 



1/0 


135 


145 


135 


145 


2/0 


150 


160 


150 


165 


3/0 


170 


185 


170 


185 


4/0 


195 


210 


190 


205 



Table 310.78 Ampacities of Three Single-Insulated 
Aluminum Conductors in Underground Electrical 
Ducts (Three Conductors per Electrical Duct) Based on 
Ambient Earth Temperature of 20°C (68°F), Electrical 
Duct Arrangement per Figure 310.60, 100 Percent Load 
Factor, Thermal Resistance (RHO) of 90, Conductor 
Temperatures of 90°C (194°F) and 105°C (221°F) 

Temperature Rating of Conductor (See Table 310.61.) 



Conductor 

Size 

(AWG 

or kcmil) 



2001-5000 Volts 
Ampacity 



90°C 

(194°F) 

Type 

MV-90 



105°C 
(221°F) 

Type 
MV-105 



5001-35,000 Volts 
Ampacity 



90°C 
(194°F) 

Type 
MV-90 



One Circuit (See Figure 310,60, Detail 1.) 



50 
66 
86 
115 
130 



54 
71 
93 
125 
140 



1/0 
2/0 
'3/0 
4/0 



150 
170 
195 
225 



160 
185 
210 
245 



250 
350 
500 
750 
1000 



250 
305 
370 
470 
545 



270 
325 
400 
505 
590 



Three Circuits (See Figure 310.60, Detail 2.) 



44 
57 
74 
96 
110 



47 
61 
80 
105 
120 



250 
350 
500 
750 
1000 



205 
245 
295 
370 
425 



220 
265 
320 
395 
460 



Six Circuits (See Figure 310.60, Detail 3.) 



38 
48 
62 
80 
91 



41 
52 
67 
86 
98 



70 
91 
120 
135 



155 
175 
200 
230 



250 
305 
370 
455 
525 



60 
77 
100 
110 



105°C 
(221°F) 

Type 
MV-105 



75 
98 
130 
145 



165 
190 
215 
245 



270 
330 
400 
490 
565 



65 
83 
105 
120 



1/0 


125 


135 


125 


140 


2/0 


145 


155 


145 


155 


3/0 


160 


175 


165 


175 


4/0 


185 


200 


185 


200 



200 


220 


245 


260 


290 


315 


355 


385 


405 


440 




— - " 


— 


50 


54 


64 


69 


80 


88 


90 


99 



1/0 


105 


110 


105 


110 


2/0 


115 


125 


115 


125 


3/0 


135 


145 


130 


145 


4/0 


150 


165 


150 


160 



250 


210 


225 


210 


225 


250 


165 


180 


165 


175 


350 


250 


270 


245 


265 


350 


195 


210 


195 


210 


500 


300 


325 


290 


310 


500 


240 


255 


230 


250 


750 


365 


395 


350 


375 


750 


290 


315 


280 


305 


1000 


410 


445 


390 


415 


1000 


335 


360 


320 


345 



2007 California Electrical Code 



70-153 



310.60 



ARTICLE 310 - CONDUCTORS FOR GENERAL WIRING 



Table 310.79 Ampacities of Three Insulated Copper 
Conductors Cabled Within an Overall Covering 
(Three-Conductor Cable) in Underground Electrical 
Ducts (One Cable per Electrical Duct) Based on 
Ambient Earth Temperature of 20°C (68°F), Electrical 
Duct Arrangement per Figure 310.60, 100 Percent Load 
Factor, Thermal Resistance (RHO) of 90, Conductor 
Temperatures of 90°C (194°F) and 105°C (221°C) 

Temperature Rating of Conductor (See Table 310.61.) 



Conductor 

Size 

(AWG 

or kcmil) 



2001-5000 Volts 
Ampacity 



90°C 

(194°F) 

Type MV- 

90 



5001-35,000 Volts 
Ampacity 



105°C 

(221°F) 

Type MV- 

105 



90°C 
(194°F) 

Type 
MV-90 



One Circuit (See Figure 310.60, Detail 1.) 



59 
78 
100 
135 
155 



64 
84 
110 
145 
165 



115 
150 
170 



250 
350 
500 
750 
1000 



290 
355 
430 
530 
600 



315 
380 
460 
570 
645 



310 
375 
450 
545 
615 



53 
69 
89 
115 
135 



57 
74 
96 
125 
145 



75 
97 
125 
140 



250 
350 
500 
750 
1000 



245 
295 
355 
430 
485 



265 
315 
380 
465 
520 



255 
305 
360 
430 
485 



Six Circuits (See Figure 310.60, Detail 3.) 



46 
60 
77 
98 
110 



50 

65 
83 
105 
120 



63 

81 
105 
115 



105°C 

(221°F) 

Type 

MV-105 



95 
125 
160 
185 



1/0 


175 


190 


195 


210 


2/0 


200 


220 


220 


235 


3/0 


230 


250 


250 


270 


4/0 


265 


285 


285 


305 



335 
400 
485 
585 
660 



Three Circuits (See Figure 310.60, Detail 2.) 



81 
105 
135 
155 



1/0 


150 


165 


160 


175 


2/0 


170 


185 


185 


195 


3/0 


195 


210 


205 


220 


4/0 


225 


240 


230 


250 



270 
325 
385 
465 
515 



68 
87 
110 
125 



1/0 


125 


135 


130 


145 


2/0 


145 


155 


150 


160 


3/0 


165 


175 


170 


180 


4/0 


185 


200 


190 


200 



Table 310.80 Ampacities of Three Insulated Aluminum 
Conductors Cabled Within an Overall Covering 
(Three-Conductor Cable) in Underground Electrical 
Ducts (One Cable per Electrical Duct) Based on 
Ambient Earth Temperature of 20°C (68°F), Electrical 
Duct Arrangement per Figure 310.60, 100 Percent Load 
Factor, Thermal Resistance (RHO) of 90, Conductor 
Temperatures of 90°C (194°F) and 105°C (221°C) 

Temperature Rating of Conductor (See Table 310.61.) 



Conductor 

Size 

(AWG 

or kcmil) 



2001-5000 Volts 
Ampacity 



90°C 
(194°F) 
Type MV- 
90 



105°C 

(221°F) 
Type MV- 
105 



5001-35,000 Volts 
Ampacity 



90°C 
(194°F) 

Type 
MV-90 



One Circuit (See Figure 310.60, Detail 1.) 



46 
61 
80 
105 
120 



50 
66 
86 
110 
130 



69 
89 

115 
135 



250 
350 
500 
750 
1000 



230 
280 
340 
425 
495 



245 
310 
365 
460 
535 



245 
295 
355 
440 
510 



41 
54 
70 
90 
105 



44 
58 
75 
97 
110 



59 

75 
100 
110 



250 
350 
500 
750 
1000 



190 

230 
280 
345 
400 



205 
250 
300 
375 
430 



200 
240 
285 
350 
400 



Six Circuits (See Figure 310.60, Detail 3.) 



36 
46 
60 
77 
87 



39 
50 
65 
83 
94 



49 
63 
80 
90 



105°C 
(221°F) 

Type 
MV-105 



74 
96 
125 
145 



1/0 


140 


150 


150 


165 


2/0 


160 


170 


170 


185 


3/0 


180 


195 


195 


210 


4/0 


205 


220 


220 


240 



265 
315 
385 
475 
545 



Three Circuits (See Figure 310.60, Detail 2.) 



64 
81 
105 
120 



1/0 


120 


125 


125 


135 


2/0 


135 


145 


140 


155 


3/0 


155 


165 


160 


175 


4/0 


175 


185 


180 


195 



215 
255 
305 
375 
430 



53 
68 
86 
98 



1/0 


99 


105 


105 


110 


2/0 


110 


120 


115 


125 


3/0 


130 


140 


130 


140 


4/0 


145 


155 


150 


160 



/ 



f 



250 


200 


220 


205 


220 


250 


160 


170 


160 


170 


350 


240 


270 


245 


275 


350 


190 


205 


190 


205 


500 


290 


310 


290 


305 


500 


230 


245 


230 


245 


750 


350 


375 


340 


365 


750 


280 


305 


275 


295 


1000 


390 


420 


380 


405 


1000 


320 


345 


315 


335 



70-154 



2007 California Electrical Code 



ARTICLE 3 10 - CONDUCTORS FOR GENERAL WIRING 



310.60 



Table 310.81 Ampacities of Single Insulated Copper 
Conductors Directly Buried in Earth Based on Ambient 
Earth Temperature of 20°C (68°F), Arrangement per 
Figure 310.60, 100 Percent Load Factor, Thermal 
Resistance (RHO) of 90, Conductor Temperatures of 
90°C (194°F) and 105°C (221°C) 



Table 310.82 Ampacities of Single Insulated Aluminum 
Conductors Directly Buried in Earth Based on Ambient 
Earth Temperature of 20°C (68°F), Arrangement per 
Figure 310.60, 100 Percent Load Factor, Thermal 
Resistance (RHO) of 90, Conductor Temperatures of 
90°C (194°F) and 105°C (221°F) 





Temperature Rating of Conductor (See 


Table 310.61.) 




Temperature Rating of Conductor (See Table 310.61) 




2001-5000 Volts 


5001-35,000 Volts 




2001-5000 Volts 


5001-35,000 Volts 




Ampacity 


Ampacity 


Conductor 


Ampacity 


Amp: 


icity 


Conductor 


90°C 


105°C 


90°C 


105°C 


90°C 


105°C 


90°C 


105°C 


Size 


(194°F) 


(221°F) 


(194°F) 


(221°F) 


Size 


(194°F) 


(221°F) 


(194°F) 


(221°F) 


(AWG 


Type 


Type 


Type 


Type 


(AWG 


Type 


Type 


Type 


Type 


or kcmil) 


MV-90 


MV-105 


MV-90 


MV-105 


or kcmil) 


MV-90 


MV-105 


MV-90 


MV-105 


One Circuit, Three Conductors (See Figure 310.60, Detail 9.) 


One Circuit, Three Conductors (See Figure 


; 310.60, Detail 9.) 


8 


110 


115 


— 


— 


8 


85 


90 


— 


— 


6 


140 


150 


130 


140 


6 


110 


115 


100 


110 


4 


180 


195 


170 


180 


4 


140 


150 


130 


140 


2 


230 


250 


'210 


225 


2 


180 


195 


165 


175 


1 


260 


280 


240 


260 


1 


205 


220 


185 


200 


1/0 


295 


320 


275 


295 


1/0 


230 


250 


215 


230 


2/0 


335 


365 


310 


335 


2/0 


265 


285 


245 


260 


3/0 


385 


415 


355 


380 


3/0 


300 


320 


275 


295 


4/0 


435 


465 


405 


435 


4/0 


340 


365 


315 


340 


250 


470 


510 


440 


475 


250 . 


370 


395 


345 


370 


350 


570 


615 


535 


575 


350 


445 


480 


415 


450 


500 


690 


745 


650 


700 


500 


540 


580 


510 


545 


750 


845 


910 


805 


865 


750 


665 


720 


635 


680 


1000 


980 


1055 


930 


1005 


1000 


780 


840 


740 


795 


Two Circuits 


, Six Conductors (See 


Figure 310.60, Detail 10.) 


Two Circuits, 


Six Conductors (See Figure 310.60, Detail 10.) 


8 


100 


110 


— 


■ — 


8 


80 


85 


— 


— 


6 


130 


140 


120 


130 


6 


100 


110 


95 


100 


4 


165 


180 


• 160 


170 


4 


130 


140 


125 


130 


2 


215 


230 


195 


210 


2 


165 


180 


155 


165 


1 


240 


260 


225 


240 


1 


190 


200 


175 


190 


1/0 


275 


295 


255 


275 


1/0 


215 


230 


200 


215 


2/0 


310 


335 


290 


315 


2/0 


245 


260 


225 


245 


3/0 


355 


380 


330 


355 


3/0 


275 


295 


255 


275 


4/0 


400 


430 


375 


405 


4/0 


310 


335 


290 


315 ■ 


250 


435 


470 


410 


440 


250 


340 


365 


320 


345 


350 


520 


560 


495 


530 


350 


410 


440 


385 


415 


500 


630 


680 


600 


645 


500 


495 


530 


470 


505 


750 


775 


835 


740 


795 


750 


610 


655 


580 


625 


1000 


890 


960 


855 


920 


1000 


710 


765 


680 


730 



'"'"'A 



2007 California Electrical Code 



70-155 



310.60 



ARTICLE 310 - CONDUCTORS FOR GENERAL WIRING 



Table 310.83 Ampacities of Three Insulated Copper 
Conductors Cabled Within an Overall Covering 
(Three-Conductor Cable), Directly Buried in Earth 
Based on Ambient Earth Temperature of 20°C (68°F), 
Arrangement per Figure 310.60, 100 Percent Load 
Factor, Thermal Resistance (RHO) of 90, Conductor 
Temperatures of 90°C (194°F) and 105°C (221°F) 



Table 310,84 Ampacities of Three Insulated Aluminum 
Conductors Cabled Within an Overall Covering 
(Three-Conductor Cable), Directly Buried in Earth 
Based on Ambient Earth Temperature of 20°C (68°F), 
Arrangement per Figure 310.60, 100 Percent Load 
Factor, Thermal Resistance (RHO) of 90, Conductor 
Temperatures of 90°C (194°F) and 105°C (221°F) 





Temperati 


ire Rating of Conductor (See Table 310.61.) 




Temperatui 


re Rating of Conductor (See Table 310.61.) 




2001-5000 Volts 


5001-35,000 Volts 




2001-5000 Volts 


5001-35,000 Volts 




Ampacity 


Ampacity 


Conductor 


Ampacity 


Ampacity 


Conductor 


90°C 


105°C 


90°C 


105°C 


90 Q C 


105°C 


90°C 


105°C 


Size 


(194°F) 


(221°F) 


(194°F) 


(221°F) 


Size 


(194°F) 


(221°F) 


(194°F) 


(221°F) 


(AWG 


Type 


Type 


Type 


Type 


(AWG 


Type 


Type 


Type 


Type 


or kcrail) 


MV-90 


MV-105 


MV-90 


MV-105 


or kcmil) 


MV-90 


MV-105 


MV-90 


MV-105 


One Circuit 


(See Figure 


310.60, Detail 5.) 






One Circuit 


(See Figure 310.60, Detail 5.) 






8 


85 


89 


— 


— 


8 


65 


70 


— 


— 


6 


105 


115 


115 


120 


6 ' 


80 


88 


90 


95 


4 


135 


150 


145 


155 


4 


105 


115 


115 


125 


2 


180 


190 


185 


200 


2 


140 


150 


145 


155 


1 


200 


215 


210 


225 


1 


155 


170 


165 


175 


1/0 


230 


245 


240 


255 


1/0 


180 


190 


185 


200 


2/0 


260 


280 


270 


290 


2/0 


205 


220 


210 


225 


3/0 


295 


320 


305 


330 


3/0 


230 


250 


240 


260 


4/0 


335 


360 


350 


375 


4/0 


260 


280 


270 


295 


250 


365 


395 


380 


410 


250 


285 


310 


300 


320 


350 


440 


475 


460 


495 


350 


345 


375 


360 


390 


500 


530 


570 


550 


590 


500 


420 


450 


435 


470 


750 


650 


700 


665 


720 


750 


520 


560 


540 


580 


1000 


730 


785 


750 


810 


1000 


600 


650 


620 


665 


Two Circuits (See Figure 310.60, Detail 6.) 






Two Circuits (See Figure 


310.60, Detail 6.) 






8 


80 


84 


— 


— 


8 


60 


66 


— 


— 


6 


100 


105 


105 


115 


6 


75 


83 


80 


95 


4 


130 


140 


135 


145 


4 


100 


110 


105 


115 


2 


165 


180 


170 


185 


2 


130 


140 


135 


145 


1 


185 


200 


195 


210 


1 


145 


155 


150 


165 


1/0 


215 


230 


220 


235 


1/0 


165 


180 


170 


185 


2/0 


240 


260 


250 


270 


2/0 


190 


205 


195 


210 


3/0 * 


275 


295 


280 


305 


3/0 


215 


230 


220 


240 


4/0 


310 


335 


320 


345 


4/0 


245 


260 


250 


270 


250 


340 


365 


350 


375 


250 


265 


285 


275 


295 


350 


410 


440 


420 


450 


350 


320 


345 


330 


355 


500 


490 


525 


500 


535 


500 


385 


415 


395 


425 


750 


595 


640 


605 


650 


750 


480 


515 


485 


525 


1000 


665 


715 


675 


730 


1000 


550 


590 


560 


600 



70-156 



2007 California Electrical Code 



ARTICLE 310 - CONDUCTORS FOR GENERAL WIRING 



310.60 



Table 310.85 Ampacities of Three Triplexed Single 
Insulated Copper Conductors Directly Buried in Earth 
Based on Ambient Earth Temperature of 20°C (68°F), 
Arrangement per Figure 310.60, 100 Percent Load 
Factor, Thermal Resistance (RHO) of 90, Conductor 
Temperatures 90°C (194°F) and 105°C (221°F) 



Table 310.86 Ampacities of Three Triplexed Single 
Insulated Aluminum Conductors Directly Buried in Earth 
Based on Ambient Earth Temperature of 20°C (68°F), 
Arrangement per Figure 310.60, 100 Percent Load Factor, 
Thermal Resistance (RHO) of 90, Conductor Temperatures 
90°C (194°F) and 105°C (221°F) 





Temperature Rating of Conductor (See Table 310.61.) 




Temperature 


s Rating of Conductor (See Table 310.61.) 




2001-5000 Volts 


5001-35,000 Volts 




2001-5000 Volts 


5001-35,000 Volts 




Ampacity 


Amp; 


icity 


Conductor 


Ampacity 


Ampacity 


Conductor 




105°C 


90°C 


105°C 


90°C 


105°C 


90°C 


105°C 


Size 


90°C (194°F) 


(221°F) 


(194°F) 


(221°F) 


Size 


(194°F) 


(221°F) 


(194°F) 


(221°F) 


(AWG 


Type 


Type 


Type 


Type 


(AWG 


Type 


Type 


Type 


Type 


or kcmil) 


MV-90 


MV-105 


MV-90 


MV-105 


or kcmil) 


MV-90 


MV-105 


MV-90 


MV-105 


One Circuit, Three Conductors (See Figure ; 


510.60, Detail 7.) 


One Circuit, Three Conductors (See Figure 


310.60, Detail 7.) 


8 


90 


95 


— 


— 


8 


70 


75 


— . 


• — • 


6 


120 


130 


115 


120 


6 


90 


100 


90 


95 


4 


150 . 


165 


150 


160 


4 


120 


130 


115 


125 


2 


195 


205 


190 


205 


2 


155 


165 


145 


155 


1 


225 


240 


215 


230 


1 


175 . 


190 


165 


175 


1/0 


255 


270 


245 


260 


1/0 


200 


210 


190 


205 


2/0 


290 


310 


275 


295 


2/0 


225 


240 


215 


230 


3/0 


330 


360 


315 


340 


3/0 


255 


275 


245 


265 


4/0 


375 


405 


360 


385 


4/0 


■ 290 


310 


280. 


305 


250 


410 


445 


390 


410 


250 


320 


350 


305 


325 


350 


490 


580 


470 


505 


350 


385 


420 


370 


400 


500 


590 


635 


565 


605 


500 


465 


500 


445 


480 


750 


725 


780 


685 


740 


750 


580 


625 


550 


590 


1000 


825 


885 


770 


830 


1000 


670 


725 


635 


680 


Two Circuits, Six Conductors 


(See Figure 310.60, Detail 8 


•) 


Two Circuits, Six Conductors (See Figure 310.60, Detail 8.) 


8 


85 


90 


■ — 


— 


8 


65 


70 


— 


— 


6 


110 


115 


105 


115 


6 


85 


95 


85 


90 


4 


140 


150 


140 


150 


4 


110 


120 


105 


115 


2 


180 


195 


175 


190 


2 


140 


150 


135 


145 


1 


205 


220 


200 


215 


1 


160 


170 


155 


170 


1/0 


235 


250 


225 


240 


1/0 


180 


195 


175 


190 


2/0 


265 


285 


255 


275 


2/0 


205 


220 


200 


215 


3/0 


300 


320 


290 


315 


3/0 


235 


250 


225 


245 


4/0 


340 


365 


325 


350 


4/0 


265 


285 


255 


275 


250 


370 


395 


355 


380 


250 


290 


310 


280 


300 


350 


445 


480 


425 


455 


350 


350 


375 


335 


360 


500 


535 


575 


510 


545 


500 


420 


455 


' 405 


435 


750 


650 


700 


615 


660 


750 


520 


560 


485 


525 


1000 


740 


795 


690 


745 


1000. 


600 


645 


565 


605 



2007 California Electrical Code 



70-157 



312.1 



ARTICLE 3 12 - CABINETS, CUTOUT BOXES, AND METER SOCKET ENCLOSURES 



ARTICLE 312 

Cabinets, Cutout Boxes;, and Meter Socket 
Enclosures 



312.1 Scope. This article covers the installation and 
construction specifications of cabinets, cutout boxes, and 
meter socket enclosures. 



I. Installation 

312.2 Damp, Wet, or Hazardous (Classified) Locations. 

(A) Damp and Wet Locations. In damp or Wet locations, 
surface-type enclosures within the scope of this article shall 
be placed or equipped so as to prevent moisture or water 
from entering and accumulating within the cabinet or 
cutout box, and shall be mounted so there is at least 6-mm 
(%~in.) airspace between the enclosure and the wall or 
other supporting surface. Enclosures installed in wet 
locations shall be weatherproof. For enclosures in wet 
locations, raceways or cables entering above the level of 
uninsulated live parts shall use fittings listed for wet 
locations. 

Exception: Nonmetallic enclosures shall be permitted to be 
installed without the airspace on a concrete, masonry, tile, 
or similar surface. 

FPN: For protection against corrosion, see 300.6. 

(B) Hazardous (Classified) Locations. Installations in 
hazardous (classified) locations shall conform to Articles 
500 through 517. 

312.3 Position in Wall. In walls of concrete, tile, or other 
noncombustible material, cabinets shall be installed so that 
the front edge of the cabinet is not set back of the finished 
surface more than 6 mm QA in.). In walls constructed of 
wood or other combustible material, cabinets shall be flush 
with the finished surface or project therefrom. 

312.4 Repairing Plaster and Drywall or Plasterboard. 

Plaster, drywall, or plasterboard surfaces that are broken or 
incomplete shall be repaired so there will be no gaps or 
open spaces greater than 3 mm QA in.) at the edge of the 
cabinet or cutout box employing a flush-type cover. 

312.5 Cabinets, Cutout Boxes, and Meter Socket 
Enclosures. Conductors entering enclosures within the 
scope of this article shall be protected from abrasion and 
shall comply with 312.5(A) through (C). 

(A) Openings to Be Closed. Openings through which 
conductors enter shall be adequately closed. 



(B) Metal Cabinets, Cutout Boxes, and Meter Socket 
Enclosures. Where metal enclosures within the scope of 
this article are installed with messenger supported wiring, 
open wiring on insulators, or concealed knob-and-tube 
wiring, conductors shall enter through insulating bushings 
or, in dry locations, through flexible tubing extending from 
the last insulating support and firmly secured to the 
enclosure. 

(C) Cables. Where cable is used, each cable shall be 
secured to the cabinet, cutout box, or meter socket 
enclosure. 

Exception: Cables with entirely nonmetallic sheaths shall 
be permitted to enter the top of a surface-mounted 
enclosure through one or more nonflexible raceways not 
less than 450 mm (18 in.) and not more than 3.0 m (10 ft) 
in length, provided all of the following conditions are met: 

(a) Each cable is fastened within 300 mm (12 in.), 
measured along the sheath, of the outer end of the raceway. 

(b) The raceway extends directly above the enclosure 
and does not penetrate a structural ceiling. 

(c) A fitting is provided on each end of the raceway to 
protect the cable(s) from abrasion and the fittings remain 
accessible after installation. 

(d) The raceway is sealed or plugged at the outer end 
using approved means so as to prevent access to the 
enclosure through the raceway. 

(e) The cable sheath is continuous through the 
raceway and extends into the enclosure beyond the fitting 

' not less than 6 mm QA in.). 

(f) The raceway is fastened at its outer end and at 
other points in accordance with the applicable article. 

(g) Where installed as conduit or tubing, the 
allowable cable fill does not exceed that permitted for 
complete conduit or tubing systems by Table 1 of Chapter 9 
of this Code and all applicable notes thereto. 

FPN: See Table 1 in Chapter 9, including Note 9, for 
allowable cable fill in circular raceways. See 
310.15(B)(2)(a) ' for required ampacity reductions for 
multiple cables installed in a common raceway. 

312.6 Deflection of Conductors. Conductors at terminals 
or conductors entering or leaving cabinets or cutout boxes 
and the like shall comply with 312.6(A) through (C). 

Exception: Wire-bending space in enclosures for motor 
controllers with provisions for one or two wires per 
terminal shall comply with 430.10(B). 

(A) Width of Wiring Gutters. Conductors shall not be 
deflected within a cabinet or cutout box unless a gutter having 
a width in accordance with Table 312.6(A) is provided. 
Conductors in parallel in accordance with 310.4 shall be 
judged on the basis of the number of conductors in parallel. 



/ 



70-158 



2007 California Electrical Code 



ARTICLE 3 12 - CABINETS, CUTOUT BOXES, AND METER SOCKET ENCLOSURES 



312.9 



Table 312.6(A) Minimum Wire-Bending Space at Terminals and Minimum Width of Wiring Gutters 

Wires per Terminal 



Wire Size 




1 




2 




3 




4 




£ 




(AWG or kcmil) 


mm 




in. 


mm 


in. 


mm 


in. 


mm 


in. 


mm 


in. 


14-10 


Not 


specified 


— 


— 


— 


— 


— 


— 


— 


— 


8-6 


38.1 




VA 


— 


— 


— • 


— 


— 


— 


— 


— 


4-3 


50.8 




2 


. — 


■ — ■ 


— 


— 


— 


— 


— 


. — . 


2 


63.5 




2V 2 


— 


— 


„ 


— 


— 


— 


— 


— 


1 


76.2 




3 


— 


— 


— 


— 


— 


— 


— 


— 


1/0-2/0 


88.9 




3V 2 


127 


5 


178 


7 


— 


— 


— 


— 


3/0-4/0 . 


102 




4 


152 


6 


203 


8 


— 


— 


— 


— 


250 


114 




AVi 


152 


6 


203 


8 


254 


10 


— 


— 


300-350 


127 




5 


203 


8 


254 


10 


305 


12 


— 


— 


400-500 


152 




6 


203 


8 


254 


10 


305 


12 


356 


14 


600-700 


203 




8 


254 


10 


305 


12 


356 


14 


406 


16 


750-900 


203 




8 


305 


12 


356 


14 


406 


16 


457 


18 


1000-1250 


254 




10 


— 


— 


— 


— 


— 


— 


— 


— ■ 


1500-2000 


305 




12 


— 


— 


— 


— 


— 


— 


— 


— 



Note: Bending space at terminals shall be measured in a straight line from the end of the lug or wire connector (in the direction that the 
wire leaves the terminal) to the wall, barrier, or obstruction. 



(B) Wire-Bending Space at Terminals. Wire-bending 
space at each terminal shall be provided in accordance with 
312.6(B)(1) or (B)(2). 

(1) Conductors Not Entering or Leaving Opposite Wall. 

Table 312.6(A) shall apply where the conductor does not 
enter or leave the enclosure through the wall opposite its 
terminal. 

(2) Conductors Entering or Leaving Opposite Wall. 

Table 312.6(B) shall apply where the conductor does enter 
or leave the enclosure through the wall opposite its 
terminal 

Exception No. 1: Where the distance between the wall and 
its terminal is in accordance with Table 312.6(A), a 
conductor shall be permitted to enter or leave an enclosure 
through the wall opposite its terminal, provided the 
conductor enters or leaves the enclosure where the gutter 
joins an adjacent gutter that has a width that conforms to 
Table 312.6(B) for the conductor. 

Exception No. 2: A conductor not larger than 350 kcmil 
shall be permitted to enter or leave an enclosure 
containing only a meter socket(s) through the wall opposite 
its terminal, provided the distance between the terminal 
and the opposite wall is not less than that specified in 
Table 312.6(A) and the terminal is a lay An type, where the 
terminal is either of the following: 

(a) Directed toward the opening in the enclosure and, 
within a 45 degree angle of directly facing the enclosure 
wall 



(b) Directly facing the enclosure wall and offset not 
greater than 50 percent of the bending space specified in 
Table 312.6(A) 

FPN: Offset is the distance measured along the enclosure 
wall from the axis of the centerline of the terminal to a line 
passing through the center of the opening in the enclosure. 

(C) Conductors 4 AWG or Larger. Installation shall 
comply with 300.4(F). 

312.7 Space in Enclosures. Cabinets and cutout boxes 
shall have sufficient space to accommodate all conductors 
installed in them without crowding. 

312.8 Enclosures for Switches or Overcurrent Devices. 

Enclosures for switches or overcurrent devices shall not be 
used as junction boxes, auxiliary gutters, or raceways for 
conductors feeding through or tapping off to other switches 
or overcurrent devices, unless adequate space for this 
purpose is provided. The conductors shall not fill the 
wiring space at any cross section to more than 40 percent 
of the cross-sectional area of the space, and the conductors, 
splices, and taps shall not fill the wiring space at any cross 
section to more than 75 percent of the cross-sectional area 
of that space. 

312.9 Side or Back Wiring Spaces or Gutters. Cabinets 
and cutout boxes shall be provided with back-wiring 
spaces, gutters, or wiring compartments as required by 
312.11(C) and (D). 



2007 California Electrical Code 



70-159 



312.10 



ARTICLE 312 - CABINETS, CUTOUT BOXES, AND METER SOCKET ENCLOSURES 



Table 312.6(B) Minimum Wire-Bending Space at Terminals 







Wires per Terminal 


Wire Size (AWG or kcmil) 


1 


2 


3 


4 or 


More 




Compact 




















Stranded AA- 




















8000 Aluminum 




















Alloy 


















All Other 


Conductors 


















Conductors 


(See Note 3.) 


mm 


in. 


mm 


in. 


mm 


in. 


mm 


in. 


14-10 


12-8 


Not 


specified 


_" 


— 


" — 




— 


— 


8 


6 


38.1 


VA 


— 


— 


— 




— 


— 


6 


4 


50.8 


2 


— 


— 


— 




— 


— 


4 


2 


76.2 


3 


— 


— 


— 




— 


— 


3 


1 


76.2 


3 


— 


— 


— 




— 


— 


2 


1/0 


88.9 


3Yi 


— 


— 


— 




— 


— 


1 


2/0 


114 


4/ 2 


— 


— 


— 




— 


— 


1/0 


3/0 


140 


514 


140 


S X A 


178 


7 


— 


— 


2/0 


4/0 


152 


6 


152 


6 


190 


VA 


— . 


— 


3/0 


250 


165 a 


6 l A* 


165 a 


6 l / 2 a 


203 


8 


— 


— 


4/0 


300 


178 b 


7 b 


190 c 


VA C 


216 a 


8 J /2 a 


— 


— 


250 


350 


216 d 


8 x /2 d 


229 d 


&A d 


254 b 


9 b 


254 


10 


300 


400 


254 e 


10 e 


254 d 


10 d 


279 b 


ll b 


305 


12 


350 


500 


305 e 


12 e 


305 e 


12 e 


330 e 


13 e 


356 d 


14 d 


400 


600 


330 e 


13 e 


330 e 


13 e 


356 e 


14 e 


381 e 


15 e 


500 


700-750 


356 e 


14 e 


356 e 


14 e 


381 e 


15 e 


406 e 


16 e 


600 


800^900 


381 e 


15 e 


406 e 


16 e 


457 e 


18 e 


483 e 


19 e 


700 


1000 


406 e 


16 e 


457 e 


18 e 


508 e 


20 e 


559 e 


22 e 


750 


— 


432 e 


17 e 


483 e 


19 e 


559 e 


22 e 


610 e 


24 e 


800 


— 


457 


18 


508 


20 


559 


22 


610 


24 


900 


— 


483 


19 


559 


. 22 


610 


24 


610 


24 


1000 


— 


508 


20 


— . 


— 


— 




— 




1250 


— 


559 


22 


— 


— 


— 




— 




1500 


— 


610 


24 


. — • 


— 


— 




— 




1750 


— 


610 


24 


— 


— 


— 




— 




2000 


— 


610 


24 


— 


_ 


— 




— 





1. Bending space at terminals shall be measured in a straight line from the end of the lug or wire connector in a direction perpendicular to 
the enclosure wall. 

2. For removable and lay-in wire terminals intended for only one wire, bending space shall be permitted to be reduced by the following 
number of millimeters (inches): 

a 12.7 mm QA in.) d 50.8 mm (2 in.) 

b 25.4 mm (1 in.) e 76.2 mm (3 in.) 

c 38.1mm(l 1 /2in.) 

3. This column shall be permitted to determine the required wire-bending space for compact stranded aluminum conductors in sizes up to 
1000 kcmil and manufactured using AA-8000 series electrical grade aluminum alloy conductor material in accordance with 310.14. 



II. Construction Specifications 

312.10 Material. Cabinets, cutout boxes, and meter socket 
enclosures shall comply with 312.10(A) through (C). 

(A) Metal Cabinets and Cutout Boxes. Metal enclosures 
within the scope of this article shall be protected both 
inside and outside against corrosion. 



FPN: For information on protection against corrosion, see 
300.6. 

(B) Strength. The design and construction of enclosures 
within the scope of this article shall be such as to secure 
ample strength and rigidity. If constructed of sheet steel, 
the metal thickness shall not be less than 1.35 mm (0.053 
in.) uncoated. 



s 



70-160 



2007 California Electrical Code 



ARTICLE 3 14 - OUTLET, DEVICE, PULL, AND JUNCTION BOXES; CONDUIT BODIES; FITTINGS; AND HANDHOLES 



314.3 



(C) Nonmetallic Cabinets. Nonmetallic cabinets shall be 
listed, or they shall be submitted for approval prior to 
installation. 

312.11 Spacing. The spacing within cabinets and cutout 
boxes shall comply with 3 12. 1 1(A) through (D). 

(A) General. Spacing within cabinets and cutout boxes 
shall be sufficient to provide ample room for the 
distribution of wires and cables placed in them and for a 
separation between metal parts of devices and apparatus 
mounted within them as follows. 

(1) Base. Other than at points of support, there shall be an 
airspace of at least 1.59 mm (0.0625 in.) between the base 
of the device and the wall of any metal cabinet or cutout 
box in which the device is mounted. 

(2) Doors. There shall be an airspace of at least 25.4 mm 
(1.00 in.) between any live metal part, including live metal 
parts of enclosed fuses, and the door. 

Exception: Where the door is lined with an approved 
insulating material or is of a thickness of metal not less 
than 2.36 mm (0.093 in.) uncoated, the airspace shall not 
be less than 12.7 mm (0.500 in.). 

(3) Live Parts. There shall be an airspace of at least 12.7 
mm (0.500 in.) between the walls, back, gutter partition, if 
of metal, or door of any cabinet or cutout box and the 
nearest exposed current-carrying part of devices mounted 
within the cabinet where the voltage does not exceed 250. 
This spacing shall be increased to at least 25.4 mm (1.00 
in.) for voltages of 251 to 600, nominal. 

Exception: Where the conditions in 312.11(A)(2), 
Exception, are met, the airspace for nominal voltages from 
251 to 600 shall be permitted to be not less than 12.7 mm 
(0.500 in.). 

(B) Switch Clearance. Cabinets and cutout boxes shall be 
deep enough to allow the closing of the doors when 30- 
ampere branch-circuit panelboard switches are in any 
position, when combination cutout switches are in any 
position, or when other single-throw switches are opened 
as far as their construction permits. 

(C) Wiring Space. Cabinets and cutout boxes that contain 
devices or apparatus connected within the cabinet or box to 
more than eight conductors, including those of branch 
circuits, meter loops, feeder circuits, power circuits, and 
similar circuits, but not including the supply circuit or a 
continuation thereof, shall have back-wiring spaces or one 
or more side-wiring spaces, side gutters, or wiring 
compartments. 

(D) Wiring Space — Enclosure. Side-wiring spaces, side 
gutters, or side- wiring compartments of cabinets and cutout 
boxes shall be made tight enclosures by means of covers, 
barriers, or partitions extending from the bases of the 
devices contained in the cabinet, to the door, frame, or 
sides of the cabinet. 



Exception: Side-wiring spaces, side gutters, and side- 
wiring compartments of cabinets shall not be required to 
be made tight enclosures where those side spaces contain 
only conductors that enter the cabinet directly opposite to 
the devices where they terminate. 

Partially enclosed back-wiring spaces shall be 
provided with covers to complete the enclosure. Wiring 
spaces that are required by 312.11(C) and are exposed 
when doors are open shall be provided with covers to 
complete the enclosure. Where adequate space is provided 
for feed-through conductors and for splices as required in 
312.8, additional barriers shall not be required. 



ARTICLE 314 

Outlet, Device, Pull, and Junction Boxes; 

Conduit Bodies; Fittings; and Handhole 

Enclosures 



I. Scope and General 

314.1 Scope. This article covers the installation and use of 
all boxes and conduit bodies used as outlet, device, 
junction, or pull boxes, depending on their use, and 
handhole enclosures. Cast, sheet metal, nonmetallic, and 
other boxes such as FS, FD, and larger boxes are not 
classified as conduit bodies. This article also includes 
installation requirements for fittings used to join raceways 
and to connect raceways and cables to boxes and conduit 
bodies. 

314.2 Round Boxes. Round boxes shall not be used where 
conduits or connectors requiring the use of locknuts or 
bushings are to be connected to the side of the box. 

314.3 Nonmetallic Boxes. Nonmetallic boxes shall be 
permitted only with open wiring on insulators, concealed 
knob-and-tube wiring, cabled wiring methods with entirely 
nonmetallic sheaths, flexible cords, and nonmetallic 

raceways. 

Exception No. 1: Where internal bonding means are 
provided between all entries, nonmetallic boxes shall be 
permitted to be used with metal raceways or metal- 
armored cables. 

Exception No. 2: Where integral bonding means with a 
provision for attaching an equipment bonding jumper 
inside the box are provided between all threaded entries in 
nonmetallic boxes listed for the purpose, nonmetallic boxes 
shall be permitted to be used with metal raceways or 
metal-armored cables. 



2007 California Electrical Code 



70-161 



314.4 ARTICLE 3 14 - OUTLET, DEVICE, PULL, AND JUNCTION BOXES; CONDUIT BODIES; FITTINGS; AND HANDHOLES 



314.4 Metal Boxes. Ail metal boxes shall be grounded in 
accordance with the provisions of Article 250. 

314.5 Short-Radius Conduit Bodies. Conduit bodies 
such as capped elbows and service-entrance elbows that 
enclose conductors 6 AWG or smaller, and are only 
intended to enable the installation of the raceway and the 
contained conductors, shall not contain splices, taps, or 
devices and shall be of sufficient size to provide free space 
for all conductors enclosed in the conduit body. 

II. Installation 

314.15 Damp, Wet, or Hazardous (Classified) 
Locations. 

(A) Damp or Wet Locations. In damp or wet locations, 
boxes, conduit bodies, and fittings shall be placed or 
equipped so as to prevent moisture from entering or 
accumulating within the box, conduit body, or fitting. 
Boxes, conduit bodies, and fittings installed in wet 
locations shall be listed for use in wet locations. 

FPN No. 1 : For boxes in floors, see 3 14.27(C). 

FPN No. 2: For protection against corrosion, see 300.6. 

(B) Hazardous (Classified) Locations. Installations in 
hazardous (classified) locations shall conform to Articles 
500 through 517. 

314.16 Number of Conductors in Outlet, Device, and 
Junction Boxes, and Conduit Bodies. Boxes and conduit 
bodies shall be of sufficient size to provide free space for 
all enclosed conductors. In no case shall the volume of the 
box, as calculated in 314.16(A), be less than the fill 
calculation as calculated in 314.16(B). The minimum 
volume for conduit bodies shall be as calculated in 
314.16(C). 

The provisions of this section shall not apply to 
terminal housings supplied with motors. 

FPN: For volume requirements of motor terminal housings, 
see 430.12. 

Boxes and conduit bodies enclosing conductors 4 
AWG or larger shall also comply with the provisions of 
314.28. 

(A) Box Volume Calculations. The volume of a wiring 
enclosure (box) shall be the total volume of the assembled 
sections and, where used, the space provided by plaster 
rings, domed covers, extension rings, and so forth, that are 
marked with their volume or are made from boxes the 
dimensions of which are listed in Table 314.16(A). 

(1) Standard Boxes. The volumes of standard boxes that 
are not marked with their volume shall be as given in Table 
314.16(A). 



(2) Other Boxes. Boxes 1650 cmr (100 in.^) or less, other v 
than those described in Table 314.16(A), and nonmetallic x 
boxes shall be durably and legibly marked by the 
manufacturer with their volume. Boxes described in Table 
314.16(A) that have a volume larger than is designated in 
the table shall be permitted to have their volume marked as 
required by this section. 

(B) Box Fill Calculations. The volumes in paragraphs 
314.16(B)(1) through (B)(5), as applicable, shall be added 
together. No allowance shall be required for small fittings 
such as locknuts and bushings. 

(1) Conductor Fill. Each conductor that originates outside / 
the box and terminates or is spliced within the box shall be ^ 
counted once, and each conductor that passes through the 
box without splice or termination shall be counted once. A 
looped, unbroken conductor not less than twice the 
minimum length required for free conductors in 300.14 
shall be counted twice. The conductor fill shall be 
calculated using Table 314.16(B). A conductor, no part of 
which leaves the box, shall not be counted. 

Exception: An equipment grounding conductor or 
conductors or not over four fixture wires smaller than 14 
AWG, or both, shall be permitted to be omitted from the 
calculations where they enter a box from a domed 
lumihaire (fixture) or similar canopy and terminate within 
that box. 

(2) Clamp Fill. Where one or more internal cable clamps, 
whether factory or field supplied, are present in the box, a 
single volume allowance in accordance with Table 
314.16(B) shall be made based on the largest conductor 
present in the box. No allowance shall be required for a cable 
connector with its clamping mechanism outside the box. 

(3) Support Fittings Fill. Where one or more luminaire 
(fixture) studs or hickeys are present in the box, a single 
volume allowance in accordance with Table 314.16(B) 
shall be made for each type of fitting based on the largest 
conductor present in the box. 

(4) Device or Equipment Fill. For each yoke or strap 
containing one or more devices or equipment, a double / 
volume allowance in accordance with Table 314.16(B) ^ 
shall be made for each yoke or strap based on the largest 
conductor connected to a device(s) or equipment supported 
by that yoke or strap. 

(5) Equipment Grounding Conductor Fill. Where one or 
more equipment grounding conductors or equipment ^ 
bonding jumpers enter a box, a single volume allowance in \ 
accordance with Table 314.16(B) shall be made based on 
the largest equipment grounding conductor or equipment 
bonding jumper present in the box. Where an additional set 
of equipment grounding conductors, as permitted by 
250.146(D), is present in the box, an additional volume r 
allowance shall be made based on the largest equipment ; 
grounding conductor in the additional set. 



y 



70-162 



2007 California Electrical Code 



ARTICLE 3 14 - OUTLET, DEVICE, PULL, AND JUNCTION BOXES; CONDUIT BODIES; FITTINGS; AND HANDHOLES 314.17 



Table 314.16(A) Metal Boxes 



Box Trade Size 


Minimum Volume 


Maximum Number of Conductors* 


mm 


in. 




cm 3 


in. 3 


18 


16 


14 


12 


10 


8 


6 


100 x 32 
100x38 
100 x 54 


(4xl/ 4 ) 
(4xl/ 2 ) 
(4 x 2/ 8 ) 


round/octagonal 
round/octagonal 
round/octagonal 


205 
254 
353 


12.5 
15.5 
21.5 


8 

10 
14 


7 
8 
12 


6 

7 
10 


5 
6 
9 


5 
6 
8 


5 
5 
7 


2 
3 
4 


100 x 32 
100x38 
100 x 54 


(4x1%) 
(4xl/ 2 ) 
(4 x 2/ 8 ) 


square 
square 
square 


295 
344 
497 


18.0 
21.0 
30.3 


12 
14 
20 


10 
12 
17 


9 
10 
15 


8 
9 
13 


7 
8 
12 


6 
7 
10 


3 
4 
6 


120 x 32 
120x38 
120 x 54 


(4 n / 16 xl/ 4 ) 
(4 n / 16 xl/ 2 ) 
(4%x2/ 8 ) 


square 
square 
square 


418 
484 
689 


25.5 
29.5 
42.0 


17 
19 
28 


14 
16 
24 


12 
14 
21 


11 
13 
18 


10 

, 11 

16 


8 
9 

14 


5 
5 
8 


75 x 50 x 38 
75 x 50 x 50 
75 x 50 x 57 
75 x 50 x 65 
75 x 50 x 70 
75 x 50 x 90 


(3x2x114) 
(3x2x2) 
(3 x 2 x 2/ 4 ) 
(3 x 2 x 2/2) 
(3 x 2 x 2 3 / 4 ) 
(3x2x3/2) 


device 
device 
device 
device 
device 
device 


123 
164 
172 
205 
230 
295 


7.5 

10.0 

10.5 

12.5 

14.0, 

18.0 


5 
6 
7 
8 
9 
12 


4 • 

5 

6 

7 

8 

10 


3 
5 
5 
6 
7 
9 


3 
4 
4 
5 
6 
8 


3 

4 

4- 

5 

5 

7 


2 
3 
3 
4 
4 
6 


1 
2 
2 
2 
2 
3 


100x54x38 
100x54x48 
100 x 54 x 54 


(4x2/ 8 xl/ 2 ) 
(4 x 2/ 8 x 1%) 
(4 x 2/ 8 x 2/s) 


device 
device 
device 


169 
213 
238 


10.3 
13.0 
14.5 


6 
8 
9 


5 
7 
8 


5 
6 
7 


4 
5 
6 


4 
5 
5 


3 
4 
4 


2 
2 
2 


95 x 50 x 65 
95 x 50 x 90 


(3 3 / 4 x 2 x 2/ 2 ) 
(3 3 / 4 x 2 x 3/2) . 


masonry box/gang 
masonry box/gang 


230 
344 


14.0 
21.0 


9 

14 


8 
12 


7 
10 


6 
9 


5 
8 


4 
7 


2 
4 


min. 44.5 depth 
min. 60.3 depth 


FS — single cover/gang (PA) 
FD — single cover/gang (2 3 / 8 ) 


221 
295 


13.5 
18.0 


9 

12 


7 
10 


6 
9 


6 
8 


5 
7 


4 
'6 


2 
3 


min, 44.5 depth 
min. 60.3 depth 


FS — multiple cover/gang (1%) 

FD — multiple cover/gang (2 3 / 8 ) | 


295 
395 


18.0 
24.0 


12 
16 


10 
13 


9 

12 


8 
10 


7 
9 


6 

8 


3 
4 



*Where no volume allowances are required by 3 14.16(B)(2) through (B)(5). 



Table 314.16(B) Volume Allowance Required per 

Conductor 





Free Space Within Box for Each 






Conductor 




Size of Conductor 








(AWG) 


3 
cm J 




in.3 


18 


24.6 




1.50 


16 


28.7 




1.75 


14 


32.8 




2.00 


12 


36.9 




2.25 


10 


41.0 




2.50 


8 


49.2 ■ 




3.00 


6 


81.9 




5.00 



(C) Conduit Bodies. 

(1) General. Conduit bodies enclosing 6 AWG conductors 
or smaller, other than short-radius conduit bodies as 
described in 314.5, shall have a cross-sectional area not 
less than twice the cross-sectional area of the largest 
conduit or tubing to which it is attached. The maximum 
number of conductors permitted shall be the maximum 
number permitted by Table 1 of Chapter 9 for the conduit 
or tubing to which it is attached. 



(2) With Splices, Taps, or Devices. Only those conduit 
bodies that are durably and legibly marked by the 
manufacturer with their volume shall be permitted to 
contain splices, taps, or devices. The maximum number of 
conductors shall be calculated in accordance with 
314.16(B). Conduit bodies shall be supported in a rigid and 
secure manner. 

314.17 Conductors Entering Boxes, Conduit Bodies, or 
Fittings. Conductors entering boxes, conduit bodies, or 
fittings shall be protected from abrasion and shall comply 
with 314.17(A) through (D). 

(A) Openings to Be Closed. Openings through which 
conductors enter shall be adequately closed. 

(B) Metal Boxes and Conduit Bodies. Where metal boxes 
or conduit bodies are installed with messenger supported 
wiring, open wiring on insulators, or concealed knob-and- 
tube wiring, conductors shall enter through insulating 
bushings or, in dry locations, through flexible tubing 
extending from the last insulating support to not less than 6 
mm QA in.) inside the box and beyond any cable clamps. 
Except as provided in 300.15(C), the wiring shall be firmly 
secured to the box or conduit body. Where raceway or 
cable is installed with metal boxes or conduit bodies, the 
raceway or cable shall be secured to such boxes and 
conduit bodies. 



2007 California Electrical Code 



70-163 



314.19 ARTICLE 314 - OUTLET, DEVICE, PULL, AND JUNCTION BOXES; CONDUIT BODIES; FITTINGS; AND HANDHOLES 



(C) Nonmetallic Boxes and Conduit Bodies. Nonmetallic 
boxes and conduit bodies shall be suitable for the lowest 
temperature-rated conductor entering the box. Where 
nonmetallic boxes and conduit bodies are used with 
messenger supported wiring, open wiring on insulators, or 
concealed knob-and-tube wiring, the conductors shall enter 
the box through individual holes. Where flexible tubing is 
used to enclose the conductors, the tubing shall extend 
from the last insulating support to not less than 6 mm QA 
in.) inside the box and beyond any cable clamp. Where 
nonmetallic-sheathed cable or multiconductor Type UF 
cable is used, the sheath shall extend not less than 6 mm QA 
in.) inside the box and beyond any cable clamp. In all 
instances, all permitted wiring methods shall be secured to 
the boxes. 

Exception: Where nonmetallic-sheathed cable or 
multiconductor Type UF cable is used with single gang 
boxes not larger than a nominal size 57 mm x 100 mm (2 
*A in. x 4 in.) mounted in walls or ceilings, and where the 
cable is fastened within 200 mm (8 in.) of the box measured 
along the sheath and where the sheath extends through a 
cable knockout not less than 6 mm ( J A in.), securing the 
cable to the box shall not be required. Multiple cable 
entries shall be permitted in a single cable knockout 
opening, 

(D) Conductors 4 AWG or Larger. Installation shall 
comply with 300.4(F). 

FPN: See 110.12(A) for requirements on closing unused 
cable and raceway knockout openings. 

314.19 Boxes Enclosing Flush Devices. Boxes used to 
enclose flush devices shall be of such design that the 
devices will be completely enclosed on back and sides and 
substantial support for the devices will be provided. Screws 
for supporting the box shall not be used in attachment of 
the device contained therein. 

314.20 In Wall or Ceiling. In walls or ceilings with a surface 
of concrete, tile, gypsum, plaster, or other noncombustible 
material, boxes employing a flush-type cover or faceplate shall 
be installed so that the front edge of the box, plaster ring, 
extension ring, or listed extender will not be set back of the 
finished surface more than 6 mm QA in.). 

In walls and ceilings constructed of wood or other 
combustible surface material, boxes, plaster rings, 
extension rings, or listed extenders shall be flush with the 
finished surface or project therefrom. 

314.21 Repairing Plaster and Drywall or Plasterboard. 

Plaster, drywall, or plasterboard surfaces that are broken or 
incomplete around boxes employing a flush-type cover or 
faceplate shall be repaired so there will he no gaps or open 
spaces greater than 3 mm QA in.) at the edge of the box. 



314.22 Exposed Surface Extensions. Surface extensions 
from a flush-mounted box shall be made by mounting and 
mechanically securing an extension ring over the flush box. 
Equipment grounding and bonding shall be in accordance 
with Article 250. 

Exception: A surface extension shall be permitted to be 
made from the cover of a flush-mounted box where the 
cover is designed so it is unlikely to fall off or be removed 
if its securing means becomes loose. The wiring method 
shall be flexible for a length sufficient to permit removal of 
the cover and provide access to the box interior, and 
arranged so that any bonding or grounding continuity is 
independent of the connection between the box and cover. 

314.23 Supports. Enclosures within the scope of this 
article shall be supported in accordance with one or more 
of the provisions in 314.23(A) through (H). 

(A) Surface Mounting. An enclosure mounted on a 
building or other surface shall be rigidly and securely 
fastened in place. If the surface does not provide rigid and 
secure support, additional support in accordance with other 
provisions of this section shall be provided. 

(B) Structural Mounting. An enclosure supported from a 
structural member of a building or from grade shall be 
rigidly supported either directly or by using a metal, 
polymeric, or wood brace. 

(1) Nails and Screws. Nails and screws, where used as a 
fastening means, shall be attached by using brackets on the 
outside of the enclosure, or they shall pass through the 
interior within 6 mm (!4 in.) of the back or ends of the 
enclosure. Screws shall not be permitted to pass through 
the box unless exposed threads in the box are protected 
using approved means to avoid abrasion of conductor 
insulation. 

(2) Braces. Metal braces shall be protected against 
corrosion and formed from metal that is not less than 0.51 
mm (0.020 in.) thick uncoated. Wood braces shall have a 
cross section not less than nominal 25 mm x 50 mm (1 in. 
x 2 in.). Wood braces in wet locations shall be treated for 
the conditions. Polymeric braces shall be identified as 
being suitable for the use. 

(C) Mounting in Finished Surfaces. An enclosure 
mounted in a finished surface shall be rigidly secured 
thereto by clamps, anchors, or fittings identified for the 
application. 



70-164 



2007 California Electrical Code 



ARTICLE 314 - OUTLET, DEVICE, PULL, AND JUNCTION BOXES; CONDUIT BODIES; FITTINGS; AND HANDHOLES 314.23 



(D) Suspended Ceilings. An enclosure mounted to 
structural or supporting elements of a suspended ceiling 

shall be not more than 1650 cnr (100 in.3) in size and 
shall be securely fastened in place in accordance with 
either (D)(1) or (D)(2). 

(1) Framing Members. An enclosure shall be fastened to 
the framing members by mechanical means such as bolts, 
screws, or rivets, or by the use of clips or other securing 
means identified for use with the type of ceiling framing 
member(s) and enclosure(s) employed. The framing 
members shall be adequately supported and securely 
fastened to each other and to the building structure. 

(2) Support Wires. The installation shall comply with the 
provisions of 300.11(A). The enclosure shall be secured, 
using methods identified for the purpose, to ceiling support 
wire(s), including any additional support wire(s) installed 
for that purpose. Support wire(s) used for enclosure support 
shall be fastened at each end so as to be taut within the 
ceiling cavity. 

(E) Raceway Supported Enclosure, Without Devices, 
Luminaires (Fixtures), or Landholders. An enclosure 
that does not contain a device(s) other than splicing devices 
or support a luminaire(s) [fixture(s)], lampholder, or other 
equipment and is supported by entering raceways shall not 

exceed 1650 cm^ (100 in.3) in size. It shall have threaded 
entries or have hubs identified for the purpose. It shall be 
supported by two or more conduits threaded wrenchtight 
into the enclosure or hubs. Each conduit shall be secured 
within 900 mm (3 ft) of the enclosure, or within 450 mm 
(18 in.) of the enclosure if all conduit entries are on the 
same side. 

Exception: Rigid metal, intermediate metal or rigid 
nonmetallic conduit or electrical metallic tubing shall be 
permitted to support a conduit body of any size, including a 
conduit body constructed with only one conduit entry, 
provided the trade size of the conduit body is not larger 
than the largest trade size of the conduit or electrical 
metallic tubing. 

(F) Raceway Supported Enclosures, with Devices, 
Luminaires (Fixtures), or Lampholders. An enclosure 
that contains a device(s), other than splicing devices, or 
supports a luminaire(s) [fixture(s)], lampholder, or other 
equipment and is supported by entering raceways shall not 

exceed 1650 cm^ (100 in.^) in size. It shall have threaded 
entries or have hubs identified for the purpose. It shall be 
supported by two or more conduits threaded wrenchtight 
into the enclosure or hubs. Each conduit shall be secured 
within 450 mm (18 in.) of the enclosure. 

Exception No, 1: Rigid metal or intermediate metal 
conduit shall be permitted to support a conduit body of any 
size, including a conduit body constructed with only, one 
conduit entry, provided the trade size of the conduit body is 
not larger than the largest trade size of the conduit. 



Exception No. 2: An unbroken length(s) of rigid or 
intermediate metal conduit shall be permitted to support a 
box used for luminaire (fixture) or lampholder support, or 
to support a wiring enclosure that is an integral part of a 
luminaire (fixture) and used in lieu of a box in accordance 
with 300.15(B), where all of the following conditions are 
met: 

(a) The conduit is securely fastened at a point so that 
the length of conduit beyond the last point of conduit 
support does not exceed 900 mm (3 ft). 

(b) The unbroken conduit length before the last point 
of conduit support is 300 mm (12 in.) or greater, and that 
portion of the conduit is securely fastened at some point 
not less than 300 mm (12 in.) from its last point of support 

(c) Where accessible to unqualified persons, the 
luminaire (fixture) or lampholder, measured to its lowest 
point, is at least 2,5 m (8 ft) above grade or standing area 
and at least 900 mm (3 ft) measured horizontally to the 2.5 
m (8 ft) elevation from windows, doors, porches, fire 
escapes, or similar locations. 

(d) A luminaire (fixture) supported by a single conduit 
does not exceed 300 mm (12 in.) in any direction from the 
point of conduit entry, 

(e) The weight supported by any single conduit does 
not exceed 9 kg (20 lb). 

(f) At the luminaire (fixture) or lampholder end, the . 
conduit(s) is threaded wrenchtight into the box, conduit 
body, or integral wiring enclosure, or into hubs identified 
for the purpose. Where a box or conduit body is used for 
support, the luminaire (fixture) shall be secured directly to 
the box or conduit body, or through a threaded conduit 
nipple not over 75 mm (3 in.) long. 

(G) Enclosures in Concrete or Masonry. An enclosure 
supported by embedment shall be identified as suitably 
protected from corrosion and securely embedded in 
concrete or masonry. 

(H) Pendant Boxes. An enclosure supported by a pendant 
shall comply with 3 14.23(H)(1) or (H)(2). 

(1) Flexible Cord. A box shall be supported from a 
multiconductor cord or cable in an approved manner that 
protects the conductors against strain, such as a strain-relief 
connector threaded into a box with a hub. 

(2) Conduit. A box supporting lampholders or luminaires 
(lighting fixtures), or wiring enclosures within luminaires 
(fixtures) used in lieu of boxes in accordance with 
300.15(B), shall be supported by rigid or intermediate 
metal conduit stems. For stems longer than 450 mm (18 
in.), the stems shall be connected to the wiring system with 
flexible fittings suitable for the location. At the luminaire 
(fixture) end, the conduit(s) shall be threaded wrenchtight 
into the box or wiring enclosure, or into hubs identified for 
the purpose. 



2007 California Electrical Code 



70-165 



314.24 ARTICLE 314 - OUTLET, DEVICE, PULL, AND JUNCTION BOXES; CONDUIT BODIES; FITTINGS; AND HANDHOLES 



Where supported by only a single conduit, the threaded 
joints shall be prevented ,from loosening by the use of set- 
screws or other effective means, or the luminaire (fixture), 
at any point, shall be at least 2.5 m (8 ft) above grade or 
standing area and at least 900 mm (3 ft) measured 
horizontally to the 215 m (8 ft) elevation from windows, 
doors, porches, fire escapes, or similar locations. A 
luminaire (fixture) supported by a single conduit shall not 
exceed 300 mm (12 in.) in any horizontal direction from 
the point of conduit entry. 

314.24 Depth of Outlet Boxes. No box shall have an 
internal depth of less than 12.7 mm QA in.). Boxes intended 
to enclose , flush devices shall have an internal depth of not 
less than 23.8 mm ( 15 /i 6 in.). 

314.25 Covers and Canopies. In completed installations, 
each box shall have a cover, faceplate, lampholder, or 
luminaire (fixture) canopy, except where the installation 
complies with 410.14(B). 

(A) Nonmetallic or Metal Covers and Plates. 

Nonmetallic or metal covers and plates shall be permitted. 

Where metal covers or plates are used, they shall comply 

with the grounding requirements of 250.1 10. 

FPN: For additional grounding requirements, see 410.18(A) 
for metal luminaire (fixture) canopies, and 404.12 and 
406.5(B) for metal faceplates. 

(B) Exposed Combustible Wall or Ceiling Finish. Where 
a luminaire (fixture) canopy or pan is used, any 
combustible wall or ceiling finish exposed between the 
edge of the canopy or pan and the outlet box shall be 
covered with noncombustible material. 

(C) Flexible Cord Pendants. Covers of outlet boxes and 
Conduit bodies having holes through which flexible cord 
pendants pass shall be provided with bushings designed for 
the purpose or shall have smooth, well-rounded surfaces on 
which the cords may bear. So-called hard rubber or 
composition bushings shall not be used. 

314.27 Outlet Boxes. 

(A) Boxes at Luminaire (Lighting Fixture) Outlets. 

Boxes used at luminaire (lighting fixture) or lampholder 
outlets shall be designed for the purpose. At every outlet 
used exclusively for lighting, the box shall be designed or 
installed so that a luminaire (lighting fixture) may be 

attached. 

Exception: A wall-amounted luminaire (fixture) weighing 
not more than 3 kg (6 lb) shall be permitted to be 
supported on other boxes or plaster rings that are secured 
to other boxes, provided the luminaire (fixture) or its 
supporting yoke is secured to the box with no fewer than 
two No. 6 or larger screws. 

(B) Maximum Luminaire (Fixture) Weight. Outlet boxes 
or fittings installed as required by 3 14.23 shall be permitted 
to support luminaires (lighting fixtures) weighing 23 kg (50 
lb) or less. A luminaire (lighting fixture) that weighs more 



than 23 kg (50 lb) shall be supported independently of the / 
outlet box unless the outlet box is listed for the weight to V 
be supported. 

(C) Floor Boxes. Boxes listed specifically for this 
application shall be used for receptacles located in the 
floor. 

Exception: Where the authority having jurisdiction judges 
them free from likely exposure to physical damage, 
moisture, arid dirt, boxes located in elevated floors of show 
windows and similar locations shall be permitted to be 
other than those listed for floor applications. Receptacles 
and covers shall be listed as an assembly for this type of 
location. 

(D) Boxes at Ceiling-Suspended (Paddle) Fan Outlets. 

Outlet boxes or outlet box systems used as the sole support 
of a ceiling-suspended (paddle) fan shall be listed, shall be 
marked by their manufacturer as suitable for this purpose, 
and shall not support ceiling-suspended (paddle) fans that 
weigh more than 32 kg (70 lb). For outlet boxes or outlet 
box systems designed to support ceiling-suspended 
(paddle) fans that weigh more than 16 kg (35 lb), the 
required marking shall include the maximum weight to be 
supported. 

314.28 Pull and Junction Boxes and Conduit Bodies. 

Boxes and conduit bodies used as pull or junction boxes 
shall comply with 3 14.28(A) through (D). 

Exception: Terminal housings supplied with motors shall 
comply with the provisions of 430.12. 

(A) Minimum Size. For raceways containing conductors of 
4 AWG or larger, and for cables containing conductors of 4 
AWG or larger, the minimum dimensions of pull or 
junction boxes installed in a raceway or cable run shall 
comply with (A)(1) through (A)(3). Where an enclosure 
dimension is to be calculated based on the diameter of 
entering raceways, the diameter shall be the metric 
designator (trade size) expressed in the units of 
measurement employed. 

(1) Straight Pulls. In straight pulls, the length of the box 
shall not be less than eight times the metric designator 
(trade size) of the largest raceway. 

(2) Angle or U Pulls. Where splices or where angle or U 
pulls are made, the distance between each raceway entry 
inside the box and the opposite wall of the box shall not be 
less than six times the metric designator (trade size) of the 
largest raceway in a row. This distance shall be increased /' 
for additional entries by the amount of the sum of the \ 
diameters of all other raceway entries in the same row on 
the same wall of the box. Each row shall be calculated 
individually, and the single row that provides the maximum 
distance shall be used. 



70-166 



2007 California Electrical Code 



ARTICLE 314 - OUTLET, DEVICE, PULL, AND JUNCTION BOXES; CONDUIT BODIES; FITTINGS; AND HANDHOLES 314.40 



Exception: Where a raceway or cable entry is in the wall 
of a box or conduit body opposite a removable cover, the 
distance from that wall to the cover shall be. permitted to 
comply with the distance required for one wire per 
terminal in Table. 3 12. 6(A). 

The distance between raceway entries enclosing the 
same conductor shall not be less than six times the metric 
designator (trade size) of the larger raceway. 

When transposing cable size into raceway size in 
314.28(A)(1) and (A)(2), the minimum metric designator 
(trade size) raceway required for the number and size of 
conductors in the cable shall be used. 

(3) Smaller Dimensions. Boxes or conduit bodies of 
dimensions less than those required in 314.28(A)(1) and 
(A)(2) shall be permitted for installations of combinations 
of conductors that are less than the maximum conduit or 
tubing fill (of conduits or tubing being used) permitted by 
Table 1 of Chapter 9, provided the box or conduit body has 
been listed for, and is permanently marked with, .the 
maximum number and maximum size of conductors 
permitted. 

(B) Conductors in Pull or Junction Boxes. In pull boxes 
or junction boxes having any dimension over 1.8 m (6 ft), 
all conductors shall be cabled or racked up in an approved 
manner. 

(C) Covers. All pull boxes, junction boxes, and conduit 
bodies shall be provided with covers compatible with the 
box or conduit body construction and suitable for the 
conditions of use. Where used, metal covers shall comply 
with the grounding requirements of 250.110. An extension 
from the cover of an exposed box shall comply with 
314.22, Exception. 

(D) Permanent Barriers. Where permanent barriers are 
installed in a box, each section shall be considered as a 
separate box. 

314.29 Boxes, Conduit Bodies, and Handhole 
Enclosures to Be Accessible. Boxes, conduit bodies, and 
handhole enclosures shall be installed so that the wiring 
contained in them can be rendered accessible without 
removing any part of the building or, in underground 
circuits, without excavating sidewalks, paving, earth, or 
other substance that is to be used to establish the finished 
grade. 

Exception: Listed boxes and handhole enclosures shall be 
permitted where covered by gravel, light aggregate, or 
noncohesive granulated soil if their location is effectively 
identified and accessible for excavation. 



314.30 Handhole Enclosures. Handhole enclosures shall 
be designed and installed to withstand all loads likely to be 
imposed. 

FPN: See ANSI/SCTE 77-2002, Specification for 
Underground Enclosure Integrity, for additional 
information on deliberate and nondeliberate traffic loading 
that can be expected to bear on underground enclosures. 

(A) Size. Handhole enclosures shall be sized in accordance 
with 314.28(A) for conductors operating at 600 volts or 
below, and in accordance with 314.71 for conductors 
operating at over 600 volts. For handhole enclosures 
without bottoms where the provisions of 314.28(A)(2), 
Exception, or 314.71(B)(1), Exception No. 1, apply, the 
measurement to the removable cover shall be taken from 
the end of the conduit or cable assembly. 

(B) Wiring Entries. Underground raceways and cable 
assemblies entering a handhole enclosure shall extend into 
the enclosure, but they shall not be required to be 
mechanically connected to the enclosure. 

(C) Handhole Enclosures Without Bottoms. Where 
handhole enclosures without bottoms are installed, all 
enclosed conductors and any splices or terminations, if 
present, shall be listed as suitable for wet locations. 

(D) Covers. Handhole enclosure covers shall have an 
identifying mark or logo that prominently identifies the 
function of the enclosure, such as "electric." Handhole 
enclosure covers shall require the use of tools to open, or 
they shall weigh over 45 kg (100 lb). Metal covers and 
other exposed conductive surfaces shall be bonded in 
accordance with 250.96(A). 



III. Construction Specifications 

314.40 Metal Boxes, Conduit Bodies, and Fittings. 

(A) Corrosion Resistant. Metal boxes, conduit bodies, and 
fittings shall be corrosion resistant or shall be well- 
galvanized, enameled, or otherwise properly coated inside 
and out to prevent corrosion. 

FPN: See 300.6 for limitation in the use of boxes and 
fittings protected from corrosion solely by enamel. 

(B) Thickness of Metal. Sheet steel boxes not over 1650 
cm 3 (100 in. 3 ) in size shall be made from steel not less than 
1.59 mm (0.0625 in.) thick. The wall of a malleable iron 
box or conduit body and a die-cast or permanent-mold cast 
aluminum, brass, bronze, or zinc box or conduit body shall 
not be less than 2.38 mm ( 3 / 32 in.) thick. Other cast metal 
boxes or conduit bodies shall have a wall thickness not less 
than 3.17 mm QA in.). 

Exception No. 1: Listed boxes and conduit bodies shown to 
have equivalent strength and characteristics shall be 
permitted to be made of thinner or other metals. 



2,007 California Electrical Code 



70-167 



314.41 ARTICLE 3 14 - OUTLET, DEVICE, PULL, AND JUNCTION BOXES; CONDUIT BODIES; FITTINGS; AND HANDHOLES 



Exception No. 2: The walls of listed short radius conduit 
bodies, as covered in 314.5, shall be permitted to be made 
of thinner metal. 

(C) Metal Boxes Over 1650 cm 3 (100 in. 3 ). Metal boxes 

over 1650 cm 3 (100 in. 3 ) in size shall be constructed so as 
to be of ample strength and rigidity. If of sheet steel, the 
metal thickness shall not be less than 1.35 mm (0.053 in.) 
uncoated. 

(D) Grounding Provisions. A means shall be provided in 
each metal box for the connection of an equipment 
grounding conductor. The means shall be permitted to be a 
tapped hole or equivalent. 

314.41 Covers. Metal covers shall be of the same material 
as the box or conduit body with which they are used, or 
they shall be lined with firmly attached insulating material 
that is not less than 0.79 mm (V 32 in.) thick, or they shall be 
listed for the purpose. Metal covers shall be the same 
thickness as the boxes or conduit body for which they are 
used, or they shall be listed for the purpose. Covers of 
porcelain or other approved insulating materials shall be 
permitted if of such form and thickness as to afford the 
required protection and strength. 

314.42 Bushings. Covers of outlet boxes and conduit 
bodies having holes through which flexible cord pendants 
may pass shall be provided with approved bushings or shall 
have smooth, well-rounded surfaces on which the cord may 
bear. Where individual conductors pass through a metal 
coverj a separate hole equipped with a bushing of suitable 
insulating material shall be provided for each conductor. 
Such separate holes shall be connected by a slot as required 
by 300.20. 

314.43 Nonmetallic Boxes. Provisions for supports or 
other mounting means for nonmetallic boxes Shall be 
outside of the box, or the box shall be constructed so as to 
prevent contact between the conductors in the box and the 
supporting screws. 

314.44 Marking. All boxes and conduit bodies, covers, 
extension rings, plaster rings, and the like shall be durably 
and legibly marked with the manufacturer's name or 
trademark. 



IV. Pull arid Junction Boxes for Use on Systems Over 
600 Volts, Nominal 

314.70 General. Where pull and junction boxes are used 
on systems over 600 volts, the installation shall comply 
with the provisions of Part IV and also with the following 
general provisions of this article: 

(1) Part 1, 314.2, 314.3, and 314.4 



(2) Part II, 314.15; 314.17; 314.20; 314.23(A), (B), or (G); ( 
314.28(B); and 3 14.29 

(3) PartIII,314.40(A)and(C)and314.41 

314.71 Size of Pull and Junction Boxes. Pull and 
junction boxes shall provide adequate space and 
dimensions for the installation of conductors, and they shall 
comply with the specific requirements of this section. 

Exception: Terminal housings supplied with motors shall 
comply with the provisions of 43 0. 12. 

(A) For Straight Pulls. The length of the box shall not be 
less than 48 times the outside diameter, over sheath, of the 
largest shielded or lead-covered conductor or cable ^ 
entering the box. The length shall not be less than 32 times ' 
the outside diameter of the largest nonshielded conductor 

or cable. 

(B) For Angle or U Pulls. 

(1) Distance to Opposite Wall. The distance between each 
cable or conductor entry inside the box and the opposite 
wall of the box shall not be less than 36 times the outside 
diameter, over sheath, of the largest cable or conductor. 
This distance shall be increased for additional entries by 
the amount of the sum of the outside diameters, over 
sheath, of all other cables or conductor entries through the 
same wall of the box. 

Exception No. 1: Where a conductor or cable entry is in 
the wall of a box opposite a removable cover, the distance 
from that wall to the cover shall be permitted to be not less 
than the bending radius for the conductors as provided in 
300.34. 

Exception No. 2: Where cables are nonshielded and not 
lead covered, the distance of 36 times the outside diameter 
shall be permitted to be reduced to 24 times the outside 
diameter. 

(2) Distance Between Entry and Exit. The distance 
between a cable or conductor entry and its exit from the 
box shall not be less than 36 times the outside diameter, 
over sheath, of that cable or conductor. 

Exception: Where cables are nonshielded and not lead 
covered, the distance of 36 times the outside diameter shall 
be permitted to be reduced to 24 times the outside 
diameter. 

(C) Removable Sides. One or more sides of any pull box 
shall be removable. 

314.72 Construction and Installation Requirements. 

(A) Corrosion Protection. Boxes shall be made of 

material inherently resistant to corrosion or shall be 

suitably protected, both internally and externally, by 
enameling, galvanizing, plating, or other means. 



70-168 



2007 California Electrical Code 



ARTICLE 320 - ARMORED CABLE: TYPE AC 



320.30 



(B) Passing Through Partitions. Suitable bushings, 
shields, or fittings having smooth, rounded edges shall be 
provided where conductors or cables pass through 
partitions and at other locations where necessary. 

(C) Complete Enclosure. Boxes shall provide a complete 
enclosure for the contained conductors or cables. 

(D) Wiring Is Accessible. Boxes shall be installed so that 
the wiring is accessible without removing any part of the 
building. Working space shall be provided in accordance 
with 110.34. 

(E) Suitable Covers. Boxes shall be closed by suitable 
covers securely fastened in place. Underground box covers 
that weigh over 45 kg (100 lb) shall be considered meeting 
this requirement. Covers for boxes shall be permanently 
marked "DANGER — HIGH VOLTAGE — KEEP OUT." 
The marking shall be on the outside of the box cover and 
shall be readily visible. Letters shall be block type and at 
least 13 mm QA in.) in height. 

(F) Suitable for Expected Handling. Boxes and their 
covers shall be capable of withstanding the handling to 
which they are likely to be subjected.- 



ARTICLE 320 
Armored Cable: Type AC 



I. General 

320.1 Scope. This article covers the use, installation, and 
construction specifications for armored cable, Type AC. 

320.2 Definition. 

Armored Cable, Type AC. A fabricated assembly of 
insulated conductors in a flexible metallic enclosure. See 
320.100. 

II. Installation 

320.10 Uses Permitted. Type AC cable shall be permitted 
as follows: 

(1) In both exposed and concealed work 

(2) In cable trays 

(3) In dry locations 

(4) Embedded in plaster finish on brick or other masonry, 
except in damp or wet locations 

(5) To be run or fished in the air voids of masonry block or 
tile walls where such walls are not exposed or subject 
to excessive moisture or dampness 

FPN: The "Uses Permitted" is not an all-inclusive list. 



320.12 Uses Not Permitted. Type AC cable shall not be 
used as follows: 

(1) Where subject to physical damage 

(2) In damp or wet locations 

(3) In air voids of masonry block or tile, walls where such 
walls are exposed or subject to excessive moisture or 

; dampness 

(4) Where exposed to corrosive fumes or vapors 

(5) Embedded in plaster finish on brick or other masonry 
in damp or wet locations 

320.15 Exposed Work. Exposed runs of cable, except as 
provided in 300.11(A), shall closely follow the surface of 
the building finish or of running boards. Exposed runs shall 
also be permitted to be installed on the underside of joists 
where supported at each joist- and located so as not to be 
subject to physical damage. 

320.17 Through or Parallel to Framing Members. Type 
AC cable shall be protected in accordance with 300.4(A), 
(C), and (D) where installed thrQugh or parallel to framing 

members. 

320.23 In Accessible Attics. Type AC cables in accessible 
attics or roof spaces shall be installed as specified in 
320.23(A) and (B). 

(A) Where Run Across the Top of Floor Joists. Where 
run across the top of floor joists, or within 2.1 m (7 ft) of 
floor or floor joists across the face of rafters or studding, in 
attics and roof spaces that are accessible, the cable shall be 
protected by substantial guard strips that are at least as high 
as the cable. Where this space is not accessible by 
permanent stairs or ladders, protection shall only be 
required within 1.8 m (6 ft) of the nearest edge of the 
scuttle hole or attic entrance. 

(B) Cable Installed Parallel to Framing Members. 

Where the cable is installed parallel to the sides of rafters, 
studs, or floor joists, neither guard strips nor running 
boards shall be required, and the installation shall also 
comply with 300.4(D). 

320.24 Bending Radius. Bends in Type AC cable shall be 
made such that the cable is not damaged. The radius of the 
curve of the inner edge of any bend shall not be less than 
five times the diameter of the Type AC cable. 

320.30 Securing and Supporting. 

(A) General. Type % AC cable shall be supported and 
secured by staples, cable ties, straps, hangers, or similar 
fittings, designed and installed so as not to damage the 
cable. 



2007 California Electrical Code 



70-169 



320.40 



ARTICLE 322 - FLAT CABLE ASSEMBLIES: TYPE FC 



(B) Securing. Unless otherwise provided, Type AC cable 
shall be secured within 300 mm (12 in.) of every outlet 
box, junction box, cabinet, or fitting and at intervals not 
exceeding 1.4 m (4 x /2 ft) where installed on or across 
framing members. 

(C) Supporting. Unless otherwise provided, Type AC 
cable shall be supported at intervals not exceeding 1.4 m 
(4V4 ft). 

Horizontal runs of Type AC cable installed in wooden 
or metal framing members or similar supporting means 
shall be considered supported where such support does not 
exceed 1.4-m (4 1 / 2 -ft) intervals. 

(D) Unsupported Cables. Type AC cable shall be 
permitted to be unsupported where the cable complies with 
any of the following: 

(1) Is fished between access points through concealed 
spaces in finished buildings or structures and 
supporting is impracticable 

(2) Is not more than 600 mm (2 ft) in length at terminals 
where flexibility is necessary 

(3) Is not more than 1.8 m (6 ft) in length from the last 
point of cable support to the point of connection to a 
luminaire(s) [lighting fixture(s)] or other electrical 
equipment and the cable and point of connection are 
within an accessible ceiling. For the purposes of this 
section, Type AC cable fittings shall be permitted as a 
means of cable support. 

320.40 Boxes and Fittings. At all points where the armor 
of AC cable terminates, a fitting shall be provided to 
protect wires from abrasion, unless the design of the outlet 
boxes or fittings is such as to afford equivalent protection, 
and, in addition, an insulating bushing or its equivalent 
protection shall be provided between the conductors and 
the armor. The connector or clamp by which the Type AC 
cable is fastened to boxes or cabinets shall be of such 
design that the insulating bushing or its equivalent will be 
visible for inspection. Where change is made from Type 
AC cable to other cable or raceway wiring methods, a box, 
fitting, or conduit body shall be installed at junction points 
as required in 300.15. 

320.80 Ampacity. The ampacity shall be determined by 

310.15. 

(A) Thermal Insulation. Armored cable installed in 
thermal insulation shall have conductors rated at 90°C 
(194°F). The ampacity of cable installed in these 
applications shall be that of 60°C (140°F) conductors. The 
90°C (194°F) rating shall be permitted to be used for 
ampacity derating purposes, provided the final derated 
ampacity does not exceed that for a 60°C (140°F) rated 
conductor. 

(B) Cable Tray. The ampacity of Type AC cable installed in 
cable tray shall be detennined in accordance with 392. 1 1 . 



III. Construction Specifications 

320.100 Construction. Type AC cable shall have an 
armor of flexible metal tape and shall have an internal 
bonding strip of copper or aluminum in intimate contact 
with the armor for its entire length. 

320.104 Conductors. Insulated conductors shall be of a 
type listed in Table 310.13 or those identified for use in this 
cable. In addition, the conductors shall have an overall 
moisture-resistant and fire-retardant fibrous covering. For 
Type ACT, a moisture-resistant fibrous covering shall be 
required only on the individual conductors. 

320.108 Equipment Grounding. Type AC cable shall 
provide an adequate path for equipment grounding as 
required by 250.4(A)(5) or 250.4(B)(4). 

320.120 Marking. The cable shall be marked in 
accordance with 310.11, except that Type AC shall have 
ready identification of the manufacturer by distinctive 
external markings on the cable sheath throughout its entire 
length. 



ARTICLE 322 
Flat Cable Assemblies: Type FC 



I. General 

322.1 Scope. This article covers the use, installation, and 
construction specifications for flat cable assemblies, Type 
FC. 

322.2 Definition. 

Flat Cable Assembly, Type FC. An assembly of parallel 
conductors formed integrally with an insulating material 
web specifically designed for field installation in surface 
metal raceway. 



Flat cable assemblies shall be 



II. Installation 

322.10 Uses Permitted. 

permitted only as follows: 

(1) As branch circuits to supply suitable tap devices for 
lighting, small appliances, or small power loads. The 
rating of the branch circuit shall not exceed 30 
amperes. 

(2) Where installed for exposed work. 

(3) In locations where they will not be subjected to 
physical damage. Where a flat cable assembly is 
installed less than 2.5 m (8 ft) above the floor or fixed 
working platform, it shall be protected by a cover 
identified for the use. 



70-170 



2007 California Electrical Code 



ARTICLE 324 - FLAT CONDUCTOR CABLE: TYPE FCC 



324.2 



(4) In surface metal raceways identified for the use. The 
channel portion of the surface metal raceway systems 
shall be installed as complete systems before the flat 
cable assemblies are pulled into the raceways. 

322.12 Uses Not Permitted. Flat cable assemblies shall 
not be used as follows: 

(1) Where subject to corrosive vapors unless suitable for 
the application 

(2) In hoistways or on elevators or escalators 

(3) In any hazardous (classified) location 

(4) Outdoors or in wet or damp locations unless identified 
for the use 

322.30 Securing and Supporting. The flat cable 
assemblies shall be supported by means of their special 
design features, within the surface metal raceways. 

The surface metal raceways shall be supported as 
required for the specific raceway to be installed. 

322.40 Boxes and Fittings. 

(A) Dead Ends. Each flat cable assembly dead end shall be 
terminated in an end-cap device identified for the use. 

The dead-end fitting for the enclosing surface metal 
raceway shall be identified for the use. 

(B) Luminaire (Fixture) Hangers. Luminaire (fixture) 
hangers installed with the flat cable assemblies shall be 
identified for the use. 

(C) Fittings. Fittings to be installed with flat cable 
assemblies shall be designed and installed to prevent 
physical damage to the cable assemblies. 

(D) Extensions. All extensions from flat cable assemblies ' 
shall be made by approved wiring methods, within the 
junction boxes, installed at either end of the flat cable 
assembly runs. 

322.56 Splices and Taps. 

(A) Splices. Splices shall be made in listed junction boxes. 

(B) Taps. Taps shall be made between any phase conductor 
and the grounded conductor or any other phase conductor 
by means of devices and fittings identified for the use. Tap ' 
devices shall be rated at not less than 15 amperes, or more 
than 300 volts to ground, and shall be color-coded in 
accordance with the requirements of 322. 120(C). 

III. Construction 

322.100 Construction. Flat cable assemblies shall consist 
of two, three, four, or five conductors. 



322.104 Conductors. Flat cable assemblies shall have 
conductors of 10 AWG special stranded copper wires. 

322.112 Insulation. The entire flat cable assembly shall be 
formed to provide a suitable insulation covering all the 
conductors and using one 1 of the materials recognized in 
Table 310.13 for general branch-circuit wiring. 

322.120 Marking. 

(A) Temperature Rating. In addition to the provisions of 
310.11, Type FC cable shall have the temperature rating 
durably marked on the surface at intervals not exceeding 
600 mm (24 in.). 

(B) Identification of Grounded Conductor. The 

grounded conductor shall be identified throughout its 
length by means of a distinctive and durable white or gray 
marking. 

FPN: The color gray may have been used in the past as an 
ungrounded conductor. Care should be taken when working . 
on existing systems. 

(C) Terminal Block Identification. Terminal blocks 
identified for the use shall have distinctive and durable 
markings for color or word coding. The grounded 
conductor section shall have a white marking or other 
suitable designation. The next adjacent section of the 
terminal block shall have a black marking or other suitable 
designation. The next section shall have a red marking or 
other suitable designation. The final or outer section, 
opposite the grounded conductor section of the terminal 
block, shall have a blue marking or other suitable 
designation. 



ARTICLE 324 
Flat Conductor Cable: Type FCC 



I. General 

324.1 Scope. This article covers a field-installed wiring 
system for branch circuits incorporating Type FCC cable 
and associated accessories as defined by the article. The 
wiring system is designed for installation under carpet 
squares. 

324.2 Definitions. 

Bottom Shield. A protective layer that is installed between 
the floor and Type FCC flat conductor cable to protect the 
cable from physical damage and may or may not be 
incorporated as an integral part of the cable. 

Cable Connector. A connector designed to join Type FCC 
cables without using a junction box. 



2007 California Electrical Code 



70-171 



324.6 



ARTICLE 324 - FLAT CONDUCTOR CABLE: TYPE FCC 



FCC System. A complete wiring system for branch 
circuits that is designed for installation under carpet 
squares. The FCC system includes Type FCC cable and 
associated shielding, connectors, terminators, adapters, 
boxes,, and receptacles. 

Insulating End. An insulator designed to electrically 
insulate the end of a Type FCC cable. 

Metal Shield Connections. Means of connection designed 
to electrically and mechanically connect a metal shield to 
another metal shield, to a receptacle housing or self- 
contained device, or to a transition assembly. 

Top Shield. A grounded metal shield covering under- 
carpet components of the FCC system for the purposes of 
providing protection against physical damage. 

Transition Assembly. An assembly to facilitate 
connection of the FCC system to other wiring systems, 
incorporating (1) a means of electrical interconnection and 
(2) a suitable box or covering for providing electrical safety 
and protection against physical damage. 

Type FCC Cable. Three or more flat copper conductors 
placed edge-to-edge arid separated and enclosed within an 
insulating assembly. 

324.6 Listing Requirements. Type FCC cable and 
associated fittings shall be listed. 



II. Installation 
324.10 Uses Permitted. 

(A) Branch Circuits. Use of FCC systems shall be 
permitted both for general-purpose and appliance branch 
circuits and for individual branch circuits. 

(B) Branch-Circuit Ratings. 

(1) Voltage. Voltage between ungrounded conductors shall 
not exceed 300 volts. Voltage between ungrounded 
conductors and the grounded conductor shall not exceed 
150 volts. 

(2) Current. General-purpose and appliance branch 
circuits shall have ratings not < exceeding 20 amperes. 
Individual branch circuits shall have ratings not exceeding 
30 amperes. 

(C) Floors. Use of FCC systems shall be permitted on 
hard, sound, smooth, continuous floor surfaces made of 
concrete, ceramic, or composition flooring, wood, and 
similar materials. 

(D) Walls. Use of FCC systems shall be permitted on wall 
surfaces in surface metal raceways. 

(E) Damp Locations. Use of FCC systems in damp 
locations shall be permitted. 



(F) Heated Floors. Materials used for floors heated in 
excess of 30°C (86°F) shall be identified as suitable for use 
at these temperatures. 

(G) System Height. Any portion of an FCC system with a 
height above floor level exceeding 2.3 mm (0.090 in.) shall 
be tapered or feathered at the edges to floor level. 

(H) Coverings. Floor-mounted Type FCC cable, cable 
connectors, and insulating ends shall be covered with 
carpet squares not larger than 914 mm (36 in.) square. 
Carpet squares that are adhered to the floor shall be 
attached with release-type adhesives. 

(T) Corrosion Resistance. Metal components of the system 
shall be either corrosion resistant, coated with corrosion- 
resistant materials, or insulated from contact with corrosive 
substances. 

(J) Metal-Shield Connectors. Metal shields shall be 
connected to each other and to boxes, receptacle housings, 
self-contained devices, and transition assemblies using 
metal-shield connectors. 

324.12 Uses Not Permitted. FCC systems shall not be 
used in the following locations: 

(1) Outdoors or in wet locations 

(2) Where subject to corrosive vapors 

(3) In any hazardous (classified) location 

(4) In residential, school, and hospital buildings 

324.18 Crossings. Crossings of more than two Type FCC 
cable runs shall not be permitted at any one point. 
Crossings of a Type FCC cable over or under a flat 
communications or signal cable shall be permitted. In each 
case, a grounded layer of metal shielding shall separate the 
two cables, and crossings of more than two flat cables shall 
not be permitted at any one point. 

324.30 Securing and Supporting. All FCC system 
components shall be firmly anchored to the floor or wall 
using an adhesive or mechanical anchoring system 
identified for this use. Floors shall be prepared to ensure 
adherence of the FCC system to the floor until the carpet 
squares are placed. 

324.40 Boxes and Fittings. 

(A) Cable Connections and Insulating Ends. All Type 
FCC cable connections shall use connectors identified for 
their use, installed such that electrical continuity, 
insulation, and sealing against dampness and liquid spillage 
are provided. All bare cable ends shall be insulated and 
sealed against dampness and liquid spillage using listed 
insulating ends. 

(B) Polarization of Connections. All receptacles and 
connections shall be constructed and installed so as to 
maintain proper polarization of the system. 



70-172 



2007 California Electrical Code 



ARTICLE 324 - FLAT CONDUCTOR CABLE: TYPE FCC 



324.120 



(C) Shields. 

(1) Top Shield. A metal top shield shall be installed over 
all floor-mounted Type FCC cable, connectors, and 
insulating ends. The top shield shall completely cover all 
cable runs, corners, connectors, and ends. 

(2) Bottom Shield. A bottom shield shall be installed 
beneath all Type FCC cable, connectors, and insulating 
ends. 

(D) Connection to Other Systems. Power feed, grounding 
connection, and shield system connection between the FCC 
system and other wiring systems shall be accomplished in a 
transition assembly identified for this use. 

(E) Metal-Shield Connectors. Metal shields shall be 
connected to each other and to boxes, receptacle housings, 
self-contained devices, and transition assemblies using 
metal-shield connectors. 

324.41 Floor Coverings. Floor-mounted Type FCC cable, 
cable connectors, and insulating ends shall be covered with 
carpet squares not larger than 914 mm (36 in.) square. 
Carpet squares that are adhered to the floor shall be 
attached with release-type adhesives. 

324.42 Devices. 

(A) Receptacles. All receptacles, receptacle housings, and 
self-contained devices used with the FCC system shall be' 
identified for this use and shall be connected to the Type 
FCC cable and metal shields. Connection from any 
grounding conductor of the Type FCC cable shall be made 
to the shield system at each receptacle. 

(B) Receptacles and Housings. Receptacle housings and 
self-contained devices designed either for floor mounting 
or for in-wall or on-wall mounting shall be permitted for 
use with the FCC system. Receptacle housings and self- 
contained devices shall incorporate means for facilitating 
entry and termination of Type FCC cable and for 
electrically connecting the housing or device with the metal 
shield. Receptacles and self-contained devices shall comply 
with 406.3. Power and communications outlets installed 
together in common housing shall be permitted in 
accordance with 800.133(A)(1)(c), Exception No. 2. 

324.56 Splices and Taps. 

(A) FCC Systems Alterations. Alterations to FCC 
systems shall be permitted. New cable connectors shall be 
used at new connection points to make alterations. It shall 
be permitted to leave unused cable runs and associated 
cable connectors in place and energized. All cable ends 
shall be covered with insulating ends. 



(B) Transition Assemblies. All transition assemblies shall 
be identified for their use. Each assembly shall incorporate 
means for facilitating entry of the Type FCC cable into the 
assembly, for connecting the Type FCC cable to grounded 
conductors, and for electrically connecting the assembly to 
the metal cable shields and to equipment grounding 
conductors. 

324.60 Grounding. All metal shields, boxes, receptacle 
housings, and self-contained devices shall be electrically 
continuous to the equipment grounding conductor of the 
supplying branch circuit. All such electrical connections 
shall be made with connectors identified for this use. The 
electrical resistivity of such shield system shall not be more 
than that of one conductor of the Type FCC cable used in 
the installation. 



III. Construction 

324.100 Construction. 

(A) Type FCC Cable. Type FCC cable shall be listed for 
use with the FCC system and shall consist of three, four, or 
five flat copper conductors, one of which shall be an 
equipment grounding conductor. 

(B) Shields. 

(1) Materials and Dimensions. All top and bottom shields 
shall be of designs and materials identified for their use. 
Top shields shall be metal. Both metallic and nonmetallic 
materials shall be permitted for bottom shields. 

(2) Resistivity. Metal shields shall have cross-sectional 
areas that provide for electrical resistivity of not more than 
that of one conductor of the Type FCC cable used in the 
installation. 

324.101 Corrosion Resistance. Metal components of the 
system shall be either corrosion resistant, coated with 
corrosion-resistant materials, or insulated from contact with 
corrosive substances. 

324.112 Insulation. The insulating material of the cable 

shall be moisture resistant and flame retardant. All 
insulating materials in the FCC systems shall be identified 
for their use. 

324.120 Markings. 

(A) Cable Marking. Type FCC cable shall be clearly and 
durably marked on both sides at intervals of not more than 
610 mm (24 in.) with the information required by 
3 1 0. 1 1 (A) and with the following additional information: 

(1) Material of conductors 

(2) Maximum temperature rating 

(3) Ampacity 

(B) Conductor Identification. Conductors shall be clearly 
and durably identified on both sides throughout their length 
as specified in 310.12. 



2007 California Electrical Code 



70-173 



326.1 



ARTICLE 326 - INTEGRATED GAS SPACER CABLE: TYPE IGS 



ARTICLE 326 
Integrated Gas Spacer Cable: Type IGS 



I. General 

326.1 Scope. This article covers the use, installation, and 
construction specifications for integrated gas spacer cable, 
Type IGS. 

326.2 Definition. 

Integrated Gas Spacer Cable, Type IGS. A factory 
assembly of one or more conductors, each individually 
insulated and enclosed in a loose fit, nonmetallic flexible 
conduit as an integrated gas spacer cable rated through 
600 volts. 



326.80 Ampacity. The ampacity of Type IGS cable shall 
not exceed the values shown in Table 326.80. 



Table 326.80 Ampacity of Type IGS Cable 



f 



Size (kcmil) 


Amperes 


Size (kcmil) 


Amperes 


250 


119 


2500 


376 


500 


168 


3000 


412 


750 


206 


3250 


429 


1000 


238 


3500 


445 


1250 


266 


3750 


461 


1500 


292 


4000 


476 


1750 


315 


4250 


491 


2000 


336 


,4500 


505 


2250 


357'; ..-.. 


...475.0 


519 . 



II. Installation 

326.10 Uses Permitted. Type IGS cable shall be permitted 
for use under ground, including direct burial in the earth, as 
the following: 

(1) Service-entrance conductors 

(2) Feeder or branch-circuit conductors 

326.12 Uses Not Permitted. Type IGS cable shall not be 
used as interior wiring or be exposed in contact with 
buildings. 

326.24 Bending Radius. Where the coilable nonmetallic 
conduit and cable is bent for installation purposes or is 
flexed or bent during shipment or installation, the radii of 
bends measured to the inside of the bend shall not be less 
than specified in Table 326.24. 



Table 326.24 Minimum Radii of Bends 



Conduit Size 


Minimum Radii 


Metric Designator Trade Size 


mm in. 


53 2 


600 24 


78 3 


900 35 


103 4 


1150 45 



326.26 Bends. A run of Type IGS cable between pull 
boxes or terminations shall not contain more than the 
equivalent of four quarter bends (360 degrees total), 
including those bends located immediately at the pull box 
or terminations. 

326.40 Fittings. Terminations and splices for Type IGS 
cable shall be identified as a type that is suitable for 
maintaining the gas pressure within the conduit. A valve 
and cap shall be provided for each length of the cable and 
conduit to check the gas pressure or to inject gas into the 
conduit. 



III. Construction Specifications 

326.104 Conductors. The conductors shall be solid 
aluminum rods, laid parallel, consisting of one to nineteen 
12.7 mm QA in.) diameter rods. The minimum conductor 
size shall be 250 kcmil, and the maximum size stall be 
4750 kcmil. 

326.112 Insulation. The insulation shall be dry kraft paper 
tapes and a pressurized sulfur hexafluoride gas (SF5), both 

approved for electrical use. The nominal gas pressure shall 
be 138 kPa gauge (20 pounds per square inch gauge). The 
thickness of the paper spacer shall be as specified in Table 
326.112. 



Table 326.112 Paper Spacer Thickness 




Thickness 


Size (kcmil) mm 


in. 


250-1000 1.02 
1250^750 1.52 


0.040 
0.060 



326.116 Conduit. The conduit shall be a medium density 
polyethylene identified as suitable for use with natural gas 
rated pipe in metric designator 53, 78, or 103 (trade size 2, 
3, or 4). The percent fill dimensions for the conduit are 
shown in Table 326.1 16. 

The size of the conduit permitted for each conductor 
size shall be calculated for a percent fill not to exceed those 
found in Table 1, Chapter 9. 

326.120 Marking. The cable shall be marked in 
accordance with 310.11(A), 310.11(B)(1), and 310.11(D). 



70-174 



2007 California Electrical Code 



ARTICLE 330 - METAL-GLAD CABLE: TYPE MC 



330.10 



Table 326.116 Conduit Dimensions 



') 



Conduit Size 


Actual Outside 
Diameter 


Actual Inside 
Diameter 


Metric 
Designator 


Trade 
Size 


mm 


in. 


mm in. 


53 
78 
103 


2 
3 
4 


60 
89 
114 


2.375 
3.500 
4.500 


49.46 1.947 
73.30 2.886 
94.23 3.710 



328.120 Marking. Medium voltage cable shall be marked 

as required by 310.11. 



ARTICLE 328 
Medium Voltage Cable; Type MV 



I. General 

328.1 Scope. This article covers the use, installation, and 
construction specifications for medium voltage cable, Type 

MV. 

328.2 Definition. 

Medium Voltage Cable, Type MV. A single or 
multiconductor solid dielectric insulated cable rated 2001 
volts or higher. 



II. Installation 

328.10 Uses Permitted. Type MV cable shall be permitted 
for use on power systems rated up to 35,000 volts nominal 
as follows: 

(1) In wet or dry locations 

(2) In raceways 

(3) In cable trays as specified in 392.3(B)(2) 

(4) Direct buried in accordance with 300.50 

(5) In messenger-supported wiring 

FPN: The "Uses Permitted" is not an all-inclusive list. 
328.12 Uses Not Permitted. Unless identified for the use, 
Type MV cable shall not be used as follows: 

(1) Where exposed to direct sunlight 

(2) In cable trays, unless specified in 392.3(B)(2) 

J (3) Direct buried, unless in accordance with 300.50 

328.80 Ampacity. The ampacity of Type MV cable shall 
be determined in accordance with 310.60. The ampacity of 
Type MV cable installed- in cable tray shall be determined 
in accordance with 392.13. 

III. Construction Specifications 

328.100 Construction. Type MV cables shall have 
copper, aluminum, or copper-clad aluminum conductors 
and shall comply with Table 310.61 and Table 310.63 or 
Table 310.64. 



ARTICLE 330 
Metal-Clad Cable: Type MC 



I. General 

330.1 Scope. This article covers the use, installation, and 
construction specifications of metal-clad cable, Type MC. 

330.2 Definition. 

Metal Clad Cable, Type MC. A factory assembly of one 
or more insulated circuit conductors with or without optical 
fiber members enclosed in an armor of interlocking metal 
tape, or a smooth or corrugated metallic sheath. 

II. Installation 

330.10 Uses Permitted. 

(A) General Uses. Type MC cable shall be permitted as 
follows: 

(1) For services, feeders, and branch circuits 

(2) For power, lighting, control, and signal circuits 

(3) Indoors or outdoors 

(4) Exposed or concealed 

(5) To be direct buried where identified for such use 

(6) In cable tray where identified for such use 

(7) In any raceway 
• 

(8) As aerial cable on a messenger 

| (9) In hazardous (classified) locations as permitted 

(10) In dry locations and embedded in plaster finish on 
brick or other masonry except in damp or wet 
locations 

(1 1) In wet locations where any of the following conditions 
are met: 

a. The metallic covering is impervious to moisture. 

b. A lead sheath or moisture-impervious jacket is 
provided under the metal covering. 

c. The insulated conductors under the metallic 
covering are listed for use in wet locations. 

(12) Where single-conductor cables are used, all phase 
conductors and, where used, the neutral conductor 
shall be grouped together to minimize induced 
voltage on the sheath. 



2007 California Electrical Code 



70-175 



330.12 



ARTICLE 330 - METAL-CLAD CABLE: TYPE MC 



(B) Specific Uses. Type MC cable shall be permitted to be 
installed in compliance with Parts II and III of Article 725 
and 770. 1 33 as applicable and in accordance with 
330.10(B)(1) through (B)(4). 

(1) Cable Tray. Type MC cable installed in cable tray 
shall comply with 392.3, 392.4, 392.6, and 392.8 through 
392.13. 

(2) Direct Buried. Direct-buried cable shall comply with 
300.5 or 300.50, as appropriate. 

(3) Installed as Service-Entrance Cable. Type MC cable 
installed as service-entrance cable shall be permitted in 
accordance with 230.43. 

(4) Installed Outside of Buildings or as Aerial Cable. 

Type MC cable installed outside of buildings or as aerial 
cable shall comply with 225.10, 396.10, and 396.12. 

FPN: The "Uses Permitted" is not an all-inclusive list. 
330.12 Uses Not Permitted. Type MC cable shall not be 
used where exposed to the following destructive corrosive 
conditions, unless the metallic sheath is suitable for the 
conditions or is protected by material suitable for the 
conditions: 

(1) Where subject to physical damage 

(2) Direct burial in the earth 

(3) In concrete 

FPN to (3): MC cable that is identified for direct burial 
applications is suitable for installation in concrete. 

(4) Where subject to cinder fills, strong chlorides, caustic 
alkalis, or vapors of chlorine or of hydrochloric acids 

330.17 Through or Parallel to Framing Members. Type 
MC cable shall be protected in accordance with 300.4(A), 
(C), and (D) where installed through or parallel to framing 
members. 

330.23 In Accessible Attics. The installation of Type MC 
cable in accessible attics or roof spaces shall also comply 
with 320.23. 

330.24 Bending Radius. Bends in Type MC cable shall be 
so made that the cable will not be damaged. The radius of 
the curve of the inner edge of any bend shall not be less 
than required in 330.24(A) through (C). 

(A) Smooth Sheath. 

(1) Ten times the external diameter of the metallic sheath 
for cable not more than 19 mm (% in.) in external 
diameter 

(2) Twelve times the external diameter of the metallic 
sheath for cable more than 19 mm (% in.) but not more 
than 38 mm (1/4 in.) in external diameter 

(3) Fifteen times the external diameter of the metallic 
sheath for cable more than 38 mm (114 in.) in external 
diameter 



(B) Interlocked-Type Armor or Corrugated Sheath. ( 

Seven times the external diameter of the metallic sheath. v 

(C) Shielded Conductors. Twelve times the overall 
diameter of one of the individual conductors or seven times 
the overall diameter of the multiconductor cable, whichever 
is greater. 

330.30 Securing and Supporting. 

(A) General. Type MC cable shall be supported and 
secured by staples, cable ties, straps, hangers, or similar 
fittings or other approved means designed and installed so 
as not to damage the cable. 

(B) Securing. Unless otherwise provided, cables shall be 
secured at intervals not exceeding 1.8 m (6 ft). Cables 
containing four or fewer conductors sized no larger than 10 
AWG shall be secured within 300 mm (12 in.) of every 
box, cabinet, fitting, or other cable termination. 

(C) Supporting. Unless otherwise provided, cables shall 
be supported at intervals not exceeding 1.8-m (6-ft). 

Horizontal runs of Type MC cable installed in wooden 
or metal framing members or similar supporting means 
shall be considered supported and secured where such 
support does not exceed 1.8-m (6-ft) intervals. 

(D) Unsupported Cables. Type MC cable shall be 
pennitted to be unsupported where the cable: 

(1) Is fished between access points through concealed 
spaces in finished buildings or structures and \ 
supporting is impractical; or 

(2) Is not more than 1.8 m (6 ft) in length from the last 
point of cable support to the point of connection to a 
luminaire (lighting fixture) or other piece of electrical 
equipment and the cable and point of connection are 
within an accessible ceiling. For the purpose of this 
section, Type MC cable fittings shall be permitted as a 
means of cable support. 

330.31 Single Conductors. Where single-conductor 
cables with a nonferrous armor or sheath are used, the 
installation shall comply with 300.20. 

330.40 Boxes and Fitting. Fittings used for connecting 
Type MC cable to boxes, cabinets, or other equipment shall 
be listed and identified for such use. 

330.80 Ampacity. The ampacity of Type MC cable shall 
be determined in accordance with 310.15 or 310.60 for 14 
AWG and larger conductors and in accordance with Table 
402.5 for 18 AWG and 16 AWG conductors. The 
installation shall not exceed the temperature ratings of 
terminations and equipment; 



70-176 



2007 California Electrical Code 



ARTICLE 332 - MINERAL-INSULATED, METAL-SHEATHED CABLE: TYPE MI 



332.17 



(A) Type MC Cable Installed in Cable Tray. The 

ampacities for Type MC cable installed in cable tray shall 
be determined in accordance with 392.1 1 and 392.13. 

(B) Single Type MC Conductors Grouped Together. 

Where single Type MC conductors are grouped together in 
a triangular or square configuration and installed on a 
messenger or exposed with a maintained free airspace of 
not less than 2.15 times one conductor diameter (2.15 x 
O.D.) of the largest conductor contained within the 
configuration and adjacent conductor configurations or 
cables, the ampacity of the conductors shall not exceed the 
allowable ampacities in the following tables: 

(1) Table 310.20 for conductors rated through 2000 volts 

(2) Table 310.67 and Table 310.68 for conductors rated 
over 2000 volts 



III. Construction Specifications 

330.104 Conductors. The conductors shall be of copper, 
aluminum, or copper-clad aluminum, solid or stranded. The 
minimum conductor size shall be 18 AWG copper and 12 
AWG aluminum or copper-clad aluminum. 

330.108 Equipment Grounding. Where Type MC cable 
is used, for equipment grounding, it shall comply with 
250.118(10) and 250.122. 

330.112 Insulation. Insulated conductors shall comply 
with 330.112(A) or (B). 

(A) 600 Volts. Insulated conductors in sizes 18 AWG and 
16 AWG shall be of a type listed in Table 402.3, with a 
maximum operating temperature not less than 90°C 
(194°F) and as permitted by 725.27. Conductors larger than 
16 AWG shall be of a type listed in Table 310.13 or of a 
type identified for use in Type MC cable. 

(B) Over 600 Volts. Insulated conductors shall be of a type 
listed in Table 310.61 through Table 310.64. 

330.116 Sheath. Metallic covering shall be one of the 
following types: smooth metallic, sheath/ corrugated 
metallic sheath, interlocking metal tape armor. The metallic 
sheath shall be continuous and close fitting. A nonmagnetic 
sheath or armor shall be used on single conductor Type 
MC. Supplemental protection of an outer covering of 
corrosion-resistant material shall be permitted and shall be 
required where such protection is needed. The sheath shall 
not be used as a current-carrying conductor. 
FPN: See 300.6 for protection against corrosion. 



ARTICLE 332 

Mineral-Insulated, Metal-Sheathed 
Cable: Type MI 



I. General 

332.1 Scope. This article covers the use, installation, and 
construction specifications for mineral-insulated, metal- 
sheathed cable, Type ML 

332.2 Definition. 

Mineral-Insulated, Metal-Sheathed Cable, Type ML A 

factory assembly of one or more conductors insulated with 
a highly compressed refractory mineral insulation and 
enclosed in a liquidtight and gastight continuous copper or 
alloy steel sheath. 

BE. Installation 

332.10 Uses Permitted. Type MI cable shall be permitted 
as follows: 

(I) For services, feeders, and branch circuits 

(2) . For power, lighting, control, and signal circuits 

(3) In dry, wet, or continuously moist locations 

(4) Indoors or outdoors 

(5) Where exposed or concealed 

(6) Where embedded in plaster, concrete, fill, or other 
masonry, whether above or below grade 

(7) In any hazardous (classified) location 

(8) Where exposed to oil and gasoline 

(9) Where exposed to corrosive conditions not 
deteriorating to its sheath 

(10) In underground runs where suitably protected against 
physical damage and corrosive conditions 

(II) In or attached to cable tray 

FPN: The "Uses Permitted" is not an all-inclusive list. 
332.12 Uses Not Permitted. Type MI cable shall not be 
used under the following conditions or in the following 
locations: 

(1) In underground runs unless protected from physical 
damage, where necessary 

(2) Where exposed to conditions that are destructive and 
corrosive to the metallic sheath, unless additional 
protection is provided 

332.17 Through or Parallel to Framing Members. Type 
MI cable shall be protected in accordance with 300.4 where 
installed through or parallel to framing members. 



2007 California Electrical Code 



70-177 



332.24 



ARTICLE 334 - NONMETALLIC-SHEATHED CABLE: TYPES NM, NMC, AND NMS 



332.24 Bending Radius. Bends in Type MI cable shall be 
so made that the cable will not be damaged. The radius of 
the inner edge of any bend shall not be less than required as 
follows: 

(1) Five times the external diameter of the metallic sheath 
for cable not more than 19 mm (% in.) in external 
diameter 

(2) Ten times the external diameter of the metallic sheath 
" for cable greater than 19 mm (% in.) but not more than 

25 mm (1 in.) in external diameter 

332.30 Securing and Supporting. Type MI cable shall be 
supported and secured by staples, straps, hangers, or 
similar fittings, designed and installed so as not to damage 
the cable, at intervals not exceeding 1.8 in (6 ft). 

(A) Horizontal Runs Through Holes and Notches. In 

other than vertical runs, cables installed in accordance with 
300.4 shall be considered supported and secured where 
such support does not exceed 1.8 m (6 ft) intervals. 

(B) Unsupported Cable. Type MI cable shall be permitted 
to be unsupported where the cable is fished between access 
points through concealed spaces in finished buildings or 
structures and supporting is impracticable. 

(C) Cable Trays. All MI cable installed in cable trays shall 
comply with 392.8(B)* 

332.31 Single Conductors. Where single-conductor 
cables are used, all phase conductors and, where used, the 
neutral conductor shall be grouped together to minimize 
induced voltage on the sheath. 

332.40 Boxes and Fittings. 

(A) Fittings. Fittings used for connecting Type MI cable to 
boxes, cabinets, or other equipment shall be identified for 
such use. 

(B) Terminal Seals. Where Type MI cable terminates, an 
end seal fitting shall be installed immediately after 
stripping to prevent the entrance of moisture into the 
insulation. The conductors extending beyond the sheath 
shall be individually provided with an insulating material. 

332.80 Ampacity. The ampacity of Type MI cable shall be 
determined in accordance with 310,15. The conductor 
temperature at the end seal fitting shall not exceed the 
temperature rating of the listed end seal fitting, and the 
installation shall not exceed the temperature ratings of 
terminations or equipment. 

(A) Type Ml Cable Installed in Cable Tray. The 

ampacities for Type MI cable installed in cable tray shall 
be determined in accordance with 392.1 1, 



(B) Single Type MI Conductors Grouped Together. 

Where single Type MI conductors are grouped together in 
a triangular or square configuration, as required by 332.31* 
and installed on a messenger or exposed with a maintained 
free air space of not less than 2.15 times one conductor 
diameter (2.15 x O.D.) of the largest conductor contained 
within the configuration and adjacent conductor 
configurations or cables, the ampacity of the conductors 
shall not exceed the allowable ampacities of Table 310.17. 

III. Construction Specifications 

332.104 Conductors. Type MI cable conductors shall be 
of solid copper, nickel, or nickel-coated copper with a 
resistance corresponding to standard AWG and kcmil sizes. 

332.108 Equipment Grounding. Where the outer sheath 
is made of copper, it shall provide an adequate path for 
equipment grounding purposes. Where made of steel, an 
equipment grounding conductor shall be provided. 

332.112 Insulation. The conductor insulation in Type MI 
cable shall be a highly compressed refractory mineral that 
provides proper spacing for all conductors. 

332.116 Sheath. The outer sheath shall be of a continuous 
construction to provide mechanical protection and moisture 
seal. 



V 



ARTICLE 334 

Nonmetallic-Sheathed Cable: Types NM, 

NMC, and NMS 



I. General 

334.1 Scope. This article covers the use, installation, and 
construction specifications of nonmetallic-sheathed cable. 

334.2 Definitions. 

Nonmetallic-Sheathed Cable. A factory assembly of two 
or more insulated conductors enclosed within an overall 
nonmetallic jacket. 

Type NM. Insulated conductors enclosed within an overall 
nonmetallic jacket. 

Type NMC. Insulated conductors enclosed within an 
overall, corrosion resistant, nonmetallic jacket. 

Type NMS. Insulated power or control conductors with 
signaling, data, and communications conductors within an 
overall nonmetallic jacket. 

334.6 Listed. Type NM, Type NMC, and Type NMS 
cables shall be listed. 



70-178 



2007 California Electrical Code 



ARTICLE 334 - NONMETALLIC-SHEATHED CABLE: TYPES NM, NMC, AND NMS 



334.15 



C 
A 
C 



II. Installation 

334.10 Uses Permitted. Type NM, Type NMC, and Type 

NMS cables shall be permitted to be used in the following: 

(1) One- and two-family dwellings. 

(2) Multifamily dwellings permitted to be of Types III, IV, 
and V construction except as prohibited in 334.12. 

(3) Other structures permitted to be of Types III, IV, and V 
construction except as prohibited in 334.12. Cables 
shall be concealed within walls, floors, or ceilings that 
provide a thermal barrier of material that has at least a 
15 -minute finish rating as identified in listings of fire- 
rated assemblies. 

FPN No. 1: Types of building construction and occupancy 
classifications are defined in NFPA 220-1999, Standard on 
Types of Building Construction^ or the applicable building 
code, or both. 

FPN No. 2: See Annex E for determination of building 
types [NFPA 220, Table 3-1]. 

(4) Cable trays in structures permitted to be Types III, IV, 
or V where the cables are identified for the use. 

FPN: See 310.10 for temperature limitation of conductors. 
Note: [HCD 1 and HCD 2] Types III IV, and V 
construction as referenced in Section 334 JO items (2), (3), 
and (4) shall be as defined in Title 24, Part 2, California 
Building Code, 

(A) Type NM. Type NM cable shall be permitted as 
follows: 

(1) For both exposed and concealed work in normally dry 
locations except as prohibited in 334.10(3) 

(2) To be installed or fished in air voids in masonry block 
or tile walls 

(B) Type NMC. Type NMC cable shall be permitted as 
follows: 

(1) For both exposed and concealed work in dry, moist, 
damp, or corrosive locations, except as prohibited by 
334.10(3) 

(2) In outside and inside walls of masonry block or tile 

(3) In a shallow chase in masonry, concrete, or adobe 
protected against nails or screws by a steel plate at 
least 1.59 mm (Vie hi-) thick and covered with plaster, 
adobe, or similar finish 

(C) Type NMS. Type NMS cable shall be permitted as 
follows: 

(1) For both exposed and concealed work in normally dry 
locations except as prohibited by 334.10(3) 

(2) To be installed or fished in air voids in masonry block 
or tile walls 

# 

334.12 Uses Not Permitted. 

(A) Types NM, NMC, and NMS. Types NM, NMC, and 
NMS cables shall not be permitted as follows: 



(1) In any dwelling or structure not specifically permitted 
in 334.10(1), (2), and (3) 

(2) Exposed in dropped or suspended ceilings in other than 
one- and two-family and multifamily dwellings 

(3) As service-entrance cable 

(4) In commercial garages having hazardous (classified) 
locations as defined in 5 1 1 .3 

(5) In theaters and similar locations, except where 
permitted in 518.4(B) 

(6) In motion picture studios 

(7) In storage battery rooms 

(8) In hoistways or on elevators or escalators 

(9) Embedded in poured cement, concrete, or aggregate 

(10) In hazardous (classified) locations, except where 
permitted by the following: 

a. 501.10(B)(3) 

b. 502.10(B)(3) 

c. 504.20 

(B) Types NM and NMS. Types NM and NMS cables 
shall not be used under the following conditions or in the 
following locations: 

(1) Where exposed to corrosive fumes or vapors 

(2) Where embedded in masonry, concrete, adobe, fill, or 
plaster 

(3) In a shallow chase in masonry, concrete, or adobe and 
covered with plaster, adobe, or similar finish 

(4) Where exposed or subject to excessive moisture or 
dampness 

334.15 Exposed Work. In exposed work, ; except as 
provided in 300.1 1(A), cable shall be installed as specified 
in 334.15(A) through (C). 

(A) To Follow Surface. Cable shall closely follow the 
surface of the building finish or of running boards. 

(B) Protection from Physical Damage. Cable shall be 
protected from physical damage where necessary by rigid 
metal conduit, intermediate metal conduit, electrical 
metallic tubing, Schedule 80 PVC rigid nonmetallic 
conduit, or other approved means. Where passing through a 
floor, the cable shall be enclosed in rigid metal conduit, 
intermediate metal conduit, electrical metallic tubing, 
Schedule 80 PVC rigid nonmetallic conduit, or other 
approved means extending at least 150 mm (6 in.) above 
the floor. 

Where Type NMC cable is installed in shallow chases 
in masonry, concrete, or adobe, the cable shall be protected 
against nails or screws by a steel plate at least 1.59 mm 
(Vie in.) thick and covered with plaster, adobe, or similar 
finish. 



2007 California Electrical Code 



70-179 



334.17 



ARTICLE 334 - NONMETALLIC-SHEATHED CABLE: TYPES NM, NMC, AND NMS 



(C) In Unfinished Basements. Where cable is run at 
angles with joists in unfinished basements, it shall be 
permissible to secure cables not smaller than two 6 AWG 
or three 8 AWG conductors directly to the lower edges of 
the joists. Smaller cables shall be run either through bored 
holes in joists or on running boards. NM cable used on a 
wall of an unfinished basement shall be permitted to be 
installed in a listed conduit or tubing. Conduit or tubing 
shall utilize a nonmetallic bushing or adapter at the point 
the cable enters the raceway. Metal conduit and tubings and 
metal outlet boxes shall be grounded. 

334.17 Through or Parallel to Framing Members. 

Types NM, NMC, or NMS cable shall be protected in 
accordance with 300.4 where installed through or parallel 
to framing members. Grommets used as required in 
300.4(B)(1) shall remain in place and be listed for the 
purpose of cable protection. 

334.23 In Accessible Attics. The installation of cable in 
accessible attics or roof spaces shall also comply with 
320.23. 

334.24 Bending Radius. Bends in Types NM, NMC, and 
NMS cable shall be so made that the cable will not be 
damaged. The radius of the curve of the inner edge of any 
bend during or after installation shall not be less than five 
times the diameter of the cable. 

334.30 Securing and Supporting. Nonmetallic-sheathed 
cable shall be supported and secured by staples, cable ties, 
straps, hangers, or similar fittings designed and installed so 
as not to damage the cable, at intervals not exceeding 1.4 m 
(4V4 ft) and within 300 mm (12 in.) of every outlet box, 
junction box, cabinet, or fitting. Flat cables shall not be 
stapled on edge. 

Sections of cable protected from physical damage by 
raceway shall not be required to be secured within the 
raceway. 

(A) Horizontal Runs Through Holes and Notches. In 

other than vertical runs, cables installed in accordance with 
300.4 shall be considered to be supported and secured 
where such support does not exceed 1.4-m (4 1 /2-ft) intervals 
and the nonmetallic-sheathed cable is securely fastened in 
place by an approved means within 300 mm (12 in.) of 
each box, cabinet, conduit body, or other nonmetallic- 
sheathed cable termination. 

FPN: See 314.17(C) for support where nonmetallic boxes 
are used. 

(B) Unsupported Cables. Nonmetallic-sheathed cable 
shall be permitted to be unsupported where the cable: 

(1) Is fished between access points through concealed 
spaces in finished buildings or structures and 
supporting is impracticable. 

(2) Is not more than 1.4 m (4!/2 ft) from the last point of 
cable support to the point of connection to a luminaire 
(lighting fixture) or other piece of electrical equipment 



and the cable and point of connection are within an f 
accessible ceiling. 

(C) Wiring Device Without a Separate Outlet Box. A 

wiring device identified for the use, without a separate 
outlet box, and incorporating an integral cable clamp shall 
be permitted where the cable is secured in place at intervals 
not exceeding 1.4 m (4 J /4 ft) and within 300 mm (12 in.) s 
from the wiring device wall opening, and there shall be at 
least a 300 mm (12 in.) loop of unbroken cable or 150 mm 
(6 in.) of a cable end available oh the interior side of the 
finished wall to permit replacement. / 

334.40 Boxes and Fittings. 

(A) Boxes of Insulating Material. Nonmetallic outlet 
boxes shall be permitted as provided by 3 14.3. 

(B) Devices of Insulating Material. Switch, outlet, and tap 
devices of insulating material shall be permitted to be used 
without boxes in exposed cable wiring and for rewiring in 
existing buildings where the cable is concealed and fished. 
Openings in such devices shall form a close fit around the 
outer covering of the cable, and the device shall fully 
enclose the part of the cable from which any part of the 
covering has been removed. Where connections to 
conductors are by binding-screw terminals, there shall be 
available as many terminals as conductors. 

(C) Devices with Integral Enclosures. Wiring devices 
with integral enclosures identified for such use shall be 
permitted as provided by 300.15(E). v 

334.80 Ampacity. The ampacity of Types NM, NMC, and 
NMS cable shall be determined in accordance with 310.15. 
The ampacity shall be in accordance with the 60°C (140°F) 
conductor temperature rating. The 90°C (194°F) rating 
shall be permitted to be used for ampacity derating 
purposes, provided the final derated ampacity does not 
exceed that for a 60°C (140°F) rated conductor. The 
ampacity of Types NM, NMC, and NMS cable installed in 
cable tray shall be determined in accordance with 392. 1 1 . 

Where more than two NM cables containing two or 
more current-carrying conductors are bundled together and 
pass through wood framing that is to be fire- or draft- r 
stopped using thermal insulation or sealing foam, the 
allowable ampacity of each conductor shall be adjusted in 
accordance with Table 310.15(B)(2)(a). 



III. Construction Specifications 

334.100 Construction. The outer cable sheath of 
nonmetallic-sheathed cable shall be a nonmetallic material. 

334.104 Conductors. The 600 volt insulated conductors 
shall be sizes 14 AWG through 2 AWG copper conductors 
or sizes 12 AWG through 2 AWG aluminum or copper- 
clad aluminum conductors. The signaling conductors shall 
comply with 780.5. The communication conductors shall 
comply with Part V of Article 800. 



70-180 



2007 California Electrical Code 



ARTICLE 336 - POWER AND CONTROL TRAY CABLE: TYPE TC 



336.24 



334.108 Equipment Grounding. In addition to the 
insulated conductors, the cable shall have an insulated or 
bare conductor for equipment grounding purposes only. 

334.112 Insulation. The insulated power conductors shall 
be one of the types listed in Table 310.13 that are suitable 
for branch circuit wiring or one that is identified for use in 
these cables. Conductor insulation shall be rated at 90°C 
(194°F). 

FPN: Types NM, NMC, and NMS cable identified by the 
markings NM-B, NMC-B, and NMS-B meet this 
requirement. 

334.116 Sheath. The outer sheath of nonmetallic-sheathed 
cable shall comply with 334.116(A), (B), and (C). 

(A) Type NM. The overall covering shall be flame 
retardant and moisture resistant. 

(B) Type NMC. The overall covering shall be flame 
retardant, moisture resistant, fungus resistant, and corrosion 
resistant. 

(C) Type NMS. The overall covering shall be flame 
retardant and moisture resistant. The sheath shall be 
applied so as to separate the power conductors from the 
communications and signaling conductors. The signaling 
conductors shall be permitted to be shielded. An optional 
outer jacket shall be permitted. 

FPN: For composite optical cable, see 770.9 and 770.133. 



ARTICLE 336 
Power and Control Tray Cable: Type TC 



I. General 

336.1 Scope. This article covers the use, installation, and 
construction specifications for power and control tray 
cable, Type TC. 

336.2 Definition. 

Power and Control Tray Cable, Type TC. A factory 
assembly of two or more insulated conductors, with or 
without associated bare or covered grounding conductors, 
under a nonmetallic jacket. 

II. Installation 

336.10 Uses Permitted. Type TC cable shall be permitted 
to be used as follows: 

(1) For power, lighting, control, and signal circuits. 

(2) In cable trays. 

(3) In raceways. 

(4) In outdoor locations supported by a messenger wire. 

(5) For Class 1 circuits as permitted in Parts II and III of 

Article 725. 



(6) For non-power-limited fire alarm circuits if conductors 
comply with the requirements of 760.27. 

(7) In industrial establishments where the conditions of 
maintenance and supervision ensure that only qualified 
persons service the installation, and where the cable is 
continuously supported and protected against physical 
damage using mechanical protection, such as struts, 
angles, or channels, Type TC tray cable that complies 
with the crush and impact requirements of Type MC 
cable and is identified for such use with the marking 
Type TC-ER shall be permitted between a cable tray 
and the utilization equipment or device. The cable 
shall be secured at intervals not exceeding 1.8 m (6 ft). 
Equipment grounding for the utilization equipment 
shall be provided by an equipment grounding 
conductor within . the cable. In cables containing 
conductors sized 6 AWG or smaller, the equipment 
grounding conductor shall be provided within the cable 
or, at the time of installation, one or more insulated 
conductors shall be permanently identified as an 
equipment grounding conductor in accordance with 
250.119(B). 

(8) Where installed in wet locations, Type TC cable shall 
also be resistant to moisture and corrosive agents. 

FPN: See 310.10 for temperature limitation of conductors. 
336.12 Uses Not Permitted. Type TC tray cable shall not 
be installed or used as follows: 

(1) Installed where it will be exposed to physical damage 

(2) Installed outside a raceway or cable tray system, except 
as permitted in 336.10(7) 

(3) Used where exposed to direct rays of the sun, unless 
identified as sunlight resistant 

(4) Direct buried, unless identified for such use 

336.24 Bending Radius. Bends in Type TC cable shall be 
made so as not to damage the cable. For Type TC cable 
without metal shielding, the minimum bending radius shall 
be as follows: 

(1) Four times the overall diameter for cables 25 mm (1 
in.) or less in diameter 

(2) Five times the overall diameter for cables larger than 
25 mm (1 in.) but not more than 50 mm (2 in.) in 
diameter 

(3) Six times the overall diameter for cables larger than 50 
mm (2 in.) in diameter 

Type TC cables with metallic shielding shall have a 
minimum bending radius of not less than 12 times the cable 
overall diameter. 



2007 California Electrical Code 



70-181 



336.80 



ARTICLE 338 - SERVICE-ENTRANCE CABLE: TYPES SE AND USE 



336.80 Ampacity. The ampacity of Type TG tray cable 
shall be determined in accordance with 392, 11 for 14 AWG 
and larger conductors, in accordance with 402.5. for 18 AWG 
through 16 AWG conductors where installed in cable tray, 
and in accordance with 310.15 where installed in a raceway 
or as messenger supported wiring. 

HI. Construction Specifications 

336.100 Construction. A metallic sheath or armor as 
defined in 330.116 shall not be permitted either under or 
over the nonmetallic jacket. Metallic shield(s) shall be 
permitted over groups of conductors, under the outer jacket, 
or both. 

336.104 Conductors. The insulated conductors of Type TC 
tray cable shall be in sizes 18 AWG through 1000 kcmil 
copper and sizes 12 AWG through 1000 kcmil aluminum or 
copper-clad aluminum. Insulated conductors of sizes 14 
AWG and larger copper and sizes 12 AWG and larger 
aluminum or copper-clad aluminum shall be one of the types 
listed in Table 310.13 or Table 310.62 that is suitable for 
branch circuit and feeder circuits or one that is identified for 
such use. 

(A) Fire Alarm Systems. Where used for fire alarm 
systems, conductors shall also be in accordance with 760.27. 

(B) Thermocouple Circuits. Conductors in Type TC cable 
used for thermocouple circuits in accordance with Part III of 
Article 725 shall also be permitted to be any of the materials 
used for thermocouple extension wire. 

(C) Class 1 Circuit Conductors. Insulated conductors of 18 
AWG and 16 AWG copper shall also be in accordance with 

725.27. 

336.116 Jacket. The outer jacket shall be a flame-retardant, 
nonmetallic material 

336.120 Marking. There shall be no voltage marking on a 
Type TC cable employing thermocouple extension wire. 



ARTICLE 338 
Service-Entrance Cable: Types SE and USE 



I. General 

338.1 Scope. This article covers the use, installation, and 
construction specifications of service-entrance cable. 

338.2 Definitions. 

Service-Entrance Cable. A single conductor or 
multiconductor assembly provided with or without an 
overall covering, primarily used for services, and of the 
following types: 

Type SE. Service-entrance cable having a flame-retardant, 
moisture-resistant covering. 



Type USE. Service-entrance cable, identified for 
underground use, having a moisture-resistant covering, but 
not required to have a flame-retardant covering. 

II. Installation 
338.10 Uses Permitted. 

(A) Service-Entrance Conductors. Service-entrance cable 
shall be permitted to be used as service-entrance 
conductors and shall be installed in accordance with 230.6, 
230.7, and Parts II, III, and IV of Article 230. 

Type USE used for service laterals shall be permitted 
to emerge from the ground outside at terminations in meter 
bases or other enclosures where protected in accordance 
with 300.5(D). 

(B) Branch Circuits or Feeders. 

(1) Grounded Conductor Insulated. Type SE service- 
entrance cables shall be permitted in wiring systems where 
all of the circuit conductors of the cable are of the rubber- 
covered or thermoplastic type. 

(2) Grounded Conductor Not Insulated. Type SE 
service-entrance cable shall be permitted for use where the 
insulated conductors are used for circuit wiring and the 
uninsulated conductor is used only for equipment 
grounding purposes. 

Exception: Uninsulated conductors shall be permitted as a 
grounded conductor in accordance with 250.140, 250.32, 
and 225.30 through 225.40. 

(3) Temperature Limitations. Type SE service-entrance 
cable used to supply appliances shall not be subject to 
conductor temperatures in excess of the temperature 
specified for the type of insulation involved. 

(4) Installation Methods for Branch Circuits and 
Feeders. 

(a) Interior Installations. In addition to the provisions 
of this article, Type SE service-entrance cable used for 
interior wiring shall comply with the installation 
requirements of Parts I and II of Article 334, excluding 
334.80. 

FPN: See 310.10 for temperature limitation of conductors. 

(b) Exterior Installations. In addition to the provisions 
of this article, service-entrance cable used for feeders or 
branch circuits, where installed as exterior wiring, shall be 
installed in accordance with Part I of Article 225. The cable 
shall be supported in accordance with 334.30, unless used 
as messenger-supported wiring as permitted in Part II of 
Article 396. Type USE cable installed as underground 
feeder and branch circuit cable shall comply with Part II of 
Article 340. Where Type USE cable emerges from the 
ground at terminations, it shall be protected in accordance 
with 300.5(D). Multiconductor service-entrance cable shall 
be permitted to be installed as messenger-supported wiring 
in accordance with 225.10 and Part II of Article 396. 



70-182 



2007 California Electrical Code 



ARTICLE 340 - UNDERGROUND FEEDER AND BRANCH-CIRCUIT CABLE: TYPE UF 



340.80 



338.24 Bending Radius. Bends in Types USE and SE 
cable shall be so made that the cable will not be damaged. 
The radius of the curve of the inner edge of any bend, 
during or after installation, shall not be less than five times 
the diameter of the cable. 



III. Construction 

338.100 Construction. Cabled, single-conductor, Type 
USE constructions recognized for underground use shall be 
permitted to have a bare copper conductor cabled with the 
assembly. Type USE single, parallel, or cabled conductor 
assemblies recognized for underground use shall be 
permitted to have a bare copper concentric conductor 
applied. These constructions shall not require an outer 
overall covering. 

FPN: See 230.41, Exception, item (2), for directly buried, 
uninsulated service-entrance conductors. 

Type SE or USE cable containing two or more 
conductors shall be permitted to have one conductor 
uninsulated. 

338.120 Marking. Service-entrance cable shall be marked 
as required in 310.11. Cable with the neutral conductor 
smaller than the ungrounded conductors shall be so 
marked. 



ARTICLE 340 

Underground Feeder and Branch-Circuit 
Cable; Type UF 



I. General 

340.1 Scope. This article covers the use, installation, and 
construction specifications for underground feeder and 
branch-circuit cable, Type UF. 

340.2 Definition. 

Underground Feeder and Branch-Circuit Cable, Type 

UF. A factory assembly of one or more insulated 
conductors with an integral or an overall covering of 
nonmetallic material suitable for direct burial in the earth. 



340.6 Listing Requirements. 

listed. 



II. Installation 



Type UF cable shall be 



340.10 Uses Permitted. Type UF cable shall be permitted 

as follows: 

(1) For use underground, including direct burial in the earth. For 
underground requirements, see 300.5. 



(2) As single-conductor cables. Where installed as single- 
conductor cables, all conductors of the feeder grounded 
conductor or branch circuit, including the grounded conductor 
and equipment grounding conductor, if any, shall be installed 
in accordance with 300.3. 

(3) For wiring in wet, dry, or corrosive locations under the 
recognized wiring methods of this Code, 

(4) Installed as nonmetallic-sheathed cable. Where so installed, the 

installation and conductor requirements shall comply with 
Parts II and m of Article 334 and shall be of the 
multiconductor type. 

(5) For solar photovoltaic systems in accordance with 690.3 1 . 

(6) As single-conductor cables as the nonheating leads for 
heating cables as provided in 424.43. 

(7) Supported by cable trays. Type UF cable supported by 
cable trays shall be of the multiconductor type. 

FPN: See 310.10 for temperature limitation of conductors. 
340.12 Uses Not Permitted. Type UF cable shall not be 
used as follows: 

(1) As service-entrance cable 

(2) In commercial garages 

(3) In theaters and similar locations 

(4) In motion picture studios 

(5) In storage battery rooms 

(6) In hoistways or on elevators or escalators 

(7) In hazardous (classified) locations 

(8) Embedded in poured cement, concrete, or aggregate, 
except where embedded in plaster as nonheating leads 
where permitted in 424.43 

(9) Where exposed to direct rays of the sun, unless 
identified as sunlight resistant 

(10) Where subject to physical damage 

(11) As overhead cable, except where installed as 
messenger-supported wiring in accordance with Part 
II of Article 396 

340.24 Bending Radius. Bends in Type UF cable shall be 
so made that the cable is not damaged. The radius of the 
curve of the inner edge of any bend shall not be less than 
five times the diameter of the cable. 

340.80 Ampacity. The ampacity of Type UF cable shall 
be that of 60°C (140°F) conductors in accordance with 
310.15. 



2007 California Electrical Code 



70-183 



340.104 



ARTICLE 342 - INTERMEDIATE METAL CONDUIT: TYPE IMC 



HI. Construction Specifications 

340.104 Conductors. The conductors shall be sizes 14 
AWG copper or 12 AWG aluminum or copper-clad 
aluminum through 4/0 AWG. 

340.108 Equipment Grounding. In addition to the 
insulated conductors, the cable shall be permitted to have 
an insulated or bare conductor for equipment grounding 
purposes only. 

340.112 insulation. The conductors of Type UF shall be 
one of the moisture-resistant types listed in Table 310.13 
that is suitable for branch-circuit wiring or one that is 
identified for such use. Where installed as a substitute 
wiring method for NM cable, the conductor insulation shall 
be rated 90°C(194°F). 

340.116 Sheath. The overall covering shall be flame 
retardant; moisture, fungus, and corrosion resistant; and 
suitable for direct burial in the earth. 



ARTICLE 342 
Intermediate Metal Conduit: Type IMC 



I. General 

342.1 Scope. This article covers the use, installation, and 
construction specifications for intermediate metal conduit 
(IMC) and associated fittings. 

342.2 Definition. 

Intermediate Metal Conduit (IMC). A steel threadable 
raceway of circular cross section designed for the physical 
protection and routing of conductors and cables and for use 
as an equipment grounding conductor when installed with 
its integral or associated coupling and appropriate fittings. 

342.6 Listing Requirements. IMC, factory elbows and 
couplings, and associated fittings shall be listed. 

II. Installation 
342.10 Uses Permitted. 

(A) All Atmospheric Conditions and Occupancies. Use 

of IMC shall be permitted under all atmospheric conditions 
and occupancies. 

(B) Corrosion Environments. IMC, elbows, couplings, 
and fittings shall be permitted to be installed in concrete, in 
direct contact with the earth, or in areas subject to severe 
corrosive influences where protected by corrosion 
protection and judged suitable for the condition. 



(C) Cinder Fill. IMC shall be permitted to be installed in 
or under cinder fill where subject to permanent moisture 
where protected on all sides by a layer of noncinder 
concrete not less than 50 mm (2 in.) thick; where the 
conduit is not less than 450 mm (18 in.) under the fill; or 
where protected by corrosion protection and judged 
suitable for the condition. 

(D) Wet Locations. All supports, bolts, straps, screws, and 
so forth, shall be of corrosion-resistant materials or 
protected against corrosion by corrosion-resistant materials. 

FPN: See 300.6 for protection against corrosion. 
342.14 Dissimilar Metals. Where practicable, dissimilar 
metals in contact anywhere in the system shall be avoided 
to eliminate the possibility of galvanic action. 

Aluminum fittings and enclosures shall be permitted to 
be used with IMC. 

342.20 Size. 

(A) Minimum. IMC smaller than metric designator 16 
(trade size Vi) shall not be used. 

(B) Maximum. IMC larger than metric designator 103 
(trade size 4) shall not be used. 

FPN: See 300.1(C) for the metric designators and trade 
sizes. These are for identification purposes only and do not 
relate to actual dimensions. 
342.22 Number of Conductors. The number of 
conductors shall not exceed that permitted by the 
percentage fill specified in Table 1, Chapter 9. 

Cables shall be permitted to be installed where such 
use is not prohibited by the respective cable articles. The 
number of cables shall not exceed the allowable percentage 
fill specified in Table 1, Chapter 9. 

342.24 Bends — How Made. Bends of IMC shall be so 
made that the conduit will not be damaged and the internal 
diameter of the conduit will not be effectively reduced. The 
radius of the curve of any field bend to the centerline of the 
conduit shall not be less than indicated in Table 2, Chapter 9. 

342.26 Bends — Number in One Run. There shall not be 
more than the equivalent of four quarter bends (360 
degrees total) between pull points, for example, conduit 
bodies and boxes. 

342.28 Reaming and Threading. All cut ends shall be 
reamed or otherwise finished to remove rough edges. 
Where conduit is threaded in the field, a standard cutting 
die with a taper of 1 in 16 ( 3 A in. taper per foot) shall be 
used, 

FPN: See ANSI/ASME B.l.20.1-1983, Standard for Pipe 

Threads, General Purpose (Inch). 



s 



70-184 



2007 California Electrical Code 



ARTICL&344 - RIGID METAL CONDUIT: TYPE RMC 



344.10 



342.30 Securing and Supporting. IMC shall be installed 
as a complete system in accordance with 300.18 and shall 
be securely fastened in place and supported in accordance 
with 342.30(A) and (B). 

(A) Securely Fastened. Each IMC shall be securely 
fastened within 900 mm (3 ft) of each outlet box, junction 
box, device box, cabinet, conduit body, or other conduit 
termination. Fastening shall be permitted to be increased to 
a distance of 1.5 m (5 ft) where structural members do not 
readily permit fastening within 900 mm (3 ft). Where 
approved, conduit shall not be required to be securely 
fastened within 900 mm (3 ft) of the service head for 
above-the-roof termination of a mast. 

(B) Supports. IMC shall be supported in accordance with 
one of the following: 

(1) Conduit shall be supported at intervals not exceeding 3 
m(10ft). 

(2)' The distance between supports for straight runs of 
conduit shall be permitted in accordance with Table 
344.30(B)(2), provided the conduit is made up with 
threaded couplings and such supports prevent 
transmission of stresses to termination where conduit 
is deflected between supports. 

(3) Exposed vertical risers from industrial machinery or 
fixed equipment shall be permitted to be supported at 
intervals not exceeding 6 m (20 ft) if the conduit is 
made up with threaded couplings, the conduit is 
supported and securely fastened at the top and bottom 
of the riser, and no other means of intermediate 
support is readily available. 

(4) Horizontal runs of IMC supported by openings through 
framing members at intervals not exceeding 3 m (10 ft) 
and securely fastened within 900 mm (3 ft) of 
termination points shall be permitted. 

342.42 Couplings and Connectors. 

(A) Threadless. Threadless couplings and connectors used 
with conduit shall be made tight. Where buried in masonry 
or concrete, they shall be the concretetight type. Where 
installed in wet locations, they shall comply with 
314.15(A). Threadless couplings and connectors shall not 
be used on threaded conduit ends unless listed for the 
purpose. 

(B) Running Threads. Running threads shall not be used 
on conduit for connection at couplings. 

342.46 Bushings. Where a conduit enters a box, fitting, or 
other enclosure, a bushing shall be provided to protect the 
wire from abrasion unless the design of the box, fitting, or 
enclosure is such as to afford equivalent protection. 

FPN: See 300.4(F) for the protection of conductors 4 AWG 

and larger at bushings. 



342.56 Splices and Taps. Splices and taps shall be made 
in accordance with 300. 1 5. 

342.60 Grounding. IMC shall be permitted as an 
equipment grounding conductor. 



III. Construction Specifications 

342.120 Marking. Each length shall be clearly and 
durably marked at least every 1.5 m (5 ft) with the letters 
IMC. Each length shall be marked as required in 1 10.21. 

342.130 Standard Lengths. The standard length of IMC 
shall be 3.05 m (10 ft), including an attached coupling, and 
each end shall be threaded. Longer or shorter lengths with 
or without coupling and threaded or unthreaded shall be 
permitted. 



ARTICLE 344 
Rigid Metal Conduit: Type RMC 



I. General 

344.1 Scope. This article covers the use, installation, and 
construction specifications for rigid metal conduit (RMC) 
and associated fittings. 

344.2 Definition. 

Rigid Metal Conduit (RMC). A threadable raceway of 
circular cross section designed for the physical protection 
and routing of conductors and cables and for use as an 
equipment grounding conductor when installed with its 
integral or associated coupling and appropriate fittings. 
RMC is generally made of steel (ferrous) with protective 
coatings or aluminum (nonferrous). Special use types are 
silicon bronze and stainless steel. 

344.6 Listing Requirements. RMC, factory elbows and 
couplings, and associated fittings shall be listed. 

II. Installation 
344.10 Uses Permitted. 

(A) All Atmospheric Conditions and Occupancies. Use 

of RMC shall be permitted under all atmospheric 
conditions and occupancies. Ferrous raceways and fittings 
protected from corrosion solely by enamel shall be 
permitted only indoors and in occupancies not subject to 
severe corrosive influences. 



2007 California Electrical Code 



70-185 



344.14 



ARTICLE 344 - RIGID METAL CONDUIT: TYPE RMC 



(B) Corrosion Environments. RMC, elbows, couplings, 
and fittings shall be permitted to be installed in concrete, in 
direct contact with the earth, or in areas subject to severe 
corrosive influences where protected by corrosion 
protection and judged suitable for the condition. 

(C) Cinder Fill. RMC shall be permitted to be installed in 
or under cinder fill where subject to permanent moisture 
where protected on all sides by a layer of noncinder 
concrete not less than 50 mm (2 in.) thick; where the 
conduit is not less than 450 mm (18 in.) under the fill; or 
where protected by corrosion protection and judged 
suitable for the condition. 

(D) Wet Locations. All supports, bolts, straps, screws, and 
so forth, shall be of corrosion-resistant materials or 
protected against corrosion by corrosion-resistant materials. 

FPN: See 300.6 for protection against corrosion. 
344.14 Dissimilar Metals. Where practicable, dissimilar 
metals in contact anywhere in the system shall be avoided 
to eliminate the possibility of galvanic action. Aluminum 
fittings and enclosures shall be permitted to be used with 
steel RMC, and steel fittings and enclosures shall be 
permitted to be used with aluminum RMC where not 
subject to severe corrosive influences. 

344.20 Size. 

(A) Minimum. RMC smaller than metric designator 16 
(trade size Vi) shall not be used. 

Exception: For enclosing the leads of motors as permitted 
in 430245(B), 

(B) Maximum. RMC larger than metric designator 155 
(trade size 6) shall not be used. 

FPN: See 300.1(C) for the metric designators and trade 
sizes. These are for identification purposes only and do not 
relate to actual dimensions. 

344.22 Number of Conductors. The number of 
conductors shall not exceed that permitted by the 
percentage fill specified in Table 1, Chapter 9. 

Cables shall be permitted to be installed where such 
use is not prohibited by the respective cable articles. The 
number of cables shall not exceed the allowable percentage 
fill specified in Table 1, Chapter 9. 

344.24 Bends — How Made. Bends of RMC shall be so 
made that the conduit will not be damaged and so that the 
internal diameter of the conduit will not be effectively 
reduced. The radius of the curve of any field bend to the 
centerline of the conduit shall not be less than indicated in 
Table 2, Chapter 9. 



344.26 Bends — Number in One Run; There shall not be f 



more than the equivalent of four quarter bends (360 
degrees total) between pull points, for example, conduit 
bodies and boxes. 



344.28 Reaming and Threading. All cut ends shall be 
reamed or otherwise finished to remove rough edges. 
Where conduit is threaded in the field, a standard cutting f 
die with a 1 in 16 taper ( 3 /4-in. taper per foot) shall be used. 

FPN: See ANSI/ASME B.l.20.1-1983, Standard for Pipe 

Threads, General Purpose (Inch). 

344.30 Securing and Supporting. RMC shall be installed 
as a complete system in accordance with 300.18 and shall 
be securely fastened in place and supported in accordance 
with 344.30(A) and (B). 

(A) Securely Fastened. RMC shall be securely fastened 
within 900 mm (3 ft) of each outlet box, junction box, 
device box, cabinet, conduit body, or other conduit 
termination. Fastening shall be permitted to be increased to 
a distance of 1.5 m (5 ft) where structural members do not 
readily permit fastening within 900 mm (3 ft). Where 
approved, conduit shall not be required to be securely 
fastened within 900 mm (3 ft) of the service head for 
above-the-roof termination of a mast. 

(B) Supports. RMC shall be supported in accordance with 
one of the following: 

(1) Conduit shall be supported at intervals not exceeding 3 
m(10ft). 

(2) The distance between supports for straight runs of 
conduit shall be permitted in accordance with Table 
344.30(B)(2), provided the conduit is made up with 
threaded couplings, and such supports prevent 
transmission of stresses to termination where conduit 
is deflected between supports. 

(3) Exposed vertical risers from industrial machinery or 
fixed equipment shall be permitted to be supported at 
intervals not exceeding 6 m (20 ft) if the conduit is 
made up with threaded couplings, the conduit is 
supported and securely fastened at the top and bottom 

of the riser, and no other means of intermediate / 
support is readily available. 

(4) Horizontal runs of RMC supported by openings 
through framing members at intervals not exceeding 3 
m (10 ft) and securely fastened within 900 mm (3 ft) of 
termination points shall be permitted. 

344.42 Couplings and Connectors. 

(A) Threadless. Threadless couplings and connectors used 
with conduit shall be made tight. Where buried in masonry 
or concrete, they shall be the concretetight type. Where 
installed in wet locations, they shall comply with 
314.15(A). Threadless couplings and connectors shall not 
be used on threaded conduit ends unless listed for the 
purpose. 



70-186 



2007 California Electrical Code 



ARTICLE 348 - FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT: TYPE FMC 



348.20 



Table 344.30(B)(2) Supports for Rigid Metal Conduit 





Maximum Distance 




Between Rigid Metal 


Conduit Size 


Conduit Supports 


Metric 




Designator Trade Size 


m ft 


16-21 Vi-Va 


3.0 10 


27 1 


3.7 12 


35-41 VA-VA 


4.3 14 


53-63 2-2 ! /2 


4.9 16 


78 and larger 3 and larger 


6.1 20 



(B) Running Threads. Running threads shall not be used 
on conduit for connection at couplings. 

344.46 Bushings. Where a conduit enters a box, fitting, or 
other enclosure, a bushing shall be provided to protect the 
wire from abrasion unless the design of the box, fitting, or 
enclosure is such as to afford equivalent protection. 

FPN: See 300.4(F) for the protection of conductors sizes 4 

AWG and larger at bushings. 

344.56 Splices and Taps. Splices and taps shall be made 
in accordance with 300.15. 

344.60 Grounding. RMC shall be permitted as an 
equipment grounding conductor. 

in. Construction Specifications 

344.120 Marking. Each length shall be clearly and 
durably identified in every 3 m (10 ft) as required in the 
first sentence of 110.21. Nonferrous conduit of corrosion- 
resistant material shall have suitable markings. 

344.130 Standard Lengths. The standard length of RMC 
shall be 3.05 m (10 ft), including an attached coupling, and 
each end shall be threaded. Longer or shorter lengths with 
or without coupling and threaded or unthreaded shall be 
permitted. 



ARTICLE 348 
Flexible Metal Conduit: Type FMC 



I. General 

348.1 Scope. This article covers the use, installation, and 
construction specifications for flexible metal conduit 
(FMC) and associated fittings. 

348.2 Definition. 

Flexible Metal Conduit (FMC). A raceway of circular 
cross section made of helically wound, formed, interlocked 
metal strip. 



348.6 Listing Requirements. 

FMC and associated fittings shall be listed. 

II. Installation 

348.10 Uses Permitted. FMC shall be permitted to be 
used in exposed and concealed locations. 

348.12 Uses Not Permitted. 

FMC shall not be used in the following: 

(1) In wet locations unless the conductors are approved for 
the specific conditions and the installation is such that 
liquid is not likely to enter raceways or enclosures to 
which the conduit is connected 

(2) In hoistways, other than as permitted in 620.21(A)(1) 

(3) In storage battery rooms 

(4) In any hazardous (classified) location other than as 
permitted in 501.10(B) and 504.20 

(5) Where exposed to materials having a deteriorating 
effect on the installed conductors, such as oil or 
gasoline 

(6) Underground or embedded in poured concrete or 
aggregate 

(7) Where subject to physical damage 
348.20 Size. 

(A) Minimum. FMC less than metric designator 16 (trade 
size Vi) shall not be used unless permitted in 348.20(A)(1) 
through (A)(5) for metric designator 12 (trade size 3 /s). 

(1) For enclosing the leads of motors as permitted in 

430.245(B) 

(2) In lengths not in excess of 1.8 m (6 ft) for any of the 
following uses: 

a. For utilization equipment 

b. As part of a listed assembly 

c. For tap connections to luminaires (lighting fixtures) 
as permitted in 410.67(C) 

(3) For manufactured wiring systems as permitted in 
604.6(A) 

(4) In hoistways as permitted in 620.21(A)(1) 

(5) As part of a listed assembly to connect wired luminaire 
(fixture) sections as permitted in 410.77(C) 

(B) Maximum. FMC larger than metric designator 103 
(trade size 4) shall not be used. 

FPN: See 300.1(C) for the metric designators and trade 
sizes. These are for identification purposes only and do not 
relate to actual dimensions. 



2007 California Electrical Code 



70-187 



348.22 



ARTICLE 348 - FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT: TYPE FMC 



348.22 Number of Conductors. The number of 
conductors shall not exceed that permitted by the 
percentage fill specified in Table 1, Chapter 9, or as 
permitted in Table 348.22, or for metric designator 12 
(trade size 3 /s). 

Cables shall be permitted to be installed where such 
use is not prohibited by the respective cable articles. The 
number of cables shall not exceed the allowable percentage 
fill specified in Table 1, Chapter 9. 

348.24 Bends — How Made. Bends in conduit shall be 
made so that the conduit is not damaged and the internal 
diameter of the conduit is not effectively reduced. Bends 
shall be permitted to be made manually without auxiliary 
equipment. The radius of the curve to the centerline of any 
bend shall not be less than shown in Table 2, Chapter 9 
using the column "Other Bends." 

348.26 Bends — Number in One Run. There shall not be 
more than the equivalent of four quarter bends (360 
degrees total) between pull points, for example, conduit 
bodies and boxes. 

348.28 Trimming. All cut ends shall be trimmed or 
otherwise finished to remove rough edges, except where 
fittings that thread into the convolutions are used. 

348.30 Securing and Supporting. FMC shall be securely 
fastened in place and supported in accordance with 
348.30(A) and (B). 

(A) Securely Fastened. FMC shall be securely fastened in 
place by an approved means within 300 mm (12 in.) of 
each box, cabinet, conduit body, or other conduit 
termination and shall be supported and secured at intervals 
not to exceed 1 .4 m (4 l A ft). 

Exception No. 1 : Where FMC is fished. 

Exception No. 2: At terminals where flexibility is. required, 
lengths shall not exceed the following: 



(1) 900 mm (3 ft) for metric designators 16 through 35 
(trade sizes X A through VA) 

(2) 1200 mm (4 ft) for metric designators 41 through 53 
. (trade sizes IY2 through 2) 

(3) 1500 mm (5 ft) for metric designators 63 (trade size 
2V2) and larger 

Exception No. 3: Lengths not exceeding 1.8 m (6ft) from a 
luminaire (fixture) terminal connection for tap connections 
to luminaires (light fixtures) as permitted in 410.67(C). 

Exception No. 4: Lengths not exceeding 1.8 m (6 ft) from 

the last point where the raceway is securely fastened for 
connections within ah accessible ceiling to luminaire(s) 
[lighting fixture(s)] or other equipment. 

(B) Supports. Horizontal runs of FMC supported by 
openings through framing members at intervals not greater 
than 1.4 m "(4% ft) and securely fastened within 300 mm 
(12 in.) of termination points shall be permitted. 

348.42 Couplings and Connectors. Angle connectors 
shall not be used for concealed raceway installations. 

348.56 Splices and Taps. Splices and taps shall be made 
in accordance with 300.15. 

348.60 Grounding and Bonding. Where used to connect 
equipment where flexibility is required, an equipment 
grounding conductor shall be installed. 

Where flexibility is not required, FMC shall be 
permitted to be used as an equipment grounding conductor 
when installed in accordance with 250.1 18(5) . 

Where required or installed, equipment grounding 
conductors shall be installed in accordance with 
250.134(B). 

Where required or installed, equipment bonding 
jumpers shall be installed in accordance with 250.102. 



Table 348.22 Maximum Number of Insulated Conductors in Metric Designator 12 (Trade Size 3 / 8 ) Flexible Metal Conduit 













Types TFN,THHN, 


, Types FEP, FEBP, PF, 




Types RFH-2, SF-2 


Types TF, XHHW, TW 


THWN 




PGF 




Fittings 


Fittings 


Fittings 


Fittings 


Fittings 


Fittings 


Fittings 


Fittings 


Size 


Inside 


Outside 


Inside 


Outside 


Inside 


Outside 


Inside 


Outside 


(AWG) 


Conduit 


Conduit 


Conduit 


Conduit 


Conduit 


Conduit 


Conduit 


Conduit 


18 


2 


3 


3 


5 


5 


8 


5 


8 


16 


1 


2 


3 


4 


4 


6 


4 


6 


14 


1 


2 


2 


3 


3 


4 


3 


4 


12 


— 


— 


1 


2 


2 


3 


2 


3 


10 


— 


— 


1 


1 


1 


1 


1 


2 



*In addition, one covered or bare equipment grounding conductor of the same size shall be permitted. 



70-188 



2007 California Electrical Code 



ARTICLE 350 - LIQUIDTIGHT FLEXIBLE METAL CONDUIT: TYPE LFMC 



350.42 



ARTICLE 350 

Liquidtight Flexible Metal Conduit: 
Type LFMC 



I. General 

350.1 Scope. This article covers the use, installation, and 
construction specifications for liquidtight flexible metal 
conduit (LFMC) and associated fittings. 

350.2 Definition. 

Liquidtight Flexible Metal Conduit (LFMC). A raceway 
of circular cross section having an outer liquidtight, 
nonmetallic, sunlight-resistant jacket over an inner flexible 
metal core with associated couplings, connectors, and 
fittings for the installation of electric conductors. 

350.6 Listing Requirements. LFMC and associated 
fittings shall be listed. 

II. Installation 

350.10 Uses Permitted. LFMC shall be permitted to be 
used in exposed or concealed locations as follows: 

(1) Where conditions of installation, operation, or 
maintenance require flexibility or protection from 
liquids, vapors, or solids 

(2) As permitted by 501.10(B), 502.10, 503.10, and 504.20 
and in other hazardous (classified) locations where 
specifically approved, and by 553.7(B) 

(3) For direct burial where listed and marked for the 
purpose 

350.12 Uses Not Permitted. LFMC shall not be used as 
follows: 

(1) Where subject to physical damage 

(2) Where any combination of ambient and conductor 
temperature produces an operating temperature in 
excess of that for which the material is approved 

350.20 Size. 

(A) Minimum. LFMC smaller than metric designator 16 
(trade size Vi) shall not be used. 

Exception: LFMC of metric designator 12 (trade size %) 
shall be permitted as covered in 348.20(A). 

(B) Maximum. The maximum size of LFMC shall be 
metric designator 103 (trade size 4). 

FPN: See 300.1(C) for the metric designators and trade 
sizes. These are for identification purposes only and do not 
relate to actual dimensions. 



350.22 Number of Conductors or Cables. 

(A) Metric Designators 16 through 103 (Trade Sizes V% 
through 4). The number of conductors shall not exceed 
that permitted by the percentage fill specified in Table 1, 
Chapter 9. 

Cables shall be permitted to be installed where such 
use is not prohibited by the respective cable articles. The 
number of cables shall not exceed the allowable percentage 
fill specified in Table 1, Chapter 9. 

(B) Metric Designator 12 (Trade Size 3 / 8 ). The number of 
conductors shall not exceed that permitted in Table 348.22, 
"Fittings Outside Conduit" columns. 

350.24 Bends — How Made. Bends in conduit shall be so 
made that the conduit will not be damaged and the internal 
diameter of the conduit will not be effectively reduced. 
Bends shall be permitted to be made manually without 
auxiliary equipment. The radius of the curve to the 
centerline of any bend shall not be less than required in 
Table 2, Chapter 9 using the column "Other Bends." 

350.26 Bends — Number in One Run. There shall not be 
more than the equivalent of four quarter bends (360 
degrees total) between pull points, for example, conduit 
bodies and boxes. 

350.30 Securing and Supporting. LFMC shall be 
securely fastened in place and supported in accordance 
with 350.30(A) and (B). 

(A) Securely Fastened. LFMC shall be securely fastened 
in place by an approved means within 300 mm (12 in.) of 
each box, cabinet, conduit body, or other conduit 
termination and shall be supported and secured at intervals 
not to exceed 1.4 m {A X A ft). 

Exception No. 1: Where LFMC is fished. 

Exception No. 2: Lengths not exceeding 900 mm (3 ft) at 
terminals where flexibility is necessary. 

Exception No. 3: Lengths not exceeding 1.8 m (6 ft) from a 
luminaire (fixture) terminal connection for tap conductors 
to luminaires (lighting fixtures), as permitted in 410.67(C). 

Exception No. 4: Lengths not exceeding 1.8 m (6 ft) from 
the last point where the raceway is securely fastened for 
connections within an accessible ceiling to luminaire(s) 
[lighting flxture(s)] or other equipment 

(B) Supports. Horizontal runs of LFMC supported by 
openings through framing members at intervals not greater 
than 1.4 m (A l A ft) and securely fastened within 300 mm 
(12 in.) of termination points shall be permitted. 

350.42 Couplings and Connectors. Angle connectors 
shall not be used for concealed raceway installations. 



2007 California Electrical Code 



70-189 



350.56 



ARTICLE 352 - RIGID NONMETALLIC CONDUIT: TYPE RNC 



350.56 Splices and Taps. Splices and taps shall be made 
in accordance with 300. 15. 

350.60 Grounding and Bonding. Where used to connect 
equipment where flexibility is required, an equipment 
grounding conductor shall be installed. 

Where flexibility is not required, LFMC shall be 
permitted to be used as an equipment grounding conductor 
when installed in accordance with 250.1 18(6). 

Where required or installed/ equipment grounding 
conductors shall be installed in accordance with 
250.134(B). 

Where required or installed, equipment bonding 
jumpers shall be installed in accordance with 250.102. 
FPN: See 50L30(B), 502.30(B), and 503.30(B) for types of 
equipment grounding conductors. 

III. Construction Specifications 

350.120 Marking. LFMC shall be marked according to 
110.21. The trade size and other information required by 
the listing shall also be marked on the conduit. Conduit 
suitable for direct burial shall be so marked. 



ARTICLE 352 
Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit: Type RNC 



I. General 

352.1 Scope. This article covers the use, installation, and 
construction specifications for rigid nonmetallic conduit 
(RNC) and associated fittings. 

352.2 Definition. 

Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit (RNC). A nonmetallic 
raceway of circular cross section, with integral or 
associated couplings, connectors, and fittings for the 
installation of electrical conductors and cables. 

352.6 Listing Requirements. RNC, factory elbows, and 
associated fittings shall be listed. 

II. Installation 

352.10 Uses Permitted. The use of RNC shall be 
permitted in accordance with 352.10(A) through (H). 
FPN: Extreme cold may cause some nonmetallic conduits to 
become brittle and therefore more susceptible to damage 
from physical contact. 

(A) Concealed. RNC shall be permitted in walls, floors, 
and ceilings. 



(B) Corrosive Influences. RNC shall be permitted in 
locations subject to severe corrosive influences as covered 
in 300.6 and where subject to chemicals for which the 
materials are specifically approved. 

(C) Cinders. RNC shall be permitted in cinder fill. 

(D) Wet Locations. RNC shall be permitted in portions of 
dairies, laundries, canneries, or other wet locations and in 
locations where walls are frequently washed, the entire 
conduit system including boxes and fittings used therewith 
shall be installed and equipped so as to prevent water from 
entering the conduit. All supports, bolts, straps, screws, and 
so forth, shall be of corrosion-resistant materials or be 
protected against corrosion by approved corrosion-resistant 
materials. 

(E) Dry and Damp Locations. RNC shall be permitted for 
use in dry and damp locations not prohibited by 352.12-. 

(F) Exposed. RNC shall be permitted for exposed work 
where not subject to physical damage if identified for such 

use. 

(G) Underground Installations. For underground 
installations, see 300.5 and 300.50. 

FPN: Refer to Article 353 for High Density Polyethylene 
Conduit: Type HDPE. 

(H) Support of Conduit Bodies. Rigid nonmetallic 
conduit shall be permitted to support nonmetallic conduit 
bodies not larger than the largest trade size of an entering 
raceway. These conduit bodies shall not support luminaires 
(fixtures) or other equipment and shall not contain devices 
other than splicing devices as permitted by 110.14(B) and 
314.16(C)(2). 

352.12 Uses Not Permitted. RNC shall not be used under 
the following conditions. 

(A) Hazardous (Classified) Locations. 

(1) In hazardous (classified) locations, except aspermitted 
in 503.10(A), 504.20, 514.8 Exception No. 2, and 
515.8 

(2) In Class I, Division 2 locations, except as permitted in 
501.10(B)(3) 

(B) Support of Luminaires (Fixtures). For the support of 
luminaires (fixtures) or other equipment not described in 
352.10(H). 

(C) Physical Damage. Where subject to physical damage 
unless identified for such use. 

(D) Ambient Temperatures. Where subject to ambient 
temperatures in excess of 50°C (122°F) unless listed 
otherwise. 



70-190 



2007 California Electrical Code 



ARTICLE 352 - RIGID NONMETALLIC CONDUIT: TYPE RNC 



352.60 



C 



(E) Insulation Temperature Limitations. For conductors 
or cables operating at a temperature higher than the RNC 
listed operating temperature rating. 

Exception: Conductors or cables rated at a temperature 
higher than the RNC listed temperature rating shall be 
permitted to be installed in RNC, provided they are not 
operated at a temperature higher than the RNC listed 
temperature rating, 

(F) Theaters and Similar Locations. In theaters and 
similar locations, except as provided in 518.4 and 520.5, 

(G) [OSHPD 1, 2, 3 & 4] For branch circuits in patient 
care areas of hospitals, skilled nursing facilities, clinics 
and correctional treatment centers. 

352.20 Size. 

(A) Minimum. RNC smaller than metric designator 16 
(trade size V%) shall not be used. 

(B) Maximum. RNC larger than metric designator 155 
(trade size 6) shall not be used. 

. FPN: The trade sizes and metric designators are for 
identification purposes only and do not relate to actual 
dimensions. See 300.1(C). 

352.22 Number of Conductors. The number of 
conductors shall not exceed that permitted by the 
percentage fill specified in Table 1, Chapter 9. 

Cables shall be permitted to be installed where such 
use is not prohibited by the respective cable articles. The 
number of cables shall not exceed the allowable percentage 
fill specified in Table 1, Chapter 9. 

352.24 Bends — How Made. Bends shall be so made that 
the conduit will not be damaged and the internal diameter 
of the conduit will not be effectively reduced. Field bends 
shall be made only with bending equipment identified for 
the purpose. The radius of the curve to the centerline of 
such bends shall not be less than shown in Table 2, Chapter 9. 

352.26 Bends — Number in One Run. There shall not be 
more than the equivalent of four quarter bends (360 
degrees total) between pull points, for example, conduit 
bodies and boxes. 

352.28 Trimming. All cut ends shall be trimmed inside 
and outside to remove rough edges. 

352.30 Securing and Supporting. RNC shall be installed 
as a complete system as provided in 300.18 and shall be 
fastened so that movement from thermal expansion or 
contraction is permitted. RNC shall be securely fastened 
and supported in accordance with 352.30(A) and (B). 

(A) Securely Fastened. RNC shall be securely fastened 
within 900 mm (3 ft) of each outlet box, junction box, 
device box, conduit body, or other conduit termination. 
Conduit listed for securing at other than 900 mm (3 ft) shall 
be permitted to be installed in accordance with the listing. 



(B) Supports. RNC shall be supported as required in Table 
352.30(B). Conduit listed for support at spacings other than 
as shown in Table 352.30(B) shall be permitted to be 
installed in accordance with the listing. Horizontal runs of 
RNC supported by openings through framing members at 
intervals not exceeding those in Table 352.30(B) and 
securely fastened within 900 mm (3 ft) of termination 
points shall be permitted. 



Table 352.30(B) Support of Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit 
(RNC) 



Conduit Size 


Maximum Spacing 
Supports 


Between 


Metric 
Designator 


Trade Size 


mm or m 


ft 


16-27 
35-53 
63-78 
91-129 
155 


!/ 2 -l 

1/4-2 

2/2-3 

3 : / 2 -5 

6 


900 mm 
1.5 m 
1.8 m 
2.1m 
2.5 m 


3 
5 
6 
7 
8 



352.44 Expansion Fittings. Expansion fittings for RNC 
shall be provided to compensate for thermal expansion and 
contraction where the length change, in accordance with 
Table 352.44(A) or Table 352.44(B), is expected to be 6 
mm QA in.) or greater in a straight run between securely 
mounted items such as boxes, cabinets, elbows, or other 
conduit terminations. 

352.46 Bushings. Where a conduit enters a box, fitting, or 
other enclosure, a bushing or adapter shall be provided to 
protect the wire from abrasion unless the box, fitting, or 
enclosure design provides equivalent protection. 

FPN: See 300.4(F) for the protection of conductors 4 AWG 
and larger at bushings, 

352.48 Joints. All joints between lengths of conduit, and 
between conduit and couplings, fittings, and boxes, shall be 
made by an approved method. 

352.56 Splices and Taps. Splices and taps shall be made 
in accordance with 300.15. 

352.60 Grounding. Where equipment grounding is 
required, a separate equipment grounding conductor shall 
be installed in the conduit. 

Exception No. 1: As permitted in 250.134(B), Exception 
No. 2, for dc circuits and 250.134(B), Exception No. 1, for 
separately run equipment grounding conductors. 

Exception No. 2: Where the grounded conductor is used to 
ground equipment as permitted in 250.142. 



2007 California Electrical Code 



70-191 



352.60 



ARTICLE 352 - RIGID NONMETALLIC CONDUIT: TYPE RNC 



Table 352.44(A) Expansion Characteristics of PVC Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit Coefficient 
of Thermal Expansion = 6.084 x 10" 5 mm/mm/°C (3.38 x 10~ 5 in./in./°F) 



Temperature 


Length Change of 




Temperature 


Length Change of 


Temperature 


Length Change of 


Change 


PVC Conduit 




Change 


PVC Conduit 


Change 


PVC Conduit 


(°C) 


(mni/m) 




CD 


(in./100 ft) 


(o F ) 


(in./lOO ft) 


5 


0.30 




5 


0.20 


105 


4.26 


10 


0.61 




10 


0.41 


110 


4.46 


15 


0.91 




15 


0.61 


115 


4.66 


20 


1.22 




20 


0.81 


120 


4.87 


25 


1.52 




25 


1.01 


125 


5.07 


30 


1.83 




30 


1.22 


130 


5.27 


35 


2.13 




' 35 


1.42 


135 


5.48 


40 


2.43 




40 


1.62 


140 


5.68 


45 


2.74 




45 


1.83 


145 


5.88 


50 


3.04 




50 


2.03 


150 


6.08 


55 


3.35 




55 


2,23 


155 


6.29 


60 


3.65 




60 


2.43 


160 


6.49 


65 


3.95 




65 


2.64 


165 


6.69 


70 


4.26 




70 


2.84 


170 


6.90 


75 


4.56 




75 


3.04 


175 


7.10 


80 


4.87 




80 


3.24 


180 


7.30 


85 


5.17 




85 


3.45 


185 


7.50 


90 


5.48 




90 


3.65 


190 


7.71 


95 


5.78 




95 


3.85 


195 


7.91 


100 


6.08 




100 


4.06 


200 


8.11 



Table 352.44(B) Expansion Characteristics of Reinforced Thermosetting Resin Conduit 
(RTRC) Coefficient of Thermal Expansion = 2.7 x 10~ 5 mm/mm/°C (1.5 x 10~ 5 in./in./°F) 



Temperature 


Length Change of 




Temperature 


Length Change of 


Temperature 


Length Change of 


Change 


RTRC Conduit 




Change 


RTRC Conduit 


Change 


RTRC Conduit 


(°C) 


(mm/m) 




(°F) 


(in./lOOft) 


(°F) 


(in./100 ft) 


5 


0.14 




5 


0.09 


105 


1.89 


10 


0.27 




10 


0.18 


110 


1.98 


15 


0.41 




15 


0.27 


115 


2.07 


20 


0,54 




20 


0.36 


120 


2.16 


25 


0:68 




25 


0.45 


125 


2.25 


30 


0.81 




30 


0.54 


130 


2.34 


35 


0.95 




35 


0.63 


135 


2.43 


40 


1.08 




40 


0.72 


140 


2.52 


45 


1.22 




45 


0.81 


145 


2.61 


50 


1.35 




50 


0.90 


150 


2.70 


55 


1.49 




55 


0.99 


155 


2.79 


60 


1.62 




60 


1.08 


160 


2.88 


65 


1.76 




65 


1.17 


165 


2.97 


70 


1.89 




70 


1.26 


170 


3.06 


75 


2.03 




75 


1.35 


175 


3.15 . 


80 


2.16 




80 


1.44 


180 


3.24 


85 


2.30 




85 


1.53 


185 


3.33 


90 


2.43 




90 


1.62 


190 


3.42 


95 


2.57 




95 


1.71 


195 


3.51 


100 


2.70 




100 


1.80 


200 


3.60 



70-192 



2007 California Electrical Code 



ARTICLE 353 - HIGH DENSITY POLYETHYLENE CONDUIT: TYPE HDPE CONDUIT 



353.24 



III. Construction Specifications 

352.100 Construction. RNC and fittings shall be 
composed of suitable nonmetallic material that is resistant 
to moisture and chemical atmospheres. For use above 
ground, it shall also be flame retardant, resistant to impact 
and crushing, resistant to distortion from heat under 
conditions likely to be encountered in service, and resistant 
to . low temperature and sunlight effects. For use 
underground, the material shall be acceptably resistant to 
moisture and corrosive agents and shall be of sufficient 
strength to withstand abuse, such as by impact and 
crushing, in handling and during installation. Where 
intended for direct burial, without encasement in concrete, 
the material shall also be capable of withstanding continued 
loading that is likely to be encountered after installation. 

352.120 Marking. Each length of RNC shall be clearly 
and durably marked at least every 3 m (10 ft) as required in 
the first sentence of 110.21. The type of material shall also 
be included in the marking unless it is visually identifiable. 
For conduit recognized for use above ground, these 
markings shall be permanent. For conduit limited to 
underground use only, these markings shall be sufficiently 
durable to remain legible until the material is installed. 
Conduit shall be permitted to be surface marked to indicate 
special characteristics of the material. 

FPN: Examples of these markings include but are not 
limited to "limited smoke" and "sunlight resistant." 



ARTICLE 353 

High Density Polyethylene Conduit: 
Type HDPE Conduit 



I. General 

353.1 Scope. This article covers the use, installation, and 
construction specifications for high density polyethylene 
(HDPE) conduit and associated fittings. 

353.2 Definition. 

High Density Polyethylene (HDPE) Conduit. A 

nonmetallic raceway of circular cross section, with 
associated couplings, connectors, and fittings for the 
installation of electrical conductors. 



353.6 Listing Requirements. 

associated fittings shall be listed. 



HDPE conduit and 



II. Installation 

353.10 Uses Permitted. The use of HDPE conduit shall be 
permitted under the following conditions: 



(1) In discrete lengths or in continuous lengths from a reel 

(2) In locations subject to severe corrosive influences as 
covered in 300.6 and where subject to chemicals for 
which the conduit is listed 

(3) In cinder fill 

(4) In direct burial installations in earth or concrete 

FPN to (4): Refer to 300.5 and 300.50 for underground 
installations. 

353.12 Uses Not Permitted. HDPE conduit shall not be 
used under the following conditions: 

(1) Where exposed 

(2) Within a building 

(3) In hazardous (classified) locations, except as permitted 
in 504.20 

(4) Where subject to ambient temperatures in excess of 
50°C (122°F) unless listed otherwise 

(5) For conductors or cables operating at a temperature 
higher than the HDPE conduit listed operating 
temperature rating 

Exception: Conductors or cables rated at a temperature 
higher than the HDPE conduit listed temperature rating 
shall be permitted to be installed in HDPE conduit, 
provided they are not operated at a temperature higher 
than the HDPE conduit listed temperature rating. 

353.20 Size. 

(A) Minimum. HDPE conduit smaller than metric 
designator 16 (trade size 54) shall not be used. 

(B) Maximum. HDPE conduit larger than metric 
designator 103 (trade size 4) shall not be used. 

FPN: The trade sizes and metric designators are for 
identification purposes only and do not relate to actual 
dimensions. See 300.1(C). 

353.22 Number of Conductors. The number of 
conductors shall not exceed that permitted by the 
percentage fill specified in Table 1, Chapter 9. ; 

Cables shall be permitted to be installed where such 
use is not prohibited by the respective cable articles. The 
number of cables shall not exceed the allowable percentage 
fill specified in Table 1, Chapter 9. 

353.24 Bends — How Made. Bends shall be so made that 
the conduit will not be damaged and the internal diameter 
of the conduit will not be effectively reduced. Bends shall 
be permitted to be made manually without auxiliary 
equipment, and the radius of the curve to the centerline of 
such bends shall not be less than shown in Table 354.24. 



2007 California Electrical Code 



70-193 



353.26 



ARTICLE 354 -NONMETALLIC UNDERGROUND CONDUIT WITH CONDUCTORS: TYPE NUCC 



353.26 Bends — Number in One Run. There shall not be 
more than the equivalent of, four quarter bends (360 
degrees total) between pull points, for example, conduit 
bodies and boxes. 

353.28 Trimming. All cut ends shall be trimmed inside 
and outside to remove rough edges. 

353.46 Bushings. Where a conduit enters a box, fitting, or 
other enclosure, a bushing or adapter shall be provided to 
protect ,the wire from abrasion unless the box, fitting, or 
enclosure design provides equivalent protection. 

FPN: See 300.4(F) for the protection of conductors 4 AWG 

and larger at bushings. 

353.48 Joints. All joints between lengths of conduit, and 
between conduit and couplings, fittings, and boxes, shall be 
made by an approved method. 

353.56 Splices and Taps. Splices and taps shall be made 
in accordance with 300,15. 

353.60 Grounding. Where equipment grounding is 
required, a separate equipment grounding conductor shall 
be installed in the conduit. 

Exception No. 1: The equipment grounding conductor 
shall be permitted to be run separately from the conduit 
where used for grounding dc circuits as permitted in 
250.134, Exception No. 2. 

Exception No. 2: The equipment grounding conductor 
shall not be required where the grounded conductor is used 
to ground equipment as permitted in 250.142. 



III. Construction Specifications 

353.100 Construction. HDPE conduit shall be composed 
of high density polyethylene that is resistant to moisture 
and chemical atmospheres. The material shall be resistant 
to moisture and corrosive agents and shall be of sufficient 
strength to withstand abuse, such as by impact and 
crushing, in handling and during installation. Where 
intended for direct burial, without encasement in concrete, 
the material shall also be capable of withstanding continued 
loading that is likely to be encountered after installation. 

353.120 Marking. Each length of HDPE shall be clearly 
and durably marked at least every 3 m (10 ft) as required in 
110.21. The type of material shall also be included in the 
marking. 



ARTICLE 354 

Nonmetallic Underground Conduit with 
Conductors: Type NUCC 



V 



I. General 

354.1 Scope. This article covers the use, installation, and 
construction specifications for nonmetallic underground 
conduit with conductors (NUCC). 

354.2 Definition. 

Nonmetallic Underground Conduit with Conductors 

(NUCC). A factory assembly of conductors or cables 
inside a nonmetallic, smooth wall conduit with a circular 
cross section. 



354.6 Listing Requirements. 

fittings shall be listed. 



NUCC and associated 



II. Installation 

354.10 Uses Permitted. The use of NUCC and fittings 
shall be permitted in the following: 

(1) For direct burial underground installation (For 
minimum cover requirements, see Table 300.5 and 
Table 300.50 under Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit.) 

(2) Encased or embedded in concrete 

(3) In cinder fill 

(4) In underground locations subject to severe corrosive 
influences as covered in 300.6 and where subject to 
chemicals for which the assembly is specifically 
approved 

354.12 Uses Not Permitted. NUCC shall not be used in 
the following: 

(1) In exposed locations 

(2) Inside buildings 

Exception: The conductor or the cable portion of the 
assembly, where suitable, shall be permitted to extend 
within the building for termination purposes in accordance 
with 300.3. 

(3) In hazardous (classified) locations except as permitted 
by 503.10(A), 504.20, 514.8, and 515.8, and in Class I, 
Division 2 locations as permitted in 501 . 10(B)(3) 

354.20 Size. 

(A) Minimum. NUCC smaller than metric designator 16 
(trade size Vi) shall not be used. 

(B) Maximum. NUCC larger than metric designator 103 
(trade size 4) shall not be used. 

FPN: See 300.1(C) for the metric designators and trade 
sizes. These are for identification purposes only and do not 
relate to actual dimensions. 



70-194 



2007 California Electrical Code 



ARTICLE 356 - LIQUIDTIGHT FLEXIBLE NONMETALLIC CONDUIT: TYPE LFNC 



356.2 



354.22 Number of Conductors. The number of 
conductors or cables shall not exceed that permitted by the 
percentage fill in Table 1, Chapter 9. 

354.24 Bends — How Made. Bends shall be manually 
made so that the conduit will not be damaged and the 
internal diameter of the conduit will not be effectively 
reduced. The radius of the curve of the centerline of such 
bends shall not be less than shown in Table 354.24. 



Table 354.24 Minimum Bending Radius for Nonmetallic 
Underground Conduit with Conductors (NUCC) 







Minimum 


Bending 


Conduit Size 




Radius 




Metric 












Designator 


Trade Size 


mm 






in. 


16 


\ 


250 






10 


21 


\ 


300 






12 


27 


1 


350 






14 


35 


Wa 


450 






18 


41 


■ 1/2 


500 






20 


53 


2 


650 






26 


63 


2!4 


900 






36 


78 


3 


1200 






48 


103 


4 


1500 






60 



354.26 Bends — Number in One Run. There shall not be 
more than the equivalent of four quarter bends (360 
degrees total) between termination points. 

354.28 Trimming. For termination, the conduit shall be 
trimmed away from the conductors or cables using an 
approved method that will not damage the conductor or 
cable insulation or jacket. All conduit ends shall be 
trimmed inside and out to remove rough edges. 

354.46 Bushings. Where the NUCC enters a box, fitting, 
or other enclosure, a bushing or adapter shall be provided 
to protect the conductor or cable from abrasion unless the 
design of the box, fitting, or enclosure provides equivalent 
protection. 

FPN: See 300.4(F) for the protection of conductors size 4 
AWG or larger. 

354.48 Joints. All joints between conduit, fittings, and 
boxes shall be made by an approved method. 

354.50 Conductor Terminations. All terminations 
between the conductors or cables and equipment shall be 
made by an approved method for that type of conductor or 
cable. 

354.56 Splices and Taps. Splices and taps shall be made 
injunction boxes or other enclosures. 



354.60 Grounding. Where equipment grounding is 
required, an assembly containing a separate equipment 
grounding conductor shall be used. 



III. Construction Specifications 
354.100 Construction. 

(A) General. NUCC is an assembly that is provided in 
continuous lengths shipped in a coil, reel, or carton. 

(B) Nonmetallic Underground Conduit. The nonmetallic 
underground conduit shall be listed and composed of a 
material that is resistant to moisture and corrosive agents. It 
shall also be capable of being supplied on reels without 
damage or distortion and shall be of sufficient strength to 
withstand abuse, such as impact or crushing, in handling 
and during installation without damage to conduit or 
conductors. 

(C) Conductors and Cables. Conductors and cables used 
in NUCC shall be listed and shall comply with 310.8(C). 
Conductors of different systems shall be installed in 
accordance with 300.3(C). 

(D) Conductor Fill. The maximum number of conductors 
or cables in NUCC shall not exceed that permitted by the 
percentage fill in Table 1, Chapter 9. 

354.120 Marking. NUCC shall be clearly and durably 
marked at least every 3.05 m (10 ft) as required by 110.21. 
The type of conduit material shall also be included in the 
marking. 

Identification of conductors or cables used in the 
assembly shall be provided on a tag attached to each end of 
the assembly or to the side of a reel. Enclosed conductors 
or cables shall be marked in accordance with 3 10.1 1. 



ARTICLE 356 

Liquidtight Flexible Nonmetallic 
Conduit; Type LFNC 



I. General 

356.1 Scope. This article covers the use, installation, and 
construction specifications for liquidtight flexible 
nonmetallic conduit (LFNC) and associated fittings. 

356.2 Definition. 

Liquidtight Flexible Nonmetallic Conduit (LFNC). A 

raceway of circular cross section of various types as 
follows: 

(1) A smooth seamless inner core and cover bonded 
together and having one or more reinforcement layers 
between the core and covers, designated as Type 
LFNC-A 



2007 California Electrical Code 



70-195 



356.6 



ARTICLE 356 - LIQUIDTIGHT FLEXIBLE NONMETALLIC CONDUIT: TYPE LFNC 



(2) A smooth inner surface with integral reinforcement 
within the conduit wall, designated as Type LFNC-B 

(3) A corrugated internal and external surface without 
integral reinforcement within the conduit wall, 
designated as LFNC-C 

LFNC is flame resistant and with fittings and is 
approved for the installation of electrical conductors. 

FPN: FNMC is an- alternative designation for LFNC. 
356.6" Listing Requirements. LFNC and associated 
fittings shall be listed. 

II. Installation 

356.10 Uses Permitted. LFNC shall be permitted to be 

used in exposed or concealed locations for the following 

purposes: 

FPN: Extreme cold may cause some types of nonmetallic 
conduits to become brittle and therefore more susceptible to 
damage from physical contact. 

(1) Where flexibility is required for installation, operation, 
or maintenance 

(2) Where protection of the contained conductors is 
required from vapors, liquids, or solids 

(3) For outdoor locations where listed and marked as 
suitable for the purpose 

(4) For direct burial where listed and marked for the 
purpose 

(5) Type LFNC-B shall be permitted to be installed in 
lengths longer than 1.8 m (6 ft) where secured in 
accordance with 356.30 

(6) Type LFNC-B as a listed manufactured prewired 
assembly, metric designator 16 through 27 (trade size 
Vi through 1) conduit 

356.12 Uses Not Permitted. LFNC shall not be used as 
follows: 

(1) Where subject to physical damage 

(2) Where any combination of ambient and conductor 
temperatures is in excess of that for which the LFNC is 
approved 

(3) In lengths longer than 1.8 m (6 ft), except as permitted 
by 356.10(5) or where a longer length is approved as 
essential for a required degree of flexibility 

(4) Where the operating voltage of the contained 
conductors is in excess of 600 volts, nominal, except 
as permitted in 600.32(A) 

(5) In any hazardous (classified) location other than as 
permitted in 501.10(B), 502.10(A) and (B), 503.10(A), 
and 504.20 

356.20 Size. 

(A) Minimum. LFNC smaller than metric designator 16 
(trade size a / 2 ) shall not be used unless permitted in 
356.20(A)(1) through (A)(3) for metric designator 12 (trade 
size 3 /s). 



(1) For enclosing the leads of motors as permitted in f 
430.245(B) \ 

(2) In lengths not exceeding 1.8 m (6 ft ) as part of a listed 
assembly for tap connections to luminaires (lighting 
fixtures) as required in 410.67(C), or for utilization 
equipment 

(3) For electric sign conductors in accordance with 
600.32(A) 

(B) Maximum. LFNC larger than metric designator 103 
(trade size 4) shall not be used. 

FPN: See 300.1(C) for the metric design